Words from the President
Dear Friends,
Let’s begin with a little history……
As early as 4000 BC, ancient civilizations began to realize the importance of drinking and using clean water. They also realized that the fires they used for cooking and heating left the air so dense, intolerable and polluted. In essence, they began using their senses of sight, smell, and taste to analyze the water and air, and try to develop viable filtering and treatment systems. For example, they began to boil water and filter water by using sand and gravel. These processes are still used today.
As time flowed throughout the centuries, significant contributions had been made in the area of treatment technologies, focusing primarily on waterborne illness as a means of public protection. With the dawn of the industrial revolution, people no longer had to rely on their senses to assess the quality of the environment. Instead, environmental tools were developed; samplers, monitors, and analyzers that gave clean, accurate results, results that could not be seen with the naked eye. With the results obtained, people could actually assess what treatment technology could be used.
Since 1994, ERE Inc. has been creating a little history of its own by supplying, designing and manufacturing innovative environmental equipment required to SAMPLE, MONITOR, FILTER and REMEDIATE, air, water, liquids, powders, sludge, and soil. With our new PURESAMPLETM Catalogue, volume 4, our goal is to provide you with the ultimate sourcebook to help you make your job a little easier.
It is most certain that technology will continue to evolve in the 21st century and rest assured that ERE will continue to provide you with the very best and ultimate in customer care.
Sincerely,
Angelo Diadelfo President & CEO
Table of Contents
Pumps, Biological Samplers, Bags, Cassettes, Tubes
Powder & Solid Sampling
Powder Thief, Slot Samplers, Bag Samplers, Sleeve Samplers, Cohesive Samplers, Powder Lances, Spatulas, Scoops, Spoons, Funnels, Jugs, Whirl-Pak Sampling Bags, Trays, Pails, Mini Pots, Brushes, Accessories, Carrying Cases, Labels, Cleaning Detergents
Passive Monitoring Badges, Gas Detection Tubes & Pumps, Portable & Fixed Gas Detectors, Particle Counters, Calibration Gases, Accessories
- 48
Heat Stress Monitors & Sound Level Meters, Calibrators, Light Meter & Flow Meter, Handheld Weather Meters, Thermometers, Hygro-Thermometers, Moisture Meter, Borescope Camera, MultiMeters, Indoor Air Quality Meters, Stop Watch, RF EMF Strength Meter, Surface Test Kits, Magnetic Locators, Radiation Meters
Soil Sampling
Augers, Handles, Extensions & Slide Hammers, Auger Kits, Core Samplers, Soil Probes, Soil Sampling Kits Soil Gas Sampling Kits, Scoops, Shovels, Drills & Accessories
Bailers, Accessories, Surface Samplers, Liquid Samplers, Drum & Tank Samplers, Inertial Pumps & Tubing, Groundwater Filters, Actuators, Pumps
Flow Meters, Staff Gauges, Water Level, Oil Water Interface Meters, Test Kits, Bacteria Test Kits, Luminometers, Dye Tracing, Water Quality Instrumentation, Fixed Water Quality Controllers
Stopwatches, Resistance Testers, Multimeters, Well Plugs, Sampling Bags, Accessories, Bottles, Containers, Syringes, All Weather Field Books, Gloves, Cleaners, Flash Lights, Protective Cases, Tubing, Adapters, & Connectors
Water Quality Meters, Colorimeters, Electrodes, Calibration Solutions, Stirrers, Refractometers, Water Purification Systems, Microscopes, Slides, Centrifuges, Tubes, Incubators, Digital Dry Baths, Shakers, Scales & Balances, Tensiometer, Sieves & Shakers, Desiccators, Pipettors, Syringes, Burettes, Containers, Bottles, Vials, Bags, Cylinders, Beakers, Trays, Pails, Funnels, Scoops, Tube Racks, Biohazard Bags, Tape, Boxes, Tubing Clamps, Glove Boxes, Surface Protectors, Sleeves, Shoe Covers, Caps & Detergents
Biodegradable Cleaners, Air Fresheners, Mops, Sprayers, Dust Removers, Towels, Wastebaskets, Bags, Paper Towels, Hygienic Paper, Dispensers, Absorbents, Spill Kits, Cylinder Racks, Overpacks, Workstations, Spill Pallets, Leak Diverters & Drain Plugs
Gloves, Aprons, Sleeves, Cova-Caps, Shoe Covers, Rainsuits, Protective Clothing, Traffic Vests, Goggles, Glasses, Ear Muffs, Ear Plugs, Masks, Eye Wash Stations, Hard Hats, Harness, First Aid Kits, Traffics Cones & Horns
Samplers,
Filter Bags, Cartridges, Bag & Cartridge Housings, Carbon, Media, Resins, Water Treatment Units, Fiber Glass Tanks, Sludge Dewatering Systems, Micro Filtration Systems, Reverse Osmosis Units, Oil Water Separators, Pumps, Refractometers, Bacteria, Oxygen Releasing Compounds, Algae Remover, Skimmers, Water Softner, Remediation Pumps, Multiphase Extraction Systems, Air Strippers, Blowers, Soil Vapour Extraction Systems, Air Treatment Units, Air Filters
The Buck EliteTM -5
Simple & Reliable!
The Libra Plus™ Series Air Sampling Pumps
Libra Plus™, provides extraordinary backpressure capabilities in an economical full service pump with a broad sampling range for use in a multitude of sampling applications.
The pump is contained in a high impact RFI/EMI shielded case with an exclusive electronic circuit board for Constant Flow Control, voltage & backpressure monitoring to provide the most powerful, accurate, battery powered pump on the market.
A large backlit LCD display, single diaphragm pump mechanism & nickel metal hydride battery pack make this pump simple to use, reliable and rugged for use with sampling media such as 25 & 37 mm filter cassettes, cyclones, bubble impingers, long-duration color detector tubes & other media for sampling gases, vapors, aerosols, particulates, etc.
Features
• High Back Pressure capable for 25 mm 0.45 µ asbestos filters
• Displays: elapsed time, accumulated volume and flow rate
LP-5 Pump: 0.8 - 5 LPM
LP-7 Pump: 3 - 7 LPM
LP-12 Pump: 3 - 12 LPM
LP-20 Pump: 5 - 20 LPM
Includes pump with battery pack, standard charger, Luer hose adapter, shirt/hose clip, 3 ft vinyl hose & operating manual. Does not include universal low flow holder for sorbent tubes.
BU-906200
Libra Plus™, LP-5 Pump Kit, 0.8 - 5 LPM (120 V)
BU-906300
Libra Plus™, LP-7 Pump Kit, 3 - 7 LPM (120 V)
BU-906250
Libra Plus™, LP-12 Pump Kit, 3 - 12 LPM (120 V)
BU-906700
Libra Plus™, LP-20 Pump Kit, 5 - 20 LPM (120 V)
BU-109030 Adjustable Universal Low Flow Holder
The BUCK Elite™-5 is a data logging, programmable personal air sampler consists of a pump contained in a high impact steel fiber filled Lexan, antistatic, and RFI/EMI - shielded case, exclusive electronic circuit board for constant flow control (patent pending), an LCD display with 2 lines of 16 characters, a single diaphragm pump mechanism and a rechargeable NiMH battery pack. The purpose of this pump is to draw air contaminants in through a sampling media such as 25 and 37 mm filter cassettes, bubble impingers, long-duration color detector tubes; to gauge personnel exposure to gases, vapors, particulates, aerosols, etc.
Flow Range: 0.8 - 6 LPM (800 - 6000 cc/min) 5 - 799 cc/min with universal low flow holder.
* Pump kit includes pump with a single pack NiMH battery, standard 120 V AC battery charger, luer hose adapter, shirt/hose clip, 3 ft of vinyl hose and operating manual.
** Pump 5-pack kit includes 5 pumps with single pack NiMH batteries, luer hose adapter, shirt/hose clip, and 3 ft of vinyl hose. Also included are two operating manuals, one QuickFive™ charger100 - 240 V AC, and a durable hard plastic 1500 Pelican case with lifetime warranty that accommodates additional accessories.
BU-908000
Buck EliteTM -5, Single Pack Pump Kit W/ 120 V Wall Charger
BU-908020
Buck EliteTM -5, Single Pack Pump Kit W/ 230 V Wall Charger
BU-947200
Buck EliteTM -5, 5 Pack Pump Kit W/ QuickFive Charger & Pelican Case
The Buck LibraTM
Features
•Economical Abatement Pump Flow Range 0.8 to 4 LPM
•Designed for asbestos, lead and other airborne contaminants
•No tools required to change flow rates
•High back pressure capability for 25 mm 0.45 µ asbestos filters
•Flow setting is saved in memory for next day quick start
•Antistatic, RFI shielded & ETL approval Class I, II, III
•Low flows 5 - 800 cc/min with universal low flow sorbent tube holder
•Flows up to 4 LPM for special cyclone requirements
•Bright LED indicates pump on, flow fault & low battery
BU-926000
Buck-Libra 4 LPM Pump Kit (120 V)
BU-926020
Buck-Libra 4 LPM Pump Kit (230 V)
Includes pump with battery pack, 115 V charger, luer hose adapter, shirt/hose clip, 3 ft vinyl hose and operating manual. Does not include universal low flow holder for sorbent tubes.
DEFENDER Primary Standard Calibrator
Designed exclusively for the occupational health and safety industry and built on next-generation DryCal® technology!
Features
•Highly accurate and repeatable - laboratory accuracy certified by NIST through NVLAP and backed by ISO 17025 accreditation
•Choice of 3 wide flow ranges:
5 - 500 ml/min
50 - 5,000 ml/min
300 - 30,000 ml/min
•Large illuminated graphical display with zoom feature
•Integrated serial PC interface and Optimizer Software for data transfer, secure audit trail, and reporting
•Optimizer 110 Software (included) provides a link to your PC and automatically transfers readings to be saved as a text file
•"Optional"Optimizer 120 Software accessory stores readings in a secure and searchable SQL database for quick and easy recall. Document and aggregate pump pre- and post-calibration data. Create calibration reports from templates for a secure audit trail and to satisfy ISO, TQM, or occupational health and safety management systems.
Two DEFENDER models available:
DEFENDER 510: 1% accuracy volumetric calibration for personal air samplers and other volumetric instruments
DEFENDER 520: Adds ambient temperature and pressure sensors to record calibration conditions for enhanced audit trail.
The First Electronic Calibrator
Mini-BuckTM Primary Flow Calibrator
Accurate dependable flow measurements!
Features
All calibrators include AC adapter/charger, soap solution, dispenser bottle & operating manual.
•Primary gas flow measurements, NIST traceable with accuracy of ±0.5%
•Suitable for verifying vacuum and pressure pumps, rotameters, setting instrument panels, calibrating gas chromatographs, etc.
•Wide choice of operating ranges
•Completely field portable, rechargeable Ni-Cad battery powered provides up to 8 hours of use
•One button control, auto shut off battery saver
•Instant readout of flow rates
•Not affected by temperature or humidity changes, accurate at any altitude
BU-801000
Mini-Buck Calibrator, M-1, 0.1 - 300 cc/min, 120 V CE*
BU-805000
Mini-Buck Calibrator, M-5, 1 - 6,000 cc/min, 120 V CE*
BU-803000
Mini-Buck Calibrator, M-30, 0.1 - 30 LPM, 120 V CE*
BU-107030
Soap Solution, 8 oz
All Defender instruments come with charger with multi-plug, Optimizer 110 Software, and 1 meter serial cable.
50 - 5,000 ml/min. Software requires available COM port on PC. (100 - 240 V)
BIO-200-510L
Defender Model 510L, 5 - 500 ml/min
BIO-200-510M
Defender Model 510M, 50 - 5,000 ml/min
BIO-200-510H
Defender Model 510H, 300 - 30,000 ml/min
BIO-200-520L
Defender Model 520L, 5 - 500 ml/min
BIO-200-520M
Defender Model 520M, 50 - 5,000 ml/min
BIO-200-520H
Defender Model 520H, 300 - 30,000 ml/min
BIO-300-002
Optimizer 120 Deluxe Software On CD, Requires Windows 2000 SP3 Or Windows XP SP2 & An Available COM Port On PC
Pump Accessories
BU-603900
Single Station Charger, 16 hrs, 120 V
BU-601900
FastOne 1 hr Charger, Single Station, 100/240 V
BU-605900
FastFive 1 hr Charger, 5 Station, 120/240 V
BU-109030
Adjustable Universal Low Flow For Sorbent Tubes, 5 - 800 cc/min
BU-109032
Non-Adjustable Low Flow Holder For Sorbent Tubes
BU-109033
Adjustable Low Flow Holder, 5 - 100 cc/min
BU-109070
Optional Bag Filling Port For Buck Pumps
BU-108000
Small Pelican 1400 Padded Carrying Case
BU-109017
Medium Padded Carrying Case
Sampling for Gel-Impaction Slides
Buck BioSlideTM
Model B1020 Bioaerosol sampling pump is compact, lightweight, 10 - 20 LPM controlled flow sampling pump for bioaerosol sampling with Impaction-Gel. Both an LED & audible alarm provide confirmation of end-of-sample or depleted battery. Convenient timer for 1, 2, 5, 10 minute samples & continuous mode. A full five hours of continuous operation (at 15 LPM). It comes with a calibrated rotameter for quick flow check or calibration and a charger.
Buck BioAireTM
Model B520 Bioaerosol sampling pump is compact, lightweight, 5 - 20 LPM controlled flow sampling pump for bioaerosol sampling. Accommodates the BioAireTM cassettes as well as the Air-O-CellTM. Both a LED & audible alarm provide confirmation of end-of-sample or depleted battery. Convenient timer for 1, 2, 5, 10 minute samples & continuous mode. A full five hours of continuous operation (at 15 LPM). It comes with a calibrated rotameter for quick flow check or calibration & charger.
BU-706000
BioAire™ Pump Comes W/ 115 V Charger, Rotameter Assembly & Instruction Manual
Buck Bio-Culture™
The Bio-Culture™ provides selectable, continuous (6 to 8 hrs), constant sample flowrate and is simple to operate. Its quiet operation allows unobtrusive sampling in IAQ, medical, clean room, public & residential building applications.
Features
• Holds 90 mm agar Petri dish.
• Flows up to 120 LPM
• 380 holes - 1 mm diameter
• Convenient timer for 1, 2, 5,10 minute samples & continuous mode.
• Tripod mount to allow 90 degree sampling
• Sampling head is easily sterilized with gas torch or autoclave
• 4 times the flow rate of an Anderson sampler
BU-708000
Bio-Culture™ Pump Comes W/ 115 V Charger, Pencil Torch, Tripod, Case & Instruction Manual
BU-708500
Calibration Head For Bio-Culture™ Pump
BU-707000
BioSlide™ Pump Comes W/ 115 V Charger, Rotameter, Assembly & Instruction Manual
Sampling for Viable Bioaerosols
MicroFlowTM MicrobiologicalAir Sampler
Is used for sampling biocontaminants (bacteria, molds, spores, fungi, pollen, etc.) in any production or environmentally controlled area. MicroFlowTM allows to verify & quantify microorganism presence.
Features
•Autoclavable anodized aluminum support plate & aluminum sampling head with conical holes;
60 mm head: 219 holes (1 mm)
90 mm head: 380 holes (1 mm)
•Manual, sequential, or programmable with delayed start
Gas Sampling Bags
•Five flow rates 30, 60, 90, 100, 120 LPM
•Data logging up to 99 samples
•Remote operation via infrared control
•Sample in horizontal or vertical without tripod auxilium
•5 languages: English, Spanish, German, French & Italian
Non-contaminating, chemically inert, EPA recommended
Reusing bags
The EPA does not recommend reusing sample bags for ambient air sampling, due to the possibility of adsorption of previously sampled chemicals onto the inside bag surface. In some cases, bags can be reused, with the following guidelines.
•Immediately after use, clean bags by flushing and heating, then store with all air evacuated from the bag.
•Long-term storage of air-contaminant mixtures in bags can cause subsequent samples to be contaminated by off-gassing of previous samples adsorbed into the film.
•Tedlar® bags can be used for higher MW alcohols without contaminating subsequent samples if cleaned and flushed properly.
•Properly cleaned bags can be reused for sampling ethers without interfering with subsequent analysis.
•Tedlar® bags used for sampling styrene or ethylbenzene cannot be reused. Cleaning and flushing will not completely remove these chemicals.
AQ-G1004
MicroFlow™ 60/C Sampler Kit Includes Aluminum Head & Double IR Sensor, Audible Alarm, One Spare Aluminum Head, IR Remote Control, Charger, 1 Pack Of 10 PCA Rodac Contact Plates, Pencil Torch, Calibration Certificate, Case & Manual (110 V - 220 V) W/ Automatic Flow Rate Compensation
AQ-G1015
MicroFlow™ 90/C Sampler Kit Includes Aluminum Head & Double IR Sensor, Audible Alarm, One Spare Aluminum Head, IR Remote Control, Charger, Pencil Torch, Calibration Certificate, Case & Manual (110 V - 220 V) W/ Automatic Flow Rate Compensation
AQ-G1027
Microflow™ 60 - 90/C Sampler Kit Includes Aluminum Head & Double IR Sensor, Audible Alarm, One Spare 90 mm Aluminum Assembly, IR Remote Control, 1 Pack Of 10 PCA Rodac Contact Plates, Charger, Pencil Torch, Calibration Certificate,Case & Manual, W/ Automatic Flow Rate Compensation
Please specify 110 V or 220 V. Also available with a stainless steel head.
Accessories
AQ-G1104 60 mm Aluminum Head
AQ-G1114 90 mm Aluminum Head
AQ-G1117 PC Interface W/ Software
AQ-A2005 Manfrotto Small Tripod 2.40 m High
Hints
•Before use, thoroughly flush bags with purified air or nitrogen.
•During sampling, Teflon® tubing and Teflon® lined septums must be used in order to prevent sample loss.
•Bags should not be filled to more than 80% of their maximum volume.
•Charcoal (Black) Tedlar® bags should be used when sampling any light sensitive elements.
•Do not store compounds in Tedlar® bags long term due to the possibility that chemicals may adsorb onto the bag surface.
•Bags should not be used to collect reactive or unstable compounds.
•When shipping bags, do not air-ship unless the cabin is pressurized.
Polypropylene Screw Cap Combo Valve with Replaceable Septum
Polypropylene Locking Combo Valve with Septum
Stainless Steel TCLP Fitting with Replaceable Septum
Stainless Steel Combo Valve with Replaceable Septum
Polypropylene Jaco® Fitting for Tubing or Septum
Nickel Plated HR® Barbed On/Off Valve
Swagelok® Type Stainless Steel Fitting for Tubing or Septum
PFA Fitting for Tubing or Septum
Gas Sampling Bags
These Gas Sampling Bags offer a convenient, reliable, economical way of collecting airborne chemical hazards. They are chemically inert, leak tested, mechanically strong, reusable, and noncontaminating. They are available in Tedlar®, Charcoal Tedlar®, FEP, PFA and other materials, with a variety of standard and custom fittings as well as optional metal grommets/eyelets for easy holding and storage.
Tedlar® Gas Sampling Bag with Screw Cap Combo Valve with Replaceable Septum
JIP-GSTP000-0606SG1B
JIP-GSTP003-1010SG1B 3 Liter 10" x 10"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSTP005-1212SG1B 5 Liter 12" x 12"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSTP008-1217SG1B 8 Liter 12" x 17"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSTP009-1218SG1B 9.5 Liter 12" x 18"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSTP010-1219SG1B 10 Liter 12" x 19"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSTP012-1221SG1B 12 Liter 12" x 21"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSTP016-1818SG1B 16 Liter 18" x 18"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSTP025-1824SG1B 25 Liter 18" x 24"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSTP040-2424SG1B 40 Liter 24" x 24"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSTP056-2430SG1B 56 Liter 24" x 30"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSTP073-2436SG1B 73 Liter 24" x 36"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSTP080-3030SG1B 80 Liter 30" x 30"3/16" 10/Pack JIP-GSTP100-3036SG1B 100 Liter30" x 36"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-SEP5007-SCV Replacement Septa 10/Pack
Above part numbers include 1 grommet / eyelet. Also available with multiple grommet / eyelet. Other valves & fittings available. Can also be sold separately.
Teflon® FEP
Gas Sampling Bag with Screw Cap Combo Valve with Replaceable Septum
JIP-GSF001P-0606SG1B 0.6 Liter 6" x 6" 3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSF001P-0707SG1B 1 Liter 7" x 7" 3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSF001P-0610SG1B 1.2
JIP-GSF001P-0612SG1B 1.5 Liter 6" x 12" 3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSF001P-0909SG1B 2 Liter 9" x 9" 3/16" 10/Pack JIP-GSF001P-1010SG1B 3 Liter 10" x 10"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSF001P-1212SG1B 5 Liter 12" x 12"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSF001P-1218SG1B 9.5 Liter 12" x 18"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSF001P-1219SG1B 10 Liter 12" x 19"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSF001P-1818SG1B 16 Liter 18" x 18"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSF001P-1824SG1B 25 Liter 18" x 24"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSF001P-2424SG1B 40 Liter 24" x 24"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSF001P-2430SG1B 56 Liter 24" x 30"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSF001P-2436SG1B 73 Liter 24" x 36"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-GSF001P-3030SG1B 80 Liter 30" x 30"3/16" 10/Pack
JIP-SEP5007-SCV Replacement Septa 10/Pack
Above part numbers include 1 grommet / eyelet. Also available with multiple grommet / eyelet. Other valves & fittings available. Can also be sold separately.
Common Applications
• Assessing exposure from spills and leaks
• Calibrating gas standards
• Gas blending
• Grab sampling
• Magnetic imaging
• Groundwater testing
• Measuring peak concentrations
• Indoor air sampling
• Vent sampling
• Soil gas sampling
• Hazardous waste site sampling
SampleProTM FlexFilm Bags
The new SKC SampleProTM FlexFilm sample bags are constructed of SKC proprietary material ideally suited for collecting air samples. Eyelets are not included.
SamplePro® FlexFoil® Sample Bags For Methane, Carbon Monoxide/Dioxide & More
SKC SamplePro® FlexFoil® sample bags provide light and moisture protection for low molecular weight compounds such as hydrogen that are unstable when collected into standard Tedlar® bags. Use a low flow air sample pump with exhaust port with SKC FlexFoil® Sample Bags. These bags do not have eyelets.
The FlexFilm Advantages
•Lower VOC background and shows the same sample stability for VOC’s as seen with Tedlar®
•High-performance polypropylene fitting designed for efficient bag sampling
•One compact fitting includes hose/valve and septum
•Longer storage times
•Strong evenly-sealed seams
• Economy, economy, economy
SK-236-001 1 Liter, 8.25" x 7.25", 10/Box
SK-236-001A 1 Liter, 8.25"x 7.25", Each
SK-236-002 3 Liter, 8.25"x 15.25", 10/Box
SK-236-002A 3 Liter, 8.25"x 15.25", Each
SK-236-003 10 Liter, 18.25"x 14.25", 10/Box
SK-232-01-RS Replacement Septa, 10/Box
Custom size bags available upon request.
The FlexFoil® Advantages
•Collect low molecular weight compounds and inert gases not stable in Tedlar
•Strong, evenly sealed 4-ply material
•Water and vapor-proof
•Flexible
•Sample stability up to 5 days
•Available with single all-in-one septum and hose/valve fitting in stainless steel or polypropylene
•Custom bags available
•Minimal adsorption
•Opaque material protects sample from light
SamplePro® FlexFoil® Bags* with Single Polypropylene Septum Fitting
SK-245-21 1 Liter, 7" x 7", 5/Box
SK-245-21A 1 Liter, 7"x 7", Each
SK-245-23 3 Liter, 9.5"x 10", 5/Box
SK-245-23A 3 Liter, 9.5"x 10", Each
SK-245-25 5 Liter, 12"x 12.5", 5/Box
SK-245-28 10 Liter, 11.75"x 22", 5/Box
SK-232-01-RS Replacement Septa, 10/Box
Custom size bags available upon request.
SamplePro® FlexFoil® Bags* with Single Stainless Septum Fitting
SK-245-01 1 Liter, 7" x 7", 5/Box
SK-245-01A 1 Liter, 7" x 7", Each
SK-245-03 3 Liter, 9.5" x 10", 5/Box
SK-245-03A 3 Liter, 9.5" x 10", Each
SK-245-05 5 Liter, 12" x 12.5", 5/Box
SK-245-08 10 Liter, 11.75" x 22", 5/Box
SK-233-01-RS Replacement Septa, 10/Box
Custom size bags available upon request.
* Flexfoil® sample bags are not suitable for collecting VOC’s due to the constituents of the bag material.
SampleProTM FlexFilm Bags with Single Polypropylene Septum Fitting
Extremely Low Permeability!
Air Sampling Bags
Air Sampling Bags are made from Tedlar polyvinyl fluoride (PVF) film with heat-sealed, leak-proof, double seams. Tedlar is chemically inert and will not absorb or contaminate the samples normally encountered in air monitoring, emission testing and nuclear gas collecting. Minimum sample loss.
Features
•Use to collect and store many gases
•Flexible and easy to use
•Lightweight, reusable, strong
•Bags are supplied with standard port, pinch clamp and 30 cm (11.8") of 19 mm (1/4") ID Tygon® Tubing
37 mm Air Sampling Cassettes
Features
MCE Filters
ZE-738MCE
•Polystyrene Housing, 2 or 3
•Meets NIOSH & OSHA standards
•Available in both two & three piece configurations
•Individually assembled & preloaded under stringent quality assurance standards with only the finest quality membrane & support pads
37 mm 3 Piece Cassette, 0.8 µ, MCE Filter W/ Support Pad, 50/Case
ZE-728MCE
37 mm 2 Piece Cassette, 0.8 µ, MCEFilter W/ Support Pad, 50/Case
PVC Filters
ZE-735PVC
37 mm 3 Piece Cassette, 5.0 µ, PVC Filter W/ Support Pad, 50/Case
ZE-725PVC
37 mm 2 Piece Cassette ,5.0 µ, PVC Filter W/ Support Pad, 50/Case
ZEFON & EMS 25 mm PCM & TEM Cassettes
Features
•25 mm static conductive extension cowl, 3 piece housing
•Meets NIOSH and OSHA standards
•Ready to use, tapered inlet
•Compliant with asbestos regulations
ZEFON Cassettes
ZE-Z008BA
25 mm PCM Cassette W/ 0.8 μ,
MCE Filter W/ Support Pad, 50/Case
ZE-Z008GA
25 mm PCM Cassette W/ 0.8 μ, MCE Gridded Filter, 50/Case
ZE-Z045BA
25 mm TEM Cassette 0.45 μ & 5.0 μ,
MCE Filter W/ Support Pad, 50/Case
MI-10-005A 0.5 Liter, 6"X 7", Each
MI-10-001A 1 Liter, 7"X 9", Each
MI-10-002A 2 Liter, 9" X 12", Each
MI-10-003A 3 Liter, 12" X12", Each
MI-10-005A 5 Liter, 9" X 22", Each
MI-10-010A 10 Liter, 12" X 22", Each
MI-10-015A 15 Liter, 18" X 18", Each
MI-10-020A 20 Liter, 18" X 25", Each Larger sizes available.
Match-Weighed Cassettes
ZE-7M82M
EMS Cassettes
EMS-900103
25 mm PCM Cassette W/ 0.8 µ,
MCE Filter W/ Support Pad, 50/Case
EMS- 900103-G
25 mm PCM Cassette W/ 0.8 μ,
MCE Green Gridded Filter, 50/Case
EMS-900305
25 mm TEM Cassette 0.45 μ & 5.0 μ,
MCE Filter W/ Support Pad, 50/Case
Features
•Each cassette labeled with serial number, preloaded-ready to use
•Color coded to indicate filter type
•Contains two filters matched in weight, subject to noted tolerance
•Top filter collects particulate & the bottom filter serves as a control
37 mm 2 Piece Cassette Containing Two 0.8 µ Filters, 50/Case
ZE-7M83M
37 mm 3 Piece Cassette Containing Two 0.8 µ Filters, 50/Case
ZE-7M93M
37mm 3 Piece Cassette Containing Two 0.8µ Filters, 50/Case
ZE-7M52P
37mm 2 Piece Cassette Containing Two 5.0µ Filters, 50/Case
ZE-7M53P
37mm 3 Piece Cassette Containing Two 5.0µ Filters, 50/Case
Pre-Weighed Cassettes
Features
•Preloaded- ready to use, 2 or 3 housing
•Each cassette is labeled with serial number, color coded to indicate filter type
•Pre-weighed cassettes eliminate the user's inconvenience of pre-weighing filters for gravimetric analysis
ZE-7P52P
37 mm 2 Piece 5.0 µm PVC Filters, Weighed To Within .00001 gm, 50/Case
ZE-7P53P
37 mm 3 Piece 5.0 µm PVC Filters, Weighed To Within .00001 gm, 50/Case
Competitively Priced Cassettes, Providing Exceptional Value
Micro-5
The decrease of the jet-to-plate distance (in the circular jet impactors) results in a critical decrease of the impactor's cut-off size, from about 2.5 microns of the widely used slit impactors to about 1 micron. This makes such an impactor efficient for collecting spores of all fungal species and even some bacterial species.
Cyclex-D
Utilizing a 360 degree impaction chamber, the Cyclex-D was pioneered to evenly and quantitatively collect aeroallergens. With a flow rate of 20 L/min, the capture & actual collection efficiency of the Cyclex-D exceeded 50% at d50=1µ compared to the industry norm of2.5 microns.
Air-O-CellTM
The Air-O-Cell™ is a unique air sampling cassette specifically designed for the rapid collection of a wide range of airborne aerosols including mold spores, pollen, insect parts, skin cell fragments, fibers (e.g. asbestos,fiberglass, cellulose, clothing fibers, etc.) and inorganic particulate (e.g. ceramic, fly ash, copy toner, etc.). The Air-O-Cell™ collects both viable & non-viable sample specimens, providing a much broader overview of potential allergens & contaminants than conventional sampling techniques.
ZE-AOC010
Air-O-Cell™ Cassette, 10/Case
ZE-AOC050
Air-O-Cell™ Cassette, 50/Case
Allergenco-D
The Allergenco-D sampling cassette was developed for the sampling and collection of aeroallergens & bioaerosols for quantitative analysis of mold spores, pollen, skin fragments, insects, combustion particles, toners, environmental dust, construction dusts & other airborne particulates. The Allergenco-D employs a patented laminar flow venturi which provides higher readable collection efficiency as well as a more well defined impaction trace, helping to reduce analysis time.
EMS-120515 Allergenco-D, 50/Box
EMS-120170
Micro-5, 50/Box
EMS-120135
Cyclex-D, 50/Box
Sorbent Tubes
Sorbent tube sampling is the NIOSH/OSHA - approved method for collecting most hazardous gases and vapors from the air. Federal law has established Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL’s) for workers’ exposure to a variety of airborne chemical hazards. Sorbent tubes have been validated as a reliable tool for sampling requirements.
SK-226-01
Anasorb CSC, Coconut Charcoal, 6 mm O.D. x 70 mm L, 50/Box
SK-226-01-Bulk
Anasorb CSC, Coconut Charcoal, 6 mm O.D. x 70 mm L, 1000/Box
SK-226-09
Anasorb CSC, Coconut Charcoal, 8 mm O.D. x 110 mm L, 50/Box
SK-226-09-Bulk
Anasorb CSC, Coconut Charcoal, 8 mm O.D. x 110 mm L, 1000/Box Other tubes available.
RING
The RING is a radial symmetry diffusive sampler for gases and vapours airborne detection. Ready to use, cheap, small, light (less than 15 g) and safe, this sampler has been designed for personal and environmental sampling. Thanks to its high precision the Ring gives accurate results with few hours or weeks display.
Some possible applications are:
• Personal sampling
• Working area sampling
• Air quality monitoring
• Pollutant sites monitoring
Sorbent Tubes are Easy to Use
Tubes for Volatile Organic Sampling Trains (VOST)
EPA Methods 0030 and 0031 specify Volatile Organic Sampling Train (VOST) Tubes when sampling for VOC’s and Principal Organic Hazardous Constituents from stationary emission sources. Method 0030 specifies a train of three sorbent tubes: one Tenax and petroleum-based charcoal, and two Tenax. Method 0031 specifies one Anasorb 747 tube and two Tenax tubes. Low background levels make these sorbent useful for collecting low concentrations of VOC’s.
SK-226-134
Glass Open Tenax TA, 16 mm O.D. x 125 mm L, 1.6 gm (35/60 Mesh), Each
SK-226-133
Glass Open Anasorb 747, 16 mm O.D. x 125 mm L, 5 gm (20/40 Mesh), Each
Sampling Of:
• Aldehydes
• Ammonia (NH3)
• Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)
• Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
• Ozone (O3)
• Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) recovery by chemical desorption
A diffusive sampler with radial symmetry is characterized by a cylindrical diffusive surface (instead of plane), by a cylindrical adsorbing device, internal and coaxial to the adsorbing substrate, and a diffusive path parallel to the radius.This special design, which maximize the diffusive surface compared to similar axial samplers, allows an extremely high sampling rate inspite of its small dimensions. Ring’s high sampling rate guarantees very low levels of analytical sensitivity. Also, sampler efficiency, is not influenced by air speed changes and is independent from the related humidity.
AQ-P500R Supporting Plate W/ Clips, Label & Transparent Label Pocket, 10/Pack
AQ-P502R Blue Diffusive Body, 10/Pack
AQ-P503R Metal Clip For Body, 10/Pack
AQ-P700R Adsorbing Cartridge For Ammonia (NH3), 10/Pack
AQ-P702R Adsorbing Cartridge For Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), 10/Pack
AQ-P704R Adsorbing Cartridge For Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), 10/Pack
AQ-P706R Adsorbing Cartridge For Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC’s and BTEX), 10/Pack
SafeAir® Badges Direct Read Passive Monitoring System
The SafeAir® system consists of a direct reading colorimetric badge and a color comparison chart. SafeAir® badges are available for 21 different gases. Provides immediate visual indication when specific chemical is present.
• Homogeneous and stable color formation due to coated indicator layer
• Highly sensitive and selective
• Ideal for leak detection and daily exposure screening
• No laboratory analysis needed
MT-382010-50
Chemical: Ammonia, 4.0 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.50 ppm, 50/Pack
MT-382017-50
Chemical: Carbon Dioxide, 8,000 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 1,000 ppm, 50/Pack
MT-383009
Chemical: Carbon Dioxide Color Comparator (1,800 - 80,000 ppm/hr), Each
MT-382012-50
Chemical: Carbon Monoxide, 7.0ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.9 ppm, 50/Pack
MT-382009-50
Chemical: Chlorine, 0.18ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.023 ppm, 50/Pack
MT-383010
Chemical: Chlorine Color Comparator (0.3 - 3.0 ppm/hr), Each
MT-382011-50
Chemical: Formaldehyde, 0.4ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.05 ppm, 50/Pack
MT-382002-50
Chemical: Hydrazine, 8.0 ppb, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 1.0 ppm, 50/Pack
MT-383001
Chemical: Hydrazine Color Comparator (4.5 – >300 ppb/hr), Each
MT-382015-50
Chemical: Hydrogen Sulfide, 2.0ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.25 ppm, 50/Pack
MT-382013-50
Chemical: Nitrogen Dioxide, 1.0ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.125 ppm, 50/Pack
MT-382004-50
Chemical: Ozone, 0.05ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.006 ppm, 50/Pack
MT-382014-50
Chemical: Sulfur Dioxide, 0.2ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.025 ppm, 50/Pack
MT-401966-10 Badge Clips, 10/Pack
ChromAir® Colorimetric Badges Direct Read Passive Monitoring System
The ChromAir® system consists of a direct reading colorimetric badge and a color comparison chart. Users can now monitor for toxic gases without the use of a pump or time consuming laboratory analysis. Immediate, on-site results. Highly sensitive and selective. Exposure data read directly from badge. Immediate response for short-term exposure measurements. Measure TWA exposures. Patented design minimizes effects of humidity and air velocity. Light-weight and cost effective for personnel and area monitoring. No laboratory analysis needed.
MT-380020-10
Chemical: Acetone, 20 - 24,000 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 2.5ppm, 10/Pack
MT-380003-10
Chemical: Ammonia , 4 - 300 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.5ppm, 10/Pack
MT-384008
Chemical: Ammonia Color Comparator (3 - 600 ppm/hr), Each
MT-380008-10
Chemical: Carbon Monoxide, 10 - 525 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 1.25ppm, 10/Pack
MT-384006
Chemical: Carbon Monoxide Color Comparator (4 - 630 ppm/hr), Each
MT-380004-10
Chemical: Chlorine, 0.4 - 13 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.05ppm, 10/Pack
MT-384005
Chemical: Chlorine Color Comparator (0.2 - 20), Each
MT-380007-10
Chemical: Formaldehyde, 0.3 - 12 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.04 ppm, 10/Pack
MT-384001
Chemical: Formaldehyde Color Comparator (0.3 - 40 ppm/hr), Each
MT-380009-10
Chemical: Hydrogen Sulfide, 1 - 240 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.13ppm, 10/Pack
MT-384002
Chemical: Hydrogen Sulfide Color Comparator (0.4 - 350 ppm/hr), Each
MT-380018-10
Chemical: Mercury , 0.125 - 1.6 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.016 mg/m3, 10/Pack
MT-384003
Chemical: Mercury Color Comparator (0.12 - 3.2 mg/m3/hr), Each
MT-380010-10
Chemical: Ozone, 0.08 - 1.6ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.01 ppm, 10/Pack
MT-401966-10
Badge Clips, 10/Pack
Tubes
DR-CH22901
Acetone 100/b, 100 - 12,000 ppm, 10/Box
DR-CH29701
Alcohol 100/a, 100 - 3,000 ppm, 10/Box
DR-8101711
Ammonia 0.25/a, 0.25 - 3 ppm, 10/Box
DR-6733231
Ammonia 2/a, 2 - 30 ppm, 10/Box
DR-CH20501
Ammonia 5/a, 5 - 70 ppm, SEI Certified, 50 - 700 ppm, 10/Box
DR-CH25001
Arsine 0.05/a, 0.05 - 60 ppm, 10/Box
DR-6728561
Benzene 0.5/a, 0.5 - 10 ppm, 10/Box
DR-8101231
Benzene 2/a, 2 - 60 ppm, 5/Box
DR-8101741
Benzene 15/9, 15 - 420 ppm, 10/Box
DR-8101811
Carbon Dioxide 100/a, 100 - 3,000 ppm, 10/Box
DR-CH31401
Carbon Dioxide 0.5%/a, 0.5 - 10 Vol.-%, 10/Box
DR-CH25101
Carbon Dioxide 1%/a, 1 - 20 Vol.-%, 10/Box
DR-6733051
Carbon Monoxide 2/a, 2 - 300 ppm, 10/Box
DR-CH25601
Carbon Monoxide 5/c, 5 - 700 ppm, SEI Certified, 10/Box
DR-CH20601
Carbon Monoxide 10/b, 10 - 3,000 ppm, 10/Box
DR-CH24301
Chlorine 0.2/a, 0.2 - 30 ppm, 10/Box
DR-CH20201
Ethyl Acetate 200/a, 200 - 3,000 ppm, 10/Box
Accuro® Gas Detector Pump
DrägerTubes® & Accuro® Pump
More than 500 substances can be detected and measured using the Dräger-Tube system. Typical applications include the monitoring of workplace air, emission measurements, quality control, process control and monitoring of compressed air for breathing apparatus, as well as environmental and hazardous substance detection applications.
Short-Term Measurements with Dräger-Tubes
For short-term measurements more than 160 Dräger-Tubes are available to measure the socalled spot concentrations of specific gases. A wide range of different gases and vapours can be detected and measured, e.g. determining and measuring concentration peaks, measuring personal exposure in the inhalation area, detecting leaks in pipelines, gas installations etc. and air analysis in sewers, shafts and confined spaces.
DR-6728051
Ethylene 50/a, 50 - 2,500 ppm, 10/Box
DR-6733081
Formaldehyde 0.2/a, 0.2 - 5 ppm, 10/Box
DR-8101751
Formaldehyde 2/a, 2 - 40 ppm, 10/Box
DR-6728391
Hexane 100/a, 50 - 3,000 ppm, 10/Box
DR-CH29501
Hydrochloric Acid 1/a, 1 - 10 ppm, 10/Box
DR-8101511
Hydrogen 0.2%/a, 0.2 - 2 Vol.-%, 10/Box
R-8101461
Hydrogen Sulfide 0.2/a, 0.2-5 ppm, 10/Box
DR-6728041
Hydrogen Sulfide 0.5/a, 0.5-15 ppm, 10/Box
DR-8101831
Hydrogen Sulfide 1/d, 1 - 200 ppm, SEI Certified, 10/Box
DR-CH29101
Hydrogen Sulfide 100/a, 100 - 2,000 ppm, 10/Box
DR-8103281
Mercaptan 0.1/a, 0.1 - 15 ppm, 10/Box
DR-CH23101
Mercury Vapour 0.1/b, 0.05 - 2 mg/m3, 10/Box
DR-CH30001
Nitrogen Dioxide 0.5/c, 0.5 - 25 ppm, 10/Box, SEI Certified
DR-CH31001
Nitrous Gases 2/a, 2 - 100 ppm, 10/Box
DR-8103261
Oxygen 5%/C, 5 - 23 Vol.-%, 10/Box
DR-6733181
Ozone 0.05/b, 0.05 - 1.4 ppm, 10/Box
DR-8101691
Petroleum Hydrocarbons 10/a, 10 - 300 ppm, 10/Box
The Accuro® Gas Detector Pump is a manually operated bellows pump that draws a calibrated 100 milliliter sample through the short-term Dräger-Tubes.
DR-6400000
Accuro® Pump Includes Tube Opener & Allen Wrench
DR-4053473
Soft-Side Accuro® Pump Kit Includes Pump, Tube Opener, Spare Parts Kit, Allen Wrench & Nylon Carrying Case
DR-4056443
Hard-Side Accuro® Pump Kit Includes Pump, Tube Opener, Spare Parts Kit, 10 Rubber Caps, Allen Wrench & Plastic Carrying Case
DR-6730201
Petroleum Hydrocarbons 100/a, 100 - 2,500 ppm, 10/Box
DR-8101611
Phosphine 0.01/a , 0.01 - 1 ppm, 10/Box
DR-CH25301
Smoke Tubes N/A, 10/Box
DR-6728491
Sulphur Dioxide 0.5/a, 0.5 - 25 ppm, 10/Box
DR-6728781
Sulphuric Acid 1/a, 1 - 5 mg/m3, 9/Box
DR-8101661
Toluene 5/b, 5 - 300 ppm, 10/Box
DR-CH21101
Trichloroethane 50/d, 50 - 600 ppm, 5/Box
DR-8101721
Vinyl Chloride 0.5/b, 0.5 - 30 ppm, 10/Box
DR-8101781
Water Vapour 1/b, 1 - 40 mg/L, 10/Box
DR-6733161
Xylene 10/a, 10 - 400 ppm, 10/Box Other tubes available.
Features
• One-Hand Operation
• Very Low Maintenance
• End-Of-Stroke Indicator
• Built-In Automatic Stroke Counter
CMS Analyzer and Chips
Digital display of gas concentration eliminates ambiguous results. Internal recorder stores up to 50 measurements with time/date stamp. Just load a CMS gas specific chip into the bottom port of the analyzer. Easy-to-use, three-step slide switch allows analyzer to take measurement. Gas concentration is displayed in seconds with digital readout. Operates on four "AA" batteries (included).
Features
•Chips contain 10 tests each
•Easy as 1-2-3 Simple operation, simplified training
•Accurate Measure quantities as low as 0.20 ppm Benzene
•Fast Response Times
•Accuracies of ± 4 to 7% of measured value is achieved for most gases
•CMS has been validated by a nationally accredited third party laboratory
Diffusion
(Passive Sampling) Tubes
Get on-site measurements of 8-hour exposures with the Dräger Diffusion Tubes. This gas and vapor measurement technique provides a quick, simple, and on-site means to determine employee exposures.
Unlike Short-Term detector tubes that require a pump for operation, Diffusion Tubes rely on natural movement of the gases and vapors to enter the tube and cause a color change. Simply read the indication on the graduated scale (ppm x hours) and divide by the amount of hours the Diffusion Tube has been in use for a TWA measurement. No waiting, no analysis fees, no laboratory services, no turn-around time; just on the spot measurement. The Tube Holder allows you to place the Diffusion Tube in the breathing zone of the people being monitored or in the suspected areas.
DR-6733014
Diffusion Tube Holder, 3/Pack
DR-8101071
Acetic Acid 10/a-D, 10 - 200 ppm x h
DR-8101301
Ammonia 20/a-D, 20 - 1,500 ppm x h
DR-8101161
Butadiene 10/a-D, 10 - 300 ppm x h
DR-8101381
Carbon Dioxide 500/a-D, 500 - 20,000 ppm x h
DR-8101051
Carbon Dioxide 1%/a-D, 1 - 30 Vol.% x h
DR-6733191
Carbon Monoxide 50/a-D, 50 - 600 ppm x h
DR-8101151
Ethanol 1000/a-D, 1,000 - 25,000 ppm x h
DR-6733111
Hydrochloric Acid 10/a-D, 10 - 200 ppm x h
DR-6733221
Hydrocyanic Acid 20/a-D, 20 - 200 ppm x h
DR-6733091
Hydrogen Sulfide 10/a-D, 10 - 300 ppm x h
DR-8101111
Nitrogen Dioxide 10/a-D, 10 - 200 ppm x h
DR-8101401
Perchloroethylene 200/a-D, 200 - 1,500 ppm x h
DR-8101091
Sulfur Dioxide 5/a-D, 5 - 150 ppm x h
DR-8101421
Toluene 100/a-D, 100 - 3,000 ppm x h
DR-8101441
Trichloroethylene 200/a-D, 200 - 1,000 ppm x h
Air Monitoring Chip Analyzer
DR-6405300
CMS Analyzer With Data Recorder. Includes Analyzer, 4 "AA"
Alkaline Batteries & 3 mm Allen Wrench
DR-6405060
Remote System Includes Pump, 3 m Extension Hose With Adapter, Float Probe & Screwdriver
DR-8313025
Telescopic Probe (Requires Remote System)
DR-4594631
Nylon Transport Case
DR-6405080
Leather Carrying Case W/Shoulder Strap For Analyzer
DR-6405090
Leather Carrying Case For Chips
DR-6406330
Acetic Acid, 2.0 - 50.0 ppm
DR-6406470
Acetone, 40.0 - 600 ppm
DR-6406130
Ammonia, 2.0 - 50.0 ppm
DR-6406570
Ammonia, 100 - 2,000 ppm
DR-6406280
Benzene, 10.0 - 250 ppm
DR-6406190
Carbon Dioxide, 200 - 3,000 ppm
DR-6406210
Carbon Dioxide, 1.0 - 20.0 Vol.%
DR-6406080
Carbon Monoxide, 5.0 - 150 ppm
DR-6406010
Chlorine, 0.20 - 10.0 ppm
DR-6406580
Ethylene Oxide, 0.40 - 5.0 ppm
DR-6406540
Formaldehyde, 0.20 - 5.0 ppm
DR-6406090
Hydrochloric Acid, 1.0 - 25.0 ppm
DR-6406520
Hydrogen Sulfide, 0.20 - 5.0 ppm
DR-6406050
Hydrogen Sulfide, 2.0 - 50.0 ppm
DR-6406360
Mercaptan, 0.25 - 6.0 ppm
DR-6406120
Nitrogen Dioxide, 0.50 - 25.0 ppm
DR-6406240
Nitrous Gases, 10.0 - 200 ppm
DR-6406490
Oxygen, 1.0 - 30 Vol.%
DR-6406430
Ozone, 25.0 - 1,000 ppb
DR-6406200
Petroleum Hydrocarbons, 20.0 - 500 ppm
DR-6406270
Petroleum Hydrocarbons, 100 - 3,000 ppm
DR-6406560
Styrene, 2.0 - 40.0 ppm
DR-6406180
Sulfur Dioxide, 5.0 - 150 ppm
DR-6406250
Toluene, 10.0 - 300 ppm
DR-6406230
Vinyl Chloride, 10.0 - 250 ppm
DR-6406260
Xylene, 10.0 - 300 ppm
Single-Gas Detectors with Easy Two-Button Operation!
Dräger Pac® 3500/5500 Single Gas Monitor
Their impact-resistant housing features a protective rubber coating and is impervious to corrosive chemicals and meets the requirements of IP65 to ensure operation even when splashed with water. Monitor is maintenance free and can be easily operated using two buttons. Its small size makes it comfortable and easy to wear all day on a belt, chest pocket, or lapel. A loud audible alarm, two bright visual alarms, and strong vibrating alarm alert you to hazardous concentrations of gas.
The Pac® 3500, 5500 and 7000 shows both the gas concentration and the measurement unit. Alternatively, the instrument can be configured to show only the gas detected. The concentration is then displayed only when the set alarm level has been exceeded. It is complete with an infrared interface and is able to store up to 60 events with dates and times.
The Pac® 3500 is a robust single gas detector with 2 years operation time.
The Pac® 5500 is a single gas detector with no lifetime limitation.
The Pac® 7000 detects CO, CO2, Cl2, HCN, H2S, NH3, O2, PH3, SO2
Pac® 3500
DR-4543957
Dräger Pac® 3500 CO, 0 - 500 ppm, 1 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 35 ppm, Alarm 2: 50 ppm
DR-4543958
Dräger Pac® 3500 H2S, 0 - 100 ppm, 0.2 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 10 ppm, Alarm 2: 20 ppm
DR-4543959
Dräger Pac® 3500 O2, 0 - 25% Vol., 0.1% Vol. Resolution, Alarm 1: 19.5% Vol., Alarm 2: 23.5% Vol.
GasWatch 2
The GasWatch features hands free gas monitoring with a watch type design. It has fast, accurate response with a digital LCD display. The GasWatch detects H2S, CO or O2
Specifications
•Diffusion type sampling method, electrochemical cell detection (CO, H2S) and Galvanic cell (O2).
•Carbon Monoxide 0 - 500 ppm, Oxygen 0 - 40.0% O2
•Hydrogen Sulfide 0 - 100 ppm.
•Visual, audible, & vibration alarms
•TWA, STEL & PEAK hold functions
•3,000 hours of operation from 1 battery
•Intrinsically safe, CSA, C/US approved
•2 year warranty
Pac® 5500
DR-4543960
Dräger Pac® 5500 CO, 0 - 500 ppm, 1 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 35 ppm, Alarm 2: 50 ppm
DR-4543961
Dräger Pac® 5500 H2S, 0 - 100 ppm, 0.2 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 10 ppm, Alarm 2: 20 ppm
DR-4543962
Dräger Pac® 5500 O2, 0 - 25% Vol., 0.1% Vol. Resolution, Alarm 1: 19.5% Vol., Alarm 2: 23.5% Vol.
Accessories for Dräger Pac® 3500, 5500 & 7000
DR-8319559
Pac Smart Bump/Cal Station (Order Gas Separately)
DR-8321010
Mobile Printer/Interface Set For Pac Smart Bump/Cal Station, Records 700 Tests To Memory/PC &/Or Provides Printout, Includes Charger, NiMHy Batteries, ("AA" Alkaline Optional), USB Cable, CCVision PC-Software
DR-8319002
Thermal Paper Replacement, Mobile Printer, (5 Rolls)
DR-4594580
Mobile Printer/Interface Only
DR-8318588
Calibration/Bump Test Adapter
DR-8318587 Communication Cradle & PacVision Software, Includes USB Cable
DR-4543808
Lithium Alkaline Battery, 3 V
DR-4543836
Dust & Water Filter, 4/Pack
DR-4543822
Leather Carrying Case W/ Velcro Belt Loop
DR-8317410
Simple Bump Test/Cal Station (Order Gas Separately)
DR-8318589
Pac XX00 ECal Instrument Module, Requires Master Or Module Adapter For Automated Testing & Documentation
Dräger Pac® 7000
DR-8318970
Dräger Pac® 7000 CO, 0 - 1999 ppm, 1 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 35 ppm, Alarm 2: 50 ppm
DR-8318971
Dräger Pac® 7000 H2S, 0 - 100 ppm, 0.2 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 10 ppm, Alarm 2: 20 ppm
DR-8318972
Dräger Pac® 7000 O2, 0 - 25% Vol., 0.1% Vol. Resolution, Alarm 1: 19.5% Vol., Alarm 2: 23.5% Vol.
DR-8318973
Dräger Pac® 7000 HCN, 0 - 50 ppm, 0.1 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 2.5 ppm, Alarm 2: 4.5 ppm
DR-8318974
Dräger Pac® 7000 PH3, 0 - 20 ppm, 0.01 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 0.1 ppm, Alarm 2: 0.2 ppm
DR-8318975
Dräger Pac® 7000 CO2, 0 - 5% Vol., 0.1% Vol. Resolution, Alarm 1: 0.5% Vol., Alarm 2: 1.0% Vol.
DR-8318976
Dräger Pac® 7000 SO2, 0 - 100 ppm, 1 ppm (0.1) Resolution, Alarm 1: 2 ppm, Alarm 2: 4 ppm
DR-8318977
Dräger Pac® 7000 NO2, 0 - 50 ppm, 0.1 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 2.5 ppm, Alarm 2: 5.0 ppm
DR-8318978
Dräger Pac® 7000 Cl2, 0 - 20 ppm, 0.05 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 0.5 ppm, Alarm 2: 1.0 ppm
DR-8318979
Dräger Pac® 7000 NH3, 0 - 300 ppm, 1 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 25 ppm, Alarm 2: 50 ppm
Features
•3 gases to choose from CO, H2S, or O2
•Hands free gas monitoring
•Compact "watch type" design
•Fast, accurate response with digital LCD display
•Fits on your wrist, clothing, belt or hardhat
•Automatic backlight during alarm
•Manual backlight
•Sensor fail alarm
•PEAK hold function (min and max values for O2)
• TWA and STEL function
• Displays current time
RK-72-0007RK
GasWatch 2 Measuring O2 0 - 40%
RK-81-GW2X-LV
Calibration Kit For GasWatch 2 Measuring O2
RK-73-0040RK
GasWatch 2 Measuring CO 0 - 500 ppm
• Visual, audible, and vibration alarms standard
• Over 3,000 hours of operation from 1 battery
• Intrinsically safe, CSA, C/US classified
• 2 year warranty
RK-81-GW2C-LV
Calibration Kit For Gaswatch 2 Measuring CO
RK-73-0041RK
GasWatch 2 Measuring H2S 0 - 100 ppm
RK-81-GW2H-LV
Calibration Kit For GasWatch Measuring H2S
Specifications
4 Gases to choose from: LEL, CO, H2S or O2
• OX - 01 (O2 0 - 40%)
• CO - 01 (CO 0 - 500 ppm)
• HS-01 (H2S 0 - 100 ppm)
• GP-01 (LEL 0 - 100%)
• Visual, audible, & vibration alarms
• TWA, STEL & PEAK hold functions
• 3,000 hrs of operation/16 hrs for LEL version
• Pocket size 1.4" W x 4.1" H x 0.8" D
• Impact and water resistant
• Low battery alarm
• Intrinsically safe, CSA, C/US approved
• 2 year warranty Model NameOX-01
01 Series - Single Gas Clip On Personal Monitor
RK-72-0008RK-03
OX-01, 0 - 40% O2 W/ Alkaline & Belt Clip
RK-81-OX01-LV Calibation Kit For OX-01
RK-72-0033RK-03
GP-01, 0 - 100 %LEL W/ Alkaline & Belt Clip
RK-81-GP01-HLV
Calibration Kit For GP-01 Hexane
RK-81-GP01-LV Calibration Kit For GP-01 Methane
RK-73-0044RK-03
CO-01, 0 - 500 ppm With Alkaline & Belt Clip
RK-81-CO01-LV Calibration Kit For CO-01
RK-73-0046RK-03
HS-01, 0 - 100 ppm With Alkaline & Belt Clip
RK-81-HS01-LV Calibration Kit For HS-01 & HS-01S
All calibration kits includes a 34 L cylinder, regulator, cal cup, case & tubing. 01 Series are also available with alligator clip.
Gas Detected Oxygen (O2)Carbon Monoxide (CO)Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S)Combustible gas
Detection 0 - 40% Vol.0 - 500 ppm 0 - 100 ppm 0 - 100% LEL
Range (0.1% Vol.)(1 ppm) (0.5 ppm) (1% LEL Increments)
Accuracy ±0.5% Vol. ±5 ppm (up to 150 ppm) ±1.5 ppm (up to 30 ppm) ±5% of full scale
SC-01 Single Toxic Gas Monitor
Features
• Smart interchangeable sensors
• Wide range of toxic gases
• Unique extender cable for remote monitoring
• Compact (2.5" x 5.2" x 1.2")
• Lightweight, 7.6 oz
• 250 hours of continuous operation
• Operates on 2 "AA" alkaline batteries
• Audible / visual / vibration alarms
• Datalogging standard
• Impact resistant protective rubber boot
• Intrinsically safe, CSA, C/US classified
Detectable GasesRanges
Arsine (AsH3) 0 - 1.5 ppm
Ammonia (NH3)0 - 75 ppm
Carbon Monoxide (CO) 0 - 75 ppm
Chlorine (Cl2) 0 - 3.00 ppm
Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) 0 - 30.0 ppm
Phosphine (PH3) 0 - 1.00 ppm
RK-73-0050RK-AsH3 SC-01 Arsine (AsH3)
RK-73-0050RK-NH3 Ammonia (NH3)
RK-73-0050RK-CO Carbon Monoxide (CO)
RK-73-0050RK-CL2 Chlorine (Cl2)
RK-73-0050RK-H2S Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S)
RK-73-0050RK-PH3 Phosphine (PH3)
RK-73-0050RK-SO2 Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)
RK-20-0320RK Carrying Case For SC-01
RK-47-1561RK Extender Cable, 3 Meters, For SC-01
Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)0 - 6.00 ppm are available please specify).
FP-30
Formaldehyde Gas Detector
Features
•Simple operation
• Specific to Formaldehyde
•Built-in sample draw pump
• Easy to read LCD display
•Self-diagnosis
•Uses photoelectric photometry technology
•Direct digital readout
•Colorimetric detection tablet method
•No false readings from interfering gases
•Operates on 4 "AA" alkalines
• Stores 99 readings
•No warm up time
GX-2001 Personal 4 Gas Monitor
Features
• Simultaneous detection of 4 gases
LEL, O2, H2S and CO
• Audible, visual & vibration alarm
• Alarm trend data
• Datalogging standard
• Autocalibration
• Rechargeable Ni-MH battery pack
• Battery pack recharges in 90 minutes
FP-30 Detection Ranges
30 minute sample 0 - 0.4 ppm (0.005 ppm/digit)
15 minute sample 0 - 1.0 ppm (0.01 ppm/digit)
RK-73-1060RK FP-30 Formaldehyde Detector
RK-65-TAB-008 Detection Tablets For FP-30, 20/Box (1 Test Each)
• Continuously operates for up to 18 hours
• Large LCD display screen
• Automatic backlighting at alarm
• High impact, RFI shielded body
• STEL and TWA readouts (USA Version)
• Continuously displays current time
• Intrinsically safe, CSA, C/US approved
• 2 year warranty
RK-72-0233RKC
GX-2001, 4 Gas, LEL / O2 / H2S / CO
RK-72-0232RKC
GX-2001, 3 Gas, LEL/O2/H2S
RK-81-GX01HSCO-LV
Calibration Kit For RK-72-0233RKC & RK-72-0232RKC
RK-72-0231RKC
GX-2001, 3 Gas, LEL / O2 / CO
RK-72-0230RKC
GX-2001, 2 Gas, LEL/O2
RK-81-GX01CO-LV
Calibration Kit For RK-72-0231RKC & RK-72-0230RKC
All calibration kits include a 34 L cylinder, calibration cap, regulator, case & tubing.
Price includes Ni-Cad battery pack, charger & belt clip.
GX-2003, 5 Sensor Sample Draw
Gas Monitor
Features
• Monitors LEL, O2, CO, and H2S
• 0 to 100% volume Methane (Optional)
• Auto-ranging display of % volume and % LEL
• Internal sample drawing pump with 40 foot range
• Compact size, weighs only 11 oz
• Vibration, visual, and audible alarms
• Automatic backlight during alarms
• Calibration reminder with lock out option
• Ni-MH or alkaline power source
• Battery pack charges in or out of the instrument
• Quick charge (complete charge in 90 minutes)
• Glove friendly glow in the dark buttons
• Alarm latching or non-latching
• Up to 600 hours of datalogging with alarm trends
• Logs last 20 calibration events
• TWA and STEL readings with lunch-break mode
• Intrinsically safe, CSA, C/US classified
• 2 year warranty
Multi-Gas Detectors
RK-72-0253RKC
GX-2003, 3 Gas, LEL / % Vol CH4/O2
RK-72-0261RKC
GX-2003, 3 Gas, LEL / O2 / H2S
RK-72-0271RKC
GX-2003 4 Gas LEL / O2 / CO / H2S
RK-72-0273RKC
GX-2003 4 Gas % Vol (HC) / LEL / O2 / CO
RK-72-0281RKC
GX-2003 5 Gas % Vol (HC) / LEL / O2 / CO / H2S
RK-81-GX03VCO-LV
Calibration Kit For RK-72-0253RKC & RK-72-0273RKC
RK-81-GX03HSCO-LV
Calibration Kit For RK-72-0261RKC & RK-72-0271RKC
RK-81-GX03VHSCO-LV
Calibration Kit For RK-72-0281RKC
All calibration kits include a 34 L cylinder, gas bag, regulator, case & tubing.
Price includes Ni-Cad battery pack, 115 V charger, wrist strap, probe, 10' hose & rubber boot with belt clip.
Smallest, Lightest 4 Gas Monitor on the Market!
GX-2009
Features
•Simultaneous detection of 4 gases, LEL, O2, H2S & CO
•Dimensions: 2.7" H x 3" W x 1" D, 4.6 oz
•Dual audible alarm ports (95 db @ 30 cm)
•3 visual alarm LED’s
•Vibration alarm
•IP-67 waterproof/dustproof design
•Calibration lock out or reminder controls
•Large capacity data logging standard
•8 alarm trends
•Log time range of 10 to 300 hours
•100 calibration records
•20 hours of operation (NiMH batteries)
•Large LCD display screen
•Automatic backlighting at alarm Impact resistant over-mold body, RFI shielded body
•STEL and TWA readouts
•Intrinsically safe, IECEx / ATEX ... approved (CSA, C/US pending)
•2 year warranty
RK-72-0310RKC
GX-2009, 3 Gas, LEL / O2 / H2S W/ Alligator Clip & 115 / 220 V AC Charger
RK-72-0311RKC
GX-2009, 3 Gas, LEL / O2 / CO W/ Alligator Clip & 115 / 220 V AC Charger
RK-72-0314RKC
GX-2009, 4 Gas, LEL / O2 / H2S / CO W/ Alligator Clip & 115 / 220 V AC Charger
RK-81-GX01HSCO-LV
Cal Kit GX-2009 For RK-72-0310RKC & RK-72-0314RKC
RK-81-GX01CO-LV
Cal Kit GX-2009, For RK-72-0311RKC
RK-81-2120RK Confined Space Kit Includes Padded Case, RP-6 Pump, 10' Hose & Probe
All calibration kits include a gas cylinder, regulator, case & tubing.
SM-2000 Series Calibration Stations
Features
•Stand alone system, no PC needed for operation
•Calibrate, bump test, charge, and archive data
•Software manages records by serial #, user ID, or station ID
•Each station is equipped with configuration control and status indicators
•User adjustable test times and tolerances
•Automatic quick charge of instrument in 90 minutes or less
•Alkaline recognition – will not attempt to charge alkaline batteries (SM2003U)
•Exhaust line connection for test gas venting
•Records are stored as a tab delineated text file (.txt format can be imported into a spreadsheet)
•Software is Windows 2000, and XP compatible
•Operates on any Pentium II or higher PC
•USB port for downloading data to a USB flash drive
•USB flash drive included
RK-81-SM2001U
RK-81-SM2003U
RK-81-SM2001UC
GX-2001
RK-81-SM2003UC
GX-2003
DATA CAL 2000
Docking & Calibration Station
The RKI Data Cal 2000 Docking and Calibration Station is a comprehensive instrument management system which provides charging, downloading, calibration, bump testing, and configuration for our Model GX-2009, GX-2003 and GX-2001 gas detection instruments. The system has configuration capabilities for alarm setting, datalog and calibration interval, user and location ID, and many other instrument parameters. Factory and user default settings are available for upload to instruments. The Data Cal 2000 is supplied with PC software, power and serial cords, and operating instructions. The Data Cal 2000 power requirements are 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz. PC or laptop to be supplied by customer.
Dräger X-am 2000
RK-81-DC2000
Data Cal 2000 Docking Station Includes Station, Power Cord, Serial Cable & PC Software CD
RK-81-DC2000-01
Data Cal 2000 Docking Station Includes Station, Power Cord, Serial Cable, PC Software CD, Demand Flow Regulator & Calibration Gas Cylinder
RK-81-DM2001
Docking Module For GX-2001
RK-81-DM2003
Docking Module For GX-2003
RK-81-DM2009
Docking Module For GX-2009
Calibration gases & regulators also available.
The Dräger X-am 2000 is one of a new generation of gas detectors which have been specially designed for personal monitoring use. The 1 to 4 gas detector reliably measures combustible gases and vapours, as well as O2, CO and H2S. Its ergonomic design, mobile phone dimensions and low weight make it the perfect companion in your daily work. Reliable measurement technology, long sensor life and easy operation guarantee maximum safety at extremely low cost of ownership.
Features
•An ergonomic instrument the size of a mobile phone
•Vapour-sensitive Ex measurement
•Robust and water-tight
•Gas inlets on two surfaces
•Long-life electrochemical sensors
•A range of alarm functions
DR-8318910 X-am 2000, Ex.: O2, CO, H2S Monitor, Alkaline Battery
DR-8318890 X-am 2000, Ex.: O2, H2S Monitor, Alkaline Battery
DR-8318880 X-am 2000, Ex.: O2, CO Monitor, Alkaline Battery
DR-8318770 X-am 2000, Ex.: O2 Monitor, Alkaline Battery
DR-8318785 NiMH Power Supply Unit T4 W/ Charger
Ideal for Confined-Space
Small size and light weight make this monitor ideal for confined-space entry or all-day wear. Large, easy-to-read display quickly indicates gases measured and their concentrations. Monitor features two high-intensity alarm lights, a loud audible alarm, and a vibrating alarm to alert you of hazards even in high-noise areas. Three easy-to-use buttons allow you to power unit, acknowledge alarm, and access features. Rugged, IP65rated, chemical-resistant polymer housing withstands bumps and drops associated with harsh industrial environments and confined-space entries. Approvals: UL and cUL classified intrinsically safe in Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G T4; CSA; ATEX; CE; MSHA
DR-4543721
X-am 3000, Ex.: O2, CO, H2S Confined Space Kit
DR-4543718
X-am 3000; Ex.: O2, CO, H2S W/ Internal Pump
Accessories
DR-4543625
Datalogger Option (Factory Installed)
DR-4530120
PC Communication Cable
DR-8314034
GasVision Software For Data Download & Data Management
DR-6408515
CC-Vision Software For Instrument Configuration
DR-8317719
X-am 3000 E-Cal Module
All instruments above include XS µPac DrägerSensors® for O2, CO &/or H2S gases with a 2 year warranty & a CatEx2 sensor for flammable gases with a 2 year warranty; NiMH battery pack, calibration adapter, maintenance tool, battery charger with power supply, short instruction card & manual.
Pump units also include internal sample pump, pump adapter, 10 ft Tygon® tubing & water stop filter. Confined space kits are packaged in a carry case with calibration accessories & include a rubber boot.
Dräger X-am 7000
Is the innovative solution for the simultaneous and continuous detection of up to five gases. A combination of more than 25 sensors allows flexible solutions to individual monitoring tasks. The Dräger X-am 7000 can be equipped with three electrochemical, and two catalytic bead, infrared or photoionisation sensors. It is the ideal companion in a great number of applications where reliable monitoring of Oxygen, toxic and combustibles gases and vapors in the ambient air is necessary.
Features
•Flexibility through sensor variety = 25 different Dräger Sensors allows the detection of more than 100 gases and vapors
•Intelligent and interchangeable sensors = each sensor is recognized automatically by the instrument
•Intuitive software functions = functions such as TWA and STEL values, as well as, peak hold leak search functionality
•Rugged & waterproof = rubber-boot protects the unit against damage from a drop of 1.5 m (5 ft) & built-in dust and splash water protection
•Multiple warning systems = loud multi-tone horn & visual alarm can be seen through 360°
•Information at a glance = large graphic display and the alarm auto-zoom function
•Data management = logs up to 3,000 sets of values – data logging of 100 hrs when recording one set per minute
•Strong built-in pump = up to 45 m/150 ft long tube
•Approvals = ATEX, MED, UL, CSA, IECEx & CE-mark
Dräger Sensors XS, EC
InstalledReplacementDescription SensorsSensors
DR-4595449DR-6810590
DR-4595450 DR-6810599
DR-4595448DR-6810460
DR-4595446DR-6810710
DR-4595447DR-6810410
DR-4595451DR-8319100
Dräger Sensors XS, EC
InstalledReplacementDescription SensorsSensors
DR-4595422DR-6809545 Amines XS 0 - 100 ppm
DR-4595407DR-6809145 Ammonia (NH3) XS 0 - 200 ppm
DR-4595414DR-6809175 Carbon Dioxide (CO2) XS 0 - 5.0% Vol.
DR-4595433DR-6809105 Carbon Monoxide (CO) XS 0 - 2,000 ppm
DR-4595431DR-6809120 Carbon Monoxide (CO) XS HC 0 - 10,000 ppm
DR-4595409DR-6809165 Chlorine (Cl2) XS 0 - 20.0 ppm
DR-4595453DR-6811360 Chlorine Dioxide (CIO2) XS 0 - 20.0 ppm
DR-4595412DR-6809135 Hydride XS 0 - 20.0 ppm
DR-4595423DR-6809185 Hydrogen (H2) XS 0 - 2,000 ppm
DR-4595452DR-6811365 Hydrogen (H2) XS HC 0 - 4.0% Vol.
DR-4595408DR-6809150 Hydrogen Cyanide (HCN) XS 0 - 50.0 ppm
DR-4595434DR-6809110 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) XS 0 - 100 ppm
DR-4595403DR-6809180 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) XS HC 0 - 1,000 ppm
DR-4595445DR-6810575 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) XS-2 SR 0 - 100 ppm
DR-4552284
Custom X-am 7000 W/O Sensors (W/O Sensors, Use Installed Sensors Below)
Includes Indicated Sensors, Internal Pump, Battery Pack, Charge Cradle (DR-8316487), Multinational 100 - 240 V Power Supply (DR-8315635), Calibration Adapter (DR-8317656), Pump Adapter (DR-8317639), Shoulder Strap (DR-8316878), Dust-Water Trap (DR-4523078), 5 ft Tygon® Tubing, Service Tool & Manual
DR-4552282
X-am 7000 Same As Above But W/ Datalogger (W/O Sensors, Use Installed Sensors Below)
Above X-am 7000 Packages Include Indicated Sensors, Internal Pump, Battery Pack & Charge Cradle
Accessories
DR-8317684
Nylon Carrying Case
DR-8314034
Dräger Gasvision Software For Download & Data Management
DR-6408515
Dräger CC-Vision Software For Instrument Calibration & Configuration Sensors For Dräger X-am 7000
DR-4595405DR-6809155 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) XS 0 - 50.0 ppm
DR-4595404DR-6809125 Nitric Oxide (NO) XS 0 - 200 ppm
DR-4595424DR-6809200 Odorant XS 0 - 40.0 ppm
DR-4595410DR-6809115 Organic Vapor (OV) XS 0 - 200 ppm
DR-4595411DR-6809522 Organic Vapor-A (OV-A) XS 0 - 100 ppm
DR-4595435DR-6809130 Oxygen (O2) XS 0 - 25% Vol.
DR-4595443DR-6809550 Oxygen (O2) XS-100 0 - 100% Vol.
DR-4595442DR-6808582 Phosgene (COCl2) XS 0 - 3.00 ppm
DR-4595413DR-6809535 Phosphine (PH3) XS HC 0 - 1,000 ppm
DR-4595406DR-6809160 Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) XS 0 - 100 ppm
Methane Elimination Capabilities
LEL % & PPM Readings
Eagle
One to Six Gas Portable Monitor
The EAGLE is a powerful, versatile instrument that does more than offer standard confined space protection. The EAGLE also provides detection combinations never before offered in a portable gas monitor featuring the industry’s widest selection of high quality, long life and field proven sensors. Rugged, weatherproof, easy to operate and maintain, the EAGLE is the industry’s answer to portable gas detection.
Specifications
•Alarm: Alarm levels are adjustable and can be latching or self resetting
•Functions: Autocalibration, alarm silence, demand zero, peak hold and a wide variety of other features. Each channel has 2 alarm levels plus TWA and STEL alarms for toxic channels. PPM/LEL hydrocarbon detection (5 ppm resolution) and a methane elimination switch for environmental applications.
•Sampling Method: Powerful, long-life pump can draw samples over 125 feet. Flow Rate approximately 2.0 SCFH.
•Power: Size D batteries, 4 alkaline or Ni-Cad. The EAGLE will continuously operate for over 30 hours on alkaline batteries or 18 hours on Ni-Cads
•Dimensions: 10.5" L x 5.9" x 7" Tall, 5 lbs
•Accessories: Long hoses, special probes, datalogging (up to 4 gases), continuous operation adapters, remote alarms and strobes, dilution fittings, internal hydrophobic filter, etc, are available to help satisfy almost any application
•Compliance: Intrinsically Safe, Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, and D. CSA / NTRL & UL classified (most versions)
Standard Confined Space Gases
Hydrocarbons
0 - 100% LEL
0 - 50,000 ppm
Oxygen (O2) 0 - 40% Vol.
Carbon Monoxide (CO)0 - 500 ppm
Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S)0 - 100 ppm
Super Toxins and Other Gases
Ammonia (NH3) 0 - 75 ppm
Arsine (AsH3) 0 - 1 ppm
0 - 200 ppb
Carbon Dioxide (CO2) 0 - 5,000 ppm (IR Sensor) 0 - 10,000 ppm
0 - 5% Vol.
0 - 20% Vol.
0 - 50% Vol.
Chlorine (Cl2) 0 - 3 ppm
Fluorine (F2) 0 - 5 ppm
Hydrogen Fluoride (HF)0 - 9 ppm
Hydrogen Chloride (HCl)0 - 5 ppm
Hydrogen Cyanide (HCN)0 - 30 ppm
Methane (CH4) 0 - 100% LEL (IR Sensor)
0 - 100% Vol.
Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)0 - 15 ppm
Ozone (O3) 0 - 1 ppm
Phosphine (PH3) 0 - 1 ppm
Silane (SiH4) 0 - 15 ppm
Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) 0 - 30 ppm
RK-72-5101RK Eagle, LEL / PPM Hydrocarbons
RK-81-5101RK-LV
Calibration Kit For LEL / PPM (CH4)
RK-72-5115RK-XX Eagle, CO2 (Cal Kit Determined W/ Specific Range)
RK-72-5201RK Eagle, LEL / PPM, O2
RK-81-5201RK-LV
Calibration Kit For LEL / PPM (CH4), O2
RK-72-5301RK Eagle, LEL / PPM, O2, H2S
RK-81-5301RK-LV
Calibration Kit For LEL / PPM (CH4), O2, H2S
RK-72-5401RK Eagle, LEL / PPM, O2, CO, H2S
RK-81-5401RK-LV
Calibration Kit For LEL / PPM (CH4), O2, CO, H2S
RK-20-0640RK Eagle Carrying Case, Padded
RK-33-0156RK-01
Replacement Hydrophobic Filter Element, 5/Pack
RK-49-2150RK-01
Charger (115 V AC) & NiCads, added to Eagle
RK-57-0012RK-01
Datalogging board (Field Or Factory Installed)
RK-82-5007RK
Datalogging Kit, Software & Cable (Required W/ Board)
RK-75-0001RK
External Methane Elimination Switch
The Eagle can be provided with up to 6 gas sensors (4 toxins maximum).
Please specify gas combination when ordering.
Includes alkaline batteries, hose, probe, shoulder strap & instruction manual.
EAGLE 2
Features
Simultaneous detection of up to 6 different gases, over 500 gas monitoring configurations, wide range of toxic gases, PPM/LEL hydrocarbon detection, PID sensor for VOCs, IR sensors available for CO2, % LEL CH4, % volume CH4, password protection, transformer testing version available, datalogging with user friendly software, autocalibration, dual hydrophobic filters (most versions), ergonomic RFI/EMI/chemical/weather resistant enclosure, intrinsically safe design, CSA (C/US) (most versions), IRDA communications port with PC.
New & Improved!
Gases & Detectable Ranges
Standard Confined Space Gases Hydrocarbons (CH4,
Toxics and Other Gases
Enclosure
Unique EAGLE 2 features include PPM or LEL hydrocarbon detection at the push of a button; infrared sensors for CO2, methane or hydrocarbons in LEL and % volume ranges; PID sensor for detecting low ppm levels of VOC gases; methane elimination feature for environmental applications; and a long list of super toxic gases and measurable ranges. The EAGLE 2 has a strong internal pump with a low flow auto shut off and alarm, which can draw samples from up to 125 feet even with the dual hydrophobic filters in place. This allows for quick response and recovery from distant sampling locations. The EAGLE 2 will continuously operate for over 16 hours on alkaline batteries or 18 hours on Ni-MH. A variety of accessories are also available to help satisfy almost any application such as long sample hoses, special float probes for tank testing, datalogging, continuous operation adapters, remote alarms and strobes, and dilution fittings, just to name a few.
IR And PID Sensors
Carbon Dioxide (CO2) (IR Sensor)
0 - 10,000 ppm
0 - 5% Vol.
0 - 60% Vol.
Methane (CH4) (IR Sensor) 0 - 100% LEL
0 - 100% Vol.
Hydrocarbons (IR Sensor) 0 - 100% LEL 0 - 30% Vol.
VOC (PID Sensor)0 - 2,000 ppm 0 - 200 ppm
Weatherproof, chemical resistant, RFI/EMI coated high impact polycarbonate-polyester blend. Can operate in rain or set into 2.0" of water without damage. Ergonomically balanced with rugged top mounted handle.
Dimensions 9.5" L x 5.25" W x 5.875" H
Weight 3.8 lbs (standard 4 gas with batteries)
Detection Principle Catalytic combustion, electrochemical cell, galvanic cell, infrared, PID & TC.
Sensor Life 2 years under normal conditions
Sampling Method Powerful, long-life pump (over 6,000 hours) can draw samples over 125 feet. Flow rate approximately 2.0 SCFH
Display
Backlight 128 x 64 graphics display. 4 x 20 LCD readout. Viewed through window in case top. Displays readings & status of all 6 channels simultaneously. Backlight, automatic for alarms and by demand with adjustable time
Alarms 2 alarms per channel plus TWA and STEL alarms for toxics. The two alarms are fully adjustable for levels, latching or self reset and silenceable
Alarm Method
Buzzer 95 dB at 30 cm, dual high intensity and LED’s
Operating Temp. & Humidity -10°C to 40°C (14°F to 104°F), 0 to 95% RH, non-condensing
Indication Accuracy Maximum variance +/- 5% of full scale
Response Time
30 Seconds to 90% (for most gases) using standard 5 ft hose
Standard Accessories Shoulder strap, alkaline batteries, hydrophobic probe, and 5 foot hose, internal hydrophobic filter (most versions)
Optional Accessories
Simutaneous datalogging of up to 6 gases. Remote alarms, dilution fitting (50/50), Ni-MH batteries, battery charger, 115 V AC, 220 V AC, or 12 V DC, continuous operation adapter, 115 V AC or 12 V DC, extension hoses, large internal hydrophobic filter
Warranty One year material and workmanship
RA-059-A110-000
MiniRAE Lite Monitor Only
RA-059-A110-100
MiniRAE Lite
The MiniRAE Lite is a reliable hand-held volatile organic compound (VOC) monitor on the market. Its photoionization detector’s (PID) range of 0 to 5,000 ppm makes it an ideal instrument for applications ranging from environmental to construction.
Features
•3 second response time
•Range up to 5,000 ppm
•Humidity compensation
•Big graphic display for easy overview of concentration
•Field-interchangeable battery pack,
•Integrated flashlight for better visibility in low light
•Multi-language support with 12 languages encoded
•Rugged housing withstands use in harsh environments
•IP-65 design
•Built-in sample pump draws up to 100' (30 m) horizontally or vertically
MiniRAE Lite W/ Accessories & Calibration Kit
NLB-H1055100PA
100 ppm Isobutylene, Bal Air, 34 L Steel Cylinder
RK-81-1050RK
0.5 LPM Regulator For 17 L & 34 L Steel Cylinders
PHOTOVAC 2020ComboPRO
Portable Photoionization Detector (PID)
RA-059-B110-000
MiniRAE 3000 Monitor Only
RA-059-B110-300
MiniRAE 3000 - PID
The MiniRAE 3000 detects volatile organic compounds(VOC’s). Its PhotoionizationDetector’s (PID) extended range of 0 to 15,000 ppm makes it an ideal instrument for applications from industrial hygiene, to leak and HazMat detection.
Features
•A 3 second response time
•Humidity compensation with integral humidity and temperature sensors
•Real-time wireless data transmission with built-in RF modem or Bluetooth
•Integrated Flashlight for better view in dark conditions
•Multi-language support with 12 languages encoded
•Rugged housing withstands use in harsh environments
•IP67 Waterproof design for easy cleaning and decontamination in water
•Strong protective removable rubber boot
MiniRAE 3000 W/ Accessories & Calibration Kit
NLB-H1055100PA
100 ppm Isobutylene, Bal Air, 34 L Steel Cylinder
RK-81-1050RK
0.5 LPM Regulator For 17 L & 34 L Steel Cylinders
RapidVOC detection in air, water and soil in the harshest environments!
Stable, linear Photovac PID, ergonomic design, effortless data handling, dedicated calibration key, Dräger tubes for zero calibration, easy to use & lamp condition assessment.
Specifications
•Size: 9" (228.6 mm) long x 3" (76.2 mm) deep x 4.25" (107.9 mm) wide at display tapering to 2.6" (66.6 mm) at handle
•Weight: 1.9 lbs (0.86 kg)
•Detector: Instant on photoionization detector with standard 10.6 eV lamp, and optional 11.7 eV lamp
•Keypad: Two dedicated keys (ON/OFF and CAL) and three menu keys
•Datalogger Memory: 200 hours at 1 minute interval sampling
•Operating Temperature Range: Operating temperature: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F) / I/S Certified temperature: 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)
•Operating Humidity Range: 0 to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing)
•Operating Concentration Range: 0.1 ppm to 100 ppm (isobutylene equivalent) / 100 ppm to 10,000 ppm (isobutylene equivalent)
•Operating Humidity Range with Optional Humidity Pre-filter Tube: 0 to 100% relative humidity (non-condensing)
•Response Time: Less than 3 seconds, to 90%
•Low Detection Limit: 0.1 ppm Isobutylene
•Battery Capacity: 8 hrs
•Intrinsic Safety: Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, & D, ATEX II 2 G EEx ib IIC T4 (TA = 0°C to +40°C)
PID Applications
Fenceline & perimeter monitoring, confined space pre-entry, solvent storage and piping, transportation vessels storage tank maintenance, site characterization, ambient air monitoring, emergency response and HazMat petroleum product(s) tank entry, soil headspace screening, health and safety monitoring surveying for buried chemical waste & aircraft fuel tank entry.
PH-A1760300
2020ComboPRO Monitor Only W/ Basic Accessories
PH-A1760301
2020ComboPRO W/ Field Kit (Cal Gas Sold Separately)
PH-A1760302
2020ComboPRO W/ VOC & Benzene Kit (Cal Gas Sold Separately)
NLB-H1055100PA, 100 ppm Isobutylene 34 L
PH-SW760371
English & French Version
NLB-H1055100PA
100 ppm Isobutylene, Bal Air, 34 L Cylinder
Other languages available: Spanish, German & Italian.
PHOTOVAC MicroFID
For accurate, reliable detection of VOC’s, the Photovac MicroFID is the right choice in flame ionization detection. At just 8.1 lbs (3.7 kg), the MicroFID is the smallest and lightest datalogging Flame Ionization Detector (FID) available.
MicroFID Applications
Leak Detection and Repair (U.S. EPA Method 21), landfill monitoring, natural gas leak detection petroleum products tank entry, emergency response, soil headspace screening, hazardous waste site delineation, solvent storage and piping, confined space preentry, underground storage tanks (UST) transportation vessels, storage tank maintenance, OSHA compliance, EPA compliance & remediation efficiency.
MicroFID Detectable Compounds
•Saturated Hydrocarbons: Methane, Ethane, Propane, n-Hexane
•Aromatics: Benzene, Toluene, Naphthalene
•Unsaturated Hydrocarbons: Acetylene, Ethylene, 1,3-Butadiene
•Chlorinated Hydrocarbons: Vinyl Chloride, Chloroform, Trichloroethylene, Methylene Chloride
•Ketones: Acetone, Methyl Ethyl Ketone, Methyl Isobutyl Ketone
•Alcohol: Methanol, Ethanol, Isopropanol, nButanol
PHOTOVAC 2020ppbPRO
Rapid VOC detection in air, water and soil in the harshest environments! Stable, linear PID, ergonomic design for the real world, effortless data handling, dedicated calibration key, Formaldehyde detection, Dräger tubes for zero calibration, easy to use & lamp condition assessment.
Applications
Low detection level for very toxic VOC’s, out-gassing from building &/or construction materials, VOC residuals analysis, lab hood & clean room monitoring, site characterization, ambient air monitoring, trace sources of VOC based odors, low level soil or water headspace screening, health & safety monitoring, maintenance & cleaning supplies, breath sampling & pesticides.
Specifications
•Size: 9"(228.6 mm) long x 3"(76.2 mm) deep x 4.25"(107.9 mm) wide at display tapering to 2.6"(66.6 mm) at handle
•Weight: 1.9 lbs (0.86 kg)
•Detector: Instant on photoionization detector with standard high performance 10.6 eV lamp, & optional 11.7 eV lamp
•Keypad: Two dedicated keys (ON/OFF and CAL) and three menu keys
•Datalogger Memory: 200 hrs at 1 minute interval sampling
•Operating Temperature Range: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F) I/S Certified temperature: 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)
•Operating Humidity Range: 0 to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing)
•Operating Humidity Range with Optional Humidity Pre-filter Tube: 0 to 100% relative humidity (non-condensing)
Specifications
•Size: 43.4 cm (17.1") long, 9.8 cm (3.85") wide, 18.8 cm (7.4") high
•Weight: 8.1 lbs (3.7 kg)
•Keypad: 16-key, fixed function
•Display: 2-line, 16-character LCD with alphanumeric readout
•Hydrogen Cylinder Discharge: Greater than 12 hours
•Hydrogen Cylinder Capacity: 9.2 liter
•Battery Capacity: 15 hours (snap-on replacement)
•Serial Output: RS – 232, 1200 - 19200 baud with no parity, for tabular and graphic print outs and connection to a Windows® compatible computer
•Audio Output: On Alarm, LoBatt and NoFlm
•Analog Output: 0 to 1 volt full scale
•Operating Temperature Range: 41°F to 105°F (5°C to 45°C)
•Operating Humidity: 0 - 100% Relative Humidity (non-condensing)
•Operating Concentration Range: 0.5 ppm to 2,000 ppm methane equivalent (Low Range) 10 ppm to 50,000 ppm methane equivalent (High Range)
•Detection Limit: 0.5 ppm methane
•Accuracy: Methane (after calibration with zero air and 500 ppm methane gas): within ± 0.5 ppm or ± 10% of actual methane concentration (0.5 ppm to 2,000 ppm range)
•Response Time: Less than 3 seconds
•Intrinsic Safety: Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, & D
•Operating Concentration Range: 10 ppb to 40 ppm isobutylene equivalent (10 ppb resolution)
•Response Time: Less than 3 seconds, to 90%
•Low Detection Limit: 10 ppb Isobutylene
•Battery Capacity: 8 hrs
•Intrinsic Safety: Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, & D, ATEX II 2 G EEx ib IIC T4 (TA = 0°C to +40°C)
PH-A1760120
2020 ppbPRO Monitor Only W/ Basic Accessories
PH-A1760220 2020 ppbPRO W/ VOC Field Kit (Cal Gas Sold Separately)
NLB-H105510PA 10 ppm Isobutylene 34 L
PH-MX100053
CENELEC Certified according to EN50021, EEx nA ll T5, Demko No. 00Y127355X
MicroFID Hand-Held Flame Ionization Detector
Includes 15 Hour Rechargeable Battery Pack, 100/240 V AC Universal
Battery Charger, North American Fuel Gas Refill Adapter (CGA 350 fitting), 10 Fluoropore Membrane Filters, Multi Tool, 8" (20 cm) Teflon Sample
Probe, Carrying Strap & User Manual, Classified Intrinsically Safe for Use in Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, & D Hazardous Locations
PH-MX396800
MicroFID Field Kit
Includes Carrying Case (PH-MX396007), Calibration Kit (PH-MX396011) & Computer Cable (PH-MX396051) (Cal Gas Sold Separately)
PH-MX396011
Extension Probe, Telescoping, 6 ft (1.8 m)
PH-MX396015
Fluoropore Water / Particulate Filter for MicroFID, Replacement, 25/Pack
PH-MX396016
MicroFID Exhaust Frit & Cap, Replacement Gas sold separately.
VOC Gas Sensors
Model C-21
Reliable & Cost Efficient!
Shirt Pocket Size Ozone Sensor
The model A-21ZX Portable Ozone Sensor provides a reliable and inexpensive way of checking generators, valves, piping and general environments for ozone leaks and for estimating ozone levels. It can be used as a permanent monitor indoors when concentrations average below 0.1 ppm. It may be used outdoors for ozone studies in moderate temperature conditions.
The A-21ZX Features
•Small size and high sensitivity due to HMOS (heated metal oxide semiconductor) sensor
•Sensitivity: as low as 0.02 ppm
•Range: 0 - 10 ppm
•Size: 50 x 100 x 25 mm (2" x 4" x 1")
•Weight: 170 g (6 oz)
•"Instant On" feature
Model C-21 includes Audio Alarm, Battery Operation and Datalogger.
Applications
For paint shops, printers, dry cleaners, woodworkers, vehicle repair facilities, chemical production areas and wherever indoor air quality monitoring is required.
Features
•High sensitive to solvent vapors and other VOC’s
•Bright green-yellow-red display clearly shows hazard level of gas or vapor
•Detects down to OSHA, EPA, and other regulatory-mandated levels typically at low ppm concentrations
•Has built-in rechargeable battery for portable use in tracking leaks
•Rugged construction with many safety features
Specifications
•Range: Full scale: 50 - 100 ppm for most solvent based VOC’s
•Bargraph Display: Green = Normal, Yellow = Caution, Red = Danger
•Response time: Within a few seconds of the VOC gas reaching the sensor
•Measurement Principle: HMOS (heated metal oxide semiconductor) sensor
•Size: 85 x 35 x 60 mm (3.25" x 1.375" x 2.375")
•Weight: 140 g (5 oz)
•Power Requirements: 12 V DC at 300 mA AC adapters available worldwide
•Battery: Self-contained NiCad or NiMH, approximately 2 hours capacity, recharged by AC adapter overnight
ES-C-21
Model C-21 Includes Audio Alarm, Battery Operation & Provision For External Alarm & Data Logger
•Ease of calibration and service
•Basic power requirement is 12 V DC unregulated, works from AC adapters available worldwide
•Digital readout in 0.01 ppm increments
•Rechargeable batteries last more than 8 hours
•Very simple operation
ES-A-21ZX Shirt Pocket Size Ozone Sensor
Lowest Cost for Ozone Sensing!
Model P03
Ozone Sensor, 0.02 - 2.00 ppm, 20% accuracy
Features
•Less than one minute response time
•8 hour TWA
•Data logger optional
•Audio, LED and vibration alarms
•Size: 66 x 35 x 14 mm (2.4" x 1.4" x .65")
•Weight: 28 g (< 1 oz)
•Up to 3 months battery life
•Standard watch battery
•Proprietary nanocell micropower sensor technology
Fixed Systems
A-22 Rugged and Versatile Ozone Sensor
A general purpose sensor and monitor. Designed for rugged indoor field use, factories, pilot plants, process facilities, sensor and monitoring uses of all kinds.
Features
•Autoranging .030 - 1.999 ppm and 2.0 - 20.00 ppm
•10% accuracy, T and RH compensated
•12 hour (est) battery life, 8 hour charge, 4 hour fast charge available
•Plug-in pre-calibrated sensor modules
•Internal data logger with instant readout of high, low and average of data
•Data port for external data logger such as our DL-3
•USB, 4 - 20 mA, 0 - 2 V DC outputs for loggers, computers and PLC
Single Point Stand Alone Monitor
The PS-2 is an effective solution for solvent vapor monitoring around degreasers or other processes, hydrogen monitoring in battery rooms, natural gas detection in basements around landfills, and many others.
Features
• LEL or PPM detection ranges available for many gases
• 2 alarm levels
• Stand alone system
• Input voltages: 115 V AC standard
• Audible and visual alarms
• Compact design
• Simple installation
• AC version equipped with power cord
• Relay contacts rated 12A @ 115 V AC
• Low maintenance
Sensor Type: Metal Oxide Semiconductor type (MOS)
Operating Temp: 35°F to 120°F (2°C to 49°C)
RK-73-1021RK-01
PS-2 For LEL Detection W/ 115 V AC Power Source
RK-73-1021RK-02
PS-2 For PPM Detection W/ 115 V AC Power Source
The PS-2 is provided with the sensor on a 30 ft cable. 115 V AC version is supplied with a 6 ft power cord.
•Tilt stand and wall hanging hook
•Back light for LCD display
•Improved HMOS heated metal oxide sensor
•Size: 108 W x 222 L x 64 mm D, .71 kg (4 1/4" W x 8 3/4" L x 2 1/2" D, 1.6 lbs)
•Power source: Internal rechargeable batteries or 12 - 24 V DC, 500 mA, from external adapter / charger
Explosion Proof Gas
Sensor / Transmitter
S2 Series
Features
• Available gases include LEL, H2S, CO, PPM H2, and CO2
• Toxic gases include Cl2, NH3, SO2, HCN, and more
• Infrared sensor for combustibles and CO2
• Hydrogen-Specific not available
• Patented water repellent sensor coating
• 4 - 20 mA output
• Explosion proof construction
RK-65-2405RK-05
S2 Series LEL Sensor (Catalytic) / Transmitter W/ Explosion Proof J-Box, CSA Version
RK-65-2451RK-05
S2 Series Hydrogen (H2) Specific 0 - 100% LEL Sensor / Transmitter W/ Explosion Proof J-Box, CSA Version
RK-65-2442RK-2000
S2 Series Hydrogen (H2) Specific 0 - 2000 ppm Sensor / Transmitter W/ Explosion Proof J-Box, CSA Version
RK-65-2322RK
S2 Series Oxygen (O2) 0 - 25% Sensor (Capillary Type) / Transmitter, Explosion Proof W/ J-Box, CSA Version
RK-65-2331RK
S2 Series Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) 0 - 100 ppm Sensor / Transmitter, Explosion Proof W/ J-Box, CSA Version
RK-65-2336RK
S2 Series Carbon Monoxide (CO) 0 - 300 ppm Sensor / Transmitter, Explosion Proof W/ J-Box, CSA Version
RK-65-2394RK-CH4
S2 Series IR, Methane (CH4) 0 - 100% LEL Sensor / Transmitter W/ Explosion Proof J-Box
RK-65-2394RK-HC
S2 Series IR, Hydrocarbon (HC) 0 - 100% LEL Sensor / Transmitter W/ Explosion Proof J-Box
Stand Alone Explosion Proof Transmitter
Sensors
Measuring Ranges 0 - 100% LEL 0 - 25% Vol.
Outputs
Features
•Operates independent of a controller
•Direct digital readout on backlit LCD
•Available for LEL, H2S, CO, and O2
•4 - 20 mA & digital Modbus outputs standard
•2 fully programmable alarm relays & fail relay
•Non-intrusive calibration via magnetic wand
•H2 specific LEL version available
•Patented water repellent sensor coating
•User friendly setup push buttons & LCD menus
•IR Sensors available for LEL & CO2
RK-65-2610RK
M2 % LEL, Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, UL Version
RK-65-2610RK-05
M2 % LEL, Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, CSA Version
RK-65-2611RK
M2 % LEL, Hydrogen (H2), Specific Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, UL Version
RK-65-2611RK-05
M2 % LEL, Hydrogen (H2), Specific Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, UL Version
RK-65-2613RK-05
M2 Oxygen (O2), 0 - 25% Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, Explosion Proof, CSA Version
RK-65-2615RK-05
M2 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S), 0 - 100 ppm Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, CSA Version
RK-65-2616RK-05
M2 Carbon Monoxide (CO), 0 - 300 ppm Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, CSA Version
- 100 ppm
Analog 4 - 20 mA signal, into 500 ohms impedance max, corresponding to 0 - full scale
Digital Modbus RTU output standard, fully configurable, 2-wire RS-485, 1200 to 19.2k baud
- 300 ppm
Alarm Settings Fully programmable alarm set points, increasing / decreasing, latching / self-resetting, on delays, off delays, normally energized or de-energized, programmable deadband, programmable smoothing filter
Alarm Indication Visual LED’s. Alarm 1, Amber; Alarm 2, Red; Fail, Red
Relays 5 amp form C contacts for alarm 1, alarm 2, and fail
Operating Temp. -4°F ~ 122°F (-20°C ~ 50°C)
Relative Humidity 5 - 95% RH non-condensing
Location Indoor or outdoor. Explosion proof for Class I, Div. 1, Groups B, C, and D.(Oxygen available in non XP version also)
Operating Voltage 19 V DC - 30 V DC
Approvals IR LEL sensors: C/US approval standard Catalytic LEL sensors: UL standard, CSA optional H2S and CO sensors: CSA
Warranty One year material and workmanship
Indoor Carbon Monoxide Gas Monitor
Features
• Compact, wall mounting design
• Highly visible 3 color LED digital display
• Power cable can enter from any direction
• Stores alarm summary data
• Built in audible and visual alarms
• 115 V AC operation
• Relay outputs for annunciation of alarms
• Low cost plug-in electrochemical sensor
Specifications
Measuring Range0 - 150 ppm (1 ppm / digit)
Display of Alarm
1st Alarm: Flashing orange LED gas display
AL1 LED orange color flashing, intermitted buzzer sound
2nd Alarm: Flashing red LED gas display
AL2 BED red color flashing, Intermittent buzzer sound
Trouble Alarm: Red flashing display "D-**" (**shows error No), short buzzer intermittent buzzer sound
Indoor Oxygen Monitor Model OX-500 also available. Please call for more information.
RK-73-1201RK
Model EC-500 Controller & Detector For Carbon Monoxide (CO), 0 - 150 ppm
Wall Mount Controllers
Applications
Petrochemical plants, refineries, water & wastewater treatment plants, pulp & paper mills, gas, telephone, & electric utilities, parking garages, manufacturing facilities, steel, automotive, HVAC
Features
• Low cost versatile solution
• Compact, weatherproof, NEMA 4X enclosure
• 115/220 V AC or 24 V DC operation
• Long life sensors (2+ years typical)
• Accepts RKI LEL/O2/H2S/CO direct connect sensors
• Accepts any 4 - 20 mA transmitter
• Audible alarm with reset button
• Two programmable alarm levels
• Built-in trouble alarm with relay
• Relay rating 10 amps, form C
• Provides 4 - 20 mA output
• Height: 8.5" (216 mm)
• Width: 7.0" (178 mm)
• Depth: 4.3" (109 mm)
Features
•Simultaneous readout on 2 channels
•Two alarm levels per channel
•Discrete and common relays
•NEMA 4X enclosure
•4 - 20 mA outputs
•Proven, long-life sensors for a wide variety of gases
•Accepts any 4 - 20 mA transmitter input (24 V DC)
•Easy to install, operate and expand
•Height: 10.5" (267 mm)
•Width: 8.5" (216 mm)
•Depth: 6.3" (158 mm)
Partial List Of Detectable Gases
Ammonia (NH3) 0 - 75.0 ppm
Arsine (AsH3) 0 - 0.20 ppm
Boron Trichloride (BCl3)0 - 15.0 ppm
Carbon Dioxide (CO2)0 - 1.0%
Carbon Monoxide (CO)0 - 300 ppm
Chlorine (Cl2) 0 - 3.0 ppm
Chlorine Dioxide (ClO2)0 - 1.00 ppm
Chlorine Trifluoride (ClF3)0 - 1.00 ppm
Combustibles 0 -100% LEL
Diborane (B2H6) 0 - 30.0 ppm
Fluorine (F2) 0 - 6.0 ppm
Hydrogen (H2) 0 - 2,000 ppm
Hydrogen Chloride (HCl)0 - 15.0 ppm
Hydrogen Fluoride (HF)0 - 9.0 ppm
Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S)0 - 100.0 ppm
Nitric Oxide (NO) 0 - 100.0 ppm
Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)0 - 15.0 ppm
Nitrogen Trifluoride (NF3)0 - 30.0 ppm
Oxygen (O2) 0 - 25.0%
Ozone (O3) 0 - 1.0 ppm
Phosphine (PH3) 0 - 1.0 ppm
Silane (SiH4) 0 - 15.0 ppm
Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) 0 - 30.0 ppm
Features
•Capable of up to 8 separate channels
•Digital display of all 8 channels simultaneously
•Compact, weatherproof, NEMA 4X enclosure
•85 - 264 V AC or 24 V DC operation
•Long life sensors (2+ years typical)
•Accepts any 4 - 20 mA transmitter
•Audible alarm with reset button
•Two programmable alarm levels per channel
•Common alarm and fail relays
•Relay rating 3 amps, form C
•Low cost versatile solution
•Height: 12.5" (318 mm)
•Width: 11.0" (279 mm)
•Depth: 6.4" (163 mm)
RK-72-2110RK
BEACONTM 110 Single Channel Controller (No Sensor)
RK-72-2110RK-01
BEACONTM 110 Single Channel Controller W/ Battery Charger (No Sensor)
RK-72-2110RK-02
BEACONTM 110 Single Channel Controller W/ Strobe Light (No Sensor)
RK-72-2110RK-03
BEACONTM 110 Single Channel Controller W/ Battery Charger & Strobe Light (No Sensor)
RK-72-2102RK
BEACONTM 200 Two Channel Controller 115 V AC (No Sensor)
RK-72-2108RK
BEACONTM 800 Eight Channel Controller (No Sensor)
Refer to detector assembly S-Series, M2 Series or call for more information. Four channel wall mount controller BEACONTM 410 model also available.
BEACONTM 110
BEACONTM 200
BEACONTM 800
Particle Counters
Particle counters are primarily designed for use in controlled environment applications. Particle counters detect and measure individual particles as small as 0.3 microns in diameter. Our particle counters contain various size discriminators and counting capabilities to provide hand held solutions for Clean Room Certification, Filter Testing, and Process Testing. A unique feature of all particle counters is their capability to measure particles in high concentrations. This feature is useful for a number of ambient monitoring applications.
Dust Monitors
Portable Dust Monitors are used in applications that require total amount of airborne particulate matter. Output is expressed in either micrograms per cubic meter or milligrams per cubic meter. Applications include from industrial hygiene, workplace monitoring, filter testing, and dust testing.
MET-GT-321
Particle Counter One Channel
MET-GT-521
Particle Counter Two Channels
MET-AEROCET-531
Particle Counter & Dust Monitor
Size Selection Keypad selectable toKeypad selectable in 0.1Keypad selectable to any of above sizes micron increments any of above sizes # of Particle
Counting Channels One Two Two
Model
GT-321
GT-521
Profiler Aerocet 531
58 Liter Aluminium Cylinder
Contents: 58 Liters (2.0 cu. ft)
Pressure: 1000 PSIG
Outlet: C-10 (5/8"-18 UNF)
Weight: 1.5 lbs
Dimensions: 3 1/4" x 8”
D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC
Calibration Gases
The Convenient and Cost-Efficient Way to Handle Calibration Gas Mixtures!
Nonrefillable Steel Cylinders
These smaller-sized, lightweight cylinders require no deposit or monthly rental charge. They are easier to handle, less expensive to ship, and use very little space. They also eliminate overpurchasing when only small quantities are necessary. These steel cylinders are recommended for non-reactive gas mixtures and pure gases such as argon, helium and nitrogen. They combine a convenient, portable size with a wide range of capacities to handle any field calibration requirement.
17 Liter Steel Cylinder
Contents: 17 Liters (0.6 cu. ft)
Pressure: 240 PSIG
Outlet: CGA 600
Weight: 1.1 lbs
Dimensions: 3" x 10 3/4"
D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC
103 Liter Steel Cylinder
Contents: 103 Liters (3.6 cu. ft)
Pressure: 1000 PSIG
Outlet: C-10 (5/8"-18 UNF)
Weight: 2.3 lbs
Dimensions: 3 1/4" x 13 2/3"
D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC
Portable Reactive Gas Cylinders
Bump Gas Cylinder
Used for Industrial Hygiene Bump
Gas Mixtures
Contents: 11 Liters (0.4 cu. ft)
Pressure: 140 PSIG
Outlet: Trigger-style aerosol
Weight: 0.3 lbs
Dimensions: 2 7/8" x 12"
D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC
NLB-H10135000PN
Carbon Dioxide 5,000 ppm, 34 Liter Steel Cylinder
NLB-H10132000PN
Carbon Dioxide 2,000 ppm, 34 Liter Steel Cylinder
NLB-H120815LA
Hexane 15% LEL, 34 Liter Steel Cylinder
NLB-H105510PA
Isobutylene 10 ppm, 34 Liter Steel Cylinder
NLB-H1055100PA
Isobutylene 100 ppm, 34 Liter Steel Cylinder
34 Liter Steel Cylinder
Contents: 34 Liters (1.2 cu. ft)
Pressure: 500 PSIG
Outlet: CGA 600
Weight: 1.4 lbs
Dimensions: 3" x 10 3/4"
D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC
221 Liter Steel Cylinder
Contents: 221 Liters (7.5 cu. ft)
Pressure: 260 PSIG
Outlet: CGA 165 (1/4" SAE flare 45°)
Weight: 6.3 lbs
Dimensions: 9" x 16 1/2"
D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC
These compact, lightweight aluminum cylinders are recommended for gas mixtures that are not stable in steel cylinders. Typical components blended in these packages include ammonia, chlorine, hydrogen sulfide, nitric oxide, nitrogen dioxide and sulfur dioxide. They are available in capacities from 11 liters (0.4 cu. ft) to 104 liters (3.7 cu. ft) and are conveniently transported in a carrying case or bag. They are nonrefillable, except the "3A" cylinder, which is a refillable package.
29 Liter Aluminium Cylinder
Contents: 29 Liters (1.0 cu. ft)
Pressure: 500 PSIG
Outlet: C-10 (5/8"-18 UNF)
Weight: 0.8 lbs
Dimensions: 2 7/8" x 11 1/2"
D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC
Regulator: 500 series 6000 series & 8000 series
58 Liter Aluminium Cylinder
Contents: 58 Liters (2.0 cu. ft)
Pressure: 500 PSIG
Outlet: C-10 (5/8"-18 UNF)
Weight: 1.6 lbs
Dimensions: 3 1/2" x 14 1/2"
D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC
Regulator: 500 Series 6000 Series & 8000 Series
NLB-H197150VN
50% Vol. Methane, 34 Liter Steel Cylinder
NLB-H197150LA 50% LEL Methane, 34 Liter Steel Cylinder
NLB-J1002
0 Air, 103 Liter Steel Cylinder
NLB-Z105325PM51
25 ppm H2S, 50 ppm CO, 50% LEL CH4, 12% O2, 58 Liter Aluminum Cylinder
Regulators for 17/34 L Steel Cylinders
Regulators are necessary equipment used to accurately deliver calibration from a cylinder to an instrument. Each regulator is designed to fit on a set of cylinders. Most of the regulators are designed for non refillable cylinders. There are two common fittings these regulators use to connect to the cylinders. One common fitting is a CGA 600 connection and fits on the 17 & 34 liter steel cylinders.
Regulators for 29
AL / 34 AL / 58 AL Aluminum & 103 L Steel
The second common fitting is the 5/8 x 18 UNF fitting which connects to the 29, 34 & 58 liter aluminum cylinders and the 58 & 103 liter steel cylinders. Has a C-10 connection.
Making Sure the Regulator you Purchase Fits the Cylinder you Have
Accessories
Cases & Accessories
Our two, three, or four-bottle cases provide a safe and convenient method for transporting and storing your calibration standards
NLB-500A Case To Hold 4 Each 17/34 Liter Cylinders
NLB-500B Case To Hold 1 Each 58/103 Liter Cylinder & 2 Each 17/34 Liter Cylinders
NLB-500C Case To Hold 3 Each 58/103 Liter Cylinders
NLB-500D Case To Hold 2 Each 17/34 Liter Cylinders
2100 Sound Level Meter
Typical Applications
•Occupational noise measurements
•Noise ordinance enforcement
•Community noise assessment
•Fire & emergency notification alarm testing
•Maintenance inspections & trouble-shooting
•Environmental impact studies
Features
•Certified Intrinsically Safe
Description
The Precision the Type 2 (2100) models are enhanced basic sound level meters.
Enhancements include a broader sound level measurement range, the addition of "C" weighting, and optional detachable microphones with 100 ft (30 m) cables.
Features
•Real-time readings for Wet / Dry Bulb, Globe, WBGT Indoor / Outdoor, Relative Humidity and Heat Index
•Optional remote sensors for up to (3) simultaneously monitored areas
Description
The rugged, easy to use QUESTemp° 32 Thermal Environment Monitor quickly and accurately evaluates the potential forindividuals to experience heat stress. It combines WGBT index values with Relative Humidity measurements to calculate Heat Index. For remote applications the QT° 32 can be tripod mounted with the detachable sensor tethered at a distance up to 200 ft (60 m) from the main unit.
Standards / Approvals
Intrinsic Safety: UL/CSA Standards for Class I, Groups A, B,C & D; Groups E, F and G; Class. Temperature Code T3 and European Standards for EEX ia IIC, T3
2200 Sound Level Meter
The 2200 offers superior noise measurement and analysis at a competitive price. The 2200 offers General Purpose Class/Type 2 accuracy. Specify the 2100R to receive the detachable microphone version allows measurements up to 100 ft (30 m) away with op-tional extension cables.
Specifications
Temp. Range
Relative Humidity Range
Available
Measurements
Power Source
Inputs
QT-32
QT-32
-5 to 100°C (23 to 212°F)
0 to 100%
Celsius and Fahrenheit Scales; Wet Bulb; Dry Bulb; Globe; WBGT Indoor; WBGT Outdoor; Relative Humidity; Heat Index
9 V disposable batteries (150 hrs), NiMH rechargeable option (300 hrs), AC power adapter
RTD Temperature Sensor, Capacitive Polymer Relative Humidity Sensor
Specifications
Outputs
Weighting
Response
SLM Range
Class/Type
Available Measurements
Standards/Approvals
Microphone Related
Case/Housing
QT-2100
AC/DC recorder output A, C
Fast, Slow
30 to 140 dBA
Type 2
SPL, Lmax
ANSI S1.4, IEC 60651, IEC 61672-1, CE Mark, ETL Instrinsic Safety Approval, CSA Intrinsic Safety Approval
Remote microphone optional RFI shielded
Features
•30 to 140 dBA measurement range
•Fast, Slow, Peak and Impulse response modes
•"A", "C" and "Z" (linear) weighting modes
•Selectable 3 and 5 dB exchange rates
•Displays SPL, Leq, Run Time, Maximum SPL
Minimum SPL & % Overload
•Low battery indicator
•Simple one-button field calibration
•Optional detachable microphone
•Optional 2, 10 & 50 ft (0.6, 3 & 15 m)
microphone extension cables
•RFI shieldedconstruction
•AC/DC output jack for recorders
•Certified Intrinsically Safe
Measurement Range
30 to 140 dBA
40 to 140 dBC
43 to 143 dBPk
QT-2200R
Model 2200R Remote Integrating Sound Level Meter Includes Meter, WS-7 Windscreen, QT-56-990 Calibrator Adapter & QT-59-533 Storage Case
QT-2200R-10
Model 2200R Sound Level Meter Kit Includes 2200R SLM W/ Accessories, QC-10 Calibrator & QT-59-533 Storage Case
QT-2200
Model 2200 Integrating Sound Level Meter Includes Meter, WS-7 Windscreen, QT-56-990 Calibrator Adapter & QT-59-533 Storage Case
QT-2200-10
Model 2200 Sound Level Meter Kit Includes 2200 SLM W/ Accessories, QT-QC-10 Calibrator & QT-59-533 Storage Case
Noisepro
Features
•Up to 2 independent dosimeters in one
•Optional vibrating alarm
•Class/Type 2 accuracy
•Programmable twice daily or (1) one time scheduled runs
•Optional QuestSuite® Professional II with virtual docking station
•Real-time compliance indicator
•English, Spanish, German, French, and Italian languages
•Optional boom microphone
•Microphone removal detection
•IP-65 rated, industrial grade cast aluminum case
•High-Speed infrared RS-232 communications
QT-NP
NoisePro Noise Dosimeter Includes NoisePro Dosimeter W/ Class 2 Pendant Microphone, QT-53-384 Windscreen, QT-53-884 Calibrator Adapter & QT-53-879 Storage Case
QT-NP10
NoisePro Dosimeter Kit Includes NoisePro Dosimeter W/ Accessories, QT-53-857 IR To RS-232 Computer Interface Cable, QT-QC-10 Calibrator & QT-53-879 Storage Case
This Kit Includes Accessories Necessary To Connect NoisePro To Computer QT-RS-232 9-pin DIN Port. Order Part Number QT-53-810
QT-RS-232 Serial to USB Adapter Separately To Connect To Computer USB Port
Digital Sound Level Meter
Features
•Analog bargraph with 50 dB range
•Updates every 40 ms for viewing trends
•± 2 dB accuracy with 0.1 dB resolution
•A&C weighting
•AC analog output
•Record Max/Min values over time
•Auto Power Off and Max Hold functions
•Utilizes 0.5" (12.7 mm) condenser microphone
•Tripod mountable
•40 to 130 dB measuring range
•Fast/Slow response time
•Tripod mountable
•Complete with 4 "AAA" batteries and microphone windscreen
Specifications
RMS Range
Criterion Levels
Threshold Options
Exchange Rates
Peak Weighting
Class / Type
IP Rating
Size
Weight
Virtual Dosimeters
QSP II Compatible
Standards / Approvals
Data Logging
Power Source
QT-NP
40 to 110 dB, 70 to 140 dB
40 to 140 dB in 1 dB Increments
40 to 140 dB in 1 dB Increments
3 dB, 4 dB, 5 dB, 6 dB A, C, Z
Type 2
IP65
2
Yes
ANSI S1.25-1991, ANSI S1.4-1983, IEC 651-1979, IEC 804-1985, IEC 1252-1993, UL, cUL, Ex, ATEX
Summary Data (2) 1.5 V, "AA" Alkaline Cells
QC-10 Calibrator
The QC-10 Calibrator provides quick, precise field calibration. The calibrator generates a stable acoustic signal at a controlled frequency and amplitude to verify the accuracy of your meter in the field. The QC-10 is a general purpose calibrator that generates a constant sound pressure level of 114 dB at a fixed frequency of 1,000 Hz.
QT-QC-10
Sound Calibrator W/ Single Output (114 dB at 1000 Hz)
Note: Calibrator Adapter Is Provided With The Meter When Purchased. If Purchasing A Calibrator Only, The Appropriate Calibrator Adapter Needs To Be Purchased Separately
Applications
•Monitoring workplace machinery
•Installing audio and alarm systems
•Product noise certification and reduction
Specifications
EX-407730
Digital Sound Level Meter
EX-407730-NIST
EX-407730 W/ NIST Certificate
Data Logging Sound Level Meter
High accuracy datalogging of up to 20,000 records. Meets ANSI and IEC61672-1 Type 2 standards
Features
•Three ranges from 30 to 130 dB
•Datalogging capability up to 20,000 records
•Capture up to 10 readings/sec whenconnected to a PC
•Records readings with real date and time stamp
•Min/Max and Data Hold functions
•Heavy duty rugged double molded housing
•USB port includes software
•Auto Power Off with disable capability
•Includes Windows® compatible software, USB cable, wind cover, tripod, hard carrying case, AC adaptor, and 9 V battery
Sound Level Alert with Alarm
Built-in LEDs alert user when sound level is too high or too low. LED’s can be read from 30 m (100 ft)
Features
•Continuous monitoring of sound level
•Ideal for industrial, hospital, auditoriums, schools and other areas where there is a need for being alerted when sound level reaches set point
•Meets ANSI Type 2 and EN 60651 accuracy, specs compliant to OSHA
• User settable high or low limit (30 to 130 dB) indication with output to drive external relay module
•Wall, desk or tripod mount
•Microphone rotates 180° for desired placement. Optional 15 ft (5 m) microphone extension cable for remote monitoring
•Complete with AC adaptor, microphone wind cover, wall, desk or tripod mount (optional Tripod TR100)
Specifications
Range
Basic Accuracy
Weighting
Response Time
Analog Output
Data Logging
PC Interface
Dimensions
Weight
EX-HD600
Data Logging Sound Level Meter
EX-HD600
30 to 130 dB
± 1.4
EX-HD600-NIST Data Logging Sound Level Meter W/ NIST Certificate
EX-407744 94 dB Sound Calibrator For 0.5" & 1" Microphones
EX-407766 94/114 dB Sound Calibrator For 0.5" & 1" Microphones
Specifications
EX-SL130G
EX-SL130G
Sound Level LED Alert, 110 V AC Adaptor
EX-SL130G-NIST
SL130G W/ NIST Certificate
EX-SL130-240
Sound Level Alert (W/ 240 V Adaptor)
EX-SL123
AC Alarm Relay Module 9 Foot Cable (3 m)
EX-SL124
DC Alarm Relay Module 9 Foot Cable (3 m)
EX-SL125
Remote Microphone Cable 15'
EX-TR100
Tripod (For Meters With Tripod Mount Feature)
EX-407766
Sound Level Calibrator, 94/114 dB
Display
Frequency Bandwidth
Microphone
Measurement Ranges
Frequency Weighting
Response Time
Resolution
Alarm Output
Minimum Output
Power
CE/Warranty
Dimensions/Weight
4.6" x 3.125" multifunction LCD
31.5 Hz to 8 kHz
0.5" Electret Condenser Microphone (remoteable)
30 to 80 dB, 60 to 110 dB, 80 to 130 dB "A" and "C" (programmable)
Fast (125 ms) / Slow (1 s) (programmable)
0.1 dB
3.5 mm Mono Phone Plug, Maximum: 3.4 mA @ 5 VDC
Voltage: 2.5 VDC
AC/DC Adaptor for full functions; 8 x "AA" batteries for monitoring function only without LED alert
CE approved / 1 year warranty
8.75" x 7.1" x 1.25" / 0.63 lbs (22 x 18 x 3.2 mm / 285 g)
Heavy Duty Light Meters
Datalogging Model Available. Automatically stores up to 16,000 readings or manually store/recall up to 99 readings.
Features
•Wide range to 40,000 Fc or 400,000 Lux
•Cosine and color corrected measurements
•Utilizes precision silicon photo diode and spectral response filter
•Peak mode (10μS) captures highest reading
•Relative mode indicates change in light levels
•Min/Max and Data Hold
•Large backlit LCD display with 40-segment bar graph
•Heavy Duty rugged double molded housing
•Built-in USB port
•Includes light sensor with 3 ft (1 m) cable and protective cover, Windows® compatible software with USB cable, hard carrying case, and 9 V battery
SpecificationsEX-HD400
Fc
40, 400, 4000, 40.00 kFc
400, 4000, 40k, 400 kLux
± 5% rdg
0.01 Fc / 0.1 Lux
16,000 continuous readings; 99 selected readings USB
6.7" x 3.1" x 1.6" (170 x 80 x 40 mm) 13.7 oz (390 g)
EX-HD400
Heavy Duty Light Meter
EX-HD400-NIST
Heavy Duty Light Meter W/ NIST Certificate
EX-HD450
Heavy Duty Datalogging Light Meter
EX-HD450-NIST
Heavy Duty Datalogging Light Meter W/ NIST Certificate
EX-TR100
Tripod For Meters W/ Tripod Mount Feature
SpecificationsST-FL-K1
± 2% fluid speed, ± 2% on axis air velocity; ± 3% off axis
± 1°F (± 0.2°C)
0.2 to 40 mph (0.1 to 18 M/Sec) depending upon impeller, Temperature: -58° to 212° F (-50° to 100°C)
0.3 km/h; 0.2 mph; 0.2 knots; 0.1 M/Sec
Minimum, maximum, current temperature, wind chill factor
Current, maximum and average fluid speed Knots, mph, km/h, m/s, fps, cm/s, °F or °C
2 "AA" Batteries (included)
5.25" x 2.25" x 2.5" (62 x 32 x 120 mm), case: 25" x 13" x 3" (63 x 34 x 9 cm)
8.1 oz (230 g), components plus case: 6 lbs (2.7 kg)
FL-K1 Redesigned Swiss-made Flowmeter Kit
This is a water and air flow measuring tool for professionals in the field. Measures water flow in rivers, streams, irrigation canals, ocean flows and sewage flows. Measures airflow in ventilation shafts, air conditioning conduits, chimney flues and air ducts.
Features
•Measures fluid flow and temperature
•Fluid speed in all measurement units (mph, km/h, m/s, knots)
•Current, maximum and average fluid speed
•Current, minimum and maximum temperatures; Wind chill temperature (when appropriate)
•2 meter carbon rod telescopes for easy storage
•Magnetic material in the propeller conducts impulses through the cable to the head unit providing a digital readout
•The end of the rod near the impeller houses a thermometer for true fluid temperature
•Includes a 25 mm air impeller and 60 mm water impeller; other impellers available
•Backlight
•Weatherproof & water resistant
•Display threaded for tri/unipod
•1 year warranty
EX-HD450
EX-HD400
ST-SM-28 Skymaster Wind/Weather Meter with Barometer, Humidity, Dew Point & More
Skymaster allows you to track weather in the palm of your hand! Radio / TV reports cover a large area, but Skymaster's data is specific to your location. Unlike other units, the jackknife case gives you the most accurate measurements; your hand's heat/moisture won't influence the environmental sensors. The Honeywellhumidity sensor and the Swiss-made barometer can be easily re-calibrated, and the unit has a weather alert if the barometric pressure rises or falls 6 millibars over 3 hrs. Skymaster has a tripod fitting, is water resistant and floats.
ST-SM-28
Skymaster Weather Meter
ST-AP-22
Optional Carry-Along Case
ST-WM-350 WindMate™
Features
•Time and date
•48 hr history for all functions
•Swiss-made impeller components and current, avg, max wind speed
•USA made fluxgate compass and use as bearing compass
•Digital wind direction, crosswind and head/tail wind calculations
•Lifetime calibrated Swiss-made humidity sensor
•Temperature, wind chill, wet bulb, dew point and delta T
•Swiss-made barometer sensor, weather forecast and audio storm alarm
•Altimeter to 29,000 ft and density altitude
•Exclusive accuweather.com® patented comfort index & trade
•Auto Shutoff can be disabled
•Threaded for tripod mounting, EL backlight and water / shock resistant
Waterproof Thermometer
Pocket size with Max/Min recording.
Measures temperature in frozen solids and liquids.
Specifications
Accuracy
ST-SM-18
Wind ± 3% when aligned with winds axis; Temp / Windchill ± 2° F; Relative Humidity ± 3%; Dewpoint / Heat Index ± 3° F; Barometer ± 3 hPa
Wind .4 - 89 MPH; Temp +5° to +122°F; Windchill -22° to +158°F; Relative Humidity 0 - 99%; Dew Point 31.2° to +155°F; Heat Index +69° to 155°F; Barometer 400 to 1100 hPa; Altitude -900 to 9000
Current wind 2 sec avg.; Avg wind over 5 sec; Max wind 2 sec gust; Temp/Windchill/Humidity/Dew Point 1 min; Barometer samples every 2 sec
Knots, MPH, KPH, Ft/Min, M/Sec, Beaufort, °F or °C in Hg (inches of Mercury) or hPa (hectopascal/millibars)
CR 2032 Lithium battery (included)
x 2.1" x .85"
oz
ST-WM-350
3.6 oz (with battery) Specifications
ST-WM-350 WindMate™
ST-AP-22
Optional Carry-Along Case
Wind ± 3% when aligned with winds axis; Compass ± 2; Temp/Wind chill ± 2°; Relative Humidity ± 3%; Wet bulb/Dew point ± 3.6°; Barometer ± .05 inHg; Altimeter ± 50 ft; Density Altitude ± 246 ft
Wind .8 - 89 MPH; Temp -20° to 158°F; Windchill -50° to +50°F; Compass 0° to 360°; Relative humidity 5% to 95%; Wet bulb 32° to 100°F, Dew point -20° to 158°F; Barometer 8.86 to 32.48 inHg; Altimeter 6000 to 29,000 ft; Density altitude -49 to 257 ft
Current & maximum wind 1 sec; Avg wind over 10 sec; Temp 1 minute; Windchill 1 sec; Wind direction & compass 1 sec; Cross/head/tail wind 5 sec; Relative humidity, wet bulb, delta T, dew point 1 minute; Barometer 2 sec; Altimeter 1 sec; Optional Units: Knots, MPH, KPH, FPM, M/Sec, Beaufort, InHg or hPa; °F or °C, ft or meters
CR 2032 Lithium battery (included)
5.5" x 1.75" x .75" (closed), 9" x 1.75" x .75" (open)
Features
• 2.75" (70 mm) stainless steel stem
• °C/°F switchable ranges of -40 to 392°F (-40 to 200°C)
• MAX/MIN recall of high and low temperatures
• Data Hold and Auto Power Off features
• Digital display with 0.1° resolution
•Dimensions: 5.9" x 0.8" x 0.7" (150 x 20 x 18 mm)
• Weight: 0.7 oz (20 g)
• Complete with one LR44 button battery and protective cover
EX-39240 Waterproof Thermometer
GW-RG200 6" & GW-RG600 8" Rain Gauge
Features
•Simple to operate and install
•Rugged design for harsh weather
•Mounting hardware included
•UV-protected plastic or aluminum
ST-SM-18 Skymate Wind Meter with Temperature & Wind Chill
Features
•Current, maximum windspeed
•Average wind speed over5, 10, or 13 seconds
•Current temp & wind chill
•Choose any measurement unit
•Reads in tenths
•Replaceable 400 hour lithium battery
•Data lock feature
•Replaceable plastic impeller won't corrode
•Easy to read LCD
•Threaded for tripod mounting
•Unique pocket-knife design to protect unit when not in use
•Water resistant to 3 ft
•High visibility case
•Floats
•1 year warranty
ST-SM-18
Skymate Wind Meter
ST-AP-22
Specifications
Accuracy
Range
Response
Optional
Power Measures
Weight
The GW-RG200 6" Rain Gauge is constructed of high impact UVprotected plastic to provide reliable, low-cost tipping bucket rainfall monitoring. The simplicity of the rain gauge design assures trouble-free operation, yet provides accurate rainfall measurements. The unit has a 6" orifice and is shipped complete with mounting brackets and 50' of twoconductor cable. The tipping bucket sensor mechanism activates a sealed reed switch that produces a contact closure for each 0.01" or 0.2 mm of rainfall.
The GW-RG600 8" Rain Gauge was designed by the National Weather Service to provide a low-cost, reliable, industrial, tipping bucket rain gauge. The rainfall gauge has an 8" orifice and is shipped complete with mounting brackets and 50' of two-conductor cable. The tipping bucket sensor mechanism activates a sealed reed switch that produces a contact closure for each 0.01", 0.2 mm or 1 mm of rainfall. The rain gauge sensor can be pole mounted or bolted to a level plate.
Optional Carry-Along Case GW-RG200 6" Rain Gauge
Specify
GW-RG200 6" Rain Gauge
GW-RG600 8" Rain Gauge
InfraRed Thermometer
Non-contact InfraRed Thermometer with laser pointer. Measures to 600°F without contact.
Features
•Large LCD display with backlighting
• Built-in laser pointer to improve aim
• °F / °C switchable
• Fixed emissivity (0.95) covers 90% of surface applications
• Narrow field of view
• Audible and visible overrange indicators
• Automatic Data Hold
• Pocket size meter
• Complete with 9 V battery and carrying case
Dual Laser InfraRed Thermometers
Features
•Dual laser for accurate target
•White backlit dual LCD display
•Fast 0.15 second response time with Max display
•Adjustable emissivity increases measurement accuracy for different surface
•Adjustable High / Low set points with audible alarm alerts user when temperature exceeds the programmed set points
•Lock function for continuous readings
•Double molded housing
•Complete with carrying case and 9 V battery
EasyView™ Hygro-Thermometers
Relative Humidity, Temperature, Dew Point, and Wet Bulb measurements with choice of Datalogger model.
Features
•Compact and rugged design features large display and bargraph
•Display any two parameters (Temperature and Humidity or Dew Point, or Wet Bulb) simultaneously
•Min / Max function stores & recalls highest and lowest readings
•Timer function displays the elapsed time (mins: sec and day: hour) to the minimum and maximum readings
•Programmable auto power off time frame
•Remote capacitance sensor with 39" (1 m) coiled cable
•Switchable °C / °F temperature units
•Data Hold function freezes reading on display
•Auto Power Off to save battery life
•Low battery and overrange indication
•Complete with built-in stand, protective holster, probe and 6 "AAA" batteries
Model EX-EA25 Additional Features
•Datalogs up to 15,000 records plus automatic timer function
•Built-in RS-232 PC serial interface comes complete with Windows® 95/98/NT/2000/ME/XP compatible software and optically isolated
RS-232 cable
Specifications Range
Accuracy
Resolution Emissivity
Display
Power
Field Of View
(EX-42529)
Dimensions
Weight
EX-42529
InfraRed Thermometer
EX-42529-NIST
EX-42529 W/ NIST Certificate
EX-42529
0 to 600°F or -20 to 320°C
± 2% of reading or ± 4°F / 2°C (whichever is greater)
1°F / °C
0.95 fixed
Backlit LCD 9 V battery
Laser Convergence
EX-42511
12" Distance Dual Laser InfraRed Thermometer
EX-42512
30" Distance Dual Laser InfraRed Thermometer
EX-42512-NIST
30" Distance Dual Laser InfraRed Thermometer W/ NIST Certificate
Applications
•Monitor Relative Humidity and Temperature in factories, clean rooms, offices, and greenhouses
•Produce reports of overnight or long term humidity and temperature fluctuations
EX-EA20
EasyView Hygro-Thermometer
EX-EA20-NIST
EX-EA20 W/ NIST Certificate
EX-EA25
EasyView Hygro-Thermometer Datalogger
EX-EA25-NIST
EX-EA25 W/ NIST Certificate
HT-3000 Thermo-Hygrometer
Help control the effects of temperature and humidity in the environment. The HT-3000 is the only meter available at its price point that provides Temperature, RH, Dew point and Specific Humidity.
Features
•Selectable display screens
•Relative humidity range: 0 - 100 % with up to ± 3% accuracy
•Temperature range: -4°F to 128°F (-20°C to 70°C) with up to 1.8% accuracy
•Dew point range: -40°F to 176°F (-40°C to 80°C)
•GPP (grains per pound) range: 0.55 gpp to 3868 gpp
•Fast response time
Humidity and Temperature USB Datalogger
Records up to 16,000 readings for each parameter.
Features
•Datalogs 32,000 readings (16,000 for each parameter: Humidity / Temperature)
•Dew point indication via Windows® software (included)
•EX-RHT10-SW optional software to calculate
Grains per Pound (grams per kilogram) to 1120 GPP (160 g/kg)
•Selectable data sampling rate: 2 sec, 5 sec, 10 sec, 30 sec, 1 min, 5 min ,10 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hrs, 3 hrs, 6 hrs, 12 hrs, 24 hrs
•User-programmable alarm thresholds for RH and Temperature
•Status Indication via Red / Yellow LED and Green LED
•Long battery life (approx. 1 year)
•Complete with 3.6 V Lithium battery and Windows® 98, 2000, XP, and Vista compatible analysis software
•Temperature: Reaches 80% of full excursion in approximately 75 sec
•Relative Humidity: Reaches 90% of full excursion in approx imately 45 sec
•Data hold feature
•Graphic display with contrast and backlight
•Automatic power down
•9 V battery
•1 year warranty
•Carrying case
DEL-HT-3000W/CS
Thermo-Hygrometer W/ Carrying Case
interval 2 seconds to 24 hours
16,000 points; Relative Humidity: 16,000 points
5.1" x 1.1" x 0.98" (130 x 30 x 25 mm) 1 oz (20 g)
EX-RHT10
Humidity & Temperature USB Datalogger
EX-RHT10-SW GPP (g/kg) Software For EX-RHT10
EX-42299 3.6 V Lithium Batery, 2/Pack
Hygro-Thermometer Humidity Alert with Dew Point
NIST Calibrateable and Programmable Alarms. Warning of High or Low Humidity Conditions.
EX-445815
Humidity Alert II Hygro-Thermometer W/ Dew Point
EX-445815-NIST
EX-445815 W/ NIST Certificate
EX-445815-NISTL
Limited NIST
EX-RH300-CAL
33% & 75% RH Calibration Standards
Features
•Large, easy-to-read triple LCD displays % Relative Humidity, Temperature and Dew Point
•% RH audible and visual alarms, with adjustable set points, alert when humidity exceeds set limit
•Probe clips onto meter or extends on 18" (457 mm) cable
•Max/Min with Reset function
•Rear calibration adjustment pot for Humidity and Temperature (available with NIST certification and optional Calibration Standards)
•Complete with built-in stand, wall mount bracket, remote sensor and 2 "AAA" batteries; Optional calibration salt bottles ModelEX-445580-C
Radio Controlled Wall Clock Hygro-Thermometer with Super Large 4.3" (109 mm) Digit Clock Display
Features
•Receives Time Code from NIST Radio Station
WWVB (North American region)
•Large LCD displays Time, % RH, Temperature, Year, Month, Date, and Day
•Super large 4.3" (109 mm) digit clock display can be viewed from 150 feet (45 mm)
•Signal indicator displays signal strength in 3 levels to indicate successful synchronization
•Automatically adjusts for daylight savings time (DST)
•Alarm clock
•Built-in stand for desktop or wall-mount
•Complete with built-in stand and four "AA" batteries
Soil / Compost Thermometer
Compost Thermometer is ideally suited for monitoring interior temperatures of compost piles and windrows. The clear, easy-to-read dial, with the pointer directly driven by the sensitive bi-metal helix in the bottom of the stem, gives an accurate reading every time. Used by composters everywhere for waste disposal, recycling, mushroom growing, etc.
Features
•Rugged all stainless construction
•Hermetically sealed-will not fog
•Unbreakable plastic crystal
•Pointed stem for easy insertion
•Easy-to-read 3" diameter dial
•Very accurate (+1% of scale)
•ºF, ºC, or Dual scales available
•Regular 1/4" diameter stem or Heavy Duty
•5/16" diameter stem available
REO-A24PF Heavy Duty 5/16" Diameter, 24" L Stem
REO-A36PF Heavy Duty 5/16" Diameter, 36" L Stem
REO-A48PF Heavy Duty 5/16" Diameter, 48" L Stem
REO-A60PF Heavy Duty 5/16" Diameter, 60" L Stem
REO-A72PF Heavy Duty 5/16" Diameter, 72" L Stem
REO-A24FR Fast Response 3/8" Diameter, 24" L Stem
REO-A36FR Fast Response 3/8" Diameter, 36" L Stem
REO-A48FR Fast Response 3/8" Diameter, 48" L Stem
REO-A60FR Fast Response 3/8" Diameter, 60" L Stem
REO-A72FR Fast Response 3/8" Diameter, 72" L Stem
A Complete Solution for the Restoration Contractor
Restoration Contractor’s Kit
Use pin and pinless meters to better diagnose the amount of moisture content in buildings. Thermal Hygrometer provides fast, accurate readings of ambient room conditions and GPP calculations.
Kit includes
•Model EX-MO280 Pinless Moisture Meter
-Select from 10 different wood types
-Displays % moisture from 0 to 99%
-Measurement depth to 0.75" (22 mm) below the surface
•Model EX-MO220 Wood Moisture Meter
-Memory contains 8 wood groups with calibrations for approximately 170 species of wood
-Measures wood moisture from 6 to 99.9%
-Measurements can be taken using the integral pin electrodes or a heavy duty remote probe (included)
•Model EX-RH490 Precision Hygro-Thermometer
-Measures Temperature, Humidity, Dew Point, Wet Bulb, Absolute Humidity, GPP (grains per pound/grains per kilogram)
-Less than 30 second RH response time with 2% RH accuracy
•Model EX-RHT10 Humidity/Temperature USB Datalogger
-Datalogs 16,000 RH and 16,000 Temperature readings
-User-programmable sampling rate and alarm thresholds
-EX-RHT10-SW software included for GPP calculations and USB interface for data download
•Kit is supplied in a rugged heavy duty hard carrying case that provides protection and organization for the meters and accessories whenever they are needed
EX-MO280-RKv Restoration Contractor’s Kit
Best Selling Moisture Meter!
BD-2100
BD-Series pin-type moisture meters - ideal meter to measure wood and other building materials, such as concrete, sheetrock, EIFS, roofing, insulation and flooring. Choose from the analog BD-10 meter or the digital BD-2100 meter. Each model offers a scale that measures % MC on wood from 6% - 40% and a reference scale used to measure non-wood materials. The BD-2100 also features the industry exclusive sheetrock scale to measure % MC in sheetrock over the range of 0.2% - 50%.
EX-BR146
Flexible Borescope (36" cable)
DEL-BD-2100/PKG
Includes BD-2100 W/ Case, 21-E Electrode
DEL-BD-2100/26/PKG
Includes BD-2100 W/ Deluxe Case, 26-ES Electrode, (10) 496 Pins
DEL-BD-2100/26/21/PKG
Includes BD-2100 W/ Case, 26-ES, 21-E Electrodes, (10) 496 Pins
DEL-BD-2100/EIFS/PKG
Includes BD-2100 W/ Case, 21-E Electrode, (2) BD-608-001 Pins, HP-1 Hole Punch
Flexible Borescope
Features
•High resolution image (7400 pixels) and optical system
• Easy to use eyepiece and handle
• Focus adjustment
•Two bright LED lamps to illuminate viewed object
•Glare-free close-up and wide angle field of view
•3 position switch (low-off-high)
•Flexible gooseneck with min. 3" (7.62 cm) bend radius retains configured shape
•Removable 90 degree side viewing adaptor rotates 360 degrees
•HDPE-coated shaft can be exposed to water, diesel, gasoline, brake fluid, antifreeze, oil and other liquids
•Accessory clip-on magnet will pick up approx. 0.25 lbs (113 g)
•Complete with 4 "AA" batteries, Clip-on 90 degree mirror, magnetic clip, and storage case
Video Borescope/Wireless Inspection Camera
3.5" Color TFT LCD Wireless Monitor with a 2 GB microSD memory card for capturing images (JPEG) or video (AVI) for viewing on your PC.
Features
•Captured video with date / time stamp can be played back on the wireless monitor or on any monitor with a video input jack
•Video and images can also be transferred to your PC via the microSD card (with included SD adaptor) or USB cable (included) and viewed using Windows® Multimedia Player
•Mini water-proof (IP67) camera for high resolution viewing
•Two bright LED lamps with dimmer toilluminate viewed object
•Glare-free close-up field of view
•39" (1m) flexible gooseneck retains configured shape
Applications
•Home inspection: Inspect in walls for mold, insect infestation, electrical wire or water pipe location
•HVAC: Inspect inside ducts, behind motors and compressors
• Automotive: View inside or around engines and transmissions
•Government: Safety and security inspections
•Industrial: Inspect weld integrity, process equipment, gears, molding machines
•Aerospace: Aircraft inspections for contamination, debris, cracks or other damage
SpecificationsEX-BR146
Viewing
Shaft
Telescoping AC Current Detector
Features
•Non-Contact Detection of AC Current in shielded wires, wires behind walls, metal circuit breaker and junction boxes
•Telescoping probe extends to reach distance of 39" (1 m)
•Sensitivity from 200 mA to 1000 A (50 / 60 Hz)
•Red and Green LED indicators and switch-controlled ON / OFF Audible beeper
•Sensitivity adjustment increases or reduces sensor trigger threshold
•Dimensions: 7.7" x 2.4" x 1.2" (195 x 62 x 30 mm) Weight: 5.2 oz (148 g)
•Complete with two LR44 button batteries
EX-EX520-S
True RMS Industrial MultiMeter Kit (6000 Count)
EX-EX530-KIT
True RMS Industrial MultiMeter Kit (40,000 Count)
Ideal Kit for Plant Maintenance!
Industrial MultiMeters
Features
•Double molded for waterproof (IP67) protection
•Rugged design — drop proof to 6 feet
•High Resolution display:
Model EX-EX520-S with 6000 count
LCD display
Model EX-EX530-KIT with 40,000 count LCD display
•1000 V input protection on all functions
•Dual sensitivity frequency functions
•Large backlit LCD with bargraph
• Duty Cycle function and Diode open circuit voltage of 2.8 V DC
•Auto power off with disable feature and Min / Max, Relative, and Data Hold functions
•CE / UL approved; CAT IV-600 V
Display Counts
Basic Accuracy (DCV)
DC Voltage
AC Voltage
Non-Contact AC Voltage
DC/AC Current Resistance
Frequency (Electrical)
Frequency (Electronic)
Capacitance
Temperature (Type K)
4 to 20 mA
Duty Cycle
True RMS
Peak Hold
Diode
Continuity
Dimensions
Weight
Phase Rotation / Clamp Meter Test Kit
Kit Includes
•Model EX-MA640 - 600 A True RMS 6000 count AC / DC Clamp-on
MultiMeter with built-in non-contact AC Voltage Detector, test leads and temperature probe; ETL approved
•Model EX-480400 - 3-Phase Rotation Tester with multiline LCD display, durable double-molded housing, and easy-to-open wide-jaw alligator clips
•Model EX-DV25 - Dual Range AC Voltage Detector (24 to 1000 VAC/ 100 to 1000 VAC) + Flashlight with Audible / Visual indication, doublemolded housing, and CAT IV-1000 V safety rating; UL listed
•Set of double molded professional test leads
• Type K thermocouple bead probe and Type K to Banana Input Adaptor
•Supplied in a soft carrying case that provides protection and organization for the meters whenever they are needed
•Dimensions: 9.8" x 8" x 2" (248 x 203 x 54 mm); Weight: 1.3 lbs (590 g)
EX-MA640-K Phase Rotation/Clamp Meter Test Kit
Digital Mini Microscope
Features
•1.8" TFT Color LCD Screen with 2 MB Memory
•7x to 108x magnification range
Optical Zoom: 7x to 27x
Digital Zoom: 4x
•Four white LEDs with adjustable brightness for object illumination
• 5 Image Effect modes: Normal, Gray, Inverse, Emboss, and Dual Window View
•Dual Window View simultaneously displays the magnified image next to the original image
•Real-time imaging on your PC screen via USB interface and included software
•Includes microscope stand for hands-free viewing
•Dimensions: 4.7" x 2.2" x 0.8" (120 x 56 x 20 mm)
Weight: 2.5 oz (70 g) without batteries
•Complete with stand, three "AAA" Ni-MH rechargeable batteries, 100 to 240 VAC (50 / 60 Hz) adaptor / charger, Windows® compatible PC software with mini USB cable, cleaning cloth, and wrist strap
Measures Carbon Dioxide (C02), Air Temperature and Humidity.
SpecificationsEX-CO200
EX-EZ40: EzFlex™
Combustible Gas Detector
Features
•Quickly identifies and pinpoints gas leaks
•16"(406 mm) flexible gooseneck
•For easy access into hard to reach locations
•High sensitivity
•One hand operation with thumb controlled sensitivity adjustment, to eliminatebackground gas levels
•Visible and audible alarm at 10% (LEL)
•Lower Explosive Limit for methane
•Locate the smallest leaks
•Complete with 3 "C" batteries
Gas Detected
Natural Gas, Methane, Ethane, Propane, Butane, Acetone, Alcohol, Ammonia, Steam, Carbon Monoxide (not to quantify), Gasoline, Jet Fuel, Hydrogen Sulfide, Smoke, Industrial Solvents, Lacquer Thinner, Naphtha
Features
•Checks for Carbon Dioxide (CO2) concentrations
•Maintenance free NDIR (non-dispersive infrared) CO2 sensor
•Indoor Air Quality displayed in ppm with Good (380 to 420 ppm), Normal (<1000 ppm), Poor (>1000 ppm) indication
• Visible and Audible CO2 warning alarm with relay output for ventilation control
•Measurement ranges: CO2: 0 to 9,999 ppm
Temperature: 14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C)
Humidity: 0.1 to 99.9% RH
•Displays Year, Month, Date, and Time
•Max / Min CO2 value recall function
•Automatic Baseline Calibration (minimum CO2 level over 7.5 days) or manual calibration in fresh air
•Complete with Universal AC adaptor
EX-EZ40
EzFlex™ Combustible Gas Detector
EX-MC108 Digital Mini Microscope
Surface Test Kits
These Instant Surface Testing Swabs help to alert the user to the presence of hazardous levels of the metal so that proper precautions can be taken to avoid the harmful effects. Each swab represents a complete unit for detection.
Choose From Swab: potential sources
Nickel Check: metal plating, jewelry, nickel dust and fumes HS-2M8l
Lead Check: painted surfaces, steel structures, soil, dust, antiques, plumbing, dinnerware, food cans, waste material, etc.
Mercury Check: manufacture of pharmaceuticals, dyes, embalming, wood preservation, disinfectants, dry batteries, and photographic processing
Cadmium Check: glazed ceramics, pottery, decorated glassware, dust solder, and any solid surface
Chromate Check: cooling towers, water plants, plating operations, tanning industry, paint pigments
RF EMF Strength Meter
Features
•For electromagnetic field strengthmeasurement including mobile phones, cell phones, base stations, and microwave leakage
•Non-directional (isotropic) measurement with three-channel (triaxial) measurement probe
•Max Hold and Average functions
•Manual store/recall up to 99 sets
•Level exceed audible alarm with userselectable threshold
•Complete with 9 V battery and carrying case
EX-480836 RF Electromagnetic Field Strength Meter
SpecificationsEX-480836
Sensor Type
Frequency Range
Units of Measure
Measuring Ranges
Resolution
Audible Alarm
Memory
Dimensions
Weight
Adjustable threshold with On/Off
of
One hand operation makes finding faster, providing both audio and visual (XTd model) indication of ferrous objects up to 16 feet underground. And the new XT follows the Schonstedt tradition of ruggedness and reliability.
Detect the magnetic fields of all ferromagnetic objects property markers, manholes, septic tanks, well casings, valve boxes, cast iron pipes, steel drums, unexploded ordinance up to sixteen feet below the surface.
Stopwatch / Clock
Features
•Digital LCD Stopwatch plus Calendar and Alarm
•12 or 24 hr clock operation
•Stopwatch/Chronograph mode with 1/100 sec resolution
•Programmable alarm with an hourly chime
•Calendar displays day, month, and date
EX-365510
Digital Stopwatch/Clock
EX-365510-NIST
Digital Stopwatch/Clock W/ NIST Certificate
SCH-GA-52CX & SCH-GA-72CD Underground
Locators
Easy-To-Use
The SCH-GA-52CX and SCH-GA-72CD locators find iron and steel objects underground. Both provide audio detection signals that peak in frequency when the locator’s tip is held directly over the target. The SCH-GA-72CD includes an easy-to-read digital and bar graph display showing signal strength and polarity.
SCH-GA-52CX
Magnetic Locator W/ Case
SCH-GA-72CD
Metered Magnetic Locator W/ Case
All Purpose SCH-MAC-51BX
and Dual-Frequency Pipe and Cable Locator
In the LO and HI modes, the receiver's audio signal provides a sharp null when its tip is directly over the target. In the MAG mode (no transmitter required) the audio signal peaks when the receiver's tip is over a ferrous target. You can trace the 571 Hz LF signal conductively applied to any continuous metal conductor up to 4000 ft.
SCH-MAC-51BX
Magnetic & Pipe & Cable Locator (Includes Transmitter Built Into Carrying Case & Receiver)
SCH-MAC–51BX-TX
Transmitter Only (Includes Case, Conductive Clip & Stake)
SCH-MAC-51BX-RX Receiver Only (Includes Carrying Case)
Audio Output
Visual Indicator
Analog Output
Sensitivity
Input Power
Battery Life
Battery Indicator
Weight
Operating Temperature
Overall Length
Waterproof Length
Sensor Spacing
Housing Material
(*) This is the factory
Tone frequency varies Tone frequency varies with gradient field intensitywith gradient field intensity (*)
N/A
TraceMaster II®
The TraceMaster II® is the professional’s choice for locating pipe and cable, but you don’t have to be a pro to use it. So, to find telephone, cable TV, and fiber optic lines, AC power lines, water and gas pipes, keep a TraceMaster® in your kit.
The TraceMaster II® is the first pipe and cable locator on the market to offer a Remote Link between the transmitter and the receiver units. This is accomplished through a radio frequency (RF) two-way communications channel, and makes it possible to change the transmitter frequency from the receiver up to 1500 ft away.
Digital readout and bargraph indicate polarity and relative strength of magnetic field
N/A Yes
5 settings 4 settings
2 Alkaline 9 V batteries2 Lithium 9 V batteries
40 hrs (intermittent usage) 60 hrs (intermittent usage) N/A 4-segment LCD
Polycarbonate / ABS Blend
Transmitter
Receiver
2.64 lbs (1.20 kg) -13°F to 140°F (-25°C to 60°C)
(107.4 cm)
(87.6 cm)
Features
•Passive detection of 50 Hz or 60 Hz, sonde or cathodic frequency
•One button depth measurement
•Digital readout display of signal strength
•LCD displays left, right and "on-target" indications, as well as battery status
•60 hrs operational life (intermittent usage)
•Lightweight, easy-to-use design
•Digital Signal Processing which is easily upgraded as new features are developed
SCH-TMS-001-AF
TraceMaster AF: All 4 Frequencies + Passive Pipe & Cable Locator W/ RF Link
SCH-TMS-001-MF
TraceMaster MF: Manual All 4 Frequencies + Passive Pipe & Cable Locator W/O RF Link
Inspector Handheld Digital Radiation Alert® Detector
The Inspector Xtreme offers maximum performance in a lightweight rugged solution for using your survey meter in the field. The Inspector Xtreme is designed specifically for individuals operating in tough environments, such as 1st Responders, Mining, and HAZMAT crews. The unit is a small, handheld, microprocessor-based instrument which offers excellent sensitivity to low levels of alpha, beta, gamma, and x-rays. The digital readout is displayed with a red count light and a beeper sounds with each count detected. Other features include an adjustable timer, external calibration controls and selectable alert.
Detector
Internal Halogen-quenched, uncompensated GM tube with thin mica window, 1.4 - 2.0 mg/cm2 areal density. Effective diameter of window is 45 mm (1.75"). Radiation symbol on front label marks the center of the detector.
Display
•4 digit liquid crystal display with indicators
•Averaging Periods
•Display will update every 3 sec. At low background levels, the update is the moving average for the past 30 sec time period. The timed period for the moving average decreases as the radiation level increases
Gamma Sensitivity
3500 CPM/mR/hr referenced to Cs-137. Smallest detectable level for I-125 is .02 µCi at contact. Timer can set 1 minute sampling periods from 1 to 10 minutes.
Monitor 4 & 4EC
Same Monitor 4. New ergonomic design. The M4 and M4EC are compact, general purpose survey meters capable of detecting alpha, beta, gamma, and x-rays over 3 selectable ranges. A red count light flashes and a beep sounds with each event detected. The Monitor 4EC offers a more linear reading for gamma and x-rays (above 40 keV).
Detector
•Monitor 4: Halogen - quenched uncompensated GM tube with thin mica window 1.5 to 2.0 mg/cm2 thick
•Monitor 4EC: Halogen-quenched GM tube, energy compensated sidewall 2 mm tin filter. Thin mica window 1.5 to 2.0 mg/cm2 thick
•Display: Analog Meter holds full scale in fields as high as 100X max reading
•Operating Range: 0 to 50 mR/hr and 0 to 500, 0 to 5,000, 0 to 50,000 CPM or 0 to 500 μSv/hr
Monitor 4 Energy Sensitivity
•M4: Detects alpha down to 2.5 MeV; typical detection efficiency at 3.6 MeV > 80%.
Detects beta at 50 keV with 35% efficiency. Detects beta at 150 keV with 75% efficiency. Detects gamma and x-rays down to 10 keV through the window, 40 keV minimum through the sidewall. Normal background is approximately 10 to 20 CPM.
Operating Range
•mR/hr - .001 (1 µR) to 100; mR/hr CPM - 0 to 350,000
•µSv/hr - .01 to 1000 CPS - 0 to 5000
•Total / Timer - 1 to 9,999,000 counts
Accuracy
•mR/hr ± 10% typical (NIST); ± 15% max - 0 to 100
•µSv/hr ± 10% typical (NIST); ± 15% max - 01 to 1000
•CPM ± 15% max - 0 to 350,000
(Referenced to Cs-137)
SE-INSPECTOR Inspector Radiation Survey Meter
SE-INSPECTOR-XTR
Includes Inspector W/ Xtreme Boot & Carrying Case
SE-WTP
Wipe Test Plate
SE-IS Instrument Stand
•M4EC: Same as Monitor 4 except the energy response for gamma and x-rays through the detector sidewall is flat within +61% or -26% over the range of 40 keV to 100 keV, and within +35% or -17% over the range of 100 keV to 1.3 MeV.
•Gamma sensitivity: 1000 CPM/mR/hr (ref. to Cs-137)
•Range switch: X1, X10, X100, battery check
•Accuracy: ± 15% of full scale (referenced to Cs-137)
•Audio: internally mounted beeper (can be turned off for silent operation)
•Power requirements: 9 V alkaline battery up to 2,000 hrs at normal background
•Temperature range: -20° C to 55°C (-4°F to 131°F)
Weight
•M4: 223.9 g (7.2 oz) without battery
•M4EC: 245.7 g (7.9 oz) without battery
•Size: 8.25" x 2.75" x 1.875" (210 x 70 x 48 mm)
Includes carrying case with belt clip, observer software and mini-USB cable.
Accessories: SI Meter Option
Warranty: 1 year limited warranty
SE-MONITOR4 Monitor 4
SE-MONITOR4USB Monitor 4 (Includes USB Cable & Observer Software)
SE-MONITOR4EC Monitor 4EC
SE-MONITOR4ECUSB Monitor 4ECUSB (Includes USB Cable & Observer Software) All meters above come with carrying case. Batteries not included.
Fast, Accurate & Economical!
Disposable Polyethylene Bailers
Polyethylene Bailers are chemically inert, natural colour, virgin, high density polyethylene material. Each bailer comes individually packaged and precleaned using Protocol A. hose & operating manual. Does not include Universal Low Flow Holder for sorbent tubes.
CW-B1314-24
0.41" O.D. x 42" L, Nonweight, 75 ml, 24/Case
CW-B1214-24
0.75" O.D. x 42" L, Nonweight, 250 ml, 24/Case
CW-B1111-24
1.6" O.D. x 12" L, Nonweight, 350 ml, 24/Case
CW-B1121-24
1.6" O.D. x 12" L, Lightweight, 350 ml, 24/Case
CW-B1114-24
1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Nonweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case
CW-B1124-24
1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Lightweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case
CW-B1115-24
1.6" O.D. x 48" L, Nonweight, 1.3 L, 24/Case
CW-B1125-24
1.6" O.D. x 48" L, Lightweight, 1.3 L, 24/Case
CW-B1414-06 3" O.D. x 42" L, Nonweight, 4.4 L, 6/Case
EZ-Flow Bailers
The TITAN EZ Flow™ Single Check Ball NonWeight Groundwater Sampling Bailer has been TESTED and CERTIFIED to provide the user with an ACCURATE representative sample - EVERY TIME, GUARANTEED! It is the ideal bailer for obtaining groundwater samples from the top portion of the well column in low to medium sediment concentration environments.
EZ-Flow Double Check Ball
Bailers - Point Source
This patented bailer eliminates aerating and agitating the sample, in low to medium sediment concentration environments. The Titan series hemispheric soft coated check valves allow the operator to retrieve samples from specific depths.
CW-EZ3-B3111-24
1.6" O.D. x 12" L, Nonweight, 350 ml, 24/Case
CW-EZ3-B3113-24
1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Nonweight, 1 L, 24/Case
CW-EZ3-B3114-24
1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Nonweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case
CW-EZ3-B3115-24
1.6" O.D. x 48" L, Nonweight, 1.3 L, 24/Case
CW-EZ3-B3121-24
1.6" O.D. x 12" L, Lightweight, 350 ml, 24/Case
CW-EZ3-B3123-24
1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Lightweight, 1 L, 24/Case
CW-EZ3-B3124-24
1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Lightweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case
CW-EZ3-B3125-24
1.6" O.D. x 48" L, Lightweight, 1.3 L, 24/Case
EZ-Flow Free Sample Bailers
New, innovative bailer design! Enlarged inner orifice retrieves a more accurate representative sample from wells containing "free product".
CW-EZ7-B7121-24
1.6" O.D. x 12" L, Heavyweight, 350 ml, 24/Case
CW-EZ7-B7123-24
1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Heavyweight, 1 L, 24/Case
CW-EZ7-B7124-24
1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Heavyweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case
CW-EZ7-B7125-24
1.6" O.D. x 48" L, Heavyweight, 1.3 L, 24/Case
CW-EZ8-B8113-24
1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Polypro, Nonweight, 1 L, 24/Case
CW-EZ8-B8114-24
1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Polypro, Nonweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case
CW-EZ8-B8123-24
1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Polypro, Heavyweight, 1 L, 24/Case
CW-EZ8-B8124-24
1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Polypro, Heavyweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case
CLEAR-VIEW® PVC Disposable Bailers
The Clear PVC Bailers are made of high quality, clear PVC. Because of its material, it has a fast sink rate, faster than most weighted polyethylene bailers. The bailer holds its shape when sampling, and has a virtually leak free ball and valve seat.
ESP-CV463
0.46" O.D. x 36" L, PVC, Nonweight, 85 ml, 24/Case
ESP-CV464
0.46" O.D. x 48" L, PVC, Nonweight, 110 ml, 24/Case
ESP-CV701
0.70" O.D. x 12" L, PVC, Nonweight, 67 ml, 48/Case
ESP-CV703
0.70" O.D. x 36" L, PVC, Nonweight, 200 ml, 24/Case
ESP-CV704
0.70" O.D. x 48" L, PVC, Nonweight, 270 ml, 24/Case
ESP-CV151
1.5" O.D. x 12" L, PVC, Nonweight, 342 ml, 48/Case
ESP-CV153
1.5" O.D. x 36" L, PVC, Nonweight, 1 L, 24/Case
ESP-CV154
1.5" O.D. x 48" L, PVC, Nonweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case
ESP-SED VOC Device (Slow), 24/Bag
VOSS Polyethylene Disposable Bailers
VOSS Bailers feature a patented Dome Design top and bottom to facilitate well entry and removal.
VO-PE75S 0.75" O.D. x 36" L, Nonweight, 260 ml, 24/Case
VO-PE75SW 0.75" O.D. x 36" L, Weighted, 260 ml, 24/Case
VO-PE75S83SR 0.75" O.D. x 83" L, Nonweight, 600 ml, 12/Case
VO-PE75SW83R 0.75" O.D. x 83" L, Weighted, 600 ml, 12/Case
VO-PE75-VOC
VOC Tips For 0.75" Bailers, 24/Case
VO-91946S 1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Nonweight, 1 L, 24/Case
VO-91946SW 1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Weighted, 1 L, 24/Case
VOSS Teflon® Disposable Bailers
The VOSS Teflon® Bailer can be used in any environment to eliminate exposing expensive, reusable bailers to high concentrations of contaminants that can cause permanent damage. The bailers also eliminate repeated employee exposure to toxic substances during decontamination that pose a health risk due to cumulative effects in the body.
1.5" O.D. Teflon® Disposable Bailers
This bailer is ideal for sampling groundwater wells of 2" I.D. or larger. Pre-cleaned and individually wrapped. Constructed from chemically inert, Teflon® material.
VO-91946L 1.5" O.D. x 83" L, Nonweight, 2.4 L, 12/Case
VO-91946LW 1.5" O.D. x 83" L, Weighted, 2.4 L, 12/Case
VO-12451 VOC Removal Device For 1.5" Bailers, 24/Case
VO-PE3S 3.0" O.D. x 36" L, Nonweight, 4 L, 9/Case
VO-PE3SW 3.0" O.D. x 36" L, Weighted, 4 L, 9/Case
VO-PE3VOC VOC Tips For 3" Bailer, 9/Case
VO-SST36021
1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Teflon®, Nonweight Bailers, 1 L, 12/Case
VO-SST36021W
1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Teflon®, Weighted Bailers, 1 L, 12/Case
VO-RDT031
VOC Tips For 1.5" Teflon®, 12/Case
CW-B2111-12
1.5" O.D. x 12" L, Teflon®, Nonweight Bailers, 350 ml, 12/Case
CW-B2131-12
1.5" O.D. x 12" L, Teflon®, Heavyweight Bailers, 350 ml, 12/Case
CW-B2113-12
1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Teflon®, Nonweight Bailers, 1 L, 12/Case
CW-B2133-12
1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Teflon®, Heavyweight Bailers, 1 L, 12/Case
VOSS 1.5" O.D. Disposable Polyethylene Pressurized Bailers
The Pressurized Bailers provide an easy method for filtering water samples in the field. Each bailer comes complete with a barbed hose adapter for attaching the pump to the bailer, an adapter with a special notched thread that is used with any of the filters or removal devices to displace the ball and establish flow and a large barbed removal device for bottom emptying of the samples without filtering.
EZ-Flow Sand Catcher Design Triple Check Ball
Specifically created to retrieve accurate, complete samples from wells containing high concentrations of sand and silt. Multiple check ball design with "sand catcher"grooves to trap sand/silt away from check valve orifices. Made of HDPE and Polypropylene material.
CLEAR-VIEWTM
Hydrocarbon/LNAPL Recovery Bailers
Sample or bail out hydrocarbons with simple to use hydrocarbon recovery bailers!
Eaters
Designed for the removal of the top layer of petroleum before sampling without absorbing water. Petroleum absorbing capacity of 0.5 liters per unit. Each unit is individually cleaned and ready to use.
VO-PB010
Pressurized Bailers, 1.5" I.D. x 36" L, 12/Case
VO-PBHP
Hand-Operated Pressure Vacuum Pump, Comes With 1/4" I.D. Clear Plastic Tubing
VO-GWC.45-600
Voss 0.45 μm, High Capacity Groundwater Filter
VO-PBVOC VOC Tips, 12/Case
CW-EZ9-B9113-24
1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Nonweight, 1 L, 24/Case
CW-EZ9-B9114-24
1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Nonweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case
CW-EZ9-B9133-24
1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Heavyweight, 1 L, 24/Case
CW-EZ9-B9134-24
1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Heavyweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case
ESP-CV701H 0.70" O.D. x 12" L, Polyethylene, 24/Case
ESP-CV703H 0.70" O.D. x 36" L, Polyethylene, 24/Case
ESP-CV151H 1.5" O.D. x 12" L, Polyethylene, 24/Case
ESP-CV153H 1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Polyethylene, 24/Case
ESP-CV154H 1.5" O.D. x 48" L, Polyethylene, 24/Case
ESP-CV157H 1.5" O.D. x 84" L, Polyethylene, 9/Case
ESP-CV333H 3.3" O.D. x 36" L, Polyethylene, 9/Case
CW-EZ-A6015-12
Oil Eater, Polypro, 1.3" O.D. x 20" L, 12/Case
PATENTED!
CarboBailer™
The CarboBailer™ is a single, economical way of collecting and/or sampling hydrocarbons from wells, drums, or tanks. It works by just slowly inserting the bailer into the well and just slowly, removing it. As it will be raised from the well, the water will drain out of the bailer while the hydrocarbons will be trapped. The hydrocarbons can be removed by either pouring out from the top or using a bottom emptying device.
Reusable PVC White Bailer
• Designed to suit basic sampling needs
• High quality threaded PVC
• Easy to clean with removable bottom check valve
Bailer
Reusable PVC Clear Bailer
Designed to suit basic sampling needs Clear PVC permits a visual check of the sample
Reusable White Teflon® Bailer
• Have an open top design and are threaded to allow disassembly for easy decontamination.
• Suitable for sampling virtually any potential contaminant while maintaining the integrity of the collected sample.
Stainless Steel Bailer
• Use Stainless Steel when plastic bailers are not suitable
• Type 304 stainless is used to manufacture the bailers
• Easy decontamination
ER-CAR-P163
PVC 1.6" Diameter x 3' Long
Specifications Manufactured in PVC, individually wrapped and comes with a bottom-emptying device.
MO-BPWS.84X24
0.84" O.D. x 24" L, PVC White Bailer
MO-BPWS.84X36
0.84" O.D. x 36" L, PVC White Bailer
MO-BPWS1.66X24
1.66" O.D. x 24" L, PVC White Bailer
MO-BPWS1.66X36
1.66" O.D. x 36" L, PVC White Bailer
MO-BPWS2.375X24
2.375" O.D. x 24" L, PVC White Bailer
MO-BPWS2.375X36
2.375" O.D. x 36" L, PVC White Bailer
MO-BPWS3.50X24
3.5" O.D. x 24" L, PVC White Bailer
MO-BPWS3.50X36
3.5" O.D. x 36" L, PVC White Bailer
MO-BPCS1.05X24
1.05" O.D. x 24" L, PVC Clear Bailer
MO-BPCS1.05X36
1.05" O.D. x 36" L, PVC Clear Bailer
MO-BPCS1.66X24
1.66" O.D. x 24" L, PVC Clear Bailer
MO-BPCS1.66X36
1.66" O.D. x 36"L, PVC Clear Bailer
MO-BPCS3.50X24
3.5" O.D. x 24" L, PVC Clear Bailer
MO-BPCS3.50X36
3.5" O.D. x 36" L, PVC Clear Bailer
MO-BTWS1.66X24
1.66" O.D. x 24" L, Teflon Bailer
MO-BTWS1.66X36
1.66" O.D. x 36" L, Teflon Bailer
MO-BSS.50X24
0.5" O.D. x 24" L, Stainless Bailer
MO-BSS.50X36
0.5" O.D. x 36" L, Stainless Bailer
MO-BSS1.05X24
1.05" O.D. x 24" L, Stainless Bailer
MO-BSS1.05X36
1.05" O.D. x 36" L, Stainless Bailer
MO-BSS1.66X24
1.66" O.D. x 24" L, Stainless Bailer
MO-BSS1.66X36
1.66" O.D. x 36" L, Stainless Bailer
MO-BSS3.50X24
3.5" O.D. x 24" L, Stainless Bailer
MO-BSS3.50X36
3.5" O.D. x 36" L, Stainless Bailer
Lost your Bailer? Use the Bailer Retriever to Find It!
Bailer Retriever
The Bailer Retriever has been engineered to retrieve bailers which have become separated from their retrieval line. The product is 5 1/2" long, manufactured from stainless steel, incorporates 4 hooks, and has been designed to work in wells of 2" diameter and bigger.
CO-5430 2" Bailer Retriever
EP-GSH-110 HydraSleeve, 1.75" x 30", 650 ml
EP-GSH-220 HydraSleeve, 2.75" x 30", 1.6 L
EP-GSW-305
Weight, Stainless Steel With Eyebolt
EP-GSW-314
HydraSleeve® No Purge Sampler
Naturally weighted, larger valve opening. The HydraSleeve® is used in place of purging and low-flowing sampling methods in groundwater monitoring wells to obtain representative, real time, discrete interval sample of ALL compounds under natural groundwater flow conditions. The HydraSleeve is effective for sampling slow recharge wells, for monitoring interfaces, and for concentration profiling. Simply lower the empty sampler to the desired interval, let the well return to undisturbed conditions, and pull the sampler through the sample zone.
Weight, Stainless Steel Top Weight For HydraSleeve, Hollow With 2 Attachments Holes One End
CO-W5440 Polyethylene Rope, 1000 ft Roll
CO-3850
Teflon® Coated Stainless Steel Wire, 50 ft Roll
EP-FSF-105
4" Cable Tie, 100/Pack
EP-FSF-110 8" Cable Tie, 100/Pack
Bailer Suspension Cord
General purpose Nylon Twine, 1/16" (16 mm) diameter, 800 ft
Lufkin Tapes
Pro-Series Hi-Viz® Orange Linear Fiberglass Tapes
Heavy duty fiberglass tapes offer twice the stretch resistance of ordinary tapes.
Features
• Tape width: 1/2"
• Tape increments: 1/8"
• 3:1 retrieval ratio enables fast rewinding of tape
MO-TAPE1/2X100FOR1/8
Lufkin Tape, 100' Length, 1/8" Increment
MO-TAPE1/2X300FOR1/8
Lufkin Tape, 300' Length, 1/8" Increment
ER-800NYL Nylon Twine, 1/16" (16 mm) Diameter, 800 ft Roll
Grab a Sample!
Grab Sample Kit
The ERE Grab Sample Kit makes sample collection quick and easy. The fiberglass telescopic pole is durable, strong and safe for long-time on-site use.
Comes complete with:
• Purcy clamp, made from a durable glass filled nylon
• Eight 1000 ml wide mouth sample bottles
• Sturdy carrying case
• Fiberglass telescopic pole in lengths of either 6 - 12 ft, 8 - 16 ft, or 10 - 20 ft
ER-GRBKIT-12
Grab Sample Kit With 6 - 12 ft Telescopic Pole
ER-GRBKIT-16
Grab Sample Kit With 8 - 16 ft Telescopic Pole
ER-GRBKIT-20
Grab Sample Kit With 10 - 20 ft Telescopic Pole
ER-GRBCLAMP Purcy Clamp
ER-GRBPOLE12 6 - 12 ft Pole
ER-GRBPOLE16 8 - 16 ft Pole
ER-GRBPOLE20 10 - 20 ft Pole
ER-GRBCASE Carrying Case
ER-GRB1000ML 1000 ml Nalgene Bottles
Swing Sampler
If you need to collect a sample from a horizontal flowing stream, such as a sewer, the Swing Sampler is just what you need.
Features
• The end of the sampler swings, allowing collection from different angles, including 90°
• The 6 ft fiberglass pole extends to 12 ft and the 8 ft pole extends to 24 ft providing a long length for any sampling situation
• Unit comes with a 960 ml polyethylene bottle and cover has a vinyl liner for leak-proof protection
• The bottle is held in place with a plastic snapper ring that has an adjustable locking device
NA-B01310WA 12 ft Swing Sampler, 5.50 lbs
NA-B01366WA 24 ft Swing Sampler, 10 lbs
NA-B01244WA 960 ml Bottles, 12/Pack, 1.75 lbs
Sampling Line for Whirl-Pak® Bags
With 25 ft of nylon cord, this unit will go a long way to collect a sample – or you can add more line if necessary.
Features
• The heavy urethane bag holder will submerse the bag below the surface for easy sample collection
• Specially designed to hold any size bag, the holder uses a retainer ring to secure the bag firmly in place
• The unit comes in a convenient carrying case with three sizes of retainer rings to hold the bags
NA-B01368WA Sampling Line For Whirl-Pak® Bags, 3.50 lbs
Sampling Pole for Whirl-Pak® Bags
Specially designed to hold any size bag, the holder uses a retainer ring to secure the bag firmly in place. The fiberglass pole extends from 6 ft to 12 ft has a swinging end, and comes with three sizes of retainer rings to hold the bags.
NA-B01367WA Sampling Pole For Whirl-Pak® Bags, 5.50 lbs
Takes Liquid, Sludge & Slurry Samples from Lakes, Spillways, Rivers, Manholes, & many other Hard to Reach Locations
Series 6000 Sub Surface Samplers
Features
• The sampling head is manufactured from high quality chemically resistant polypropylene, and the metal parts are fabricated in stainless steel
• Good for hazardous locations
• Accepts a 1000 ml wide mouth jar
• Optional displacement plunger available for sampling norms that require 1" space between the sample and the cap
• Sampler available in 6, 12 and 18 foot lengths
• Sampler supplied with one 1000 ml jar
Series 7000 Sub Surface Samplers
Features
•The sampling head is manufactured from high quality chemically resistant polypropylene, and is connected to a handle assembly manufacturedfrom telescopic aluminum poles
•Accepts a 1000 ml wide mouth jar
•Optional displacement plunger available for sampling norms that require 1"space between the sample and the cap
Liquid Pump Sampler
Allows quick sampling of liquids. The chance of cross contamination is greatly reduced by using new tube and bottles for each sample.
• Low to medium viscosity liquids
• Pharmaceutical, food, chemical and cosmetic industries
• Able to pump water to a height of about 4 m
CO-6000
6' Sub Surface Sampler
CO-6010
12' Sub Surface Sampler (2 Sections Of 6')
CO-6020
18' Sub Surface Sampler (3 Sections Of 6')
CO-6050 Plunger
CO-9025
1000 ml Jar, 12/Case
CO-9025C
1000 ml, Pre-Cleaned Jar, 12/Case
CO-7308
4' - 8' Sub Surface Sampler
CO-7312
5' - 12' Sub Surface Sampler
CO-7318
7' - 18' Sub Surface Sampler
CO-7324
7' - 24' Sub Surface Sampler
CO-6050 Plunger
CO-9025
1000 ml Jar, 12/Case
CO-9025C
1000 ml, Pre-Cleaned Jar, 12/Case
Suitable for High & Low Viscosity Liquids & Suspensions
Liquid Cup Sampler
Suitable for sampling liquids and suspensions. Discrete samples can be taken from known heights within the product.
• Chemical, food, and cosmetics industries
• 316 stainless steel
• Easy to use; just insert the sampler to the required depth, squeeze handle which pushes the pot, after filling remove the sampler
• 100 ml cup volume, 55 mm cup diameter
SS-5030A-600
100 ml Sample Volume, 600 mm Long
SS-5030A-1000 100 ml Sample Volume, 1000 mm Long
SS-5030A-1500 100 ml Sample Volume, 1500 mm Long
Ideal for Sampling Milk, Cream, Whey, Fruit Juices, Water & Liquids in General
Liquid Sampler
•Nickel-plated brass cup is chemical and corrosion resistant
•Per each 50 cm (19 1/4") length reaches into most drums, tanks and bottles
•50 ml cup diameter is 32 mm (1 1/4"), narrow enough to fit many carboy
•Finger ring at top end actuates bottom valve on cup to quickly dispense sample
Choose a Length & Beaker to Suit your Application
Long Polyethylene Dippers
High-density Polyethylene Dippers for removing samples from large tanks. Lightweight but durable. Available in three sizes 12 ft handle (two pieces) has a wood core. Has two pour spouts and graduations, PVC grip handle.
Great for Hard to Reach Locations!
Disposable Polyethylene Dippers
•Specifically designed for applications where a disposable product is required
•Applications include sampling of oils, sewage, contaminated water, poisons, etc.
•The pre-cleaned dippers are individuallypre-packaged in a poly bag
CO-5300
600 ml / 18", 10/Case
CO-5301
600 ml / 46", 10/Case
CO-5302
600 ml / 18", Pre-Cleaned, 10/Case
CO-5303
600 ml / 46", Pre-Cleaned, 10/Case
NA-B01263WA 16 oz / 500 ml, 3 ft Handle, 2.25 lbs
NA-B01264WA 16 oz / 500 ml, 6 ft Handle, 3lbs
NA-B01265WA 16 oz / 500 ml, 12 ft Handle, 7 lbs
NA-B01266WA 32 oz / 1000 ml, 3 ft Handle, 3 lbs
NA-B01267WA 32 oz / 1000 ml, 6 ft Handle, 5 lbs
NA-B01268WA 32 oz / 1000 ml, 12 ft Handle, 8 lbs
Telescopic Dipper
The dipper is manufactured from aluminum tubing in three lengths to fit most sampling applications, 8', 12' and 24'. The sampler is supplied with one replaceable 600 ml poly-propylene ladle. Use the swivel adapter for allowing dipping ladles to rotate almost 360 degrees.
CO-5308
Telescopic Dipper 4' - 8'
CO-5312
Telescopic Dipper 5' - 12'
CO-5318
Telescopic Dipper 7' - 18'
CO-5324
Telescopic Dipper 7' - 24'
CO-5326
Replacement 600 ml Dipper Ladles, 10/Pack
CO-5325
Swivel Adapter
CO-5328
Replacement 600 ml Swivel Dipper Ladles, 10/Pack
Stainless Steel Dipper
Each dipper has a 500 ml capacity stainless steel ladle which incorporates pour spouts on each side of the ladle.
CO-5390-1 1.5' Stainless Steel Dipper
CO-5390-3 3' Stainless Steel Dipper
CO-5390-6
6' Stainless Steel Dipper
CO-5390-8
8' Stainless Steel Dipper
Great for Chemical, Cosmetic & Pharmaceutical Industries
Tank Yanks
The Tank Yank is an accurate, safe and productive device to collect representative samples from any sized container. Tank Yanks were developed through the collaboration of professionals annoyed with the inefficiencies of traditional sampling techniques. Irrespective of operator aptitude, stature and workplace controls or environmental factors, the sampling process is uniform and consistent. Sampling is simple: Just lower the sampler into the material to be sampled, engage the plunger to secure the core, and finally retrieve the plunger to transfer the material directly into a sample jar.
Glass and Plastic Drum Thief Samplers
Open-ended Drum Thief is the ideal sampler to use to sample drums, transformers and other liquid containers where small volume low cost sampling is required. Each sampler is 42” in length and manufactured from chemical resistant borosilicate glass or HDPE plastic. Both our glass and plastic samplers are easy to use. Just insert the drum thief into the drum or container to be sampled, cover the open end with your thumb, and remove the sample. Other diameters and lengths are available upon request.
Glass Coliwasa Samplers
Glass Coliwasa Samplers are designed to be an economical, safe, and fast method of drum sampling
• Each 43" coliwasa sampler is manufactured by borosilicate glass
ER-2100N-S 250 ml Sampler With Stainless Steel Rod, 43" L x 0.86" I.D., 24/Case
ER-2100N-J 250 ml Sample Jars, 24/Case
ER-2100E Extension Tubes, 42" L, 24/Case
ER-3100N-S 500 ml Sampler With Stainless Steel Rod, 43" L x 1.08" I.D., 12/Case
ER-3100N-J 500 ml Sample Jars, 12/Case
ER-3100N-E Extension Tubes, 42" L, 12/Case
ER-4100N-S 1000 ml Sampler With Stainless Steel Rod, 43" L x 1.58" I.D., 12/Case
ER-4100N-J 1000 ml Sample Jars, 12/Case
ER-4100N-E Extension Tubes, 42" L, 12/Case
CO-2410-25
12 mm (0.450") O.D., 100 ml (3 oz) Capacity Thief, HDPE, 42" Long, 25/Case
CO-2440-25
16 mm (0.625") O.D., 150 ml (5 oz) Capacity Thief, HDPE, 42" Long, 25/Case
CO-5520-25
7.5 mm (0.300”) O.D., 25 ml, (3/4 oz) Capacity Thief, Glass, 42" Long, 25/Case
CO-5530-25
12 mm (0.450") O.D., 100 ml (3 oz) Capacity Thief, Glass, 42" Long, 25/Case
CO-5540-25
18 mm (0.700") O.D., 200 ml (7 oz) Capacity Thief, Glass, 42" Long, 25/Case
CO-5500
200 ml Coliwasa Viton Seal, Glass, 43" Long, 12/Case
CO-5503
200 ml Coliwasa Teflon Seal, Glass, 43" Long, 12/Case
Plastic Coliwasa Samplers
• Made of HDPE, the 7/8" diameter sampler is designed to extract samples from drums, tanks, and rail cars
• Just insert the sampler into the drum or tank to be sampled, pull up on the handle and the sample is locked in place
Teflon® Coliwasa
CO-5660
75 ml Coliwasa, HDPE, 18" Long, 12/Case
CO-5665
250 ml Coliwasa, HDPE, 42" Long, 12/Case
CO-5680
500 ml Coliwasa, HDPE, 84" Long, 12/Case
• Ideal to use when sampling liquids and semi-solid materials
CO-6990
240 ml Coliwasa, Teflon®, 1" x 2' Long, 1 Unit
CO-7100
480 ml Coliwasa, Teflon®, 1" x 4' Long, 1 Unit
CO-7110
720 ml Coliwasa, Teflon®, 1" x 6' Long, 1 Unit
CO-7120
960 ml Coliwasa, Teflon®, 1" x 8' Long, 1 Unit
CO-7155
Valve Only, 1 Unit
Disposable Liqui and Visco Thief
Two models are available which make sampling liquids, creams and pastes very easy:
• LiquiThief has a 1.5 mm opening, 21 mm outer diameter
• ViscoThief has a 10 mm opening, 21 mm outer diameter
• Both are designed to be very rigid
• Depth at which sample is taken is known
• Also available in pre-sterilised
SS-8050H-500
LiquiThief, 500 mm Length, 100 ml Volume, 21 mm O.D., HDPE, 20/Box
SS-8050H-1000
LiquiThief, 1000 mm Length, 190 ml Volume, 21 mm O.D., HDPE, 20/Box
SS-8050P-500
LiquiThief, 500 mm Length, 100 ml Volume, 21 mm O.D., Polypropylene, 20/Box
SS-8050P-1000
LiquiThief, 1000 mm Length, 190 ml Volume, 21 mm O.D., Polypropylene, 20/Box
SS-8055H-500
ViscoThief, 500 mm Length, 100 ml Volume, 21 mm O.D., HDPE, 20/Box
SS-8055H-1000
ViscoThief, 1000 mm Length, 190 ml Volume, 21 mm O.D., HDPE, 20/Box
SS-8055P-500
ViscoThief, 500 mm Length, 100 ml Volume, 21 mm O.D., Polypropylene, 20/Box
SS-8055P-1000
ViscoThief, 1000 mm Length, 190 ml Volume, 21 mm O.D., Polypropylene, 20/Box
Liquid Master
The Liquid Master is perfect for quickly sampling most liquids.
•Can be quickly stripped down for cleaning
•Both single point and cross sectional samples can be taken
•Seal prevents sample from dripping •25 mm diameter
Liquid & Cream Sampling without Costly Cleaning
SS-5035S-600
600 mm Length, 150 ml Volume, 316 Stainless Steel
SS-5035S-1000 1000 mm Length, 270 ml Volume, 316 Stainless Steel
SS-5035S-1500 1500 mm Length, 420 ml Volume, 316 Stainless Steel
SS-5035T-600
600 mm Length, 150 ml Volume, Teflon®
SS-5035T-1000
1000 mm Length, 270 ml Volume, Teflon®
SS-5035T-2000
2000 mm Length, 420 ml Volume, Teflon®
SS-5035P-600
600 mm Length, 150 ml Volume, Polypropylene
SS-5035P-1000
1000 mm Length, 270 ml Volume, Polypropylene
SS-5035P-2000
2000 mm Length, 420 ml Volume, Polypropylene
Bacon Bomb Multi-Layer Sampler
MLS-4851
32 oz, 3 1/4" Diameter, 16" H, Brass & Bronze
MLS-4850
16 oz, 2 3/4" Diameter, 12" H, Brass & Bronze
MLS-48-302
16 oz, 2 1/2" Diameter, 11" H, Stainless Steel
MLS-4850-S 16 oz, 2 1/4" Diameter, 17" H, Brass & Bronze
Multi-Layer Samplers function in hundreds of plants, including petroleum oil refineries, varnish sugar, chemical plants and fisheries. The plunger keeps the sampler closed until it strikes the bottom, where the sampler fills. When the Multi-Layer Sampler is raised, the plunger automatically falls back into position, closes the sampler and prevents any contamination by liquid taken at higher levels. The sampler picks up sediment or water directly off the bottom. Samples can also be taken at any point above the bottom by attaching a cord to the top of the plunger, raising it at will to fill the sampler and lowering it to close the sampler, thereby sealing the sampler and holding the contents inside.
MLS-4849
8 oz, 2 1/4" Diameter, 10" H, Brass & Bronze
MLS-4852
4 oz, 1 7/8" Diameter, 9" H, Brass & Bronze
MLS-4852-S
4 oz, 1 1/8" Diameter, 15 1/2" H, Brass & Bronze
MLS-EXTROD12
12" Rod, Brass & Bronze
MLS-EXTRODSET
Set Of 4, 1 Each 1", 2", 3", 6" Brass & Bronze
Composite Sampler
When lowered into a tank, liquid flows into the lower end of the sampler only at the rate that air is displaced through the opening at the top. A rugged needle valve in the Composite Sampler permits exact control of flow rate. If the sampler is lowered from the top to the bottom of the liquid at a uniform rate and is not quite full when withdrawn, the liquid trapped in the sampler must be truly an average sample.
MLS-4854
Composite Sampler, Brass & Bronze 16 oz, 2 3/4" Diameter, 12" H
JT-1 Water Sampler
A one-liter sampler of clear acrylic furnished with a 20 meter calibrated line and lead collar which assures rapid descent and minimal drift. A brass messenger triggers a release mechanism to seal the sample chamber with two fitted rubber plungers at the desired sampling depth. The built-in side outlet and flexible tube allows for removal of the water sample.
LA-1077
JT-1 Water Sampler
Determine turbidity or degree of visibility in natural waters with this weighted 20 cm diameter disk
• braided line
• marked every half meter and at every meter up to 20 meters
LA-0171-CL
Disk With Black & White Quadrants & Calibrated Line
LA-0171
Black & White Secchi
Disk Only
Secchi Disk
Waterra Inertial Pumps
D-32 SS-32D-25SS-19D-16SS-16D-13SS-13SS-10
Micro Flow System
Specifications
Optimal Performance Depth: 0 - 37.5 ft
Depth Limit: 75 ft
Flow: 0.4 - 0.6 gpm
Well Diameter: 0.5" - 1.25"
Applications
• Micro wells
• Sampling damaged wells
• Custom installations
• For use with direct push technology
• Hand operation
WA-SS-10
Stainless Steel Footvalve 0.375" O.D.
WA-3/8-HDPE-100
HDPE Tubing 3/8" O.D. x 1/4" I.D., 100 ft
WA-3/8-LDPE-100
LDPE Tubing 3/8" O.D. x 1/4" I.D., 100 ft
Low Flow System
Specifications
Optimal Performance Depth: 0 - 62.5 ft
Depth Limit: 100 ft
Flow: 0.5 - 0.7 gpm
Well Diameter: 0.75" - 1.25"
Applications
• Sampling piezometers
• Sampling damaged wells
• Custom installations
• Hand operation
WA-D-13
Delrin Footvalve 0.5" O.D.
WA-SS-13
Stainless Steel Footvalve 0.5" O.D.
WA-1/2-HDPE-100
HDPE Tubing 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 100 ft
WA-1/2-LDPE-100
LDPE Tubing 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 100 ft
WA-1/2-LDPE-500
LDPE Tubing 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 500 ft
Standard Flow System
Specifications
Optimal Performance Depth: 0 - 120 ft
Depth Limit: 175 ft
Flow: 0.9 - 2.5 gpm
Well Diameter: 1.25" - 4.0"
Applications
• Most popular system, best cost/performance ratio
• Hand operation or automatic operation
WA-D-16
Delrin Footvalve 0.625" O.D.
WA-D-25
Delrin Footvalve 1"O.D.
WA-SS-16
Stainless Steel Footvalve 0.625" O.D.
WA-SS-19
Stainless Steel Footvalve 0.75" O.D.
WA-5/8-HDPE-100
HDPE Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 100 ft
WA-5/8-HDPE-200
HDPE Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 200 ft
WA-5/8-HDPE-500
HDPE Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 500 ft
WA-5/8-LDPE-100
LDPE Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 100 ft
WA-5/8-LDPE-200
LDPE Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 200 ft
WA-5/8-LDPE-500
LDPE Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 500 ft
WA-5/8-TEF
Teflon Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., (min 25 ft)
WA-SBD-25
Surge Block Well Development Surge
WA-STD-STD Nylon Tubing Connectors (10/Pack)
High Flow System
Specifications
Optimal Performance Depth: 0 - 175 ft
Depth Limit: 225 ft
Flow: 1.5 - 3.5 gpm
Well Diameter: 1.5" - 6.0"
Applications
• Deep well sampling
• Large diameter wells
• Well development
• High flow rates
• Sediment laden wells
WA-D-32
Delrin Footvalve 1.25" O.D.
WA-SS-32
Stainless Steel Footvalve 1.25" O.D.
WA-1-HDPE-100
HDPE Tubing 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D. 100 ft
WA-1-HDPE-200
HDPE Tubing 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D. 200 ft
WA-1-HDPE-300
HDPE Tubing 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D. 300 ft
WA-1-LDPE-100
LDPE Tubing 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D. 100 ft
WA-1-LDPE-200
LDPE Tubing 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D. 200 ft
WA-1-LDPE-300
LDPE Tubing 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D. 300 ft
WA-STD-HF
Nylon Tubing Connectors (5/Pack)
Best Seller!
Waterra Groundwater Filters
Specifications
Polyethersulfone 0.45 or 0.2 micron filter media with a 3/8” threaded nipple and 1/2” hose barb allowing the filter to be attached easily to a variety of pumps and tubing sizes.
Applications
Perfect for meeting US EPA requirements of groundwater samples collected for dissolved and suspended metals.
High Turbidity WA-FHT-45 Filter
Offers the user the most surface area available in capsule type filters. The unique open pleat geometry and 600 cm2 surface area provide the maximum media exposure while ensuring that even with the most turbid samples, filtration media will not be lost.
Medium Turbidity WA-FMT-45 Filter
Has all the great features of the WA-FHT-45 but with a reduced surface area of 300 cm2. These filters provide an economical alternative for lower turbidity sampling, when the highest possible capacity is not required.
0.2 Micron Inline Filter
The new 0.2 micron filter, WA-CAP300X2 features 300 cm2 of the same high quality PES media as the other filters, providing a fast, efficient and economical option for specialized filtering requirements.
WA-FHT45
0.45 Micron Rating, 600 cm2, High Turbidity
WA-FMT45
0.45 Micron Rating, 300 cm2, Medium Turbidity
WA-CAP300X2
0.2 Micron Rating, 300 cm2, Economical
Titan 5 Design High Capacity Disposable Groundwater Filters
•Innovative new design
•Accurate filtration media (5 layers)
•Ultra high capacity, over 790 cm2 filtration capacity
•"Sure Grip"casing design reduces the possibility of slippage during use
•Unique NPT and barb tip combination can accommodate a wide range of tubing and fitting sizes
•Choice between pressure feed model and gravity feed model
•Available in 0.45, 2.0, 5.0 and 10.0 micron size
InfoZone
The WA-FHT-45, WA-FMT-45 and WA-CAP300X2 can be easily used:
Use with the inertial pump
The filter is easily connected to the Waterra Inertial Pump with either the 3/8” threaded nipple or the 1/2” hose barb. Simply press fit this connector into your tubing and operate the pump. The pump’s pressure is more than adequate for moving the sample through the filter. Once the sample has been collected, the filter can be disposed of.
CW-F2000-10
0.45 Micron Rating, Pressure Feed, 10/Case
CW-F2001-10
0.45 Micron Rating, Gravity Feed, 10/Case
CW-F3000-10
1 Micron Rating, Pressure Feed, 10/Case
CW-F3001-10
1 Micron Rating, Gravity Feed, 10/Case
CW-F4000-10
5 Micron Rating, Pressure Feed, 10/Case
CW-F4001-10
5 Micron Rating, Gravity Feed, 10/Case
CW-F5000-10
10 Micron Rating, Pressure Feed, 10/Case
CW-F5001-10
10 Micron Rating, Gravity Feed, 10/Case
Use with Disposable Bailer
A filtered sample can be collected from the bailer by cutting a short section of VOC tubing 0.25” O.D. HDPE and press fitting this tube into the inlet on the filter. The other end can then be press fit into the end of the bottom emptying spout which is provided with every Waterra Bailer. The bottom emptying spout should then be inserted onto the valve of the bailer and the sample will be drained by gravity through the filter into the sample container.
VOSS Single Sample® High Capacity, Disposable Groundwater Filter Capsule
The Single Sample® High Capacity, Disposable Groundwater Filter Capsule is designed specifically for field filtering groundwater samples for metal analysis with 1/8" NPT threaded inlet and outlets with stepped hose adapter on the inlet side for in line filtering of pumped samples with up to 3/8" I.D. tubing.
An optional stepped barb can be threaded on each end for use of up to 1/2" tubing.
Features a true membrane element, certification for 67 metals and 2 anions, filtering capacity of 1 liter for most turbid samples and 1/8" NPT treaded ends with stepped hose adapter on inlet side.
VO-GWC.45-600
0.45 Micron Rating
VO-GWC-BARB Barb Filter Fitting
VOC Sampling Kit
After purging a well, approximately 7 feet of the VOC tubing is inserted inside the sampling tube leaving about one foot protruding out the end of the riser. When pumping is stopped the sample tubing will cease to produce water, however the VOC’s tube will continue to flow operating as a siphon, drawing water down the level standing in the tubing. This siphon action can easily be used to collect small samples for volatile analysis as the flow from the narrow tube is steady, laminar and easily directed into a glass vial.
Disposable Transfer Vessel
The Disposable Transfer Vessel system is an easy to use system for transferring samples in only two steps. First pour unfiltered sample into the transfer vessel then invert and pressurize the vessel with a hand pump. The pressure forces the sample through the in-line filter and into a collection bottle.
Specifications
Constructed chemically inert poly material (pump, filter and collection bottle not included)
CW-V2844-10
Disposable Transfer Vessel System, 10/Box
ER-HPUMP Hand Pump
WA-VOC-KIT
VOC Sampling Kit Contains 10 Pieces Of 8' Long x 1 1/4" Diameter
VOC Sampling Tube
Lever Pump
The Lever Pump was designed to minimize the tedious task of manually pumping water by maximizing the mechanical advantage. The lever is lightweight, rugged, portable tool that allows quick sampling of wells without the need for external power sources. It is intended for use in conditions where the wells are 30 - 100 feet when using the Standard System or 60 feet max., when using the High Flow Systems.
SpecificationsLever Pump
Weight
Dimensions 17" H x 2.5" W x 24" L
Power Source Manual
WA-WLP-100 Lever Pump
High Performance Automation!
Hydrolift-2
Every component in the Hydrolift-2 was designed to keep weight to an absolute minimum. Use of aluminum extrusions, a high performance motor and high ratio gearing have produced an extremely powerful, compact and portable actuator.
WA-WHLP-II
Hydrolift-2
Most Powerful Actuator!
Power Pump 2
The Power Pump 2 is an extremely rugged, powerful unit that has been proven to depths exceeding 250 feet. The unit works efficiently with either the Standard Flow or High Capacity Systems. WA-WPP-2
Making your Job Easy!
PowerPack PP1
The PowerPack PP1 is powerful enough to lift water from over 200' depth using the Standard Flow System, and is so compact that it fits onto a backpack frame. The PowerPack PP1 incorporates clamps for High Flow and Standard Flow tubing sizes (adaptors are available for smaller tubes). This motor can run for approximately 1 hour without refueling.
Footvalve Accessories
Valve Wrench
• Ensures that valves are securely attached to the tubing
• Eliminates lost valves down the well
Tube Cutter
• Faster & safer than a utility knife
•Rotating/rocking motion produces straight, clean cuts
WA-WVW-1
WA-WTC-1
Easy to Use, High Quality Solution for Purging, Sampling & Well Development
Mini, Super and Mega Purger Pumps
• Fits down a 2"monitoring well
• Pre-assembled sampling and purging kits with heavy gauge cable and alligator clips
• Simply connect high density tubing to the output of the pump and attach the battery connectors to a 12 V battery
• Tough plastic construction with PBT impeller
• Flow rates up to 3.5 gpm
• Pumping depths up to 90 ft
Good for Harsh Environments
Proactive 12 V Stainless Steel Pumps
Features for the Stainless Steel Monsoon and Stainless Steel MegaTyphoon
•High polished stainless steel body and components assures that the pumps will not corrode or rust under normal working conditions
•Can run continuously without the need for a cool down
•Runs off a 12 V DC car battery or mobile battery power packs
•Reliable design is suitabe for continuous sampling or purging of groundwater wells
•Low Flow Sample is as low as 10 ml/min from any depth when using the Low Flow with Power Booster LCD Controller. Easy to read, glow in the dark LCD display on the controller
•1.8"diameter - good for 2"monitoring wells or larger
•3/8"I.D. or 1/2"I.D. Poly tubing can be used
WA-WSP-SS-120
Pumps max. 120 ft
300 Watts Consumption, 38 Amps
7.5" Length x 1.82" Diameter
Supplied with 130 ft of heavy duty PVC wire neatly rolled up on a tubular metal reel with pump holder, 2 motor modules, disposable low flow control valve and wrench
WA-WSP-SS-80
•Mega-Typhoon can run dry for up to one hour without motor damage
•Monsoon can run dry for up to two hours without motor damage
•500 hour motor life
•Sleek outside minimizes well hang ups
•Simple to clean and decontaminate
WA-WSP-SS-120
Monsoon Stainless Steel, Pumps
WA-PA-10670
WA-WSP-SS-80
Mega-Typhoon, Stainless Steel, Pumps 80
WA-PA-10660
Low Flow With Power Booster 10660 1 LCD Controller For Stainless Steel Mega Typhoon
WA-1/2-LDPE-100
Low Density Polyethylene,
Pumps max. 80 ft
240 Watts consumption, 20 Amps
6.5" Length x 1.82" Diameter
Supplied with 90 ft of heavy duty PVC wire neatly rolled up on a tubular metal reel with pump holder, 2 motor modules, disposable low flow control valve and wrench
Low Flow with Power Booster 1 & 2 LCD Control
The Proactive™ Low Flow with Power Booster 1 & 2 LCD Controller is engineered specifically for the Stainless Steel MegaTyphoon and Monsoon Pumps.
Precisely controls the water discharge with the turn of a knob.
Used to monitor and regulate low flow sampling as low as 40 ml/min.
Simplify your Next Sampling Project!
Standard Proactive Pumps
Features for the Cyclone, Mini-Typhoon, Typhoon, Tempest, Mini-Monsoon and the Tornado
•Can operate under harsh conditions and higher turbidity
•Computer engineered domed bottom debris screen will separate debris from water, thus extending motor life
•Constructed of PVC and Stainless Steel
•12 -15 Volts at source recommended
•1.8"diameter
•3/8"I.D. or 1/2"I.D. Poly tubing can be used
•Can run continuously without the need for a cool down
•Can run dry for up to two hours without motor damage
•400 hour motor life
WA-WSP-12V-1 CYCLONE (Single Stage)
Pumps max. 25 ft
40 - 50 Watts Consumption, 4 Amps
7" Length x 1.82" Diameter
Supplied with 35 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps
WA-WSP-12V-3
TEMPEST (Three Stage)
Pumps max. 60 ft
180 Watts Consumption, 11 Amps
17" Length x 1.82" Diameter
Supplied with 70 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps
WA-WSP-12V-1
Cyclone (Single Stage), Pumps 25 ft Max.
WA-WSP-24V-3M
Tsunami (Three Stage) Pumps 100ft Max.
WA-WSP-12V-2M
Mini-Typhoon (Two Stage), Pumps 40 ft Max.
WA-WSP-12V-2
Typhoon (Two Stage), Pumps 50 ft Max.
WA-WSP-12V-3
Tempest (Three Stage), Pumps 60 ft Max.
WA-WSP-12V-4
Mini-Monsoon (Four Stage), Pumps 70 ft Max.
WA-WSP-12V-5
Tornado (Five Stage), Pumps 85 ft Max.
WA-PA-10800
Low Flow Sampling Controller
WA-1/2-LDPE-100 Low Density Polyethylene, 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D.,
WA-WSP-12V-2M MINI-TYPHOON (Two Stage)
Pumps max. 40 ft
105 Watts Consumption, 7 Amps
12" Length x 1.82" Diameter
Supplied with 50 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps
WA-WSP-12V-4
MINI-MONSOON (Four Stage)
Pumps max. 70 ft
105 Watts Consumption, 13 Amps
20" Length x 1.82" Diameter
Supplied with 80 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps
Low Flow Sampling Controller (WA-PA-10800)
Features
•Engineered with reverse polarity and advanced thermal overload protection
•Heavy duty steel weatherproof case
•Constant Voltage Boosting Technology (CVBT) allows the correct voltage to reach the pump motors
•20 Amps "safety" fuse to protect electronics and user
•3 foot wire lead to battery clamps and 5 foot wire leads to pump connector
•Steel handle for comfort and control
WA-WSP-12V-2 TYPHOON (Two Stage)
Pumps max. 50 ft
105 Watts Consumption, 8 Amps
12" Length x 1.82" Diameter
Supplied with 60 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps
WA-WSP-12V-5 TORNADO (Five Stage)
Pumps max. 85 ft
200 Watts Consumption, 15 Amps
24" Length x 1.82" Diameter
Supplied with 90 ft of heavy duty 10 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps
High Performance Proactive Pumps
Features for the Mega-Typhoon, Tsunami, Super-Twister, Monsoon, Hurricane and Mega-Monsoon
•Can pass sand, small rocks, and debris without getting clogged or damaging the pumps
•Constructed of PVC and Stainless Steel
•12 - 15 Volts at source recommended
•1.8"diameter
•3/8"I.D. or 1/2"I.D. Poly tubing can be used
• Can run continuously without the need for a cool down
•Mega-Typhoon and Mega-Monsoon can run dry for up to one hour without motor damage
•Tsunami, Monsoon and Hurricane can run dry for up to two hours without motor damage
•400 hour motor life
•Sleek outside minimizes well hang ups
•Reliable and economical
•Comes ready for field use
WA-WSP-19V-2 MEGA-TYPHOON (Two Stage)
Pumps max. 80 ft
170 Watts Consumption, 18 Amps, 19 V 12" Length, 1.82" Diameter
Supplied with 90 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire and yellow connector
Compatible with Power Booster 1 (WA-PA-10600), or The Low Flow with Power Booster I Controller (WA-PA-10650).
WA-WSP-24V-3
WA-WSP-19V-2
Mega-Typhoon (Two Stage), Pumps 80 ft Max.
WA-WSP-24V-3
Tsunami (Three Stage), Pumps 100 ft Max.
WA-WSP-12V-3B
Super-Twister (Three Stage), Pumps 85 ft Max.
WA-WSP-24V-4
Monsoon (Four Stage), Pumps 120 ft Max.
WA-WSP-24V-5
Hurricane (Five Stage), Pumps 150 ft Max.
WA-WSP-24V-6
Mega-Monsoon (Six Stage), Pumps 200 ft Max.
WA-PA-10600
12 - 19 V Boost, Adjustable For WA-WSP-19V-2
WA-PA-10650
0 - 19 V Boost, Low Flow Adjustable For WA-WSP-19V-2
WA-PA-10700
12 - 24 V Boost, Adjustable For WA-WSP-24V-3 (4 Or 5 Stage)
WA-PA-10750
0 - 24 V Boost, Low Flow Adjustable For WA-WSP-24V -3 (4 Or 5 Stage)
WA-PA-10850
0 - 24 V, Adjustable, Low Flow, High Amp For WA-WSP-24V-6
WA-1/2-LDPE-100
Low Density Polyethylene, 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 100 ft
TSUNAMI (Three Stage)
Pumps max. 100 ft
260 Watts Consumption, 22 Amps, 24 V 17" Length, 1.82" Diameter
Supplied with 110 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire and green connector
Compatible with Power Booster II (WA-PA-10700), or The Low Flow with Power Booster II Controller (WA-PA-10750).
WA-WSP-12V-3B SUPER-TWISTER (Three Stage)
Super-Twister is a revolutionary pump that has a Constant Voltage Booster Technology (CVBT) built in. With the new built-in booster will recognize the low voltage and the pump will start pulsating. The CVBT outputs a constant voltage to the Super-Twister Pump motors which reduces voltage due to battery drainage.
Pumps max. 85 ft
WA-WSP-24V-4 MONSOON (Four Stage)
Pumps max. 120 ft
310 Watts Consumption, 30 Amps, 24 V 20" Length, 1.82" Diameter
Supplied with 35 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps
Compatible with Power Booster II (WA-PA-10700), or The Low Flow with Power Booster II Controller (WA-PA-10750).
WA-WSP-24V-5
HURRICANE
(Five Stage)
Pumps max. 150 ft
360 Watts Consumption, 34 Amps, 24 V 26" Length, 1.82" Diameter
Supplied with 160 ft of heavy duty 10 gauge wire, green connector and mounted on a high impact plastic reel
Compatible with Power Booster II (WA-PA-10700), or The Low Flow with Power Booster II Controller (WA-PA-10750).
18 Amps, 12 V 17" Length, 1.82" Diameter
Supplied with 90 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire and battery clamps
WA-WSP-24V-6
MEGA-MONSOON (Six Stage)
Pumps max. 200 ft
480 Watts Consumption, 40 Amps, 24 V 26" Length, 1.82" Diameter
Supplied with 210 ft of heavy duty 10 gauge wire, blue connector and mounted on a high impact plastic reel
Compatible with Low Flow with Power Booster III Controller (WA-PA-10850).
Ideal for Removing Samples from Shallow Wells or Surface Water
Variable Speed Peristaltic Sampling Pump
Features
• Easy interface with speed control for exact sample size with no spilling
• Reversible motor for back flush of sampling hose
• Sample at any speed up to 500 ml per minute rate at 4 foot head
• Maximum lift 22 ft
•Lightweight, rugged and weather resistant enclosure
• 15 ft pickup hose with strainer provided
• The water sampler operates using an external 12 V DC power source
• The 10 ft power cord (supplied) is fitted with alligator clips for easy connection to any 12 V DC battery, such as a car battery or a small 12 V, 5AH gel cell
• Sample Hoses: 15 ft nylon reinforced 1/4" I.D. polyethylene flexible tubing section with intake strainer. Hose may be extended, as required, using standard 1/4" tubing and fittings.
• Expanded UV protected PVC (9" x 7.5" x 4.5"), 4.5 lbs
Specifications
Dimensions 16.5" x 10.5" x 9"
Weight 23 lbs (10.45 kg)
Compatible Tubing Sizes Masterflex sizes 15 through 36
Approximate
GW-SP200
Portable Sampling Pump Includes 15 ft Sample Hose & 10 ft Battery Cable (Bottle & Battery Not Included)
GW-00-010 12 V 5 AH Rechargeable Battery
GW-FE0400
Battery Charger (120 V AC to 12 V DC)
GW-00-546 Pickup Hose 1/4"
GW-CA0600 Pickup Strainer
GW-00-744 Peristaltic Pump Tubing
Waterra Spectra Field-Pro
Features
Spectra Field-Pro - a state of the art peristaltic pump that features a heavy-duty, all-inclusive design. This means no external cables, chargers or batteries to worry about.
•Heavy duty construction - constructed with top quality components
•Battery included - will run all day at full strength; outlasts competition
•Built-in VOA stand - allows easily sampling without spillage
•Advanced electronic flow controller - maintains a steady flow rate regardless of battery voltage; will not cut out during low flow sampling
• Built-in storage compartment - for charging cables, field book, tools, well key, etc.
•All cables included - to enable use of alternate (115 V AC) power source
Thermoplastic Elastomer (TPE) is a soft and flexible polymer with excellent physical properties, making it a good alternative for silicone tubing in peristaltic pumps. Use in the Spectra Field-Pro Peristaltic Pump.
WA-SPECTRAFIELD
Easy Load ll, Analog Controls, Internal Battery & Cables
WA-L/S-24
Thermoplastic Elastomer, 0.25" I.D., 25 ft Coil
WA-L/S-15
Thermoplastic Elastomer, 0.19" I.D., 25 ft Coil
The Portable Water Sampler
The Portable Water Sampler is designed for the ultimate in portability and versatility. Run up to 4 hours on the self-contained 12 V DC rechargeable battery, or indefinitely from any AC or 12 V DC power supply. Internal battery can be charged from an AC power supply, or a DC voltage source of lower voltaic potential than the battery itself.
PureSample™ Portable Bladder Pumps
Features
•Constructed of 316 Stainless Steel – For unsurpassed durability and truly representative samples
•Portable turnkey systems available –Everything you need to quickly and efficiently sample your site
•Single turn release housings – No special tools or training required to service the pump
•Quick-change bladder configuration –Bladders can be easily exchanged without tools by sliding back the Teflon® collars
•Extra bladders are readily available –Available in Teflon® and Polyethylene (1.66" pump only)
•Bonded tubing – In Polyethylene and Teflon® lined Polyethylene by the foot or by the roll
•Compatible with the PureS™ Control PRO™ & PureS™ Controller 2 Logic Units
PS-1.66P
1.66 Portable Bladder Pump
PS-0.850P
Purge & Sample Water in Wells as Small as 0.75"in Diameter
Features
•Sample rate from 125 - 1100 ml/min
•Suction lift up to 26 ft
•IP54-rated when open or closed
•Features reversible flow and prime/purge function
• Variable speed operation
• 16" H x 11.3" W x 10.5" D, 16.5 lbs
BN-950-1990
Portable Sampler 115 V AC-50/60 Hz
BN-950-1995
Portable Sampler 230 V AC-50/60 Hz
The Portable Bladder Pumps were designed with input from field technicians who actually do the sampling! Single turn release heads and quick change bladders have been incorporated for quick in-the -field bladder changes and easy decontamination. Custom hose barbs allow the pump to be suspended without the need for tubing clamps.
PureSample™ Dedicated Pump
Features
• True low flow capacity with minimal agitation for more representative samples
• Proprietary long life PTFE bladder
• Constructed of electropolished 316 SS, PVC models available
• Extend bladder life with optional screened intake
PS-0.850PPS-0.675P
Control High Rate
Purging & Gentle Low Flow Sampling
with the PureS™ Controller 2
PureS™ Controller 2
Features
•Microprocessor controlled
•Operates on 115 V AC or 12 V DC
•Rugged water tight case
•High pressure operation to 300 PSI
•Low flow sampling
•Built in pressure regulator and gauge
•High accuracy timers
•Adjustable fill rate control
•Simple to use, can be used with any bladder pump system
•Includes in line water trap
PS-1.66SS36
Bladder Pump, SS, 1.66" x 38", 1.25 gpm Max.
PS-1.66SS18
Bladder Pump, SS, 1.66" x 20", 0.65 gpm Max.
PS-1.66PVC36
Bladder Pump, PVC, 1.66" x 36", 0.97 gpm Max.
PS-1.66PVC18
Bladder Pump, PVC, 1.66" x 22", 0.53 gpm Max.
PS-0.85SS24
Bladder Pump, SS, 0.85" x 25", 0.10 gpm Max.
PS-0.675SS18
Bladder Pump, SS, 0.675" x 18", 0.05 gpm Max.
PS-CONTROLLER2
Sampling Controller
The PureS™ Control PRO Saves you Time, Saves your Back
& Saves you Money!
PureS™ Control PRO™
The PureS™ Control PRO™ is the newest addition to long tradition of exceptional quality controls and bladder pumps.The ultra reliable minicompressor inside allows you to sample from depths to 180 feet! No more lugging heavy, dirty, and noisy compressors into the field or those dangerous nitrogen cylinders.
Composite / Discrete Water Sampler GW-WS700
Features
•Ideal for wastewater, industrial and environmental sampling
•Does composite, discrete or both types of sampling
•Output provided for use with optional datalogger
•Rugged construction for harsh environments
• Timed and external flow proportional sampling
•Adjustable and repeatable sample volume
•Peristaltic pump prevents sample contamination
•Automatic backflush clears pickup strainer and hose
•Rechargeable battery or AC powered
Wastewater / Stormwater Sampler
GW-WS750
Specifications GW-WS750
Operating Temperature 0° to +70°C
Materials
Enclosure Expanded UV protected PVC
Bottles Two 1 gallon Polyethylene
Pickup Hose 15' reinforced PVC 1/4" I.D. polyethylene flexible tubing section with intake strainer
Pump Tubing Norprene 1/4" I.D., 7/16" O.D.
Sample Pump
Flow Rate 1000 ml per minute at a 4 foot head
Type Peristaltic
Maximum Lift ~20 ft
Battery Rechargeable 5 AH Gel Cell
Battery Life
One Pump running ~1 hr
Two Pumps running ~ 1/2 hr
Standby 3 months while still retaining enough power to run the pump to capacity
Start Delay 16 time settings from 0 to 12 hrs
Composite Interval 15 time settings from 5 min to 12 hrs plus an External Trigger mode setting
Sample Size 15 composite sample sizes from 50 ml to 2 liters plus a Full Bottle discrete setting (approximate sizes at 4 foot head)
Size Of Unit 22" H X 17" W X 9" D, 22 lbs
Comes with two 1 gallon polyethylene sample bottles for collecting composite samples, two peristaltic sampling pumps, a circuit board controller, and a rechargeable gel cell battery. Also provided are two sample pickup hoses and a battery charger. Provides a successful wastewater management or environmental monitoring program.
Meets All Regulations for Sampling Requirements
Comes with a 2.5 gallon polyethylene sample bottle for collecting composite samples, a peristaltic sampling pump, a circuit board controller, and a rechargeable gel cell battery. Also provided is a sample pickup hose and a battery charger.
SpecificationsGW-WS700
Operating Temp 0° to +70°C
Materials
Enclosure Expanded UV protected PVC
Bottle 2.5 gallon Polyethylene
Pickup Hose 15' reinforced PVC 1/4" I.D. polyethylene flexible tubing section with intake strainer
Pump Tubing Norprene 1/4" I.D., 7/16" O.D.
Sample Pump
Flow Rate 1000 ml per minute at a 4 foot head
Type Peristaltic
Maximum Lift ~20 ft
Battery Rechargeable 5 AH Gel Cell, with ~1 hr, continuous pumping under load
Composite Interval 15 time settings from 5 min to 12 hrs plus an External Trigger mode setting
Sample Size 15 composite sample sizes from 50 ml to 2 liters plus a Full Bottle discrete setting
Size Of Unit 22" H X 17" W X 9" D, 20 lbs
GW-WS700
Composite/Discrete Water Sampler
GW-WS750
Wastewater/Stormwater Sampler
GW-FE0400
Battery Charger (120 V AC to 12 V DC)
GW-SMPL-AC
AC Option For Powering The Sampler
GW-SP101
Solar Panel (80 mA)
GW-SP102
Solar Panel (300 mA)
GW-00419
2 Gallon Sample Bottle, Plastic For GW-WS700
GW-00418
1 Gallon Sample Bottle, Plastic For GW-WS750
GW-WS700R, Refrigerated Wastewater Sampler
Features
• Ideal for refrigerated wastewater, industrial and environmental sampling
• Simple to operate – no programming required
• Meets federal, state and local wastewater regulations
• Timed and external flow pulsed composite samples
• Adjustable and repeatable sample volume
• Peristaltic pump prevents sample contamination
GW-WQS, Water Quality Sampling System
SpecificationsGW-WQS
Operating Temp. 0° to +70°C
Materials
Enclosure Expanded UV protected PVC
Bottles 2.5 gallon Polyethylene
Pickup Hose 15' reinforced PVC 1/4" I.D. polyethylene flexible tubing section with intake strainer
Pump Tubing Norprene 1/4" I.D., 7/16" O.D.
Sample Pump
Flow Rate 1000 ml per minute at a 4 foot head
Type Peristaltic
Maximum Lift 20 ft
Battery Rechargeable 5 AH Gel Cell, with ~1 hr, continuous pumping under load
Composite Interval 15 time settings from 5 min to 12 hrs plus an External Trigger mode setting
Sample Size 15 composite sample sizes from 50 ml to 2 liters plus a Full Bottle discrete setting
Size Of Unit 22" H X 17" W X 9" D, 20 lbs
Sensor Display 5 digit + decimal place, LCD
Accuracy 0.1% of full-scale + .005 mA + Sensor Error
Analog Sensor Input 4 - 20 mA, 0 - 5 V, 0 - 1 V Jumper Selectable
Input Resolution 0.005 mA or 1.2 mV
Sensor Types / Units Water Level (Feet/Meters), Temperature (ºF/ºC), pH (no units), Dissolved Oxygen (%), Turbidity (NTU/ppm), Conductivity (µS), Wind Speed (MPH/KPH), Wind Direction (º), Soil Moisture (%), Sensor Data Range: 0.000 to 60,000 (60,000 in the display with 4 different decimal point positions)
The Refrigerated Wastewater Sampler comes with a 2 gallon polyethylene sample bottle for collecting refrigerated composite samples, a peristaltic sampling pump, a circuit board controller, and a rechargeable gel cell battery. Also provided is a sample pickup hose and a battery charger. Everything you need is provided for a successful wastewater management or environmental monitoring program.
Specifications GW-WS700R
Operating Temperature 0° to +70°C
Materials
Enclosure Expanded UV protected PVC Bottles 2.5 gallon Polyethylene
Pickup Hose 15' reinforced PVC 1/4" I.D. polyethylene flexible tubing section with intake strainer
Pump Tubing Norprene 1/4" I.D., 7/16" O.D.
Sample Pump
Flow Rate 1000 ml per minute at a 4 foot head
Type Peristaltic
Maximum Lift ~20 ft
Power Internal 12 V Rechargable Battery with AC 120 V AC adapter/charger
Standby 3 months while still retaining enough power to run the pump to capacity
Start Delay 16 time settings from 0 to 12 hrs
Composite Interval 15 time settings from 5 min to 12 hrs plus an External Trigger mode setting
Sample Size 15 composite sample sizes from 50 ml to 2 liters plus a Full Bottle discrete setting (Approximate sizes at 4 foot head)
Size Of Unit 27" H X 20" W X 20" D, 40 lbs
GW-WS700R Refrigerated Wastewater Sampler
Comes with a 2 gallon polyethylene sample bottle for collecting composite samples, a peristaltic sampling pump, a circuit board controller, and a rechargeable gel cell battery. Also provided is a sample pickup hose and a battery charger.
GW-WQS-STD Water Quality Sampling System
(Water Quality Sensors Not Included)
GW-WQ101
Temperature Sensor, -50°C to +50°C
GW-WQ201
pH Sensor, 0 - 14 pH
GW-WQ301
Conductivity, 0 - 5,000, 0 - 10,000, 0 - 20,000 Micro Siemens
GW-WQ401
Dissolved Oxygen Sensor, 0 To 100% Saturation
GW-WQ600
ORP/Redox Potential, -500 to +500 mV
Both High Flow Rates for Purging & Low Flow Rates for Sampling can be Achieved with the Redi-Flo 2
Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump
The Redi-Flo 2 Pump is ideal for purging and sampling of groundwater from monitoring wells. The portable 115 V solid state converter allows adjustable flow rates from as low as 100 ml/min for sample collection to 9 gpm for purging. Flow rates are controlled with simple turn of the dial. The compact pump (11" L x 1.8" O.D.) is constructed of 316 stainless steel and virgin Teflon for sample compatibility. These chemically inert materials assure sample integrity and simplify decontamination.
The Redi-Flo 2 Pump can be used as a portable sampling pump to reduce the cost of your sampling program or as a dedicated pump, thus reducing the possibility of cross contamination. Teflon coated motor leads are available from 30 to 300 ft. If higher flow rates are required for groundwater depression and pump and treat applications, please contact ERE.
GR-1AZ06103 Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump Only
GR-1A107003
30 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump
GR-1A107103
50 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump
GR-1A107203
75 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump
GR-1A107303
100 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump
GR-1A107403
125 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump
GR-1A107503
150 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump
GR-1A107603
175 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump
GR-1A107703
200 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump
GR-1A107803
250 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump
GR-1A107903
300 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump
GR-91126028
Redi-Flo 2 Variable Frequency Drive With Protective Case
GR-125061
Impeller Assembly (Includes Two Each Of Impellers, Intermediate Guide Vanes, Wear Rings, Spacer Rings, & Wear Plates)
GR-1A00028
Motor Lead Assembly (Includes Ground Motor Screw (4), Motor Lead Kit Screws, (4) Teflon Washers, (2) Brass Washers, (3) Grommet & (3) Crimped Pins)
GR-1A0019
Safety Cable Braket
Swoffer Model 2100 Series & 3000 Series
Open Stream Current Velocity Meters
The Swoffer Current Velocity Meters are an easy means of measuring open stream velocities in the range of 0.1 to 25 ft/sec or 0.03 to 7.5 m/s (selectable). The sensor has a propeller-driven, photo-fiber-optic device with a 2" propeller sweep diameter. Measurements can be read in feet or meters on your choice of two digital readout indicator models, both with better than 1% accuracy.
Model 2100 Indicator
The Model 2100 accommodates all types of open flow streams – three selectable pre-set display update times (90 second maximum). Powered by a 9 V battery, its self-calibration feature allows you to check accuracy of the instrument while in the field. Precision quartz crystal controlled electronics provides accurate, precise data in all flow conditions.
Model 3000 Indicator
Designed for the measurement of open channel velocities and the on-site computation of stream discharges, the Model 3000 replaces the dial-style control of the 2100 with a keypad. The Model 3000 is a datalogging version of the 2100, and records depths, widths, velocities, flow angles along with time and date (stations). It is also capable of measuring stream discharges. The velocity sampling interval is selectable from 1 to 999 seconds. The memory is capable of holding 1000 stations in up to 100 cross sections for later upload to a PC. Simple, accurate calibration is possible in the field, and calibration ratings for 10 different sensor options are stored. Powered by four "AA" size batteries, the Model 3000 is designed to function with Price type "AA" and Pygmy meters with or without optic sensors.
Sensor
The sensor uses a 2" propeller which rotates a fiber-optic bundle to create a signal from a photodiode to a photosensitive transistor. This signal is produced at a rate of four pulses per revolution and is transferred via flexible electrical cable to the indicator where it is processed to display velocity. The propeller is swivel mounted at the foot of the wand (handle). The wand carries the cable to its upper end from which the cable extends to the indicator. The sensor wands are aluminum alloy with stainless steel fasteners. The propeller is a glass impregnated nylon and all other plastic sensor parts are acetal-resin.
All models consist of the meter (2100 or 3000) and the Wand (-STDX,14, -1514 etc.). All Meter/Wand combinations listed below are “fieldready”, i.e., the following required equipment is included: Two sets of batteries ("AA" or 9 V), two complete propeller rotor assemblies, spare propeller, hands free harness and/or neck strap, sensor and cable assembly, wand, operating instructions (on paper and floppy disk), Model 3000 also includes DB9 style serial connector /cable and software for file transfers to a PC.
SW-2100-STDX
Meter & 2.5 ft - 9.5 ft Telescoping Wand
SW-2100-LX
Meter & 4.5 ft -19.5 ft Telescoping Rod
SW-2100-12
Meter & 2.7 ft Top Set Wading Rod
SW-2100-TSR-KIT
Meter (Adapts To Your USGS Top-Set Wading Rod)
SW-2100-1514
Meter & 12 ft Combination Wading Rod
SW-2100-1518
Meter & 4 m Combination Wading Rod
SW-2100-C140
Meter & 140 cm Top Set Wading Rod
SW-2100-C80
Meter & 80 cm Top Set Wading Rod
SW-3000-STDX
Meter/Datalogger & 2.5 ft - 9.5 ft Telescoping Wand
SW-3000-LX
Meter/Datalogger & 4.5 ft - 19.5 ft Telescoping Rod
SW-3000-12
Meter/Datalogger & 2.7 ft Top Set Wading Rod
SW-3000-TSR-KIT
Meter/Datalogger (Adapts To Your USGS Top-Set Wading Rod)
SW-3000-1514
Meter/Datalogger & 12 ft Combination Wading Rod
SW-3000-1518
Meter/Datalogger & 4 m Combination Wading Rod
SW-3000-C140
Meter/Datalogger & 140 cm Top Set Wading Rod
SW-3000-C80
Meter/Datalogger & 80 cm Top Set Wading Rod
Flow Probe
Digital Water Velocity Meter
The Flow Probe is a highly accurate water velocity instrument for measuring flows in open channels and partially filled pipes. The water velocity probe consists of a protected water turbo prop positive displacement sensor coupled with an expandable probe handle ending in a digital readout display. The water flow meter incorporates true velocity averaging for the most accurate flow measurements. The Flow Probe is ideal for storm water runoff studies, sewer flow measurements, measuring flows in rivers and streams, and monitoring velocity in ditches and canals.
GW-FP111/FP211/FP311
Specifications
Range 0.3 - 19.9 fps (0.1 - 6.1 mps)
Accuracy 0.1 fps
Averaging True digital running average, updated once per second
Sensor Type Protected Turbo-Prop propeller with electro-magnetic pickup
Weight 2 lbs (GW-FP111); 3 lbs (GW-FP211); 2.8 lbs (GW-FP311)
Lenght GW-FP111 = 3.7' to 6' ; GW-FP211 = 5.5' to 15' ; GW-FP311 = 2.5' to 5.5'
Materials Probe: PVC and anodized aluminum with stainless steel water bearing Computer: ABS/Polycarbonate housing with polyester overlay
Power Internal lithium battery, approx. 5 year life, non-replaceable
Carrying Case The Flow Probe is shipped in a padded carrying case
Staff Gauges
Features
•Time proven basic visual reference of water level measurement
•Easy to see and read
•Available in many standard sizes
•Rugged and durable weather resistant design
•Applications include: bodies of water, wastewater treatment plants, flumes and weirs, visual flow measurements
Style C
The Style C staff gage is 2.5" wide and is available in separate lengths of 0 - 1.06 ft, 0 - 1.56 ft, 0 - 1.56 ft, 0 - 2.06 ft, 0 - 3.06 ft, 0 - 4.06 ft, and 3.06 - 5.06 ft. Style C also comes in standard 3.33 ft sections for a maximum height of 20 ft. Style C has graduations every 100th of a foot with numerical marks every foot and every tenth of a foot.
Style M
The Style M is a metric measurement staff gage that is 65 mm wide and is available in 1 meter sections. The Style M is divided into centimeters with each decimeter numbered.
Separate figure plates (see below) can be fastened on a pier, wall or other surface next to the Style M staff gage to number any desired elevation.
Figure Plates
Separate numerical figure plates are available in 2" x 3", 3" x 4", 4" x 6" sizes. Figure plates are commonly used with Style M staff gages and are fastened to a pier or wall to mark custom elevations. Other sizes available.
GW-FP111
Flow Probe (3.7' To 6' Handle) Including Carrying Case
GW-FP111-S
Flow Probe (3.7' To 6' Handle W/Swivel) Including Carrying Case
GW-FP211
Flow Probe (5.5' To 15' Handle) Including Carrying Case
GW-FP311
Flow Probe (2.5' To 5.5' Handle) Including Carrying Case
ST-15424
Figure Plate #0
ST-15425
Figure Plate #1
ST-15426
Figure Plate #2
ST-15427
Figure Plate #3
ST-15428
Figure Plate #4
ST-15429
Figure Plate #5
ST-15430
Figure Plate #6
ST-15431
Figure Plate #7
ST-15432
Figure Plate #8
ST-15430
Figure Plate #9
ST-24187
Minus Figure (-)
ST-15402
Style C Staff Gauge, 0 - 1.06 ft
ST-15403
Style C Staff Gauge, 0 - 1.56 ft
ST-15404
Style C Staff Gauge, 0 - 2.06 ft
ST-15418
Style C Staff Gauge, 0 - 3.06 ft
ST-15419
Style C Staff Gauge, 3.06 - 5.06 ft
ST-43082
Style C Staff Gauge, 0 - 4.06 ft
ST-15405
Style C Staff Gauge, 0 - 3.33 ft
ST-15406
Style C Staff Gauge, 3.33 - 6.66 ft
ST-15407
Style C Staff Gauge, 6.66 - 10.00 ft
ST-15408
Style C Staff Gauge, 10.00 - 13.33 ft
ST-15409
Style C Staff Gauge, 13.33 - 16.66 ft
ST-15410
Style C Staff Gauge, 16.66 - 20.00 ft
ST-15411
Style C Staff Gauge, 20.0 - 23.33 ft
ST-15412
Style C Staff Gauge, 23.33 - 26.66 ft
ST-15413
Style C Staff Gauge, 26.66 - 30.00 ft
ST-15414
Style C Staff Gauge, 30.0 - 33.33 ft
ST-14509
Style C Staff Gauge, 33.33 - 36.66 ft
ST-14510
Style C Staff Gauge, 36.66 - 40.00 ft
ST-14511
Style C Staff Gauge, 40.00 - 43.33 ft
ST-15423
Style M Staff Gauge, 1 Meter Section
Style C Figure Plates
Style M
Heron DipperLog Groundwater Data Logger
The Heron DipperLog offers a wide range of sampling intervals with pressure ranges to 400 ft (120 m) water head with temperature.
The dipperLog is a low cost data logger for continuously monitoring water levels and temperature in wells, boreholes and open bodies of water. Its small size allows the dipper-log to be used in well diameters as small as 3/4 of an inch (20 mm).The dipperLog is a durable & reliable ground water data logger. It is very easy to launch and even easier to download when used in conjunction with a barLog barometric logger. No need to open separate files, the Heron designed software does it all for you. Because of the unique “grab” of the barometric pressure during set up of the dipperLog there is no requirement for elevation correction. Down in the valley or on top of a mountain it is spot on every time.
Also available on a reel or a completely submersible instrument.
Features
•Automatic elevation adjustment with short term static barometric compensation
•Long term automatic barometric compensation with the Heron barLog.
•Real time reading of height of water and temperature
•Rapid real time reading (10 measurements / sec) with text and graphing
•Compatible with the Heron dipperWave wireless remote reading system
•Easy field recalibration
•Comprehensive data management system is incorporated into the program
DipperWave System
The dipperWave system is a state of the art local wireless remote downloading system.
With the dipperWave installed you can download and change the logger parameters from as far away as as 1 km / 1000 yds without even approaching the well.
There is no need to approach the well, remove well caps or connect cables.
The dipperWave works in all weather and in darkness.
This system will download a dipperLog with a full set of 32,000 data points in approximately five minutes ... without leaving your truck or office! Each dipperWave wellhead transmitter has a unique three digit address. Just select the address on the hand held base transmitter, wait 15 seconds for contact to be established and download the data directly onto your laptop. Logger parameters may be changed at this point.
HE-DIPPERLOG
DipperLog Water Level & Temperaure - Submersible
HE-PESSW
Polyethylene Jacketed SS Suspension Wire - Submersible
HE-DRDHC Direct Read Down Hole Cable - Well Head Read Out
HE-REEL500
Reel For Up To 500 ft / 150 m Cable - Includes Electronic Panel
HE-REEL1000
Reel For Over 500 ft / 150 m To 1000 ft / 300 m - Includes Electronic Panel
HE-GC Graduated Cable (ft x 100th ft Only)
HE-2LWC 2" Lockable Well Cap
HE-SW Software W/ PC Communication Cable
HE-TUFTAB
v7112xT Ultra Small Mobile PC (Software Included)
HE-BARLOG
BarLog For Barometric Compensation
HE-RS232USB RS232/USB Adapter
HE-DIPPERWAVE
The Wireless Remote DipperLog Control System
HE-HHT
Handheld Transceiver To Be Used W/ Laptop/PC - Communicates W/ 250 Loggers At One Site
HE-WHT
Wellhead Transceiver - 1 Per Logger Required
Economical Way to Operate your Data Loggers
Specifications HE-DIPPERLOG
Transducer Piezoresistive Silicone 316LSS
Ranges Min. 35 ft / 10 m, Max. 400 ft / 120 m
Overpressure Not to exceed 2 x full scale range
Accuracy 0.05% net FS, 0.10% net FS
Resolution 0.024% net FS
Operating
Temperature -20° to +80°C
Temperature IC Temp. Sensor
Temperature
Accuracy ± 0.5%
Variable
Sampling Mode Linear real time rapid data (10 readings sec) 1 sec to 255 hrs
Max. # Of Readings 32,000 sets
Communication USB, RS232
Barometric
Compensation Semi Automatic or barLog
Size 8.7" long x 0.75" diameter (small enough for a 1" well), 246 gr
Materials Stainless Steel, Viton
Heron Dipper-T Water Level Meter
Features
• Unbreakable polycarbonate reels
• Durable polyester powder coated steel frame
• Corrosion resistant stainless steel fittings
• Soft grip vinyl frame handle
• Large ergonomic brake and winding handles
• Water and dust proof encapsulated electronics
• Probe size of 5/8"
• 5 year warranty
• Strong and accurate NTS certified tape with stainless conductors
• Carrying bag included
HE-101-15P
Dipper-T Water Level Meter, 15 m (50 ft)
HE-101-30P
Dipper-T Water Level Meter, 30 m (100 ft)
HE-101-60P
Dipper-T Water Level Meter, 60 m (200 ft)
HE-101-100P
Dipper-T Water Level Meter, 100 m (300 ft)
HE-101-150P
Dipper-T Water Level Meter, 150 m (500 ft)
HE-101-200P
Dipper-T Water Level Meter, 200 m (750 ft)
HE-TEMP
Temperature Option
Waterra Water Level Meter
Features
•5/8"diameter 316 stainless steel probe
•Plastic reel, slim and lightweight
•Polyethylene coated 3/8"stainless steel flat tape is available in both metric (graduated to nearest mm) and imperial graduations (graduated to nearest 1/100 of a foot)
WA-WS-1
WA-WS-1L50
WA-WS-1L75
WA-WS-1L100
WA-WS-EL200
WA-WS-EL300
WA-WS-EL-500
Little Dipper Water Level Meter
Small, low cost meter with the same features as the Dipper-T water level meter!
Features
• Light weight and portability
• 75 ft / 22 m tape length
• Slim 3/8" stainless steel and Teflon probe
• 3 year warranty
• Certified intrinsically safe
• Carrying bag included
HE-LD-22P Little Dipper Water Level Meter 22 m (75 ft)
Heron Skinny Dipper Water Level Meter
Measures the depth of narrow water in wells, boreholes and standpipes. This specialized unit is designed for narrow tubes and piezometers.
Features
• Narrow 1/4"(6.25 mm) diameter tape and probe (not suitable for submergence)
• Length options of 100 ft & 300 ft
• 3 year warranty
• Stand alone, sturdy steel frame is coated in Polyurethane for durability
• Vinyl coated carry handle designed for comfort & easier rewinding
• Tape guide and third hand well casing hanger included
• Carry bag included
HE-SKINNYDIPPER/100FT
Skinny Dipper Water Level Meter, 100 ft
HE-SKINNYDIPPER/300FT
Skinny Dipper Water Level Meter, 300 ft
Sonic Water Level Meter
The Sonic Water Level Meter is an innovative approach for measuring water level in seconds without the use of down-hole probes or instrumentation, all while avoiding cross contamination. Imperial and Metric Units.
Specifications GW-WL650
Measurement
Sonic Measuring
Duct Diameter 5/8" (16 mm)
Batteries 8 "AA" dry cell
Operating
Temperature 30 - 140°F (-1 to 60°C)
Use Sound Waves to Measure Water Level in Wells
Ultrasonic Water Level Meter
The Ultrasonic Water Level Meter uses the latest ultrasonic distance measuring technology for accurate non-contact water level monitoring.
Specifications
•Rugged and fully encapsulated
•4 - 20 mA Transmitter
•Easy installation / no programming
•Operating Temperature: -40°F to 140°F
•Specify water level range: 1', 3', 6'
•Includes 10' cable
•-40° to 185°F (-40°C to 85°C) for (1.3 & 6 ft range)
•-40° to 145°F (-48°C to 62.8°C) for (35 ft range only)
GW-WL700-001
Ultrasonic Water Level Sensor, 2 - 12",Includes 10' Cable
GW-WL700-003
Ultrasonic Water Level Sensor, 8 - 36",Includes 10' Cable
GW-WL700-006
Ultrasonic Water Level Sensor, 10 - 72",Includes 10' Cable
GW-WL700-035
Ultrasonic Water Level Sensor, 1.5 - 35',Includes 10' Cable
The DepthMate Measures the Depth of Any Body of Water!
DepthMate Portable Sounder
Combining accuracy and portability, measure the depth of any body of water with this portable, digital depth sounder. Available in two models, one features a built-in transducer, and the other features an external transducer on a 12' cable, good for small cruising boats with too much freeboard. Waterproof to a depth of 150' (50 m) both sounders measure depths in feet or meters in a range of 1.8' to 260' (0.6 m to 79 m).
SpecificationsDepthMate Portable Sounder
Frequency 200 kz (Beam angle 24 degrees)
Resolution 0.1 dB
Power 9 V battery gives 500, 10 second readings
Dimensions 1.7" x 7.8", 10 oz
Kolor Kut Water Finding Paste
"The Gauger’s Friend"
Upon contact with water, this golden brown colored paste turns a brilliant red, providing an accurate water gauge easily visible even under adverse lighting conditions. You can also use it to successfully gauge all petroleums and by-products for water content, plus sulfuric acid, nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, ammonia, soap solutions, salt and other chloride solutions.
Kolor Kut Gasoline Gauging Paste
Kolor Kut Gasoline Gauging Paste turns to a contrast of red upon contact with gasoline, diesel, naptha, kerosene, gas, oil, crude oil, jet fuels, and other hydrocarbons.
KK-WFP
Kolor Kut Water Finding Paste, 3 oz Tube
KK-GGP
Kolor Kut Gasoline Gauging Paste, 2.25 oz Jar
HERON Oil / Water Interface Probe
The Heron Oil/Water Meter rapidly and accurately measures depths to hydrocarbons and water in monitoring wells and tanks. It is lightweight, battery operated, and constructed of a durable U.V. resistant engineered plastic with stainless steel fitting, quality designed to withstand years of rugged on-site use in extreme climate conditions. Best of all, it is inexpensive and very simple to use.
Features
• Large handles for easy use with gloved hands
• Available in English or metric units in graduations of 100th ft (1 mm)
• It can detect oil slicks as thin as 1/200' (1.52 mm).
• The probe is very slim 5/8" (15 mm) diameter stainless steel
• One year warranty
HE-100-15KYN Interface Probe, 50' (15 m)
HE-100-30KYN Interface Probe, 100' (30 m)
HE-100-60KYN Interface Probe, 200' (60 m)
HE-100-100KYN Interface Probe, 300' (100 m)
HE-100-150KYN Interface Probe, 500' (150 m)
- Foaming Cleaner / Degreaser
AD-20 is a powerful water-based formula that quickly and safely penetrates and removes grease, oil, and carbon build up. Designed to cling to surfaces, actually unlocking grease and oils so you can easily rinse with water, leaving a residue-free surface.
Biodegradable, Non-Flammable, Non-Combustible, Non-Caustic, Non Toxic (to OSHA and EPA), NonCorrosive
ORS Interface Probe
The ORS Interface Probe is a lightweight, battery operated well monitoring system that measures depths to oil and water in monitoring wells and tanks. Its exceptionally rugged design and construction let it stand up to years of tough treatment. It is built with a heavy-duty, weatherproof aluminum housing and a chemically resistant probe and tape. It comes with a standard one year warranty.
SpecificationsORS Interface Probe
Dimensions 30.48 cm x 30.48 cm x 10.16 cm
Detectors Optical Prism (includes field replaceable spare) / Conductivity sensor
Power 9 V DC / Six Field Replaceable "AA" size batteries Tape
(60.96 m), engineering & metric tape graduation Options Lightweight rugged ABS carrying case
OR-1068017
Standard 100' (30 m) Interface Probe
OR-86050004
Smaller Diameter 100' (30 m) Interface Probe
Waterra Interface Probe
The Waterra InterfaceProbe uses sophisticated ultrasonic sensors to help define product layer.
Features
• Consists of ultrasonic sensor to detect the presence of hydrocarbons and conductivity sensor to detect water
• 5/8" diameter, 316 stainless steel probe
• Plastic reel, slim and lightweight
• Polyethylene coated 3/8"stainless steel flat tape is available in both metric (graduated to nearest mm) and imperial graduations (graduated to nearest 1/100 of a foot)
• 4 "AA"batteries
WA-HS-1
Waterra 30 m Interface Tape
WA-HS-1L50
Waterra 50 m Interface Tape
WA-HS-1L75
Waterra 75 m Interface Tape
WA-HS-1L100
Waterra 100 m Interface Tape
WA-HS-EL200
Waterra 200 m Interface Tape
WA-HS-EL300
Waterra 300 m Interface Tape
WA-HS-EL500
Waterra 500 m Interface Tape
Powdered Precision Cleaner Critical Cleaning Liquid Detergent
Alconox
Concentrated,anionic detergent for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Free rinsing to give you reliable results without interfering residues. Ideal for cleaning contaminants from glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Excellent replacement for corrosive acids and hazardous solvents. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 9.5
AL-1104-1 4 lb Box
AL-1104 Case 9 x 4 lb Boxes
Liquinox
Concentrated, anionic liquid detergent for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Free rinsing to yield reliable results with no interfering residues. Extremely mild and completely soluble in hard and soft water. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 8.5
AL-1112-1 Dispenser Box (50 x 1/2 oz) AL-1201-1 1 Gallon Plastic Bottle
Strips Make Checking Water Easier than Ever!
LeadCheck Aqua
LeadCheck Aqua is a complete system to screen for lead in potable water. This kit contains all of the materials required for an in-home easyto-use, sensitive and specific test for lead at 15 ppb or greater. Although the test is accurate at indicating the presence of lead, it is not intended to replace quantitative testing methods.
LeadCheck Liquids
LeadCheck for liquids is supplied as a complete test system for the detection of lead in antifreeze, industrial wastewater, manufacturing effluents, and groundwater at sensitivities of either 1 - 4 ppm (parts per million), or 0.25 - 0.75 ppm (parts per million). Each kit contains all of the materials required to provide on-site analysis of water samples. There are no hidden steps or additional laboratory fees. The entire test requires only 10 - 15 minutes to perform from start to finish. Based on a well established chemical test, LeadCheck for Liquids binds lead to a carrier that concentrates it onto a test strip. The strip is then tested for the presence of lead using a lead reactive dye.
HS-WT4WT2
LeadCheck Aqua, 2 Test/Kit
HS-WT4WT5
LeadCheck Aqua, 5 Tests/Kit
HS-WT4WTRF
LeadCheck Aqua, 10 Test Refill
HS-WT3LC1
LeadCheck For Liquids, 5 Test Kit (1 - 4 ppm)
HS-WT3LC2
LeadCheck For Liquids, 5 Test Kit (0.25 - 0.75 ppm)
Individual Test Strips
The Insta-Test® Test Strips are a great way to monitor water without having to use reagents or field kits. Test strips come in a pop-up container. Can be used in water testing applications such as drinking, food, beverage and pool.
LA-2997
Alkalinity, 0 - 180 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-2999LR
Chlorine Dioxide, 0 - 10 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-3002
Chlorine Dioxide, 0 - 500 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-2979
Chlorine, Total, 0 - 5 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-2981
Hardness, Low Range, 0 - 180 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-2974
pH, Wide Range, 4 - 10 pH, 50 Tests
LA-3000
Peracetic Acid, 0 - 160 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-2984LR
Peroxide, 0 - 50 ppm, 25 Tests
LA-2998-12
Sodium Chloride, 1500 - 5000 ppm, 120 Tests
LA-2994
Iron, 0 -5 ppm, Copper, 0 - 3 ppm, 25 Tests
LA-2980
Iron, 0 - 5 ppm, pH 4 - 10, Hardness, 0 - 400 ppm, 25 Tests
LA-2987
pH 4 - 10, Total Chlorine, 0 - 50 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-2996
Nitrate, 0 - 50 ppm, Nitrite, 0 - 10 ppm, 50 Tests
Detect Lead in Tap Water & Liquids Instantly!
Arsenic Naturally Occurring, Health Hazard for Humans
Arsenic Check
Arsenic Check is designed to provide a convenient method for the detection of arsenic in water. Arsenic Check for water is not intended to provide quantitative test results, and contamination at 10 ppb and higher can be reliably detected.
Use Arsenic Check for testing
• Ground water or mineral water
• Contamination from mining operations
• Semiconductor manufacturing
• Outdoor wood preservers
• Pesticide applications
HS-MTL3AS6
Arsenic Check For Water, 6 Tests/Kit
Hanna Individual Test Kits
HA-3820
Acidity, 0 - 100 mg/l, 0 - 500 mg/L, Titration, 110 Tests
HA-38014
Total Alkalinity, 0 - 500 gpg, Titration, 100 Tests
HA-38049
Ammonia Nitrogen, Fresh Water, 0.0 - 3.0 mg/L NH3-N, Checker Disc, 100 Tests
HA-38018
Chlorine (As Cl2), Free, 0.00 - 0.70 mg/L Or 0.0 - 3.5 mg/L, Checker Disc, 200 Tests
HA- 3831F
Chlorine (As Cl2), Free, 0.0 - 2.5 mg/L, Colorimetric, 50 Tests
HA-38017
Chlorine (As Cl2), Free & Total, 0.00 - 0.70 mg/L or 0.0 - 3.5 mg/L, Checker Disc, 200 Tests
HA-3831T
Chlorine (As Cl2), Total, 0.0 - 2.5 mg/L, Colorimetric, 50 Tests
HA-3812
Hardness (As CaCO3), Total, 0.0 - 30.0 mg/L Or 0 - 300 mg/L, Titration, 100 Tests
HA-38035
Hardness (As CaCO3), Total & Calcium, Total: 0.0 - 20.0 gpg, Ca: 0.0 - 20.0 gpg, Titration, 100 Tests
Searching for Another Test Kit? Contact ERE for Help!
HA-3834
Total Iron, 0 - 5 mg/L, Colorimetric, 50 Tests
HA-3874
Nitrate Nitrogen, 0 - 50 mg/L, NO3--N, 100 Tests
HA-38050
Nitrate Nitrogen, Water: 0 - 50 mg/L, Soil: 0 - 60 mg/L, Checker Disc, 100 Tests
HA-3810
Dissolved Oxygen, 0.0 - 10.0 mg/L, Titration, 110 Tests
HA-38054
Ozone, 0.0 - 2.3 mg/L, Checker Disc, 100 Tests
HA-3833
Phosphate, 0 - 5 mg/L, Colorimetric, 50 Tests
HA-38000
Sulfate (As SO4-2), 20 - 100.0 mg/L, Turbidimetric, 100 Tests
HA-38058
pH, 4.0 - 10.0 pH. Checker Disc, 300 Tests
Bug Check-BF
For counting bacteria & fungi in all types of industrial fluids.
Applications
Bioremediation, metalworking fluids, latex emulsions, e-coating (electrocoat) paint systems, cooling water, industrial waste waters, water, contaminated turbine oils, hydraulic fluids, foundry washes, etc.
BUGCHECK-BF
Bacteria Test Kit
The WaterCheck® Bacteria Test Kit is a simple to use screening tool to detect sewage contamination in water. The test determines the presence or absence of coliform and E. Coli bacteria, indicative of fecal pollution. WaterCheck® is sensitive enough to meet national drinking water standards of a single colony forming unit (CFU) per 100 ml of water. Water sample collection, mixing, incubation and observation are all done in the same sterilized plastic bag. Presence of a visible blue-green colour protects from the dangers of waterborne pathogenic micro-organisms.
BB-WATERCHECK
WaterCheck Bacteria Test Kit
ColiPlate® Test Kit
Features
• Reliable quantitative test for Coliforms and E. Coli
• Positive colour reaction (Coliforms) and fluorescence (E. Coli)
• Detects cfu’s ranging from 5 to 5000 per 100 ml without dilution
• ColiPlate has become the test of choice for numerous bacterial assessment, monitoring, education and research programs
BB-COLIPLATE
Coliplate Bacteria Test Kit
Biological Activity Reaction Test (BART)
The environment contains a slew of different bacteria that are all capable of causing problems ranging from slimes, plugging, discoloration, and cloudiness to corrosion and infections. The time taken for a colour change or reaction to occur gives a measure of the population size and level of activity of specific groups of organisms.
BART Kits include 9 BARTS except for the N-BART which contains 7, and reaction caps, test vial, BART ball, and full instructions.
DBI-IRB
Iron Related Bacteria
DBI-SRB
Sulfate Reducing Bacteria
DBI-SLYM Slime Forming Bacteria
DBI-HAB
Heterotrophic Aerobic Bacteria
DBI-ALGE
Micro-Algae
DBI-FLOR
Fluorescent Pseudomonas
DBI-DN
Denitrifying Bacteria
DBI-N Nitrifying Bacteria
DBI-APB
Acid Producing Bacteria
DBI-BOD
Biological Oxygen Demand
Hygiena SystemSURE
Plus Meter
Most Cost-Effective ATP Hygiene Monitoring System Available
ATP hygiene monitoring provides accurate and traceable verification of the hygienic status of a surface or water, which is a key component of a good hygiene program! In conjunction with the Ultrasnap and Aquasnap testing devices, Hygiena SystemSURE Plus measures adenosine triphosphate (ATP), the universal energy molecule found in all animal, plant, bacteria, yeast and mold cells.
Features
•Optimizes and verifies that cleaning procedures are working
•Ensures product quality and extends product shelf life
• Optimizes chemical/sanitizer usage
•Assists in developing and improving certain HACCP procedures
•Simple to use – three step tests
•Engineered for durability and intensive use
•250 programmable test points per test plan
•20 programmable test plans
•Alphanumeric ID of locations
•Advanced photodiode technology
•Stores 2000 results
•Programmable user ID’s
•Self-calibration at startup
•Detects down to 1 femtomole (1 x 10-16 moles) of ATP
•Includes carrying case and neck strap
•Includes RS-232 interface cable & Software
Specifications
• 7.6 x 17.8 x 3 cm, 0.57 Ib
• "AA"battery powered (lasts up to 3000+ tests)
• PC compatible via RS232 cable or USB
HY-ATP200
SystemSURE Plus Hygiene Meter
ATP Sample / Water Testing Device Sold Separately
Accessories
HY-ATP-350
SystemSURE Protective Carrying Case
HY-ATP-351
SystemSURE Carrying Case & Swab Cooler Bag
Ultrasnap - ATP Sample Testing Device
Ultrasnap is a user-friendly, all-in-one ATP sampling device used with the Hygiena SystemSURE Plus (HY-ATP200) luminometer. This pen sized sample collection device is easy-to-use, small and environmentally friendly.
Features
• Snap-Valve™ technology - snap & squeeze
• Premoistened swab bud
• Self-contained, liquid-stable reagent
• Write-on swab label
• Unprecedented accuracy and reproducibility
• Tolerant to temperature abuse
• Test wet or dry surfaces and liquid samples
• Results in 15 seconds
• Consistent, reliable results
•Shelf Life: 12 months at refrigerated temperatures (2 to 8°C) or 4 weeks at room temperature (21 to 25°C)
Aquasnap ATP Water Testing Device
Aquasnap is a user-friendly, self-contained ATP water sampling device used with the Hygiena SystemSURE Plus luminometer. This pen-sized sample collection device is easy to use, and collects 100 µl of water in the honeycomb-shaped dipper. Available for free or total ATP.
Applications
CIP Systems, cooling towers, water quality assessment, paper manufacturing & bioburden testing
Features
•Snap-Valve™ technology - snap & squeeze
•Honeycomb-shaped collection tip (100 µl)
•Self-contained, liquid-stable reagent
•Write-on swab label
•Bottle of ATP extractant
•Unprecedented accuracy and reproducibility
•Tolerant to temperature abuse
•Collects 100 µl of sample - no pipetting
•Results in seconds
•Consistent, reliable results
•Shelf Life: 12 month at refrigerated temperatures (2 to 8ºC) or 4 weeks
room temperature (21 to 25ºC)
HY-ATP-150 Aquasnap - Total ATP Water Testing Device, 100/Case
HY-ATP-151 Aquasnap – Free ATP Water Testing Device, 100/Case
HY-ATP200
HY-ATP-350
HY-ATP-351
HY-ATP2020 Ultrasnap - ATP Sample Testing Device, 100/Case
Contamination Control Kit
The Contamination Control Kit is a high-precision test for measuring total and free ATP in liquid samples.
Key Benefits
•Detects microbial and nonmicrobial contamination
•Uses liquid-stable reagents versus lyophilized - 4 bottles versus 20 vials
•Extended shelf life - 12 months
•Offers flexibility when dealing with challenging samples
•Ideal solution for measuring contamination in process water, wastewater, water tanks and cooling towers
•Kit includes all components plus ATP standard
HY-ATP-CCK4
Positive Control Kit
Calibration Control Kit
Calibration Control Rod Kits should be used to verify calibration of Hygiena systemSURE Plus luminometers. Each kit is comprised of a Positive rod and a Negative rod. The Positive Rod emits a very low level of low-energy radiation in a plastic scintillation matrix. This matrix is configured to give constant light output, within 10% of its original value, at sufficiently high level for up to five years. The Negative Rod produces lowlight or zero (0) RLU background and is used to check that background light is not entering the instrument or ensure that the light detector is calibrating correctly. Hygiena SystemSURE Plus luminometers are designed to self-calibrate at startup, but it is recommended to verify calibration with the Calibration Control Kit.
Features
• Easy-to-use and quick
• Good for 5 years
The Hygiena Positive Control Kit is intended to be used for validating the efficacy and quality of Ultrasnap (HY-ATP2020). The kit comes with 25 sealed glass vials containing approximately 5 x 10-13 moles of lyophilized Adenosine Triphosphate (ATP) and sugars to provide a predictable result. It is recommended that Positive Controls be used to test devices on a random basis or whenever there is concern about the product's storage temperature or shelf life.
Features & Benefits
•Shelf Life: 12 months at refrigerated temperatures (2 to 8ºC)
•Meets GMP requirements
•Validates results and equipment for audits
The Professional’s Choice for All Types of Water Tracing Projects
Bright Dyes™ Fluorescent Dyes
Features
• All colors are bright and vivid. They can be detected visually in clear, deionized water in the range of 100 parts per billion (ppb) of active ingredient, depending on local conditions.
• Choice of color should be based on the contrast to the background of the water body. For instance, red offers greater contrast to heavy concentrations of green algae.
• Red, orange, and yellow-green, because of their fluorescent nature may afford greater apparent contrast than non-fluorescent blue •Fluorescent dyes also may be detected visually with a simple hand-held laboratory black light (U.V.) at significantly lower levelsin the range of 10 ppb in ideal conditions.
• Blue is frequently used for decorative effects, evaluation of household systems, and generally where blue color may be more acceptable to public view.
• Red, orange and yellow/green are sometimes used jointly in dual tracing studies - both visually and fluorometric analysis.
• Some information on the final chart below (resistance to absorption on suspended matter, sunlight resistance and environmental suitability) is also relevant to visual detection at low dye usage levels.
Tablets: Dissolve in 5 - 8 Minutes
BD-106000P Industrial Red Recommended When1 Pint -
GallonsNSF - Std 60Pint Metering Of Input Is Required
BD-106000G Industrial Red Recommended When1 Pint - 12,500 GallonsNSF - Std 60Gallon Metering Of Input Is Required
BD-106001P Fluorescent Yellow / GreenFlow, Dilution, Dispersion1 Pint - 12,500 GallonsNSF - Std 60Pint Rate Studies
BD-106001G Fluorescent Yellow / GreenFlow, Dilution, Dispersion1 Pint - 12,500 GallonsNSF - Std 60Gallon Rate Studies
BD-106002P Standard Blue Pipeline Hydro Testing1 Pint - 12,500 GallonsNSF - Std 60Pint
BD-106002G Standard Blue Pipeline Hydro Testing1 Pint - 12,500 GallonsNSF - Std 60Gallon
BD-106005P FLT Blue Trace Cross Connections1 Pint - 12,500 GallonsNSF - Std 60Pint
BD-106005G FLT Blue Trace Cross Connections1 Pint - 12,500 GallonsNSF - Std 60Gallon
BD-106006P Fluorescent FLT OrangeDetect Illegal Sewer 1 Pint - 4,000 GallonsNSF - Std 60Pint Connections
BD-106006G Fluorescent FLT OrangeDetect Illegal Sewer 1 Pint - 4,000 GallonsNSF - Std 60Gallon Connections
BD-106023P FWT Red 25 Septic Inspections 1 Pint - 3,125 GallonsNSF - Std 60Pint
BD-106023G FWT Red 25 Septic Inspections 1 Pint - 3,125 GallonsNSF - Std 60Gallon
BD-106053P FWT Red 50 Detect Leaks In Sewage1 Pint - 6,250 GallonsNSF - Std 60Pint Systems
BD-106053G FWT Red 50 Detect Leaks In Sewage1 Pint - 6,250 GallonsNSF - Std 60Gallon Systems
BD-106203P FWT Red 200 Fluoremetric Dye Test1 Pint - 25,500 GallonsNSF - Std 60Pint
BD-106203G
BD-105006 Non-Fluorescent FLT Orange
BD-105403 Fluorescent FWT RedPower Plant Piping
Hanna, pHep®4 & pHep®5
These testers use the exclusive replaceable pull-out cartridge pH electrode. Its exposed temperature sensor provides fast response time and its proximity to the pH electrode guarantees much more accurate temperature compensated readings.
pHep®4 and pHep®5 include protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.
SpecificationspHep®4
pHep®5
Range -2.0 to 16.0 pH -2.00 to 16.00 pH
Accuracy ± 0.1 pH ± 0.05 pH
Calibration Automatic, at 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized buffer values
Temp.
Compensation Automatic
Dimensions 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz
Hanna ORP Tester
HA-98127 pHep® 4
HA-98128 pHep® 5
HA-7061M Electrode Cleaning Solution, 230 ml Bottle
HA-73127 Spare Electrode For pHep® 4 & pHep® 5
HA-7004/1L pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle
HA-7006/1L
pH 6.86 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle
HA-7007/1L pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle
HA-7009/1L pH 9.18 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle
HA-7010/1L pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle
This new micro-processor based tester provides the most advanced solution in ORP and Temperature measurement. Further, the HA-98121 provides pH measurement.
Features
•Replenishable junction
•Dual level LCD
•Battery life percentage indication
•Stability indicator
•Floating and waterproof body
HA-98120 and HA-98121 include protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.
SpecificationsHA-98120
ORP Range ± 1000 mV, ± 2 mV accuracy
HA-98121
Temp. Range -5.0 to 60°C, ± 0.5°C accuracy pH Range n/a -2 to 16.00 pH, ± 0.05 accuracy
Calibration (ORP) Factory calibrated
Calibration (pH) n/a Automatic 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized buffers
Dimensions 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz
Hanna Dist® 5 & Dist® 6
EC/Temp/TDS Testers
Unmatched 3-in-1 tester measuring Electrical Conductivity, Temperature and Total Dissolved Solids in one small compact unit.
Features
• Floating waterproof casing
• Dual level LCD displays
• Replaceable graphite probe
SpecificationsDist® 5
EC Range 0 to 3999 µS/cm
Dist® 6
0.00 to 20.00 mS/cm
TDS Range 0 to 2000 ppm 0.00 to 10.00 ppt
Temp. Range 0.0 to 60°C, ± 0.5°C accuracy
Calibration Automatic, 1 point
Temp.
Compensation Automatic, with ß adjustable from 0.0 to 2.4%/°C
Dimensions 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz
HA-98120 ORP/Temperature Tester
HA-98121
ORP/pH/Temperature Tester
HA-73120 Spare ORP Electrode For HA-98120
HA-73127 Spare pH Electrode
HA-7020M 200/275 mV Test Solution, 230 ml Bottle
HA-7091M Reducing Solution, 230 ml Bottle
HA-7092M Oxidizing Solution, 230 ml Bottle
HA-7061M Electrode Cleaning Solution, 230 ml Bottle
HA-7004/1L pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle
HA-7006/1L pH 6.86 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle
HA-7007/1L pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle
HA-7009/1L pH 9.18 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle
HA-7010/1L pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle
Dist® 5 and Dist® 6 include protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.
HA-98311 Dist® 5
HA-98312 Dist® 6
HA-73311
Spare Probe For Dist® 5 & Dist® 6
HA-7030L 12880 µS/cm Conductivity Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7031L 1413 µS/cm Conductivity Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7032L 1382 ppm TDS Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-70038P 6.44 ppt TDS Calibration Solution, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
HA-70442L 1500 ppm TDS Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle
Hanna Combo pH/EC/Temp/TDS Testers in one Unit!
Unmatched 4-in-1 tester measuring pH, Electrical Conductivity, Temperature and Total Dissolved Solids in one small compact unit.
Features
• Floating waterproof casing
• Dual level LCD displays
• Replaceable graphite probe
HA-98129 and HA-98130 include protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.
Specifications
pH Range
HA-98129
EC Range 0 to 3999 µS/cm
TDS Range 0 to 2000 ppm
HA-98130
0.00 to 14.00 pH
Temp. Range 0.0 to 60°C, ± 0.5°C accuracy
0.00 to 20.00 mS/cm
0.00 to 10.00 ppt
Calibration
(EC/TDS) Automatic, 1 point
Calibration (pH) Automatic, at 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized buffers
Temp.
Compensation
pH: automatic, EC/TDS: automatic, with ß adjustable from 0.0 to 2.4%/°C
Dimensions 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz
Dissolved Oxygen Tracer
Features
•Oxygen level displayed as % Saturation from 0 to 200.0% or Concentration from 0 to 20.00 ppm (mg/L)
•Adjustable Altitude Compensation (0 to 20,000 ft in 1,000 ft increments)
•Adjustable Salinity Compensation from 0 to 50 ppt
•Memory stores up to 25 data sets with DO and temperature reading
•Self-calibration on power up; data, hold, auto power off, low battery indicator
•Waterproof to IP67
•Optional 3 ft (1 m) or 16 ft (5 m) extension cable
•Powered by four 1.5 V CR-2032 batteries
HA-98129
Combo pH/EC/Temp/TDS Tester
HA-98130
Combo pH/EC/Temp/TDS Tester
HA-73127
Spare pH Electrode For Combo
HA-70030P 12.88 mS/cm Conductivity Calibration Solution, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
HA-70031P 1413 mS/cm Conductivity Calibration Solution, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
HA-70032P 1382 ppm TDS Calibration Solution, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
HA-70038P 6.44 ppt TDS Calibration Solution, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
HA-70442P 1500 ppm TDS Calibration Solution, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
HA-7061M Electrode Cleaning Solution, 230 ml Bottle
HA-70300M Electrode Storage Solution, 230 ml Bottle
HA-7004/1L pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle
HA-7006/1L pH 6.86 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle
HA-7007/1L pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle
HA-7009/1L pH 9.18 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle
HA-7010/1L pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle
Total Chlorine Tracer
Features
•Can be used to test pH and ORP with interchangeable flat surface sensors
•Read Total Chlorine from 0.00 - 10 ppm
•Automatic self-calibration
•Memory can store up to 15 readings
•Follows EPA protocol for ISE methods
•Waterproof design
•Automatic shut-off and Low Battery indicator; uses four 3 V CR-2032 batteries
Total Chlorine Tracer includes unit, with 100 reagent tablets.
LA-1740
Total Chlorine Tracer
LA-7044A-J Chlorine Test Tablets
LA-1746
Weighted Stand W/ Five 20 ml Sample Cups
LA-1733
Interchangeable pH Sensor, 0 - 14
LA-1734
Interchangeable ORP Sensor
Total Dissolved Oxygen Tracer complete includes DO electrode, protective sensor cap, spare membrane cap, electrolyte, four 1.5 V CR-2032 batteries, and 48" neckstrap.
LA-1761
Dissolved Oxygen Tracer
LA-1761M
DO Membrane Kit (6 Screw-On Membranes & Solution)
LA-1763
DO Extension Cable, 1 Meter
LA-1764
DO Extension Cable, 5 Meters
Extended Range pH Meters!
Hanna Instruments
HA-991001, HA-991002 & HA-991003
These lightweight and compact units offer IP 67 waterproof protection in a compact casing. The electrode has a built-in temperature sensor and amplifier, to safe guard your measurements to noise and electrical interference. The HA-991001 reads pH and temperature, and the HA991002measures ORP in the ± 1999 mV range as well. HA-991003 is the first pH meter that can measure pH, pH-mV (to check the electrode status), ORP and temperature with only one probe.
SpecificationsHA-991001HA-991002HA-991003
pH Range -2.00 to 16.00 pH-2.00 to 16.00 pH-2.00 to 16.00 pH
pH - mV Range - - ± 825 mV ORP - ± 1999 mV ± 1999 mV
Temperature -5.0 to 105.0°C, ± 0.5°C accuracy
Calibration (pH) Automatic, at 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized buffers
Temp.
Compensation Automatic; -5 to 105°C, for pH readings
Dimensions 5.9" x 3.1" x 1.4", 7.4 oz
HA-991001, HA-991002, and HA-991003 include HA-1296D pH electrode (HA-991001) or HA-1297D (HA-991002, and HA-991003), and internal temperature sensor, pH 4 and pH 7 buffer sachets, HA-700661 electrode cleaning solution (2 x 20 ml), 3 x 1.5 V "AA" batteries, rugged carrying case and instructions.
HA-991001
Waterproof pH/Temperature Meter
HA-991002
Waterproof pH/ORP/Temperature Meter
HA-991003
Waterproof pH/pH-mV/ORP/Temperature Meter
HA-7004L
pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7006L
pH 6.86 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7007L
pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7009L
pH 9.18 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7010L
pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-70300L
Electrode Storage Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-710007
Shockproof Rubber Boot, Blue
HA-710008
Shockproof Rubber Boot, Orange
Waterproof Multi-Range EC & TDS Meters with Temperature Compensation for Field Applications
HA-9033 & HA-9034
HA-9033 and HA-9034 have been proven time and again to hold up under extended use in wet, humid, dusty and muddy conditions. HA-9033utilizes a single probe to perform all conductivity readings in four ranges. This allows the user to measure samples from deionized water to brine without having to switch or recalibrate the probe. HA-9034 measures total dissolved solids (TDS) in three ranges to offer the highest accuracy when performing measurements in diverse applications such as HVAC, waste water treatment and reverse osmosis.
HA-9033 and HA-9034 include HA-76302W probe with internal temperature sensor and 3.3' (1 m) cable calibration screwdriver, 1 x 9 V battery, rugged carrying case and instructions.
Specifications HA-9033 HA-9034
to 19.9 g/L
Resolution 0.1 µS/cm; 1 µS/cm; 0.01 mS/cm; 0.1 mS/cm 0.1 mg/L, 1 mg/L, 0.01 g/L
Accuracy ± 1% F.S. (excluding probe error)
Calibration Manual, 1 point
Dimensions 7.7" x 3.1" x 2.4", 0.9 lbs
4-in-1: pH, EC, TDS & Temperature in a Waterproof Casing
HA-991300
Multiparameter Meter, (Low Range Cond. & TDS)
HA-991301
Multiparameter Meter, (High Range Cond. & TDS)
HA-7004L
pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7007L
pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7010L
pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7030L
12880 µS Calibration Soltion, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7031L 1413 µS/cm Calibration Soltion, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7032L 1382 ppm Calibration Soltion, 500 ml Bottle
HA-70442L
1500 ppm Calibration Soltion, 500 ml Bottle
HA-70300L Electrode Storage Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7061L Electrode Cleaning Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-991300 & HA-991301
Both instruments provide full-scale pH readings and allow the user to select the temperature readout in Centigrade or Fahrenheit. Other features include automatic calibration, automatic temperature compensation, selectable EC/TDS conversion factor, adjustable conductivity temperature coefficient, dual level LCD, stability indicator, Battery Error Prevention System and battery percentage gauge indicating battery strength.
HA-991300 and HA-991301 include HA-1288 pH/EC/TDS/°C probe with 1 m cable, 4 x 1.5 V "AAA" batteries, instruction manual and hard carrying case.
SpecificationsHA-991300
pH Range 0.00 to 14.00 pH
HA-991301
EC Range 0 to 3999 µS/cm 0.00 to 20.00 mS/cm
TDS Range 0 to 2000 ppm (mg/L) 0.00 to 10.00 ppt (g/L)
Temp. Range 0.0 to 60.0°C
pH Calibration Automatic at 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized standard buffers
Dimensions 5.9" x 3.1" x 1.4", 7.4 oz
HA-9124 & HA-9125
HA-9124 measures pH and °C and HA-9125 measures ion concentration and ORP in the mV range. Both meters are housed in rugged, waterproof, ABS casings that are built to last.
HA-9124 and HA-9125 include HA-1230B combination double junction, gel-filled pH electrode, HA-7662 stainless steel temperature probe with 1 m (3.3”) cable, 4 x 1.2 V "AAA" batteries, pH 4.01 & 7.01 buffer solutions (20 ml sachets), 100 ml plastic beaker, HA-710044 inductive recharger with power adapter, instruction manual and rugged carrying case.
SpecificationsHA-9124 & HA-9125
pH Range -2.00 to 16.00 pH, ± 0.01 accuracy
ORP Range ± 699.9 (ISE); ± 1999 (ORP), for HA-9125
Temperature Range 20.0 to 120.0°C, ± 0.4 accuracy
Calibration Automatic, 1 or 2 point, with 5 memorized standard buffers (pH 4.01, 6.86, 7.01, 9.18 or 10.01)
Dimensions 7.5" x 2.8" x 1.4", 15 oz
HA-9124-01
Waterproof pH, Temperature Meter, 115 V
HA-9125-01
Waterproof pH, Temp. Meter, 115 V, ORP
HA-7004L pH 4.01 buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7007L pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7010L pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-70300L Electrode Storage Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7061L Electrode Cleaning Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-76405 Electrode Holder
Model 1200 – Single Test Colorimeter Labs
The 1200 Series of Single Test direct reading colorimeters incorporates design advances that enhance reliability, improve accuracy and simplify the calibration process, all in a portable, hand-held package. Each Single Test Colorimeter Lab comes complete with six sample vials with screw caps, instruction manual, and sturdy carrying case. Please see ordering information for details on number of tests.
LA-3680-01
Ammonia Nitrogen, 0 - 5.0 ppm
LA-3672-01
Bromine, 0 - 7.0 ppm
LA-3670-01
Chlorine (Free & Total), 0 - 4.0 ppm
LA-3670-01-LI
Chlorine (Free & Total), 0 - 4.0 ppm
LA-3671-01
Chlorine Dioxide, 0 - 7.0 ppm
LA-3673-01
Copper, 0 - 6.0 ppm
LA-3674-01
Fluoride, 0 - 2.0 ppm
LA-3681-01
Iron (Total), 0 - 4.0 ppm
LA-3682-01
Manganese, 0 - 0.7 ppm / 0.01 ppm Mn
LA-3676-01
Molybdenum, 0 - 30 ppm
LA-3677-01
Nitrate Nitrogen, 0 - 3.0 ppm
LA-3678-01
Ozone, 0 - 0.4 ppm
LA-3679-01
SpecificationsModel 1200
Instrument
Type Single wavelength, direct reading colorimeter
Power Alkaline 9 V DC battery, 3.5 mm jack for optional AC adaptor
Dimensions 6" x 3.25" x 2.5"
SMART2 and
COD
Phosphate, 0 - 3.0 ppm
LA-3683-01
Sulfate, 0 - 100 ppm
LA-1754
Variable 100 - 240 V AC Adapter
LA-1772
RS232 Cable
Plus Colorimeters
Ideal for Complete On-Site Water Analysis
Features
•Simple menu-driven operation - with an 80+ test capacity; with 70+ preprogrammed tests in library and 10 user-entered tests
•Alphabetical test selection, and self diagnostics with error/warning messages
Specifications Smart2
Transmittance Range 0 to 125%
Absorbance Range 0 to 2.0 AU
Resolution 1% FS
Accuracy 2% FS
Light Source SMART2 LED/Filter setup; 430 nm, 530 nm, 570 nm, 630 nm
Light Source COD Plus LED/Filter setup at 430 nm, 630 nm
Sample Cell 25 mm round cell, 10 mm square cuvette, 16 mm COD tubes
Datalogging RS-232, time and date stamped
Power AC adaptor or three rechargeable Ni-Cad batteries
Dimensions 6" x 3.25" 2.5", 11 oz
LA-1919 SMART2
LA-1922 COD PLUS
LA-1754
AC Power Adaptor (Variable 100 - 240 V AC)
LA-1912-CD
SMARTLink2 Program & Interface Cable
LA-1919-GCS440
Large Carrying Case
LA-0075-SC
COD LR 0 - 150 W/ Mercury, 0 - 150 ppm, 25 Tests
LA-0072-SC
COD LR 0 - 150 W/O Mercury, 0 - 150 ppm, 25 Tests
LA-0076-SC
COD LR 0 - 1,500 W/ Mercury, 0 - 1500 ppm, 25 Tests
Direct Reading On-Site Water Analysis
LA-0077-SC
COD HR 0 - 15,000 W/ Mercury, 0 - 15000 ppm, 25 Tests
LA-0074-SC
COD HR 0 - 15,000 W/O Mercury, 0 - 15000 ppm, 25 Tests
LA-3700-SC pH SMART2 Reagent System, pH 6.6 - 8.4 ppm, 100 Tests
LA-3642-SC
Ammonia Nitrogen, 0 - 4.0 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-3640-SC
Copper, 0 to 3.5 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-3646-SC Copper, 0 - 6.0 ppm, 100 Tests
LA-3699-02-SC
Molybdenum, 0 - 15 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-4031
Lead, 0 - 5.0 ppm, 50 Tests
SMART2 Colorimeter includes 4 sample tubes, AC adapter and manual.
COD PLUS includes COD adapter, 4 sample tubes, AC adapter and manual.
LA-3668-SC Iron, 0 - 5 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-3687-SC Silica, 0 - 50 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-3664-SC Silica, 0 - 2.5 ppm, 100 Tests
LA-3655-SC
Phosphate, 0 - 70 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-3653-SC
Phosphate, 0 - 3.0 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-3688-SC
Dissolved Oxygen, 0 - 12 ppm, 100 Tests
LA-3647-01-SC
Fluoride, 0 - 2 ppm, 50 tests
LA-3662-SC
Hydrogen Peroxide, 0 - 1.5 ppm, 100 Tests
SMART SPECTRO
Spectrophotometer
Call for a List of Other Reagents Available!
Features
• Over 80 pre-programmed tests and up to 25 calibrations for additional tests can be entered into the memory
• Extremely high resolution and a wider wavelength range
SMART SPECTRO Spectrophotometer includes 6 sample cells (25 mm round), 2 sample cell holders (25 mm round and COD, 10 mm cuvettes), power supply, battery charger, and diagrammed manual.
SpecificationsSMART SPECTRO Spectrophotometer
Photometric Range -0.1 to 2.5 A
Wavelength Range 350 to 1000nm
Modes Conc. %T, ABS
Power AC adaptor or three rechargeable Ni-Cad batteries
Dimensions 13.8" x 11.0" x 6.7", 10.3 lbs
Digestion Tubes for Total Nitrogen and Total Phosphorous
Low and high Total Phosphorous and a Total Nitrogen test that are reacted in a heater block and are then tested using a colorimeter or spectrophotometer. This ships as Small Quantity Hazardous Materials.
LA-4024
Low Total Phosphorus, 0 - 3.5 mg/L, 25/Tests
LA-4025
High Total Phosphorus, 0 - 100 mg/L, 25/Tests
LA-4026
Total Nitrogen, 0 - 25 mg/L, 25/Tests
LA-2000
SMART SPECTRO
LA-1922
COD PLUS
LA-2000-BP
Battery Pack W/ Holder (Rechargeable)
LA-1912
SMARTLink2 Program & Interface Cable (Specify CD Or Diskette)
LA-2000-CS
Carrying Case
LA-3700-SC
pH SMART2 Reagent System, pH 5 - 9.5 ppm, 100 Tests
LA-3642-SC
Ammonia Nitrogen, 0 - 4.0 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-3640-SC
Copper, 0 - 3.5 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-3646-SC
Copper, 0 - 6.0 ppm, 100 Tests
LA-3699-02-SC
Molybdenum, 0 - 15 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-4031
Lead, 0 - 5.0 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-3668-SC
Iron, 0 - 5 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-3687-SC
Silica, 0 - 50 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-3664-SC
Silica, 0 - 2.5 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-3655-SC
Phosphate, 0 - 70 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-3653-SC
Phosphate, 0 - 3.0 ppm, 50 Tests
LA-3688-SC
Dissolved Oxygen, 0 - 12ppm 100 Tests
LA-3647-01-SC
Fluoride, 0 - 2 ppm, 50 tests
LA-3662-SC
Hydrogen Peroxide, 0 - 1.5 ppm, 100 Tests
COD Heater Block
Perfect for COD, Total Phosphorus, and Total Nitrogen, testing plus other tests requiring digestion.
Features
• A digital microprocessor control
• Programmable time (0 - 999 minutes)
• Programmable temperature settings (30 - 200°C)
• Vial capacity of 12 (16 mm) tubes
LA-5-0102
COD Heater Block, 120 V
LA-5-0102-EX2
COD Heater Block, 230 V
TC-3000 Tri-Meters
Features
•Ideal for testing low-level drinking water applications as well as monitoring high turbidity in the field
•Supports six languages: English, French, Spanish, Japanese, Portuguese and Italian
•Datalogging up to 4000 points with a date and time stamp - stored tests can be viewed on the meter or downloaded to a PC
•Easy menu-driven operation, less than 5 seconds response time
•Available in either USEPA 180.1 Standard or ISO 7027 compliant versions
TC-3000 includes 0, 1 and 10 NTU standards, sample bottle, 4 sample tubes, DPD tablets and an extra battery.
SpecificationsTC-3000 Tri-Meters
Turbidity Range 0 to 4000, with units of measure of NTU, FNU, FAU, ASBC, EBC
Chlorine Range 0 to 10 ppm
Color Range 0 to 500 cu
Power 9 V battery
Multi-Range COD Reagent Systems
Chemical Oxygen Demand reagent systems used with the COD PLUS Colorimeter, SMART2 Colorimeter, or SMART Spectro Spectrophotometer are an easy and precise way to measure COD levels. Low, medium or high levels of COD can be selected using your choice of mercury (USEPA approved method) or non-mercury reagent systems. Each package contains 25 ready to use vials. This ships as Small Quantity Hazardous Materials.
LA-0075-SC
0 - 150 ppm EPA Approved - Mercury Based
LA-0076-SC
0 - 1500 ppm EPA Approved - Mercury Based
LA-0077-SC
0 - 15,000 ppm EPA Approved - Mercury Based
LA-0072-SC
1 - 150 ppm, Mercury-Free
LA-0073-SC
0 - 1500 ppm, Mecury-Free LA-0074-SC
0 - 15,000 ppm, Mercury-Free
LA-1964-EPA
TC-3000 Kit, EPA Version
LA-1964-ISO
TC-3000 Kit, ISO Version
LA-1754
AC Power Adaptor (Variable 100 - 240 V AC)
LA-1912-CD SMARTLink2 Program & Interface Cable (Specify CD Or Diskette)
LA-0641
Vial Ring, 2/Pack
LA-1480
0 NTU Standard (EPA & ISO), 60 ml
LA-1484 (1)
1 NTU Standard, 60 ml EPA (ISO)
LA-1485 (2)
10 NTU Standard, 60 ml EPA (ISO)
LA-1486 (3)
100 NTU Standard, 60 ml EPA (ISO)
LA-6195-H
Formazin Standard Solution, 4000 NTU, 60 ml
LA-4140
DPD Chlorine Secondary Standards Kit
LA-3176-01
FAS-DPD Titration Kit For Chlorine Titration
LA-6973-H
Standard Chlorine Solution, 250 ppm, 60 ml
LA-3858-H
Permanganate Solution, 1000 ppm, 60 ml
LA-6903A-J
Chlorine DPD #1 Instrument Grade Tablets (100/Box)
LA-6197A-J
Chlorine DPD #3 Instrument Grade Tablets, (100/Box)
Total chlorine is equal to the sum of free chlorine plus combined chlorine: free chlorine combines with nitrogen to form chloroamine. Chloroamine harms aquatic life and water treatment plants. Chloroamine concentration is dependent on pH, temperature, the initial ratio of chlorine versus amine, chlorine demand and time of reaction.
HA-96711C includes 2 sample cuvets with caps, 3 Cal Check cuvets, 20 reagent powder packets, cuvet cleaning cloth, 9V battery, scissors and instruction manual in a hard carrying case.
Chlorine & Turbidity in One Meter
Free & Total Chlorine
Specifications
HA-96711C
Free Chlorine Range 0.00 to 5.00 mg/L
Total Chlorine Range 0.00 to 5.00 mg/L
Precision ± 0.02 mg/L to 1.00 mg/L
Light Source Tungsten lamp with narrow band interference filter 525 nm
Light Detection Silicon Photocell
Dimensions 8.5" X 3.3" X 2.5", 0.9 lb
HA-96711C
Portable Free & Total Chlorine Photometer Kit
HA-93701-01
Powder Reagents For 100 Tests (Free Chlorine)
HA-93711-01
Powder Reagents For 100 Tests (Total Chlorine)
HA-95701-11
Cal CheckTM Standard Cuvets For Free Chlorine
HA-95711-11
Cal CheckTM Standard Cuvets For Total Chlorine
Useful for Potable Water & Municipalities
Hanna, HA-93414
The new HA-93414 meets the requirements of USEPA and Standard Methods for Turbidity and Colorimetric Chlorine Measurements. The instrument features the all new Tag Identification System which allows users to record time and place at unlimited specific measurement locations. Logged data can be downloaded through USB or RS 232. Includes exclusive Cal Check system and ready-made NIST traceable standards.
HA-93414 includes portable chlorine and turbidity meter, supplied complete with five sample cuvets and caps, three calibration cuvets for turbidimeter, two calibration cuvets for colorimeter, reagent powder packets for free and total chlorine, silicone oil, five tag holders with tags, scissors, batteries (4), AC adapter, rugged carrying case, instruction manual, quick reference guide and instrument quality certificate.
Specifications HA-93414
Free Chlorine Range 0.00 to 5.00 mg/L, ± 0.02 mg/L @ 1.00 mg/L accuracy
Total Chlorine Range 0.00 to 5.00 mg/L, ± 0.02 mg/L @ 1.00 mg/L accuracy
Turbidity / Resolution Range 0.00 to 9.99 (0.01); 10.0 to 99.9 (0.1) and 100 to 1000 (1) NTU, ± 2% of reading plus 0.02 NTU accuracy
Calibration One-point calibration for Chlorine. Two, three or four-point calibration for Turbidity
Light Detector Silicon Photocell
Dimensions 8.8" x 3.4" x 3.0", 18 oz
Portable Turbidity Meter Capable of Delivering Lab-Grade Accuracy
HANNA, HA-98703 EPA Compliant Turbidity Meter
The new HA-98703 uses EPA compliant tungsten light source and state-of-the art optical system that allow consistently reliable and accurate measurements of turbidity. The instrument features the all new Tag Identification System which allows users to record time and place at unlimited specific measurement locations. Logged data can be downloaded through USB or RS 232. Includes exclusive Cal Check system and ready-made NIST traceable standards.
HA-98701-01 (115 V) includes (5) sample cuvets and caps, HA-98703-11 calibration cuvets, HA-93703-58 silicone oil, cuvet wiping tissue, (4) batteries, AC adapter, instruction manual and rugged carrying case.
WOW!WOW! WOW!WOW!
Two GREAT instruments for your applications
2020e Portable Turbidity Meter
The 2020e sets a new standard for laboratory accuracy in an extremely compact, portable instrument for turbidity measurement.
Features
•Six user selected languages
•4000 point data log - results can be downloaded to a PC
•MSP430 Microcontroller - most advanced controller on the market for hand held applications
2020e Turbidity Meter Kit includes AC adaptor, four optically selected sample vials with screw caps, standardization package consisting of 1.0 NTU and 10.0 NTU standards, an extra battery, instruction manual and sturdy carrying case. (AC Power adapter is optional)
Meter Kit with Calibrator includes all of the above with BNC calibration cable.
Specifications2020e Portable Turbidity Meter
Unit Of Measure NTU, FNU, FAU, ASBC, EBC
Range 0 to 4000 NTU
Resolution 0.01 on 0 to 10.99 range, 0.1 on 11 to 109.9 range, 1 on 110 to 4000 range
Power 9 V battery operation
LA-1979-EPA Portable Turbidity Meter, Meets USEPA Design Criteria
LA-1480
0 NTU Standard, 60 ml
LA-1484
1 NTU Standard, 60 ml
LA-1485
10 NTU Standard, 60 ml
LA-1486
100 NTU Standard, 60 ml
LA-1754 AC Power Adapter
LA-1772
RS-232 Cable
SpecificationsHA-98703
Range
(0.1) and
to
NTU (1)
Accuracy ± 2% of reading plus 0.02 NTU
Calibration Two, three or four-point calibration
Light Detector Silicon Photocell
Dimensions 8.8" x 3.4" x 3.0", 18 oz
HA-98703
Portable Turbidity Meter Kit
HA-98703-11
Packet Of 4 Turbidity Calibration Standards
HA-93703-50
Cuvet Cleaning Solution, 250 ml Bottle
HA-731318
Tissue For Wiping Cuvet (4)
HA-731331
Glass Cuvets (4)
HA-92000
Windows Compatible Application Software
HA-920011
5 To 9 Pin RS232 Connection Cable
HA-920013
USB Cable For PC Connection
Hanna, HA-9146-04 & HA-9146-10
Water resistant, micro-processor based dissolved oxygen meter with automatic calibration and temperature compensation. DO measurements can be displayed in ppm or in % saturation.
HA-9146-04 and HA-9146-10 include HA-76407/4F probe with 4 m (13') cable for HA-9146-04 and HA-76407/10F 10 m (33') for HA-9146-10, protective cap, 2 spare membranes, HA-7041S electrolyte solution (30 ml), 4 x 1.5 V batteries, hard carrying case and instructions.
Specifications HA-9146-04
HA-9146-10
O2 Range 0.00 to 45.00 mg/L, ± 1.5% F.S. accuracy
% Saturation O2 Range 0.0 to 300.0% ± 1.5% F.S. accuracy
Temperature Range 0.0 to 50.0°C ± 0.5°C accuracy
Calibration automatic, in air, at 100%
Probe with 4 m (13’) cable with 10 m (33’) cable
Dimensions 7.7" x 3.1" x 2.4", 1.1 lbs
HA-9146-04
Portable Dissolved Oxygen Meter, 4 m Cable
HA-9146-10
Portable Dissolved Oxygen Meter, 10 m Cable
HA-7041S
Electrolyte Solution For DO Probe, 30 ml
HA-710005
115 V AC / 12 V DC Power Adaptor
HA-710006
230 V AC / 12 V DC Power Adaptor
HA-76407A/P Spare Membrane (5 Pieces)
Turbidity Sensor (GW-WQ720) & Turbidity Meter (GW-WQ770-B)
The Turbidity Sensor is an accurate submersible sensor for in-situ environmental or process monitoring. Applications include, rivers, streams, reservoirs, groundwater, water treatment, wastewater treatment, effluent, and industrial control. The Turbidity Meter combines the sensor with an LED light display, 4-button control, and internal battery.
SpecificationsGW-WQ720 & GW-WQ770-B
Range 0 to 50 NTU & 0 to 1000 NTU
Accuracy ± 1% of full scale
Pressure 0 to 30 psi
Size Body = 1.1" D x 8.5" L / Sensor Shield = 1.5" x 2" Overall Length = 9"
Power Required 10 to 36 V DC @ 40 MS (Sensor); Internal 9 V DC Battery (Meter)
Outputs 4 - 20 mA (Sensor, both ranges), LED screen (Meter)
Warm-Up Time 5 seconds
Dimensions 1.5" x 8.5", 2 lbs
GW-WQ720
Turbidity Sensor, 25' Cable Length
GW-WQ770-b
Turbidity Meter, Includes Sensor On 25' Cable Length
Portable DO Meter for Field Applications
Choose your electrode:
Ammonia, Bromide, Cadmium, Calcium, Carbon Dioxide, Chloride, Cupric, Fluoride, Iodide, Lead, Nitrate, Potassium, Silver, Sulfate and Sulfide
HA-98185
Portable pH, ORP and ISE
Ease of use and high-end features come together in this new family of instruments. For use in the field, these instruments can be easily operated with one hand and are housed in a rugged waterproof casing. The meter also includes direct ion concentration determination with ISE’s.
The HA-98185 allows a choice of measurement units (ppm, ppt, g/L, mg/L, ppb, ug/L mg/mL, M, mol/L, mmol/L % w/v, user) and electrode selection type. Up to 5 point calibration with 6 standard solutions. Users are guided through the calibration procedure with step-by-step on-screen instructions.
The LCD of the instrument also displays electrode type used, current temperature, remaining battery life and time.
HA-98185 includes combined pH/Temperature electrode, pH 4.01 and pH 7.01 buffer solutions, (4) 1.2 V "AA", 1300 mAh rechargeable batteries, inductive battery charger with power adapter, rugged carrying case with instructions.
HA-98185-01
Portable pH/ORP/ISE W/ Temperature Meter
HA-4101
Ammonia ISE Electrode, 1M To 1 x 10-6M, 17000 To 0.02 ppm, 0 To 40°C, 1 m Cable
HA-4102
Bromide ISE Electrode, 1M To 1 x 10-6M, 79910 To 0.08 ppm, 0 To 80°C, 1 m Cable
HA-4103
Cadmium ISE Electrode, 1M To 1 x 10-7M, 11200 To 0.01 ppm, 0 to 80°C, 1 m Cable
HA-4104
Calcium ISE Electrode, 1M To 3 x 10-6, 40080 to 0.12 ppm, 0 to 40°C, 1 m Cable
HA-4105
Carbon Dioxide ISE Electrode, 1M x 10-2 To 1 x 10-4M, 440 To 4.4 ppm, 0 To 40°C, 1 m Cable
HA-4107
Chloride ISE Electrode, 1M To 5 x 10-5M, 35000 To 1.8 ppm, 0 to 80°C, 1 m Cable
HA-4108
Cupric ISE Electrode, 0.1M To 1 x 10-6M, 6354 To 0.06 ppm, 0 To 80°C, 1 m Cable
HA-4109
Cyanide ISE Electrode, 10-2 M To 1 x 10-6M, 260 To 0.02 ppm, 0 To 80°C, 1 m Cable
HA-4110
Fluoride ISE Electrode, 1M To 1 x 10-6M, Sat To 0.02 ppm, 0 to 80°C, 1 m Cable
HA-4111
Iodide ISE Electrode, 1M To 1 x 10-7M, 127000 To 0.01 ppm, 0 To 80°C, 1 m Cable
HA-4112
Lead/Sulfate ISE Electrode, 0.1M To 1 x 10-6M, 20700 To 0.21 ppm, 0 To 40°C, 1 m Cable
HA-4113
Nitrate ISE Electrode, 1M To 1 x 10-5M, 6200 To 0.62 ppm, 0 To 40°C, 1 m Cable
HA-4114
Potassium ISE Electrode, 1M To 1 x 10-6M , 39100 To 0.039 ppm, 0 To 40°C, 1 m Cable
HA-4115
Silver/Sulfide ISE Electrode, Silver: 1.0M To 1 x 10-6M, 107900 To 0.11 ppm, 0 To 40°C, 1 m Cable Sulfide: 1.0M To 1 x 10-7M, 32100 To 0.003 ppm, 0 To 80°C, 1 m Cable
Specifications HA-98185
pH / Resolution -2.0 to 20.0 (0.1); -2.00 to 20.00 (0.01); Range -2.000 to 20.000 (0.001) pH, ± 0.01; ± 0.002 pH accuracy
mV / Resolution Range ± 2000 mV (0.1 mV), ± 0.2 mV accuracy
ISE Range From 1.00 x 10-7 to 9.99 x 1010 concentration (choice of units)
Temp. Range -20.0 to 120.0 °C
Temp. Compensation (pH) Manual or automatic from -20.0 to 120.0°C
Dimensions 8.9" x 3.75" x 2", 18.5 oz
Monitors up to 14 Different Water Quality Parameters!
pH Range 0.00 to 14.00 pH
mV Of pH Input Range ± 600.0 mV
ORP Range ± 2000.0 mV
Dissolved O2 Range 0.0 to 500.0% / 0.00 to 50.0 mg/L
Conductivity Range 0.000 to 200.00 mS/cm (actual EC up to 400 mS/cm)
Resistivity Range 0 to 999999 Ωcm, 0 to 1000.0 k Ωcm, 0 to 1.0000 M Ωcm
TDS Range 0 to 400000 mg/L or ppm (maximum value depends on the TDS factor)
Salinity Range 0.00 to 70.00 PSU (extended Practical Salinity Scale)
Seawater Specific
Gravity Range 0.0 to 50.0 σt, σ0, σ15
Atmospheric Pressure Range 450 to 850 mmHg, 17.72 to 33.46 inHg, 600.0 to 1133.2 mbar, 8.702 to 16.436 psi,0.5921 to 1.1184, 60.00 to 113.32 kPa
Temp. Range -5.00 to 55.00°C
Multiparameter Water Quality Meter
Features
•Displays up to 12 parameters
•Graphic LCD with backlight
•Meter features IP67 and probe features IP68
waterproof protection
•Tag identification system simplifies test logging
•Quick calibration feature calibrates all sensors with one solution
•Log-on demand and automatic logging (up to 60,000 samples)
•Can display logged data as graphs
•USB for PC connectivity
•Rugged probe with stainless steel tip has a diameter under 2” for wells and pipes
HA-9828-01 includes HA-769828 DO/EC/Temp probe, HA-9828 quick calibration standard solution (500 ml), probe maintenance kit, 4 rechargeable c size, Ni-MH batteries, power adaptor and cable, car 12 V adaptor; HA -7698281 USB interface cable; HA-920000
Windows compatible software and instruction manual in a rugged carrying case.
HA-9828/4-01
Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 4 m Cable
HA-9828/10-01
Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 10 m Cable
HA-9828/20-01
Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 20 m Cable
HA-9828/30-01
Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 30 m Cable
HA-9828/50-01
Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 50 m Cable
HA-9828/70-01
Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 70 m Cable
HA-9828/100
Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 100 m Cable
HA-982804-1
GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 4 m Cable
HA-9828010-1
GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 10 m Cable
HA-9828020-1
GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 20 m Cable
HA-9828030-1
GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 30 m Cable
HA-9828050-1
GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 50 m Cable
HA-9828070-1
GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 70 m Cable
HA-9828090-1
GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 90 m Cable
HA-9828-25
Quick Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7004L pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7007L pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7010L pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7021L
ORP Test Solution @ 240 mV, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7022L ORP Test Solution @ 470 mV, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7040L
Zero Oxygen Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7042S
Electrolyte Solution, 30 ml Bottle
HA-7030L 12880 µS/cm Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7031L 1413 µS/cm Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7033L 84 µS/cm Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7034L 80000 µS/cm Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7035L 111800 µS/cm Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7039L 5000 µS/cm Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7032L 1382 ppm (mg/L) Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7036L 12.41 ppt (g/L) Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-70300L Electrode Storage Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7061L Electrode cleaning Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-76409A/P DO Membrane (5 Pieces)
Without GPS
With GPS
Calibration & Maintenance Solutions
pH Solutions
HA-5004 4.01 Certified, 500 ml Bottle
HA-5004-R 4.01 Certified RED, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7004L 4.01 Standard, 500 ml Bottle
HA-5007 7.01 Certified, 500 ml Bottle
HA-5007-G 7.01 Certified GREEN, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7007L 7.01 Standard, 500 ml Bottle
HA-5010 10.01 Certified, 500 ml Bottle
HA-5010-V 10.01 Certified VIOLET, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7010L 10.01 Standard, 500 ml Bottle
HA-5004-01 4.01 Certified, 1 L Bottle
HA-7004/1L 4.01 Standard,1 L Bottle
HA-5007-01 7.01 Certified, 1 L Bottle
HA-7007/1L 7.01 Standard, 1 L Bottle
HA-5010-01 10.01 Certified, 1 L Bottle
HA-7010/1L 10.01 Standard, 1 L Bottle
HA-5004-R08 4.01 Certified RED, 1 Gallon Bottle
HA-7004/1G 4.01 Standard, 1 Gallon Bottle
HA-5007-G08 7.01 Certified GREEN, 1 Gallon Bottle
HA-7007/1G 7.01 Standard, 1 Gallon Bottle
HA-5010-V08 10.01 Certified VIOLET, 1 Gallon Bottle
HA-7010/1G 10.01 Standard, 1 Gallon Bottle
HA-50004-01 4.01 Certified, 20 ml Sachet, 10/Pack
pH Solutions
HA-50004-02 4.01 Certified, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
HA-70004P 4.01 Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
HA-50007-01 7.01 Certified, 20 ml Sachet, 10/Pack
HA-50007-02
7.01 Certified, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
HA-70007P 7.01 Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
HA-50010-01 10.01 Certified, 20 ml Sachet, 10/Pack
HA-50010-02 10.01 Certified, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
HA-70010P 10.01Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
Conductivity Solutions
HA-6033
84 µS/cm Certified, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7033L 84 µS/cm Standard, 500 ml Bottle
HA-6031 1413 µS/cm Certified, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7031L 1413 µS/cm Standard, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7039L 5000 µS/cm Standard, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7030L 12880 µS/cm Standard, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7034L 80000 µS/cm Standard, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7035L 111800 µS/cm Standard, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7031/1G 1413 µS/cm Standard, 1 Gallon Bottle
HA-7030/1G
12880 µS/cm Standard, 1 Gallon Bottle
HA-70033C
84 µS/cm Certified, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
HA-70033P
84 µS/cm Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
HA-70031C 1413 µS/cm Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
HA-70031P 1413 µS/cm Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
HA-70039P 5000 µS/cm Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
HA-70030P 12880 µS/cm Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) Solutions
HA-6032 1382 ppm (mg/L) Certified, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7032L 1382 ppm (mg/L) Standard, 500 ml Bottle
HA-70442L 1500 ppm (mg/L) Standard, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7036L 12.41 ppt (g/L) Standard, 500 ml Bottle
HA-70032C 1382 ppm (mg/L) Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
HA-70032P 1382 ppm (mg/L) Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
HA-70442P 1500 ppm (mg/L) Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack
Turbidity Solutions
HA-93102-0
AMCO-AEPA At 0 NTU, 30 ml Bottle
HA-93102-20
AMCO-AEPA At 20 NTU, 30 ml Bottle
HA-93703-0
AMCO-AEPA At 0 FTU, 30 ml Bottle
HA-93703-05
AMCO-AEPA At 500 FTU, 30 ml Bottle
HA-93703-10
AMCO-AEPA At 10 FTU, 30 ml Bottle
ORP Solutions
HA-7020L 200/275 mV, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7021L 240 mV, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7022L 470 mV, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7091L Reducing Pretreatment, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7092L Oxidizing Pretreatment, 500 ml Bottle
Dissolved Oxygen Solutions
HA-7040L Zero Oxygen, 500 ml Bottle
Electrode Storage Solutions
HA-70300L Electrode Storage, 500 ml Bottle
Electrode Cleaning Solutions for General Use
HA-7061L General Purpose, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7073L Proteins, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7074L Inorganic Substances, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7077L Oil & Fats, 500 ml Bottle
Sample Preparation Solutions
HA-7051L Soil Sample Preparation, 500 ml Bottle
Fixed Water InstrumentationQuality
Microtol OnLine Turbidimeter Specifications
The Microtol OnLine Turbidimeter is specifically designed for measuring turbidity continuously in filtered water, raw water, waste water final effluent and industrial applications.
The Optional HF OnLine software allows graphical trending, alarms and filter analysis for multiple networked turbidimeters.
The optional Auto Clean Ultrasonic cleaning system automatically cleans the optical chamber for Finished or Raw water applications.
Features
•One-piece design eliminates the need to mount more than one module per turbidimeter
•Fast response time and inexpensive calibration due to low (30 ml) sample volume
•Modular design reduces overall costs
•Removeable sample cuvettes allow for easy cleaning and calibrating
•Optics are not in contact with the sample which reduces the chance of false low readings
•Convenient reusable primary calibration standards
Light Source
White light is recommended for use in turbidimeters reporting results under US EPA (US standard) jurisdiction. Infrared light is recommended for use in turbidimeters reporting results under ISO 7027 (European standard) jurisdiction. Infrared light is also recommended for waste water final effluent and industrial applications where color is present in the sample stream.
Specifications Microtol OnLine Turbidimeter
Range 0 - 1000 NTU
Measurement Principle Nephelometry (90 degrees) 5% of reading above 40 NTU
Accuracy 2% of reading or ± 0.02 below 40 NTU
Resolution 0.0001 Selectable
Response Time Adjustable (5 to 500 seconds) (0 - 1000 NTU)
Input Pressure 1 - 200 psi (built in regulator set at 15 psi)
Standard Outputs 4 - 20 ma Galvanic Isolated or RS-485
RS-485 Protocols Modbus, HF Simplebus, HF Online Interface
Light Source White Light - 7 year life, Infrared Light (850 nm LED) - 10 year life
User Alarms 2 High / Low Alarms
Alarm Contacts FORMC 250 V AC 2A
Display Multiline Custom Backlight LCD
Security Code Prevents unauthorized access
Built in Diagnostics Yes
Storage Temperature -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C)
Operating Temperature 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C)
Wetted Surfaces Nylon, Borosilicate Glass, Silicon, Polypropylene, Stainless Steel
Enclosure Designed to meet NEMA 4X, IP66
Outdoor Installation 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C)
Certifications USEPA, ISO 7027, CE Approved, ETL Listed to UL 3111-1 & ETL
Certified to CSA 22.2 No. 1010-1-92
Dimensions 14" x 12" x 12" (35 x 30 x 30 cm)
Shipping Weight 5.5 lbs (2.5 kg)
HF-20053
Model: #2 White Light, Range In NTU: 0 - 1000, USEPA Method 180.1
HF-20054
Model: #2 Infrared, Range In NTU: 0 - 1000, ISO 7027
HF-20055
Model: #3 White Light, Range In NTU: 0 - 100, Ultrasonic Autoclean, USEPA Method 180.1
HF-20056
Model: #3 Infrared, Range In NTU: 0 - 100, Ultrasonic Autoclean, ISO 7027
HF-20063
Model: #4 White Light, Range In NTU: 0 - 1000, Ultrasonic Autoclean, USEPA Method 180.1
HF-20064
Model: #4 Infrared, Range In NTU: 0 - 1000, Ultrasonic Autoclean, ISO 7027
Accessories
HF-19783
OnLine Windows Software For Data Collection & Reporting
HF-19609 Remote Display For An Additional Digital Readout
HF-29953
Primary Calibration Kit, .02 & 10 & 100 NTU
HF-29957
Primary Calibration Kit, Full Range, .02, 10 & 1000 NTU
HF-21555R Desiccant Refill
HF-20779S Power Cord - 120 V AC / 240 V AC
Specifications
Range
Resolution
Accuracy (@ 20°C/68°F)
Input Impedance
Digital Output
Analog Output
Dosing and Alarm Relay
Temperature Compensation
Temperature Probe
Power Supply
Environment
Casing
Dimensions /Weight
HA-504 Advanced
pH / ORP
Controller
A simple-to-operate 34-level program menu offers standard features such as password protection, control relay enabling/disabling, high/low set point and adjustable hysteresis for custom control. The pH 500 series controllers have a 4 - 20 mA output with a zoom function to allow better resolution on any two points between 0 and 14 pH. The fullyprogrammable microprocessor comes complete with a 3 month back-up power supply to maintain all set points and parameters during power interruptions. Easy 1 or 2 point calibration using pH buffers 4.01, 7.01 or 10.01 ensure accuracy or reliability. An additional standard feature of the HA-504 is a differential circuit which eliminates ground loops from the process being monitored and significantly extends the life of the electrode.
HA-504 Order Information
Each model is supplied complete with mounting brackets and instructions.
1 = single setpoint
2 = dual setpoint
8 = single setpoint and Advanced Cleaning 9 = dual setpoint and Advanced Cleaning
HA-504
-2.00 to 16.00 pH; -2000 to 2000 mV; -30 to 130.0°C
0.01 pH; 1 mV; 0.1°C (above -10 °C); 1°C (below -10°C)
±0.02 pH; ±2 mV; ±0.5°C (-9.9 to 130.0°C); ±1°C (-30 to -10°C) 1012 Ohm
isolated output; contact closed upon Hold mode 1 or 2 independent outputs (configuring as 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA)
electromechanical relay SPDT contact output; 5A - 250 Vac, 5A - 30 Vdc (resistive load) fuse protected: 5A, 250V “Quick Blow” fuse automatic or manual, -30 to 130°C
Pt100/Pt1000 sensor (with automatic recognition and damage test)
24 Vdc/ac, 115 Vac ±10%, 230 Vac ±10%, 100 Vac ±10%; 50/60 Hz 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F); RH max 85% non-condensing
IP54 (front panel) panel cutout:140 x 140 mm, instrument: 144 x 144 x 170 mm / 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.) ERE
4= dual analog output
-0= 24 Vdc/ac power supply -1= 115 Vac power supply
HA-504
Example:
HA-504922-2
pH/ORP controller with dual setpoint, Advanced Cleaning, ON/OFF and PID controls, single analog output and 230 Vac power supply. 1= ON/OFF control 2= ON/OFF and PID controls 2= single analog output
Accessories
HA-6101405
Amplified Flat-Tip Combination pH Electrode W/ Matching Pin, 5 m (16.5') Cable, & BNC Connector
HA-1002/5
Combination pH Electrode W/ 16.5' (5 m) cable
HA-1003/5
Combination pH Electrode W/ Matching Pin (For Grounding) W/ 16.5' (5 m) Cable
Advanced Conductivity & TDS Controller
The HA-710 conductivity and TDS controller offers state-of-the-art technology for your process control. The HA-710 can be configured for ON/OFF, Proportional, PI or PID control. Thanks to Hanna’s exclusive technology, they can be customized to best fit your application. A menudriven display aids the user throughout the operations with running messages and clear prompts. All relevant parameters can be simply adjusted and will remain memorized until overwritten. Bright LED lights show the current status even from a distance. With self-diagnostic features and extractable terminals, installation and maintenance are rapid and simple. Password protection guarantees that the calibration and predetermined parameters cannot be altered unnecessarily. The controllers can operate with 4-ring probe or 4 - 20 mA signal. They accept probes with or without a built-in Pt100 temperature sensor. HA-710 monitors and controls both conductivity and TDS. If you only need conductivity or TDS, then order HA-700 or HA-705, respectively.
Specifications
Range 0.0 to 199.9/0 to 19990.00 to 19.99/0.0 to 199.90.0 to 100.0/0 to 1000 0.00 to 10.00/0.0 to
Accuracy (@ 20°C/68°F)
Typical EMC Deviation
± 0.5% F.S. (EC & TDS); ± 0.5°C (0 to 70°C); ± 1°C (outside)
± 2% F.S. (EC & TDS); ± 0.5°C
Calibration Automatic or manual single point
Temp. Compensation
TDS Ratio
Display
Output
Automatic (with Pt100) or manual from -10 to 100°C with coeff. from 0.00 to 10.00% /°C
Adjustable from 0.00 to 1.00
Dual-level LCD with graphic symbols & messages
Analog: isolated 0 to 1 mA, 0 to 20 mA, and 4 to 20 mA (max. resistive load 1 K); 0 to 5 V DC, 1 to 5 V DC and 0 to 10 V DC (min. resistive load 1K)
Analog Input 4 to 20 mA
Set Relay 2 SPDT 5A-250 V AC contact outputs, 5A-30 V DC (resistive load)
Alarm Relay SPDT 5A-250 V AC contact outputs, 5A-30 V DC (resistive load)
Environment
HA-710
32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C); max. RH 95% non-condensing
Supply 115
EC & TDS Controller, Dual Set Point, On/Off & PID Control, Analog Output
Hanna pHep®4 & pHep®5
These testers use the exclusive replaceable pull-out cartridge pH electrode. Its exposed temperature sensor provides fast response time and its proximity to the pH electrode guarantees much more accurate temperature compensated readings.
pHep®4, pHep®5 includes protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.
SpecificationspHep®4
Range -2.0 to 16.0 pH-2.00 to 16.00 pH
Accuracy ± 0.1 pH± 0.05 pH
Calibration Automatic, at 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized buffer values
Temp
Compensation Automatic
Dimensions 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz
Hanna Dist® 5 & Dist® 6 EC/Temp/TDS Testers
Unmatched 3-in-1 tester measuring Electrical Conductivity, Temperature and Total Dissolved Solids in one small compact unit.
Features
• Floating waterproof casing
• Dual level LCD displays
• Replaceable graphite probe
Dist® 5 & Dist® 6 includes protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.
Specifications Dist® 5 Dist® 6
Hanna ORP Tester
This new micro-processor based tester provides the most advanced solution in ORP and Temperature measurement. Further, the HA-98121 provides pH measurement.
Features
• Replenishable junction
• Dual level LCD
• Battery life percentage indication
• Stability indicator
• Floating and waterproof body
HA-98120 & HA-98121 includes protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.
Specifications HA-98120 HA-98121
ORP Range ± 1000 mV, ± 2 mV accuracy
Temp. Range -5.0 to 60°C, ± 0.5°C accuracy
pH Range n/a -2 to 16.00 pH, ± 0.05 accuracy
Calibration (ORP) Factory calibrated
Calibration (pH) n/a Automatic 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized buffers
EC Range 0 to 3999 µS/cm 0.00 to 20.00 mS/cm
TDS Range 0 to 2000 ppm 0.00 to 10.00 ppt
Temp. Range 0.0 to 60°C, ± 0.5°C accuracy
Calibration Automatic, 1 point
Temp. Compensation Automatic, with ß adjustable from 0.0 to 2.4%/°C
Dimensions 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz
Dimensions 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz
Hanna Combo pH/EC/Temp/TDS
Testers in One Unit!
Unmatched 4-in-1 tester measuring pH, Electrical
Conductivity, Temperature and Total Dissolved Solids in one small compact unit.
Features
• Floating waterproof casing
• Dual level LCD displays
• Replaceable pH probe
HA-98129 & HA-98130 includes protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.
Specifications HA-98129 HA-98130
pH Range 0.00 to 14.00 pH
EC Range 0 to 3999 µS/cm 0.00 to 20.00 mS/cm
TDS Range 0 to 2000 ppm 0.00 to 10.00 ppt
Temp. Range 0.0 to 60°C, ± 0.5°C accuracy
Calibration (EC/TDS) Automatic, 1 point
Calibration (pH) Automatic, at 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized buffers
Temp. Compensation pH: automatic, EC/TDS: automatic, with ß adjustable from 0.0 to 2.4%/°C
Dimensions 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz HA-98127
Tester HA-98121
Tester
Tester
Tester
HA-7061L Electrode Cleaning Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-70300L Electrode Storage Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7004L pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7007L pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7010L pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7031L 1413 µS/cm Conductivity Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7032L 1382 ppm TDS Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7021L 240 mV Test Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7091L Reducing Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7092L Oxidizing Solution, 500 ml Bottle
Specifications
to 9.999 μS/cm; 10.00 to 99.99 μS/cm; 100.0 to 999.9 μS/cm;N/A
Research Grade Combination Meters
Features
•240 x 320 Dot Matrix Color Display
•Logging and graphing capabilities
•USB and RS232 for computer compatibility
•Auto recognition of probe type (2 or 4 ring, and nominal cell con stant)
•Stages 1, 2 and 3 USP mode
•3 salinity scales: Practical Salinity, Natural Sea Water, Percent
•Linear and natural water temperature compensation
•Exclusive HANNA Calibration Check™
HA-4522-01 & HA-4521-01
Are Supplied W/ 4-Ring EC Probe, Glass Body pH Electrode, Temperature Probe, Power Adapter, pH 4 & pH 7 Buffer Solutions, Electrode Refilling Solution, Electrode Holder & Instructions (115 V)
HA-4222-01 & HA-4221-01
Are Supplied W/ Glass Body pH Electrode, Temperature Probe, Power Adapter, pH 4 & pH 7 Buffer Solutions, Electrode Refilling Solution, Electrode Holder & Instructions (115 V) (230 V Also Available)
1.000 to 9.999 mS/cm; 10.0 0 to 99.99 mS/cm; 100.0 to 999.9 mS/cm; 1000 mS/cm
0.001 μS/cm; 0.01 μS/cm; 0.1 μS/cm; 0.001 mS/cm;
0.01 mS/cm; 0.1 mS/cm; 1 mS/cm
± 1% of reading (± 0.01 μS/cm)
Resistivity
Range 1.00 to 99.99 Ohm•cm; 100.0 to 999.9 Ohm•cm; 1.000 to 9.999 kOhm•cm;
10.00 to 99.99 kOhm•cm; 100.0 to 999.9 kOhm•cm; 1.00 to 9.99 MOhm•cm; 10.0 to 100.0 MOhm•cm
Resolution 0.01 Ohm•cm; 0.1 Ohm•cm; 0.001 kOhm•cm; 0.01 kOhm•cm; 0.1N/A
kOhm•cm; 0.01 MOhm•cm; 0.1 MOhm•cm
Accuracy ± 2% of reading (± 1 Ohm•cm)
TDS
Range 0.000 to 9.999 ppm; 10.00 to 99.99 ppm; 100.0 to 999.9 ppm;N/A
1.000 to 9.999 ppt; 10.00 to 99.99 ppt; 100.0 to 400.0 ppt
Resolution 0.001 ppm; 0.01 ppm; 0.1 ppm; 0.001 ppt; 0.01 ppt; 0.1 pptN/A
Accuracy ± 1% of reading (± 0.01 ppm)
Factor 0.40 to 1.00
Practical Salinity 0.00 to 42.00; Natural seawater: 0.00 to 80.00 ppt;
0.0 to 400.0%
0.01 for practical salinity/natural sea water; 0.1% for percent scaleN/A
Accuracy ± 1% of reading
Temperature Range -20.0 to 120°C; -4.0 to 248.0°F; 253.15 to 393.15K
Resolution 0.1°C; 0.1°F; 0.1K
± 0.2°C; ± 0.4°F; ± 0.2K
Calibration
pH Automatic up to 5 points with 8 memorized values (pH 1.68, 3.00, 4.01, 6.86, 7.01, 9.18, 10.01, 12.45) + 5 custom buffers
ISE Automatic, up to 5 points with 6 standardN/A Automatic, up to 5 points with 6 standardN/A + 5 custom values + 5 custom values
Conductivity Auto standard recognition, custom calibration solution/4 point calibrationN/A N/A Salinity Percent scale—1 point (with HA-7037 buffer) N/A
Temperature 3 points
Relative mV Offset Range ± 2000 mV
Input Channel(s) 1 pH/mV/ISE + 1 EC 1 pH/mV + 1 EC2 pH/mV/ISE 1 pH/mV
Calibration Check pH electrode and buffer condition
Temperature Compensation pH: Automatic or manual from -20.0 to 120.0°C (-4.0 to 248.0°F)
EC: Linear and non-linear (natural water)
Log-On-Demand 10 Lots, 5000 samples per lot
PC Connection Opto-isolated USB and RS232
Power 12 V DC adapter (included)
Dimensions / Weight 159 x 230 x 93 mm (6.3" x 9.1" x 3.7"), 800 g (1.8 lbs)
HA-4222
HA-4521
HA-4221
Laboratory pH Meters with Backlit, Graphic LCD
HA-3220 • HA-3221 • HA-3222
Specifications
Range
Features
•Single (HA-3220 & HA-3221) or dual (HA-3222) input channels
•Backlit, graphic LCD
•Exclusive Calibration Check™, electrode diagnostics
•Prompts and messages on the graphic LCD
•Stability, interval and log-on-demand logging
•5 point calibration with 7 standard and 5 custom buffers
•Relative mV measurements
pH -2.0 to 20.0; -2.00 to 20.00; -2.000 to 20.000 pH
mV ± 2000 mV
ISE N/A From 1.00 x 10-3 to 1.00 x 105 ppmFrom 1.00 x 10-7 to 9.99 x 1010 concentration (choice of units)
Temperature -20.0 to 120.0°C (-4.0 to 248.0°F)
Resolution
pH 0.1; 0.01; 0.001 pH
mV 0.1 mV
ISE N/A 3 digits 0.01; 0.1; 1; 10 concentration
Temperature 0.1°C (0.1°F)
Accuracy
pH ± 0.01; ± 0.002 pH
mV ± 0.2 mV
ISE N/A± 0.5% of reading (monovalent ions), ± 1% of reading (divalent ions)
Temperature ± 0.2°C (± 0.4°F) (excluding probe error)
Calibration
pH Up to 5 point calibration, 7 standard buffers available (1.68, 4.01, 6.86, 7.01, 9.18, 10.01, 12.45) + 5 Custom Buffers
ISE N/A Up to 2 point calibration,Up to 5 point calibration, 6 Standard 6 standard solutions solutions (in units selected) (0.1, 1, 10, 100, 1000, 10000 ppm)
Slope From 80 to 110%
Temperature Compensation (pH)Manual or automatic from -20.0 to 120.0°C (-4.0 to 248.0°F)
Probes HA-1131B pH with BNC connector and HA-7662-T stainless steel temperature probe (included)
Logging
Log-on-demand 200 samples Log-on-demand 300 samplesLog-on-demand 400 samples
Lot Logging 5, 10, 30 sec 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60, 120, 180 min (max 600 samples)
PC Connectivity Opto-isolated USB (with HA-92000 software)
Input Impedance 1012 Ohms
Power Supply 12 V DC
Environment 0-50°C (32 to 122°F) Max. RH 55% non-condensing
Dimensions
pH Meters with Large LCD HA-2210 • HA-2211
Features
• New benchtop design
• Extra wide LCD (6.25" x 1.5")
• Automatic calibration
HA-2210-01 & HA-2211-01
Are Supplied W/ HA-1131B Glass-Body Combination pH Electrode W/ 1 m (3.3') Cable, HA-7662 Temperature Probe, Electrode Holder, pH 4.01 & 7.01 Buffer Solutions (20 mL Each.), HA-7071 Electrolyte Solution, 12 V DC Power Adapter & Instruction Manual (115 V) (230 V Also Available)
HA-5004
pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml
HA-5007
pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml
HA-5010
pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml
HA-54710
pH 4.01, pH 7.01 & pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Each
HA-70300L Electrode Storage Solution, 500 ml
HA-50XX
Buffers Are Technical Buffers W/ ± .01 Accuracy & Are Provided With Certificate
HA-931001
pH/mV Electrode Simulator W/ Display
• 5 standard buffers
• Simultaneous display of pH and Temperature
• Automatic Temperature Compensation
• Extended mV range (HA-2211)
Specifications
•Up to 400 samples memory capacity
•Auto HOLD to freeze readings on the display
•GLP to view last calibration data for pH, Rel mV or ISE
•User selectable “Outside Calibration Range” warning
•User-selectable “Calibration Timeout” to remind when a new calibration is necesary
•PC compatible via USB
HA-3220-01, HA-3221-01 & HA-3222-01
Are All Supplied W/ HA-1131B pH Electrode W/ BNC Connector & 1 m Cable, HA-7662-T Stainless Steel Temperature Probe, pH 4 & 7 Buffer Solutions, Cleaning Solution, Electrolyte Solution, Electrode Holder, 12 V DC Power Adapter & Instructions (115 V) (230 V Also Available)
HA-740157 Plastic Refilling Pipette (20)
HA-92000CD4
Windows® Compatible Software
HA-73114
USB Cable For PC Connection
All Electrodes Part Numbers Ending In "B" Are Supplied W/ A BNC Connector & 1 m (3.3') Cable, As Shown Below
HA-1043B
Use: Strong Acid / Alkalis; Glassbody, Double Junction, Refillable, Combination pH Electrode
HA-1053B
Use: Emulsions; Glass-Body, Triple Ceramic, Refillable, Combination pH Electrode
HA-1083B
Use: Biotechnology; Glass-Body, Open Junction, Refillable, Combination pH Electrode
HA-1131B
Use: General Purpose; Glass-Body, Single Junction, Refillable, Combination pH Electrode
HA-3230B
Use: General Purpose; Plastic-Body, Gel-Filled, Combination Platinum ORP Electrode
HA-7662-T
Stainless Steel Temperature Probe
(@20°C)
Temperature ± 0.5°C (0.0 to 100.0°C); ± 1°C (outside) (excluding probe error)
pH Calibration Automatic, 1 or 2 points with 5 automatically recognized buffers (pH 4.01, 6.86, 7.01, 9.18, 10.01)
Temperature CompensationAutomatic (with HA-7669/2W probe) or manual from -9.9 to 120°C
pH Electrode HA-1131B, glass-body, single junction, refillable, BNC connector, 1 m cable (included)
Temperature Probe HA-7662 with 1 m (3.3') cable (included)
Input Impedance 1012 Ohm
Power Supply 12 V DC adapter (included)
Environment 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F); RH max 95%
Dimensions / Weight240 x 182 x 74 mm (9.4" x 7.1" x 2.9"), 1.1 kg (2.5 lbs); kit with
HA-3221
Dissolved Oxygen & BOD Meter with Graphic, Color LCD Display
Features
•Extended range up to 90 ppm and 600% saturation
•True barometric atmospheric pressure compensation
•Automatic or user calibration
•Auto-hold to freeze LCD readings
•AutoEnd mode for DO
•Flexible logging with 3 modes
•BOD (biochemical oxygen demand), OUR (oxygen uptake rate) and SOUR (specific oxygen uptake rate)
•GLP
•Two selectable alarm limits
•Up to 100 logging lots, 200 OUR and SOUR reports and up to 200 BOD method entries
HA-4421-01
Supplied W/ HA-76408 DO Probe, HA-7041S Electrolyte Solution (30 ml), HA-76407A/P Membrane Caps (2), HA-76404N Electrode Holder, Power Adapter & Instruction Manual (115 V)
HA-76408 DO Probe For Laboratory Use, W/ 1 m (3.3') Cable
HA-7040L Zero Oxygen Solution, 500 ml
HA-7041S Electrolyte Solution, 30 ml
HA-76407A/P Replacement Membrane (5 Pieces)
HA-92000CD4 Windows® Compatible Software
HA-920010 Serial Cable For PC Connection
HA-73114 USB Cable For PC Connection
BOD gives an indication of the biodegradable organic material present in a sample of water. The dissolved oxygen concentration is measured before and after an incubation period of 5 days and the BOD is calculated in mg per liter from the difference.
OUR and SOUR are used to determine the oxygen consumption or respiration rate. OUR is measured in mg of oxygen consumed per liter per hour, and SOUR is measured in mg of oxygen consumed per gram of volatile suspended solids per hour.
Specifications HA-4421
Range
Dissolved Oxygen 0.00 to 90.00 ppm; 0.0 to 600.0% saturation
Barometric Pressure450 to 850 mmHg; 560 to 1133 mBar
Salinity Compensation0 to 45 ppt (g/L)
Temperature -20.0 to 120.0°C; -4.0 to 248°F; 253.1 to 393.1K
Resolution
Dissolved Oxygen 0.01 ppm; 0.1% saturation
Barometric Pressure1 mm Hg
Temperature 0.1°C/°F/K
Accuracy
Dissolved Oxygen ± 1.5% of reading ± 1 digit
Barometric Pressure± 3 mm Hg + 1 least significant digit
Temperature ± 0.2°C/K/°F
Measurement ModesDirect DO; BOD (biochemical oxygen demand); OUR (oxygen uptake rate); SOUR (specific oxygen uptake rate)
Calibration
Dissolved Oxygen Automatic/user standard, 1 or 2 points
Barometric PressureSingle point
Temperature Compensation0.0 to 50.0°C; 32.0 to 122.0°F; 237.1 to 323.1 K
Probe (Included) Polarographic with built-in temperature sensor
Logging
Record Samples Up to 100 lots; 10000 samples/lot for automatic logging; 5000 samples/lot for manual logging
Logging Interval from 1 second and up
GLP
Last calibration data, calibration info
Alarm (DO, BOD, OUR, SOUR) Inside and outside limits
PC Connection Opto-isolated USB and RS232
Display 240 x 320 dot-matrix color LCD with on-screen help, graphing, language selection and custom configuration
Power Supply 12 V DC adapter (included)
Precision Turbidity & Free/Total Chlorine Meters
HA-83414 • HA-88703
Specifications HA-83414
Turbidity
Range - Non Ratio Mode 0.00 to 9.99; 10.0 to 40.0 NTU / 0.0 to 99.9; 100 to 268 Nephelos / 0.00 to 9.80 EBC
Resolution - Non Ratio Mode 0.01; 0.1 NTU / 0.1; 1 Nephelos / 0.01 EBC
Range - Ratio Mode 0.00 to 9.99; 10.0 to 99.9; 100 to 4000 NTU / 0.0 to 99.9; 100 to 26800 Nephelos / 0.00 to 9.99; 10.0 to 99.9; 100 to 980 EBC
Resolution - Ratio Mode 0.01; 0.1; 1 NTU / 0.1; 1 Nephelos / 0.01; 0.1, 1 EBC
Range Selection Automatic
Accuracy ± 2% of reading plus 0.02 NTU (0.15 Nephelos; 0.01 EBC)
± 5% of reading above 1000 NTU (6700 Nephelos; 245 EBC)
Features
•HA-83414 features 4 measuring ranges: Ratio Turbidity; Non-Ratio Turbidity; Free Chlorine; Total Chlorine
•HA-88703 features 2 measuring ranges: Ratio Turbidity; Non-Ratio Turbidity
•Meets USEPA requirements
•Exclusive chlorine CAL CHECK™ calibration validation for HA-83414
•Good laboratory practice capabilities
•2, 3, 4 or 5 point turbidity calibration
•USB PC connectivity
•Backlit LCD
•On-screen tutorial modes
•Log and recall up to 200 measurements
•Contextual help menus
•Auto shut-off
Repeatability ± 1% of reading or 0.02 NTU (0.15 Nephelos; 0.01 EBC) whichever is greater
Stray Light < 0.02 NTU (0.15 Nephelos; 0.01 EBC)
Light Detector Silicon Photocell
Method Nephelometric method (90°) or Ratio Nephelometric Method (90° & 180°), Adaptation of the USEPA Method 108.1 and Standard Method 2130 B.
Measuring Mode Normal, Average, Continuous
Turbidity Standards <0.1, 15, 100, 750 and 2000 NTU
Calibration Two, three, four or five-point calibration
Free & Total Chlorine
Range
Free: Cl2:
Accuracy ± 0.02 mg/L @ 1.00 mg/L
Detector Silicon photocell with 525 nm narrow band interference filters
Method Adaptation of the USEPA Method 330.5 and Standard Method 4500-Cl G.
Standards 1 mg/L free chlorine, 1 mg/L total chlorine
Calibration One-point calibration
HA-88703-01 supplied with (5) sample cuvets and caps, calibration cuvets, silicone oil (HA-93703-58), tissue for wiping cuvets, power cord and instruction manual.
HA-83414-01 supplied with (5) sample cuvets and caps, calibration cuvets for turbidimeter and colorimeter (HA-83414-11), silicone oil (HA-93703-58), tissue for wiping cuvets, scissors, power cord and instruction manual
HA-88703
HA-83200, 2008 Series
HA-83200-01
2008 Series Supplied W/ A Rugged Carrying Case, Cuvettes (4), Bottle For DO Tests, Scissors, Cuvette Cleaning Cloths (4), 12 V DC Adapter, & An Instruction Manual (115 V) (Test, Range & Method)
HA-93712-01
Aluminum, 0.00 To 1.00 mg/L, Aluminon
HA-93755-01
Alkalinity, 0 To 500 mg/L, Colorimetric
HA-93715-01
Ammonia, MR 0.00 To 10.00 mg/L, Nessler
HA-93700-01
Ammonia, LR 0.00 To 3.00 mg/L, Nessler
HA-93716-01
Bromine, 0.00 To 8.00 mg/L, DPD
HA-937521-01**
Calcium, 0 To 400 mg/L, Oxalate
HA-93738-01
Chlorine Dioxide, 0.00 To 2.00 mg/L, Chlorophenol Red
HA-93701-01
Chlorine*, Free 0.00 To 2.50 mg/L DPD
HA-93711-01
Chlorine*, Total 0.00 To 3.50 mg/L, DPD
HA-93723-01
Chromium, VI HR 0 To 1000 μg/L, Diphenylcarbohydrazide
HA-93749-01
Chromium, VI LR 0 To 300 μg/L, Diphenylcarbohydrazide
N/A
Color, 0 To 500 PCU, Colorimetric Platinum Cobalt
HA-93702-01
Copper, HR 0.00 To 5.00 mg/L, Bicinchoninate
HA-95747-01
Copper, LR 0 To 1000 μg/L, Bicinchoninate
HA-93714-01
Cyanide, 0.000 To 0.200 mg/L, Pyridine-Pyrazalone
HA-93722-01
Cyanuric Acid, 0 To 80 mg/L, Turbidimetric
HA-93729-01
Fluoride, 0.00 To 2.00 mg/L, SPADNS
HA-93720-01
Hardness (Calcium), 0.00 To 2.70 mg/L, Colorimetric
HA-93719-01
Hardness (Magnesium), 0.00 To 2.00 mg/L, Colorimetric
HA-93704-01
Hydrazine, 0 To 400 μg/L, p-Dimethylaminobenzaldehyde
HA-93718-01
Iodine, 0.0 To 12.5 mg/L, DPD
HA-93721-01
Iron HR, 0.00 To 5.00 mg/L, Phenantroline
Easy Lab Analysis
2008 Series is a multiparameter bench colorimeter dedicated for laboratory analysis. It can measure up to 45 methods using specific liquid or powder reagents. The amount of reagent is precisely dosed to ensure maximum repeatability.
Features
• Log and recall data at a push of a button
• Light blocking cuvet holder
• Backlit LCD
• Battery Error Prevention System (BEPS)
• PC compatible via USB
• On-screen tutorial and context sensitive help screens
• Powered by rechargeable batteries or 12 VDC
HA-93746-01**
Iron LR, 0 To 400 μg/L, TPTZ
HA-937520-01**
Magnesium, 0 To 150 mg/L, Calmagite
HA-93709-01
Manganese, HR 0.0 To 20.0 mg/L, Periodate Oxidation
HA-93748-01**
Manganese LR, 0 To 300 μg/L, PAN
HA-93730-01
Molybdenum, 0.0 To 40.0 mg/L, Mercaptoacetic Acid
HA-93726-01
Nickel HR, 0.00 To 7.00 g/L, Photometric
HA-93740-01**
Nickel LR, 0.000 mg/L To 1.000 mg/L, PAN
HA-93728-01
Nitrate, 0.0 To 30.0 mg/L, Cadmium Reduction
HA-93708-01
Nitrite HR, 0 To 150 mg/L, Ferrous Sulfate
HA-93707-01
Nitrite LR, 0.00 To 0.35 mg/L, Diazotization
HA-93732-01
Oxygen, Dissolved (DO), 0.0 To 10.0 mg/L, Winkler
HA-93757-01
Ozone, 0.00 To 2.00 mg/L, DPD
HA-93710-01
pH, 6.5 To 8.5 pH, Phenol Red
HA-93717-01
Phosphate HR, 0.0 To 30.0 mg/L, Amino Acid
HA-93713-01
Phosphate LR, 0.00 To 2.50 mg/L, Ascorbic Acid
HA-93706-01
Phosphorus, 0.0 To 15.0 mg/L, Amino Acid
HA-93750-01
Potassium HR, 20 To 200 mg/L, Turbidimetric Tetraphenylborate
HA-93750-01
Potassium MR, 10 To 100 mg/L, Turbidimetric Tetraphenylborate
HA-93750-01
Potassium LR, 0.0 To 20.0 mg/L, Turbidimetric Tetraphenylborate
HA-93705-01
Silica, 0.00 To 2.00 mg/L, Heteropoly Blue
HA-93737-01**
Silver, 0.000 To 1.000 mg/L, PAN
HA-93751-01
Sulfate, 0 To 150 mg/L, Turbidimetric
HA-93731-01
Zinc, 0.00 To 3.00 mg/L, Zincon
All reagents with -01 final code are for 100 tests unless noted otherwise.
* For chlorine, liquid reagents are available
** Reagents for 50 tests
HA-83224 Multiparameter
Photometer
With Bar Code Recognition of Sample Vials
Features
• Measures Ammonia, Chlorine, COD, Nitrate, Nitrogen and Phosphorus
• Bar code reader detects the method and range automatically
• Three operation modes: Automatic, Semi-Automatic and Manual
• Bar coded pre-dosed reagent vials
• On-screen step-by-step tutorial
• Logs up to 200 samples
• Context sensitive help screen at a touch of a button
• Selection of languages
• USB connection
• Graphic LCD
Specifications
HA-83224
Light Source Tungsten lamps with narrow-band interference filters
Light Detector Silicon photocells
Data Logging Up to 200 samples
Power Supply 230 V AC or 115 V AC power adapter
Dimensions / Weight 235 x 212 x 143 mm (9.2" x 8.34" x 5.62"), 2.3 kg (5.1 lbs)
COD Test Tube Heater
Features
• The HA-839800 thermo-reactor is constructed of durable materials with a vial capacity to perform up to 25 digestions simultaneously.
• The reactor is equipped with a user-selectable temperature setting to allow COD and total phosphorus reactions at 150°C and also 105°C for total nitrogen analysis.
• To ensure the highest accuracy of digestion, a timer up to 120 minutes is incorporated.
• An audible alarm indicates when the incubating period is completed.
A Complete Lab for Wastewater Analysis
HA-83224-01
Supplied W/ Sample Vials (10), Vial Cleaning Cloths (4), Scissors & Instruction Manual. (115 V)
HA-94764A-25
Ammonia LR Range: 0.00 To 3.00 mg/L Method: Nessler, 25 Tests
HA-94764B-25
Ammonia HR Range: 0 To 100 mg/L Method: Nessler, 25 Tests
HA-93701-01
Chlorine, Free Range: 0.00 To 5.00 mg/L Method: DPD, 100 Tests
HA-93711-01
Chlorine, Total Range: 0.00 To 5.00 mg/L Method: DPD, 100 Tests
HA-94754A-25
Chemical Oxygen Demand LR Range: 0 To 150 mg/L (As COD) Method: Dichromate, Mercuric Sulfate, 25 Tests
HA-94754B-25
Chemical Oxygen Demand MR Range: 0 To 1500 mg/L (As COD) Method: Dichromate, Mercuric Sulfate, 25 Tests
HA-94754C-25
Chemical Oxygen Demand HR Range: 0 To 15000 mg/L (As COD) Method: Dichromate, Mercuric Sulfate, 25 Tests
HA-94766-50
Nitrate Range: 0.0 To 30.0 mg/L (As NO3-N) Method: Chromotropic Acid, 50 Tests
HA-94767A-50
Nitrogen, Total LR Range: 0.0 To 25.0 mg/L (As N) Method: Chromotropic Acid, 50 Tests
HA-94767B-50
Nitrogen, Total HR Range: 10 To 150 mg/L (As N) Method: Chromotropic Acid, 50 Tests
HA-94758B-50
Phosphorus, Acid Hydrolyzable Range: 0.00 To 1.60 mg/L (As P) Method: Ascorbic Acid, 50 Tests
HA-94758A-50
Phosphorus, Reactive Range: 0.00 To 1.60 mg/L (As P) Method: Ascorbic Acid, 50 Tests
HA-94763A-50
Phosphorus, Reactive HR Range: 0.0 To 32.6 mg/L (As P) Method: Vanadomolybdophosphoric Acid , 50 Tests
HA-94758C-50
Phosphorus, Total Range: 0.00 To 1.15 mg/L (As P) Method: Ascorbic Acid, 50 Tests
HA-94763B-50
Phosphorus, Total HR Range: 0.0 To 32.6 mg/L (As P) Method: Vanadomolybdophosphoric Acid, 50 Tests
Accuracy & Safety!
Klett™ Colorimeters
Use for colorimetric and turbidimetric determinations including: color, concentration, haze and density measurements and microbiology growth curves.
These photometric colorimeters use specific light filters to give readings on a unique KlettTM scale. The readings are directly proportional to the concentration or optical density of a solution, in accordance with Beers Law. Two matched photocells and a suspension galvanometer give the instrument a broad range of measurement making it light and ambient temperature independent. A fully compensated and carefully balanced electrical circuit provides accuracy and consistency in readings while using simple and rugged equipment. The precision galvanometer has an illuminated logarithmic scale, graduated from 1 to 1000 KlettTM and the scale is graduated in units proportional to the optical density. Repeatability is ± .33% of the full scale. Two units are available. The Industrial Model accepts rectangular solution cells, which can be used in either of two directions. Measurements can then be taken at depths of 10 mm, 20 mm, or 40 mm. A reduction plate is available to minimize solution depth to 2.5 mm. An adapter is available which permits the use of test tubes. The Clinical Model uses standard 14.25 x 125 mm test tubes. Calibrated or uncalibrated tubes are available. In addition, micro test tubes can be used for samples as small as 2.5 ml. Both models are supplied with the two most commonly used filters, blue for 400-450 nm and green for 520-580 nm. Additional filters are available to permit measurements over the complete visual range. Each unit has detailed instructions, standards and guides for a wide range of tests.
Durable Construction for Long Service Life
Filters For Both Clinical & Industrial Models
BEL-T37012-0000
KlettTM Colorimeter, Model 800-3, 115 V AC Clinical Model
BEL-T37012-0001
KlettTM Colorimeter, Model 800-3, 220 V AC Clinical Model
BEL-T37013-0000
KlettTM Colorimeter, Model 900-3, 110 V AC Industrial Model
BEL-T37013-0001
KlettTM Colorimeter, Model 900-3, 220 V AC Industrial Model
For Klett™ Colorimeter, Clinical Model BEL-T37012-0000
BEL-T37012-0010
KlettTM 801 Test Tubes, Uncalibrated 12/Pack
BEL-T37012-0020
KlettTM 802 Test Tubes, Calibrated 12/Pack
BEL-T37012-1020
KlettTM Test Kit, Calibrated, Each Includes Three Test Tubes # 0,1, & 2, Test Filter & Instructions
For Klett™ Colorimeter, Industrial Model BEL-T37013-0000
BEL-T37013-0010
KlettTM 901 Solution Cell, 20/40 mm
BEL-T37013-0015
KlettTM Fused Solution Cell, 20/40 mm
BEL-T37013-0020
KlettTM 902 Solution Cell, 10 mm
BEL-T37013-0030
KlettTM 903 Reduction Plate
BEL-T37013-0041
KlettTM 904M Special Test Tube Adaptor
BEL-T37013-1015
KlettTM Test Kit, Industrial, Each Includes Three Test Tubes # 0,1, & 2, Test Filter, Test Tube Adapter & Instructions
BEL-T37014-0040
KS-40 Color Filter, Range: 380-430
BEL-T37014-0042
KS-42 Color Filter, Blue Range: 400-450
BEL-T37014-0044
KS-44 Color Filter, Range: 410-480
BEL-T37014-0047
KS-47 Color Filter, Range: 445-505 *
BEL-T37014-0050
KS-50 Color Filter, Range: 470-530 *
BEL-T37014-0052
KS-52 Color Filter, Range: 485-550 *
BEL-T37014-0054
KS-54 Color Filter, Green Range: 520-580
BEL-T37014-0055
KS-55 Color Filter, Range: 520-600 *
BEL-T37014-0056
KS-56 Color Filter, Range: 540-590
BEL-T37014-0059
KS-59 Color Filter, Range: 565-630
BEL-T37014-0060
KS-60 Color Filter, Range: 580-640 *
BEL-T37014-0062
KS-62 Color Filter, Range: 590-660 *
BEL-T37014-0064
KS-64 Color Filter, Range: 620-680 *
BEL-T37014-0066
KS-66 Color Filter, Red Range: 640-700
BEL-T37014-0069
KS-69 Color Filter, Range: 660-740
BEL-T37014-0070
KS-6225T Color Filter, Range: 590-660 *
*Special Order
pH & ORP Electrodes
Designed & Manufactured by HANNA
Includes electrode with 1 m (3.3') coaxial cable with BNC connection (some models are available with a screw cap or BNC + PIN connection)
Accuracy at its Best!
HA-1043BHA-1053BHA-1131BHA-1144BHA-1230BHA-3131BHA-FC200HA-FC210HA-1332BHA-3230B
Description Length & Dia.
HA-1043B Hydrocarbon, Paints, Solvents, SeaRefillable, Combination pHpH: 0 To 14
Water, Strong Acid & Base, HighElectrode With Double T: 0 To 100°C Conductivity Samples, Tris BufferJunction (32 to 212°F)
HA-1053B Fats & Creams, Soil Samples, Refillable, Combination pH pH: 0 To 12
Potable Water, Semi Solid ProductsElectrode With Conical BulbT: -5 To 100°C Low Conductivity Solutions, Emulsions (23 To 212°F)
HA-1131B Laboratory General Purpose, BeerRefillable, Combination pH: 0 To 13
Ag/AgCl pH Electrode T: -5 To 100°C (23 To 212°F)
HA-1144B Tris Buffer Refillable, Combination pHpH: 0 To 14
Hg/Hg2Cl2 Electrode With Calomel T: 0 To 60°C References (32 To 140°F)
HA-1230B Field Applications Combination pH ElectrodepH: 0 To 13
x
Ag/AgCl T: 0 To 80°C (32 To 176°F)
HA-3131B Laboratory General Use, Refillable Combination ORPORP T: -5 To 100°C
Ag/AgCl ORP Titrations Electrode (23 To 212°F)
HA-FC200 Milk, Yogurt, Dairy Products, pH Electrode pH: 0 To 12
x 10 mm
Ag/AgCl Semi Solid Foods T: 0 To 50°C (32 To 122°F)
HA-FC210 Milk, Yogurt, Creams pH Electrode pH: 0 To 12
Ag/AgCl 0 To 50°C (32 To 122°F)
HA-1332B Chemicals, Field Applications,pH Electrode
0 To 13
Ag/AgCl Quality Control T: 0 To 80°C (32 To 176°F)
HA-3230B Municipal Water, Quality ControlORP Electrode ORP: ±2000 mV
x 12 mm
Ag/AgCl T: 0 To 80°C (32 To 176°F)
Ion Selective Electrodes
HANNA’s Ion Selective Electrodes can be grouped into three general categories based upon construction:
• Solid state electrodes
• Liquid membrane electrodes
• Gas sensors Includes BNC Connection, 12 mm O.D., 120 mm length & 1 m coxial cable
The New Generation!
Of
Ammonia InCombination
Wine, Beer, Water, Waste(Delrin) Water & Soil
To 0.02
To
HA-4004
Determination Of Free Polymer Membrane;
Calcium In Beverages, Half-Cell
Water & Seawater (PVC)
To
4 To 10 Calcium In Beverages, Combination
To 40°C Water & Seawater (PEI/PVC) HA-4007 Chloride
Determination Of Free Solid-State;
HA-4107 Chloride
To
2 To 11 Chloride Ions In EmulsifiedHalf-Cell
To 1.8 ppm0 To 80°C Food Products, Beverages,(Epoxy) Plants, Soils & As An Indicator For Titration
Determination Of Free Solid-State; 1M To 5X 10-5M 2 To 11 Chloride Ions In EmulsifiedCombination
To
HA-4110 Fluoride
Food Products, Beverages, (PEI) Plants, Soils & As An Indicator For Titration
Determination Of Free Fluoride Solid-State;
To 1X 10-6M 5 To 8 In Potable Water, Soft Drinks, Half-Cell Sat. To 0.02 ppm 0 To 80°C Wine, Plants, Emulsified Food (Epoxy) Products, Plating & Pickling Acids
Determination Of Free Fluoride Solid-State;
In Potable Water, Soft Drinks, Combination
Wine, Plants, Emulsified Food (PEI/Epoxy) Products, Plating & Pickling Acids
HA-5315 Reference To Complete The ElectricalPEI 0 To 80°C Circuit & To Provide A Stable Reference Voltage For ISE Half-Cells
pH Technical Calibration
Solutions
Features
•(± 0.01 pH) for each point of the pH scale
•pH Value @ 25°C
•Available in sachets, liters and gallons upon request
HA-5001 1.00 pH, 500 ml
HA-5016 1.68 pH, 500 ml
HA-5002 2.00 pH, 500 ml
HA-5003 3.00 pH, 1 L
HA-5037
3.79 pH, 500 ml
HA-5004
4.01 pH, 500 ml
HA-5004-01
4.01 pH, 1 L
HA-5004-R
4.01 pH, Red, 500 ml
HA-5046
4.63 pH, 500 ml
HA-5005
5.00 pH, 500 ml
HA-5006
6.00 pH, 500 ml
HA-5068
6.86 pH, 500 ml
HA-5007
7.01 pH, 500 ml
HA-5007-01 7.01 pH, 1 L
HA-5007-G 7.01 pH, Green, 500 ml
HA-5074 7.41 pH, 500 ml
HA-5008 8.00 pH, 500 ml
HA-5009 9.00 pH, 500 ml
HA-5091 9.18 pH, 500 ml
HA-5010 10.01 pH, 500 ml
HA-5010-01 10.01 pH, 1 L
HA-5010-V 10.01 pH, Violet, 500 ml
HA-5011 11.00 pH, 500 ml
HA-5012 12.00 pH, 500 ml
HA-5124 12.45 pH, 500 ml
HA-5013 13.00 pH, 500 ml
pH Millesimal Calibration Solutions with ± 0.002 pH Accuracy
Features
•HA-60XX has been prepared to meet the increasing need for assured accuracy in pH measurements. Each bottle of the series HA-60XX is provided with a certificate of analysis, prepared by comparison with NIST standards.
ISE Standards
ISE Standards are required for direct and incremental measurement techniques and are available with a Certificate of Analysis.
HA-4001-01
0.1 M Ammonia Std., 500 ml
HA-4001-02
100 ppm Ammonia Std. (As N), 500 ml
HA-4001-03
1000 ppm Ammonia Std. (As N), 500 ml
HA-4004-01
0.1 M Calcium Std., 500 ml
HA-4007-01
0.1 M Chloride Std., 500 ml
HA-4007-02
100 ppm Chloride Std., 500 ml
HA-4007-03
1000 ppm Chloride Std., 500 ml
HA-4010-01
0.1 M Fluoride Std., 500 ml
HA-4010-02
100 ppm Fluoride Std., 500 ml
HA-4010-03
1000 ppm Fluoride Std., 500 ml
HA-4010-10
10 ppm Fluoride Std. Premixed W/ TISAB II, 500 ml
HA-4010-11
1 ppm Fluoride Std. Premixed W/ TISAB II, 500 ml
HA-4010-12
2 ppm Fluoride Std. Premixed W/ TISAB II, 500 ml
HA-4010-30 (4) 1, (4) 10 ppm Fluoride Std. W/ (4) TISAB II, 500 ml
Other ISE solutions available upon request.
•pH Value @ 25°C
•Also available in 1 Liter bottles add -01 to the end of the part number
HA-6001 1.000 pH, 500 ml
HA-6016 1.679 pH, 500 ml
HA-6002
2.000 pH, 500 ml
HA-6003 3.000 pH, 500 mL
HA-6037
3.788 pH, 500 ml
HA-6004 4.010 pH, 500 ml
HA-6046 4.630 pH, 500 ml
HA-6005 5.000 pH, 500 ml
HA-6006 6.000 pH, 500 ml
HA-6068 6.862 pH, 500 ml
HA-6007 7.010 pH, 500 ml
HA-6074 7.413 pH, 500 ml
HA-008 8.000 pH, 500 ml
HA-6009 9.000 pH, 500 ml
HA-6091 9.177 pH, 500 ml
HA-6010
10.010 pH, 500 ml
HA-6011
11.000 pH, 500 ml
HA-6012
12.000 pH, 500 ml
HA-6124
12.450 pH, 500 ml
HA-6013 13.000 pH, 500 ml
pH, Conductivity, TDS, ORP, Turbidity, Storage, Cleaning & Sample Preperation Solutions
Features
• Excellent quality
• Complete range of solutions and sizes
• Certificates of analysis available upon request
• FDA approved bottles available upon request
• Temperature reference chart on each solution
Numerous Solutions to Choose From ... Which One is Best
for You?
pH 4.01 Buffer Solutions
HA-70004P 4.01, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box
HA-7004L 4.01, 500 ml
HA-7004/1L 4.01, 1 Liter
HA-7004/1G 4.01, 1 US Gallon
pH 7.01 Buffer Solutions
HA-70007P 7.01, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box
HA-7007L 7.01, 500 ml
HA-7007/1L 7.01, 1 Liter
HA-7007/1G 7.01, 1 US Gallon
pH 10.01 Buffer Solutions
HA-70010P 10.01, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box
HA-7010L 10.01, 500 ml
HA-7010/1L 10.01, 1 Liter
HA-7010/1G 10.01, 1 US Gallon
ORP Test & Pretreatment Solutions
HA-7020L ORP Test Solution At 200/275 mV (@ 20°C), 500 ml
HA-7021L ORP Test Solution At 240 mV (@ 20°C), 500 ml
HA-7022L ORP Test Solution At 470 mV (@ 20°C), 500 ml
HA-7091L Reducing Pretreatment Solution, 500 ml
HA-7092L Oxidizing Pretreatment Solution, 500 ml
Conductivity Standards
HA-70033P 84 S/cm (µmho/cm), 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box
HA-7033L 84 S/cm (µmho/cm), 460 ml
HA-70031P 1413 µS/cm (µmho/cm), 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box
Continuation Of Conductivity Standards
HA-7031L 1413 µS/cm (µmho/cm), 460 ml
HA-70030P 12880 µS/cm (µmho/cm), 20 ml Sachet 25/Box
HA-7030L 12880 µS/cm (µmho/cm), 460 ml
TDS Standards
HA-70080P 800 ppm (mg/L), 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box
HA-70032P 1382 ppm (mg/L), 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box
HA-7032L 1382 ppm (mg/L), 460 ml
HA-70442P 1500 ppm (mg/L), 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box
HA-70442L 1500 ppm (mg/L), 460 ml
HA-70038P 6.44 ppt (g/L), 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box
Turbidity Standard Solutions
HA-93102-0
AMCO-AEPA-1 Calibration Solution At 0 NTU, 30 ml
HA-93102-20
AMCO-AEPA-1 Calibration Solution At 20 NTU, 30 ml
HA-93703-0
AMCO-AEPA-1 Calibration Solution At 0 FTU, 30 ml
HA-93703-05
AMCO-AEPA-1 Calibration Solution At 500 FTU, 30 ml
HA-93703-10
AMCO-AEPA-1 Calibration Solution At 10 FTU, 30 ml
Electrode Storage Solutions
HA-70300L Electrode Storage Solution, 500 ml
HA-80300L Electrode Storage Solution, FDA, 500 ml
Sample Preparation Solutions
HA-7051M Soil Sample Preparation Solution, 250 ml
HA-7051L Soil Sample Preparation Solution, 500 ml
HA-70960 Preparation Solution for Solid Or Semi Solid Samples, 30 ml
Cleaning Solutions For General Use
HA-7061L General Purpose, 500 ml
HA-7073L Proteins, 500 ml
HA-7074L Inorganic Substances, 500 ml
HA-7077L Oil & Fats, 500 ml
HA-8061L General Purpose, FDA, 500 ml
HA-8073L Proteins, FDA, 500 ml
HA-8077L Oil & Fats, FDA, 500 ml
Specific Application Cleaning Solutions
HA-70620L
Cleaning & Disinfection Solution For Skin Residuals (Cosmetic Industry), 500 ml
HA-70621L Cleaning Solution For Skin Grease & Sebum (Cosmetic Industry), 500 ml
HA-70630L Acid Cleaning Solution For Meat Grease & Fats (Food Industry), 500 ml
HA-70631L Alkaline Cleaning Solution For Meat Grease & Fats (Food Industry), 500 ml
HA-70640L Cleaning Solution For Milk Deposits (Food Industry), 500 ml
HA-70641L Cleaning & Disinfection Solution For Dairy Products (Food Industry), 500 ml
HA-70642L Cleaning Solution For Cheese Deposits (Food Industry), 500 ml
HA-70663L Cleaning Solution For Soil Deposits (Agriculture), 500 ml
HA-70664L Cleaning Solution For Humus Deposits (Agriculture), 500 ml
HA-70670L Cleaning Solution For Salt Deposits (Industrial Processes), 500 ml
HA-70671L Cleaning & Disinfection Solution For Algae, Fungi & Bacteria (Industrial Processes), 500 ml
HA-70680L Cleaning Solution For Cellulose Deposits, 500 ml
HA-70681L Cleaning Solution For Ink Stains, 500 ml
Specifications
HA-180
Maximum Stirring Capacity 1 Liter
Speed Range Min. 100 rpm
Speed Range Max. 1000 rpm
Power Supply 110/115 V AC or 230/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Cover Material ABS plastic
Environment 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F) RH max 95%
Dimensions 137 mm (Dia.) x 51 mm (H)
Weight 640 g (1.4 lbs)
Magnetic Mini-Stirrers
HA-190M-1 and HA-190M-0 come supplied with an ABS cover that will resist the harmful effects of chemicals that are accidentally spilled.
HA-200M is supplied with an AISI 316 stainless steel cover. This model is ideal for applications that create exothermic reactions.
Specifications
HA-190M-0
Max. Stirring Capacity 1 Liter (0.26 Gal)
Speed Range Min. 100 rpm
Speed Range Max. 1000 rpm
Power Supply 110/115 V AC12 V DC110/115 V AC
Installation Category II
Cover Material ABS plasticABS plasticAISI 316 Stainless Steel
Environment 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F); RH max 95%
Dimensions 120 x 120 x 45 mm (4.8" x 4.8" x 1.8")
Weight 640 g (1.4 lbs) 610 g (1.3 lbs) 710 g (1.6 lbs)
HA-190M-1, HA-190M-0 & HA-200M
Are Supplied Complete W/ Micro Stir Bar & Instructions
HA-190M-1
Mini-Stirrer W/ ABS Cover, 110/115 V AC
(Add -2 Instead Of -1 For The 230/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz Version)
HA-190M-0
Mini-Stirrer W/ ABS Cover, 12 V DC
HA-200M-1
Stainless Steel Cover, 100/115 V AC
(Add -2 Instead Of -1 For The 230/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz Version)
Distinctive, Compact Magnetic Mini-Stirrers HA-180
The HA-180 series is compact, lightweight, low-cost and designed in a special round shape without any sharp corners. Lack of laboratory bench space is no longer a concern. These stirrers incorporate electronic controls that allow the user to regulate the speed with greater precision. In addition to speed control, a Speedsafe mechanism will assure that the maximum speed will never be exceeded. Often, in the lab, a sample is removed from the stirrer before reducing the speed. This would cause the motor to accelerate until it is destroyed. Available in nine colors, light yellow, light sea-green, light blue, yellow, green, dark blue, red, grey and ivory, several HA-180 stirrers can be placed on a laboratory bench with their colors helping to identify the different samples.
HA-180A-1
Light Yellow Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC
HA-180B-1
Light Sea-Green Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC
HA-180C-1
Light Blue Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC
HA-180D-1
Yellow Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC
HA-180E-1
Green Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC
HA-180F-1
Blue Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC
HA-180G-1
Red Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC
HA-180H-1
Grey Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC
HA-180I-1
Ivory Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC
HA-731319
Micro Stir Bar (10 Pieces)
Add -2 instead of -1 to the part number for a 230/240 V AC.
All models are supplied complete with micro stir bar and instructions.
Auto-Reverse Magnetic Stirrers with Tachometer
When stirring a solution, to work with a constant speed (Revolutions Per Minute) is an important factor in ensuring that the best repeatability in tests and processes is achieved. Without a tachometer, there is no way of knowing the RPM’s. HA-304N is a heavy-duty stirrer with a built-in tachometer. It is often desirable to stir in two directions in order to achieve maximum homogeneity. An advanced circuit allows HA-304N to reverse the direction of the stir at a user selected interval. The interval can be adjusted from 30 seconds up to 3 minutes. In addition to precision speed control, a limiter will also assure that the maximum speed will never be exceeded (Speedsafe).
Specifications HA-304N
Max. Stirring Capacity 2.5 Liters
Speed Range Low 100 rpm / High 800 to 1000 rpm
Tachometer 4-digit LCD
Reverse Interval from 30 seconds to 3 minutes
Installation Category II
Cover Material AISI 316 Stainless Steel
Environment 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F); RH max 95%
Dimensions / Weight 180 x 180 x 70 mm (7.1″ x 7.1″ x 2.8″), 1.4 kg (3.1 lbs)
HA-304N-1 (100/115 V AC)
HA-304N-2 (220/240 V AC)
Magnetic Stirrer, Stainless Steel Cover, Micro Stir Bar & Instructions
Air-Operated Turbine Magnetic Stirrer
Low pressure air supply drives the magnetic stirrer. Eliminates sparking hazard from electrical sources. Ideal for use where potentially explosive solvent vapors are present. This compact, small-footprint stirrer only uses 3 to 8 psi (21-55kPa) air pressure and is ideal for stirring vessels up to 1 liter. Tubing is supplied to connect to an air supply. All parts are made from high impact polystyrene to ensure long life and easy clean up in case of spills. Dimensions: 102 mm (4") diameter x 19 mm (3/4") high.
BEL-F37002-0000
Air-Operated Turbine Magnetic Stirrer
Center
Why use a Magnetic Stirrer versus a Motorized Stirrer?
1. They are quieter
2. More efficient
3. No moving external parts that can break
4. A stirring bar is easy to clean
5. No lubricants are required
Pick up your Magnetic Stirrer & Bars TODAY!
Octagon Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars
Teflon® PTFE with Molded-On Pivot Ring. Sold Individually.
BEL-F37110-1218E*
Magnetic Stirring Bar, 12.7 x 3.2 mm (1/2" x 1/8")
BEL-F37110-1238E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, 12.7 x 9.5 mm (1/2" x 3/8")
BEL-F37110-5838E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, 15.9 x 9.5 mm (5/8" x 3/8")
BEL-F37110-0078E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, 22.2 x 8 mm (7/8" x 5/16")
BEL-F37110-7838E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, 22.2 x 9.5 mm (7/8" x 3/8")
BEL-F37110-0001E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, 25.4 x 8 mm (1" x 5/16")
BEL-F37110-0138E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, 25.4 x 9.5 mm (1" x 3/8")
BEL-F37110-0118E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, 28.6 x 8 mm (1 1/8" x 5/16")
BEL-F37110-0112E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, 38.1 x 8 mm (1 1/2" x 5/16")
Polygon Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars Teflon® PTFE
Sold Individually.
Octagon Shaped Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars
Color-Coded Teflon® PTFE
All PTFE coded Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars are available in red, yellow or blue. Sold Individually.
BEL-F37110-1128E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, 38.1 x 9.5 mm (1 1/2" x 3/8")
BEL-F37110-1122E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, 38.1 x 12.7 mm (1 1/2" x 1/2")
BEL-F37110-0158E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, 41.3 x 8 mm (1 5/8" x 5/16")
BEL-F37110-0178E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, 47.6 x 9.5 mm (1 7/8" x 3/8")
BEL-F37110-0002E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, 50.8 x 8 mm (2" x 5/16")
BEL-F37110-0238E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, 50.8 x 9.5 mm (2" x 3/8")
BEL-F37110-0212E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, 63.5 x 8 mm (2 1/2" x 5/16")
BEL-F37110-2128E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, 63.5 x 9.5 mm (2 1/2" x 3/8")
BEL-F37110-0003E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, 76.2 x 12.7 mm (3" x 1/2")
*No pivot ring on this size.
BEL-F37120-0012E
Polygon Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars, 12.7 x 8 mm (1/2" x 5/16")
BEL-F37120-0112E
Polygon Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars, 38.1 x 9.5 mm (1 1/2" x 3/8")
BEL-F37120-0030E
Polygon Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars, 30 x 8 mm (1 3/16" x 5/16")
BEL-F37120-0050E
Polygon Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars, 50 x 8 mm (2" x 5/16")
BEL-F37109-0034E*
Magnetic Stirring Bar, Red, 12.7 x 3.2 mm (1/2" x 1/8")
BEL-F37109-0035E*
Magnetic Stirring Bar, Yellow, 12.7 x 3.2 mm (1/2" x 1/8")
BEL-F37109-0036E*
Magnetic Stirring Bar, Blue, 12.7 x 3.2 mm (1/2" x 1/8")
BEL-F37109-0001E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, Red, 12.7 x 8 mm (1/2" x 5/16")
BEL-F37109-0002E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, Yellow, 12.7 x 8 mm (1/2" x 5/16")
BEL-F37109-0003E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, Blue, 12.7 x 8 mm (1/2" x 5/16")
BEL-F37109-0004E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, Red, 15.9 x 8 mm (5/8" x 5/16")
BEL-F37109-0005E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, Yellow, 15.9 x 8 mm (5/8" x 5/16")
BEL-F37109-0006E
Magnetic Stirring Bar, Blue, 15.9 x 8 mm (5/8" x 5/16")
*No pivot ring on this size.
Sugar
Refractometers
Specifications
Range
Sugar Content 0 to 85% Brix
Analyze: fruits, energy drinks, puddings, soy milk, juices, jam, marmalade honey, soups, jelly, tofu, condiments.
to 85% (by weight)
Sugar Refractometers meet the requirements of the food industry. The HA-96801 Sucrose, HA-96802 Fructose, HA-96803 Glucose and HA96804 Invert Sugar Digital Refractometers are rugged, portable and water resistant for measurements in the lab or field. Each instrument offers a specific analysis to determine accurate sugar concentration. The actual measurement of refractive index is simple and quick and provides the operator a standard accepted method for sugar content analysis. Samples are measured after a simple user calibration with deionized or distilled water. Within seconds these instruments measure the refractive index of the sample and convert it to % by weight concentration units (or % Brix for HA-96801). These digital refractometers eliminate the uncertainity associated with mechanical refractometers and are easily portable for measurements in the field.
HA-96801, HA-96802, HA-96803 & HA-96804 Are Supplied W/ Battery & Instruction Manual
to 85% (by weight)
Temperature Compensation Automatic between 10 and 40°C (50 to 104°F)
Measurement Time Approximately 1.5 seconds
Minimum Sample Volume 100 μL (to cover prism totally)
Light Source Yellow LED
Sample Cell Stainless Steel ring and flint glass prism
Auto-Off After 3 a of non-use
Enclosure Rating IP 65
Battery Type / Battery Life 9 V / Approx. 5000 readings
Dimensions / Weight 192 x 102 x 67 mm (7.6"
Sodium Chloride Refractometer
Analyze: salad dressings, cheeses, pickles, canned foods, jarred foods, condiments, energy drinks, milk, juices, soups, brines, whey.
to 85% (by
Specifications HA-96821
HA-96821 Digital Sodium Chloride Refractometer meets the requirements of the food industry. This optical instrument employs the measurement of the refractive index to determine sodium chloride concentration in aqueous solutions used in food preparation. It is not intended for sea water salinity measurements. The measurement of refractive index is simple and quick and provides the user an accepted method for NaCl analysis. Samples are measured after a simple user calibration with deionized or distilled water. Within seconds the instrument measures the refractive index of the solution. The digital refractometer eliminates the uncertainty associated with mechanical refractometers and is easily portable for measurements where you need them.
Range
g/100 g & g/100 mL 0 to 28 & 0 to 34
Specific Gravity 1.000 to 1.216
°Baumé 0 to 26
Temperature 0 to 80°C (32 to 176°F)
Resolution
g/100 g & g/100 mL 0.1 & 0.1
Specific Gravity 0.001
°Baumé 0.1
Temperature ± 0.1°C (0.1°F)
Accuracy (@ 20°C)
g/100 g & g/100 mL ± 0.2 & ± 0.2
Specific Gravity ± 0.002
°Baumé ± 0.2
Temperature ± 0.3°C (0.5°F)
Temperature CompensationAutomatic between 10 and 40°C (50 to 104°F)
Measurement Time Approximately 1.5 seconds
Minimum Sample Volume100 μL (to cover prism totally)
Light Source Yellow LED
Sample Cell Stainless Steel ring and flint glass prism
Enclosure Rating IP 65
Battery Type / Battery Life9 V / Approx. 5000 readings
Dimensions / Weight192 x 102 x 67 mm (7.6" x 4" x 2.6"), 420 g
HA-96821 Supplied W/ Battery & Instruction Manual
HA-96802
HA-96804
Seawater Refractometer
HA-96822 Digital Seawater Refractometer is a rugged portable, water resistant device that utilizes the measurement of the refractive index to determine the salinity of natural and artificial seawater, ocean water or brackish intermediates.
Within seconds, the refractive index and temperature are measured and converted into one of 3 popular measurement units: Practical Salinity Units (PSU), Salinity In Parts Per Thousand (ppt), or Specific Gravity (S.G. (20/20)). All conversion algorithms are based upon respected scientific publications using the physical properties of seawater (not sodium chloride).
Supplied W/ Battery & Instruction Manual
Portable
Refractometers
Specifications HA-96822
Range
PSU 0 to 50 ppt 0 to 150
Specific Gravity (20/20)1.000 to 1.114
Temperature 0 to 80°C (32 to 176°F)
Resolution
PSU 1 ppt 1
Specific Gravity (20/20)0.001
Temperature ± 0.1°C (0.1°F)
Accuracy (@ 20°C)
PSU ± 2 ppt ± 2
Specific Gravity (20/20) ± 0.002
Temperature ± 0.3°C (0.5°F)
Temperature Compensation Automatic between 10 and 40°C (50 to 104°F)
Measurement TimeApproximately 1.5 seconds
Minimum Sample Volume 100 μL (to cover prism totally)
Light Source Yellow LED
Sample Cell Stainless Steel ring and flint glass prism
Auto-Off After 3 minutes of non-use
Enclosure Rating IP 65
Battery Type / Battery Life 9 V / Approx. 5000 readings
Dimensions / Weight 192 x 102 x 67 mm (7.6"
Measure the concentration of sugar, salt, lubricants, antifreeze, cutting fluids & more. Available with or without Automatic Temperature Compensation.
Features
•Easy to operate, provides accurate and repeatable measurements on easy to read scales
•Requires only 2 or 3 drops of solution
•The prism and lens with a simple focus adjustment provides repeatable results
•Complete with case, calibration screwdriver, and calibration solution
Part
EX-RF16
0 To 10% Brix Refractometer
EX-RF11
0 To 10% Brix Refractometer W/ ATC
EX-RF18
0 To 18% Brix Refractometer
EX-RF12
0 To 18% Brix Refractometer W/ ATC
EX-RF10
0 To 32% Brix Refractometer
EX-RF15
0 To 32% Brix Refractometer W/ ATC
EX-RF20
Salinity Refractometer W/ ATC
EX-RF40
Battery Coolant/Glycol Refractometer W/ ATC (°F)
EX-RF41
Battery Coolant/Glycol Refractometer W/ ATC (°C)
EX-RF30
Triple Range General Service Brix Refractometer
HA-96822
Laboratory Water Purification System
Features
•Exceeds Type I water standards
•Uses large media cartridges for low operating costs
•Need for storage eliminated
•Ideal for universities, hospitals, and research
The unit takes feed water supply through three disposable cartridges and a 0.2 micron final filter to supply high purity water meeting or exceeding Type I water requirements. A quiet recirculation pump ensures consistent water purity. A built-in timer cycles the unit on and off to prevent extra wear on components and eliminates heat build up. Resistivity is temperature compensated and monitored on a digital display. Adjustable set point for notification of cartridge change out is provided. Disposable VP Series cartridges are spring loaded into position without the use of tools. Unit can be free standing or wall mounted. Direct Feed option will have a secondary port to feed auxiliary lab equipment for on-demand Type I water. Includes: a built in pressure regulator & 0.2 micron final filter. For pyrogen free water, use a 0.05 micron ultrafilter. Media cartridges not included. When feeding from a central DI, RO, or distilled water source, (3) mixed bed cartridges are recommended.
Recommended feed water influent: DI, RO or Distilled.
Specifications ARIES-1102
Max. Flow Rate 2.0 lpm (0.5 gpm)
Max. Inlet Pressure 60 psi
Min. Inlet Pressure 20 psi
Max. Inlet Temperature 100°F
Inlet Connection 3/8" Tube
Outlet Connection 1/4" FNPT
Bacteria Filter 0.2 micron capsule
Weight 32 lbs (dry) / 38 lbs (operating)
Dimensions 25" H x 23" W x 8.5" D
Gemini Water System Ultrapure Water Purification
The Gemini Ultra High Purity System provides up to 3.7 lpm of 18.2 megohm, 0.2 micron filtered water. The multi-pass ultraviolet system irradiates the water at three separate passes in the recirculation loop. The dispensing port is continuously exposed to UV for complete sterility at the outlet.
System meets and exceeds ASTM & NCCLS Type I water and ASTM Biomedical grade specifications.
Volumetric dispensing is controlled by a soft touch key pad and the unit can be programmed to dispense four different set points. An integral drain basin accommodates filling large containers and controls drips and spills. Standard unit includes (2) Low TOC high purity and (1) 0.2 micron cartridges.
Options available are UV TOC destruct, ultrafiltration, RO pretreatment, recirculating dispensing gun, and basinless Gemini-MB version.
Recommended feed water influent: DI, RO or Distilled.
ARIES-1102
Aries High Purity Water System W/ 0.2 Micron Filter
ARIES-1102D
Aries High Purity Water System W/ 0.2 Micron Filter / Direct Feed
ARIES-1105
Aries High Purity Water System W/ 0.05 Micron UF Filter
ARIES-1105D
Aries High Purity Water System W/ 0.05 Micron Filter / Direct Feed System Accessories
HPA-002
UV Combination For Bacteria & TOC
Specifications GEMINI-1102
Max. Flow Rate 3.7 lpm (1.0 gpm)
Max. Inlet Pressure 90 psi
Min. Inlet Pressure 20 psi
Max. Inlet Temperature 100°F
Inlet Connection 3/8" Tube
Outlet Connection 0.2" FNPT
Bacteria Filter 0.2 micron capsule
Weight 50 lbs (dry) / 55 lbs (operating)
Dimensions 24" H x 28" W x 19" D
HPA-001 Dispensing Gun & Tubing Kit
VPK-3805
Cartridge Kit (3 Included Per Kit) VP Series Tap Feed Kit - (1) Pretreatment & (2) High Purity
VPK-4010
VP Series RO/DI Feed Kit - (3) High Purity Filter Replacements
PF-00-6402 0.2 Micron Capsule Filter (1/4" MNPT x Hose Barb)
PF-00-6505 0.05 Micron Capsule Ultrafilter (1/4" MNPT x Hose Barb)
Features
•Exceeds Type I water standards
•Highest flow rate of 3.7 lpm
•Multi-pass UV with sterile dispensing port
•Programmable up to four separate volumes
•Ideal for reagent preparation, carboy filling, life science, and analytical systems
GEMINI-1102
GEMINI-110U
GMB-100 Gemini-MB
GMB-100UF
HPA-002
UV Combination For Bacteria & TOC
HPA-001
Dispensing Gun & Tubing Kit
AFK-006
GEMINI-1102 Or GMB-100 Replacement Kit (2) Low TOC High Purity & (1) 0.2 Micron Cartridges
AFK-007
GEMINI-110U Or GMB-100UF Replacement Kit (3) Low TOC High Purity & (1) 0.05 Micron Ultrafilter
Made in Japan
MT-EMZ-5
Binocular Zoom Stereo Body, 0.7X to 4.5X, W.D. 93 mm
MT-MA502
10X Super Wide Field Eyepiece
MT-P-STAND
Basic Pole Stand W/ "F" Focusing Holder Mounted On A Plain Base
MT-PK-STAND
An Extended Working Distance Ergonomic Pole Stand W/ 250 mm Pole & "F" Focusing Holder Mounted On An Ergo Base
MT-PKL2-STAND
An Ergonomic Pole Type Stand W/ Dual LED Illumination System
MT-PBH-STAND Pole Type Stand W/ Focusing Holder & W/ Dual Halogen Illumination System
EMZ-5 BINOCULAR ZOOM STEREO BODY
Features
•Binocular zoom body with crisp, high resolution, precision optics provide an excellent, erect, unreversed stereoscopic image
•Rugged all metal body designed to last a lifetime
•Zoom Range: 0.7X to 4.5X
•Zoom Ratio: 6.5:1
•Ergonomically positioned bilateral zoom controls
•Binocular eyetubes inclined at 45° for fatigue free viewing
•Total magnification range available with auxiliary lenses and eyepieces: 2.1X to 270X
•Dual dioptric adjustments (± 5 diopters) allows the specimen to remain in focus throughout the entire zoom magnification range
•Interpupillary distance adjustment from 54 mm to 75 mm
•Binocular body can be rotated a full 360° and locked in any position
•Standard working distance: 93 mm
•Working distance with optional auxiliary lenses: 34 mm to 251 mm
EMZ-8TR TRINOCULAR ZOOM STEREO BODY
Features
•Trinocular zoom body for use in photographic and video applications. When the beamsplitter is engaged, 100% of the light from the left optical path is directed to the phototube. The image can still be viewed through the right eyetube.
•Crisp, high resolution, precision optics provide an excellent, erect, unreversed stereoscopic image
•Rugged all metal body designed to last a lifetime
•Zoom Range: 0.7X to 4.5X
•Zoom Ratio: 6.5:1
•Ergonomically positioned bilateral zoom controls
•Binocular eyetubes inclined at 45° for fatigue free viewing
•Total magnification range available with auxiliary lenses and eyepieces: 2.45X to 202.5X
•Dual dioptric adjustments (± 5 diopters) allows the specimen to remain in focus throughout the entire zoom magnification range
•Interpupillary distance adjustment from 54mm to 75 mm
•Binocular body can be rotated a full 360° and locked in any position
•Standard working distance: 104 mm
•Working distance with optional auxiliary lenses: 57 mm to 250 mm
P Stand
Basic pole stand with "F" focusing holder mounted on a plain base. Supplied with one 94.5 mm diameter reversible black and white stage plate and two stage clips. (8.35" / 212 mm pillar)
PK Stand
An extended working distance ergonomic pole stand with 250 mm pole and "F" focusing holder mounted on a ergo base. Supplied with one 94.5 mm diameter reversible black and white stage plate and two stage clips. The PK can be accessorized with an optional 20 watt halogen incident illuminator with stand alone power supply.
Base Dimensions: 330 mm (12.99") wide x 280 mm (11") deep.
PKL-2 Stand
An ergonomic pole type stand with transmitted and incident LED illumination system, coarse focusing holder, 5 watt LED incident llumination, dual variable intensity control, removable glass stage plate, two stage clips, and power cord. Transmitted light base features an extremely bright multiple LED array with milk white diffusion plate and clear glass stage plate. Automatic voltage(100 V to 240 V) sensing power supply. Optional accessories include analyzer/polarizer for transmitted light pol work, white/black stage plate, 4" pole extension, and mechanical stages.
Base Dimensions: 330 mm (12.99") wide x 280 mm (11") deep
PBH Stand
Illuminated pole stand with "F" focusing holder. Provides both transmitted and incident halogen illumination with variable intensity control. Supplied with 94.5 mm diameter clear glass stage plate, reversible black and white stage plate and two stage clips. Illuminators may be operated independently or simultaneously. Total Height: 280 mm (11.02"). Pillar Height: 212 mm (8.35").
Base Dimensions: 160 mm (6.30") wide by 240 mm (9.44") deep.
MT-EMZ-8TR
Trinocular Zoom Stereo Body, 0.7X to 4.5X, W.D. 104 mm
MT-EMZ-13TR
Trinocular Zoom Stereo Body, 1X to 7X, W.D. 90 mm
MT-MA502
10X Super Wide Field Eyepiece
MT-P-STAND
Basic Pole Stand W/ "F" Focusing Holder Mounted On A Plain Base
MT-PK-STAND
An Extended Working Distance Ergonomic Pole Stand W/ 250 mm Pole & "F" Focusing Holder Mounted On An Ergo Base
MT-PKL2-STAND
An Ergonomic Pole Type Stand W/ Dual Led Illumination System
MT-PBH-STAND
Pole Type Stand W/ Focusing Holder & W/ Dual Halogen Illumination System
RZ SERIES
RZ Series CMO Stereo Microscopes are advanced, high-performance, modular, stereo microscopes specifically designed with today's demanding microscopy applications in mind. Engineered around a common main objective and parallel optical paths, the RZ Series offers crisp, distortion-free, high-resolution images at magnifications ranging from 3.75X to 300X. Browse the optical components, photo/video accessories, and stands to configure a system to meet your needs.
The RZ features a 10:1 zoom ratio with built-in variable dual-iris diaphragms and 12 positive click stops through the zoom range. Two perpendicular columns of eight zoom lenses in four groups move in smooth motion controlled by ergonomically sized and positioned zoom knobs. A magnification indicator is conveniently located on the zoom control.
Exterior components are painted with special anti-static finish which is especially useful when working in sensitive environments. Two types of viewing heads are available.
The body is the heart of the modular zoom stereo microscope design. It contains the objectives and prisms that capture the image of the specimen, magnify it, and direct it to the eyetubes. The body by itself cannot be used to view an object; it also needs eyepieces that further magnify the image and allow the viewer to see, and it must be mounted on a stand that has a focus mechanism for raising and lowering the body.
MT-RZ-B
Zoom Body & Focus Block, 1:10 Zoom Ratio W/ Built-In Iris
Diaphragm & Click Stops *
MT-748
Binocular Head, 45° Incline
MT-749
Ergonomic Binocular Head, Inclination Adjustable Vertically From 10° To 150° *
MT-730
UWF 10X Eyepiece, High Eyepoint, Focusable, Fn 24 (Each), Receives 25 mm O.D. (Reticule) *
MT-742
Plan Objective, 1.0X For The MT-RZ-B, W.D. 76 mm *
MT-RZP-STAND
Plain Stand W/ Black Plastic Stage Plate, 12.79" (325 mm) Tall Pillar
MT-RZT-STAND
Transmitted Light Stand For Brightfield Illumination, 12.79" (325 mm) Tall Pillar *
MT-MA-964
LED Ring Illuminator W/ Transformer, 115 V - Mounts Directly To RZ
Series Objective W/O Adapter
MT-MA-751 Photo / Video Attachment
* As shown on picture.
Zoom stereo microscope bodies are the most flexible because they offer a wider range of magnification than turret (EMT) or fixed (EMF) bodies. Much like the zoom lens on a camera, zoom objectives increase and decrease magnification progressively, causing the specimen to grow or shrink smoothly in the eyes of the viewer.
Meiji Techno offers EM Series zoom
stereo microscope bodies with a wide range of magnifications and working distances. All EM bodies come with dust covers and rubber eyeshields. Eyepieces are sold separately and we have a wide selection to offer.
Compound Biological Microscope
MT4000
The Meiji MT4000Series Biological Laboratory
Microscopes include the advanced Infinity Corrected Optical System. The MT4000 series includes:
Objective Lenses: DIN Infinity Corrected Optical System (ICOS) Plan brightfield 4X, 10X, s40X and s100X oil mounted in smooth-operating, ball bearing mounted, quintuple nosepiece.
Viewing Heads: Siedentopf-type binocular head or trinocular head for camera integration. Each head has the eyetubes inclined at 30° with the left eyetube having graduated diopter settings. The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 53 mm - 75 mm. An 80/20 beamsplitter for the trinocular tube can be engaged for photo work. (100% to eyetubes or 80% to phototube & 20% to the eyetube.)
Eyepieces: 10X Widefield High Eyepoint eyepieces F.N.20 are standard with a 19 mm reticle mount. 15X and 20X eyepieces are available as an option. Also avilable - Widefield High Eyepoint 10X focusable eyepiece that accept 25 mm reticles.
Total Magnification: 40X, 100X, 400X and 1000X
Specimen Stage: Ceramic coated right-handed (left-handed avilable upon request), flat top stage measures 171 mm x 115 mm and travels 78 mm(X) x 52 mm(Y). Ergonomically positioned coaxial drop down controls.
Illumination: Powerful white LED or 30 watt halogen illumination provides enhanced image quality and brightness for the observation of specimens and photomicroscopy.
Light Focusing: Abbe 1.25 NA Condenser in quick change dovetail mount.
Size & Weight:
Binocular - 390 mm (15.4")
MT-4200L
MT-4300L
MT-4300H
Trinocular Compound Biological Microscope W/ 30 W Halogen
Metallurgical MT7000
The MT7000Metallurgical Reflected Light Microscope includes:
Objective Lenses: DIN Infinity Corrected Optical System (ICOS) Plan Epi 5X, 10X, 20X and 50X mounted in smooth-operating, ball bearing mounted, quintuple nosepiece.
Viewing Heads: Siedentopf-type binocular head or trinocular head for camera integration. Each head has the eyetubes inclined at 30° with the left eyetube having graduated diopter settings. The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 53 mm - 75 mm. An 80/20 beamsplitter for the trinocular tube can be engaged for photo work. (100% to eyetubes or 80% to phototube & 20% to the eyetube.) 30 mm I.D. eyetube.
Eyepieces: SWH10X Widefield High Eyepoint eyepieces F.N.22 are standard with a 25 mm reticle mount. 15X and 20X eyepieces are available as an option.
Also avilable - Widefield High Eyepoint 10X focusable eyepiece that accept 25 mm reticles.
Total Magnification: 50X, 100X, 200X and 500X
Specimen Stage: Ceramic-coated flat-top stage 191 mm x 126 mm, with 100 mm x 100 mm of travel. Equipped with precision ball bearing guides and low position drop down coaxial controls for X-Y movement.
Illumination: Vertical illuminator with full Koehler design equipped with high intensity 6 V, 30 Watt halogen light source, field iris, aperture iris and filter slots. Capable of brightfield or simple reflected light polarization techniques. Includes blue clear, green clear, polarizing and neutral density (ND 50) filters in mounts. Automatic voltage (100 V~240 V) sensing power supply and variable rheostat control are built into the microscope base.
Focusing: Ergonomically low positioned coaxial focusing controls allow the operator to work with their forearms relaxed on the working surface. Range of travel is 23 mm. Rotation of fine focus is 0.2 mm per revolution.
Size & Weight:
Binocular - MT7000 424.5 mm (16.7") D x 471 mm (18.5") H x 210 mm (8.3") W, 8.5 kg (18.7 lbs)
Trinocular - MT7100 424.5 mm (16.7") D x 526 mm (20.7") H x 210 mm (8.3") W, 9.2 kg (20.3 lbs)
Asbestos Combo PLM - PCM Microscopes
The MT6800 Series Combo PLM - PCM (Polarized Light and Phase Contrast)
Microscopes for Asbestos fiber identification applications are manufactured pursuant to NIOSH 9002 Reference methods and NIOSH 7400 and OSHA ID 160 Reference methods. Each model comes with Strain free Plan DIN brightfield POL objectives, rotatable stage with 360 degree graduations, POL / PHASE / Dispersion Staining Abbe condenser and builtin Koehler illuminator as standard equipment.
Viewing Heads: Model MA952 is the Siedentopf-type binocular head and Model MA953 is the trinocular head for camera integration. Each head has the 23.2 mm eyetubes inclined at 30 degrees with the left eyetube having graduated diopter settings. The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 53 mm - 75 mm. An 80/20 beamsplitter for the trinocular tube can be engaged for photo work. Each head has the new integrated reticle angle compensation system. When the IP distance or number is changed, the crossline reticle remains perpendicular in the FOV.
Eyepieces: 10X Widefield High Eyepoint eyepiece F.N.20, 10X Widefield High Eyepoint
Made in Japan
Binocular Metallurgical Microscope
MT-7100
Trinocular Metallurgical Microscope
focusable eyepiece that has a 21 mm crossline reticule and guide pin, and 10X Widefield High Eyepoint Compensating Focusing eyepiece, F.N.20 with Walton & Beckett reticle are standard.
Objective Changer: The smooth-operating, ball bearing mounted, quadruple nosepiece provides effortless objective changes.
Objectives: Assortment of U. Planachromat Phase and S. Planachromat Polarizing Infinity Corrected objectives are available.
Stage: Ceramic coated 360 degree rotatable fully indexed stage with vernier and stage clips.
Condenser: Strain free Abbe condenser, N.A. 1.25 with centerable annuli for 10X, 20X, 40X phase or 10X, 20X, 40X dispersion staining objectives in sliding mount, with iris diaphragm and dovetail mount.
Illumination: Powerful 30 watt transmitted light Koehler halogen illumination provides enhanced image quality and brightness for the observation of specimens.
Accessories: All MT6800 series models come with a first order red compensating plate (also called gypsum or sensitive tint plate), an analyzer in sliding mount, bertrand lens, blue clear and green interference filters, centering telescope, and stage micrometer.
MT-6820
Binocular PLM-PCM Microscope
MT-6830
Trinocular PLM-PCM Microscope
MT-7000
MT-9900
The MT9900 series incident and transmitted light polarizing microscopes include the following:
Objective Lenses: DIN Infinity Corrected Optical System (ICOS) Strain Free Plan 4X, 10X and s40X mounted in smooth-operating, ball bearing mounted, quintuple nosepiece.
Viewing Heads: Siedentopf-type binocular head or trinocular head for camera integration. Each head has the eyetubes inclined at 30° with the left eyetube having graduated diopter settings. The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 53 mm - 75 mm. An 80/20 beamsplitter for the trinocular tube can be engaged for photo work. (100% to eyetubes or 80% to phototube & 20% to the eyetube.)
Eyepieces: One KHW10X Focusing eyepiece with guide pin and crossline reticle and one widefield compensating eyepiece F.N.20 are standard with a 21 mm reticle mount. Tube O.D. 23.2 mm.
Total Magnification: 40X, 100X, 400X
Specimen Stage: Ceramic-coated 360 degree rotatable fully indexed stage with vernier and stage clips. Stage is 175 mm in diameter.
Illumination: Transmitted Koehler 6V, 30W halogen illumination and reflected 6 V, 30 W Koehler halogen illumination.
Condenser: Strain Free Abbe N.A. 1.25 condenser with iris in dovetail mount with swing-out top lens for lower power objectives
Focusing: Ergonomically low positioned coaxial focusing controls allow the operator to work with their forearms relaxed on the working surface. Range of travel is 23 mm. Rotation of fine focus is 0.2 mm per revolution.
Included: MT-9900 series incident and transmitted brightfield models with focusable bertrand lens, rotatable analyzer, and 3-position slider with 1st order red, 1/4 wave plate, brightfield position.
Plain Microscope Slides
Made from the highest purity, corrosion-resistant glass. Slides are packed in airtight wrapper to keep out dust and moisture that can cause sticking.
TF-2950 Plain Microscope Slides, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides) TF-2954
Microscope Slides, 25 x 75 mm, 1.2 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)
Note: C-mount adapter and digital camera are optional items and are not included in the price below.
MT-9920 Binocular Polarizing Microscope W/ Incident & Transmitted Illumination
MT-9930 Trinocular Polarizing Microscope W/ Incident & Transmitted Illumination
Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides
Slides have a raised printed writing surface that eliminates the need for tedious relabeling of slides. The unique opaque coating provides a bright background for excellent contrast and smooth surface makes it easier to write on. The durable, opaque tab is inert to common laboratory, chemicals and reagents.
TF-4951
Features
•Autoclavable
•Durable, opaque tab
•Available in an array of tab colors
Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, White, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)
TF-5951
Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Blue, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)
TF-6951
Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Green, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)
TF-7951
Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Pink, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)
TF-8951
Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Yellow, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)
TF-9951A
Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Aqua, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)
TF-9951L
Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Lilac, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)
TF-9951T
Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Tan, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)
TF-9951BO
Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Orange, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)
MT-9920
MT-9930
Coverglass
Made of the finest optical borosilicate glass. The coverglass is corrosion resistant, and ready for use. Manufactured of glass which is stickresistant. It is available in squares, circles and rectangles. Packed in 1 oz plastic boxes with custom-molded bases for easy one-at-a-time dispensing. Available in all standard and non-standard sizes.
TF-22X22-1
Coverglass, 22 x 22 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz
TF-24X40-1
Coverglass, 24 x 40 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz
TF-24X50-1
Coverglass, 24 x 50 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz
TF-24X60-1
Coverglass, 24 x 60 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz
TF-12CIR-1
Coverglass, 12 mm, Circular, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz
Spectrafuge™ Mini Centrifuges and Slide Spinner
Compact in design and personal sized, the Spectrafuge™ Mini is ideal for microfiltration and quick spin downs from the walls and caps of microcentrifuge tubes while the Slide Spinner is designed for drying microarray slides before scanning.
The Spectrafuge™ Mini is supplied with rotors and adapters to accommodate 1.5 ml, 0.5 ml and 0.4 ml tubes as well as 0.2 ml strips and individual tubes. The rotors are easily interchanged.
The Slide Spinner dries two slides in as little as 10 seconds for quality imaging and screening results. The slides are placed into cassettes that catch all liquid without splashing. Cassettes are reuseable.
Both centrifgues feature a translucent lid that pivots on a durable stainless steel hinge pin. A switch on the side of the centrifuge starts and stops operation. Alternatively, with the switch in the "on" position, the centrifuge can be started and stopped by closing and opening the lid.
The Spectrafuge™ Mini is available in five different lid colors: gray, blue, teal, purple and red.
Superslip Cover Glass
Superslip® Cover Glass is uniquely manufactured to eliminate sticking and reduce waste. Our processing techniques result in superior quality. This product combines specialized production methods and moisture resistant packaging to prevent sticking. Superslip Cover Glass is the product you need to make your coverslipper run smoothly.
TF-24X40-1WYO
24 x 40 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz
TF-24X50-1WYO
24 x 50 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz
TF-24X60-1WYO
24 x 60 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz
TF-24X50-1.5WYO
24 x 50 mm, No. 1.5 Thickness, 1 oz SpecificationsSpectrafuge™
For Microtubes & Strip Tubes or Slides
Maximum Speed/RCF 6,000 rpm / 2,000 x g1 4,800
LAB-C1301-120V
Spectrafuge™ Mini Complete W/ 1.5 / 2.0 ml Rotor, Strip Tube Rotor, 0.5 ml & 0.4 ml Adapters, Smoke Gray Lid, 120 V
LAB-C1300-RT
Replacement Rotor For 6 x 1.5 / 2.0 ml Tubes
LAB-C1300-RTS
Replacement Rotor For 0.2 ml Strip Tubes Or Individual 0.2 ml Tubes
LAB-C1205
Individual Adapters For 0.5 / 0.6 ml Tubes, 6/Pack
LAB-C1206
Individual Adapters For 0.4 / 0.25 ml Tubes, 6/Pack
LAB-C1222
Individual Adapters For 0.2 ml Thermal Cycling Tubes, 6/Pack
LAB-C1303-T-120V
Slide Spinner W/ Two Slide Drying Cassettes, 120 V
LAB-C1303-SC
Extra Cassettes For Slide Spinner Centrifuge, 2/Pack
230 V also available upon reques.
Color preference add letter to the end of the part number.
(B = Blue, T = Teal, P = Purple, R = Red)
Spectrafuge™ 24D
The Spectrafuge™ 24D combines innovations such as a unique, easy access rotor, exclusive multi-flow air cooling system and high performance drive with a digital microprocessor that precisely regulates operation.
Parameters are selected with two "smart" knobs and values are shown on large, easy to read, LED displays. Speed can be set and displayed in rpm or g-force while runs may be timed, continuous or momentary. The unique design of the 24-place rotor allows easy access to the tops of the tubes. An optional StripSpin™ adapter fits onto the rotor for spinning 0.2 ml tubes and strips. A powerful, brushless motor quickly accelerates the rotor to set speed.
Air enters the centrifuge through vents on the back of the housing and is circulated in multiple directions to maximize cooling. The result is a cool running microcentrifuge that keeps samples close to ambient temperature, even during extended runs at maximum speed. For samples that require below ambient temperatures, the Spectrafuge™ 24D may be used in a cold room.
Specifications Spectrafuge™ 24D
LAB-C2400-120V Spectrafuge™ 24D Digital Microcentrifuge, Standard Gray, 120 V
LAB-C2400-SS
StripSpin™ Adapter For 0.2 ml Tubes & Strips, Fits Onto Standard Rotor
LAB-C1205
Individual Adapters For 0.5 / 0.6 ml Tubes, 6/Pack
LAB-C1206
Individual Adapters For 0.4 / 0.25 ml Tubes, 6/Pack
LAB-C1222
Individual Adapters For 0.2 ml Thermal Cycling Tubes, 6/Pack 230 V also available upon request.
Color preference add letter to the end of the part number.
(B = Blue, T = Teal, P = Purple, R = Red)
LAB-C0060-120V Spectrafuge™ 6C Centrifuge W/ 6 x 15 ml Angle Rotor, 120 V
LAB-C0200-17A
Adapters for 5 ml (12 x 75 mm) & 7 ml (13 x 100 mm) Tubes, 6/Pack 230 V also available upon request.
Speed Range 500 rpm to 13,300 rpm
Maximum RCF 16,300 x g
Maximum Capacity 24 x 1.5 / 2.0 ml
Timer 1 to 30 minutes or continuous "Quick" button for momentary operation
Ambient Operating Range 4° to 35°C
Dimensions (W x D x H) 9.25" x 11.5" x 8.5" (23.5 x 29.3 x 21.6 cm)
Weight 18 lbs (8.1 kg)
Electrical 230 V-, 50 Hz or 120 V-, 60 Hz
Spectrafuge™ 6C
The Spectrafuge™ 6C has been designed for quick production of PPP (platelet poor plasma) and PRP (platelet rich plasma) as well as other applications in the clinical or research laboratory.
The included 6 place rotor is capable of running round or conical bottom 15 ml or 10 ml tubes. Adapters for smaller tube sizes are available separately.
The control panel of the centrifuge features easy turn knobs and large digital displays for time and speed. Time can be set as low as 30 seconds and to the "On" position for a continuous run.
The Spectrafuge™ 6C is the smallest centrifuge in its class. The 8" x 9" footprint makes it ideal for almost any laboratory and it can easily be transported from lab to lab.
Specifications Spectrafuge™ 6C
Maximum Speed 6,500 rpm
Maximum RCF 4,000 x g
Maximum Capacity 6 x 15 ml
Timer 30 seconds to 30 minutes with continuous and hold features
Accel. /Decel. 14 / 27 seconds
Dimensions ( W x D x H) 8.25" x 9.5" x 7" (21 x 24 x 18 cm)
Rotor Angle 30°
Electrical 120 V or 230 V, 50-60 Hz
Specifications Z 300 Z 300 K
Speed Range 250 rpm to 13,500 rpm
Maximum RCF 17,310 x g
Maximum Capacity 4 x 100 ml
Timer 1 to 60 minutes or continuous "Quick" button for momentary operation
Temperaure Range (Z 300 K) -10° to +40°C
Weight Z 300 88 lbs (40 kg)Z 300 K 167.2 lbs (76 kg)
Electrical* 120 V~, -60 Hz
*Other voltages available upon request.
Tubes Can Be Used with Spectrafuge™
1.5 ml Graduated Polypropylene (PP) Microcentrifuge Tube with Attached Snap Cap
Features
•Maximum rpm: 26,000
• Autoclavable at 130°C
• Suitable for Spectrafuge™ 24D
GS-111558-C Natural, 1.5 ml Microcentrifuge Tubes, 1000/Bag
GS-111558-B Blue, 1.5 ml Microcentrifuge Tubes, 1000/Bag
GS-111558-P Pink, 1.5 ml Microcentrifuge Tubes, 1000/Bag
GS-111558-Y Yellow, 1.5 ml Microcentrifuge Tubes, 1000/Bag
Z 300 and Refrigerated Z 300 K, Medium Capacity Centrifuges
Universal Laboratory Centrifuges
The Z 300 and Z 300 K are the most economical of the universal microprocessor controlled units in the Hermle line. These centrifuges accommodate microplates and tubes up to 100 ml in swing-out and fixed angle rotors. A broad speed range and high g-force make them ideal for applications from clinical to molecular biology.
A digital microprocessor controls all operating parameters including speed and time. Overspeed conditions are eliminated by the rotor recognition program which automatically identifies each rotor and limits it to the maximum rated speed. Improperly loaded rotors trigger the safety imbalance detection system which stops operation of the centrifuge. The powerful, induction drive in the Z 300 centrifuges quickly accelerates rotors to the preset speed. Two acceleration and deceleration rates can be chosen to protect fragile samples. Operation of the centrifuge may be timed, continuous or momentary
Ambient air circulates throughout the chamber of the Z 300 preventing significant rises in sample temperature. The refrigeration system in the Z 300 K maintains all rotors at the set temperature regardless of rotor speed.
LAB-C0300 Z 300 Universal Centrifuge
LAB-C0300-K Z 300 K Refrigerated Universal Centrifuge
1.5 ml Non-Sterile, SelfStanding Polypropylene (PP) Microtube
Note: Order caps separately.
Features
•Suitable for Spectrafuge™ 24D
GS-111722 1.5 ml Microtube, 1000/Case
0.5 ml Polypropylene (PP) Microcentrifuge Tube with
1.5 ml Graduated Polypropylene (PP) Microcentrifuge Tube Without Cap, Natural
GS-111642 1.5 ml Microcentrifuge Tube, 1000/Bag
0.5 ml Non-Graduated Polyethylene (PE)
Microcentrifuge Tube with Attached Plug Cap
Features
•Beckman Type
•Not autoclavable
•Dimensions: 6 x 47 mm
Tubes Can Be Used with Spectrafuge™ 24D
2 ml Graduated Polypropylene (PP)
Microcentrifuge Tube with Attached Snap Cap
Features
•Spin Rate: 25,000 x g.
Tubes Can Be Used with Spectrafuge™ 6C & Z 300 & Z 300 K
15 ml Clinical Grade Polypropylene (PP)
Centrifuge Tube
Features
•Blue screwcap
•Black printed graduations
•White printed writing space
•Spin rate: 8,500 rpm
•Autoclavable (without cap)
15 ml Centrifuge Tube, Sterile, 25/Bag, 500/Case
15 ml Centrifuge Tube
Acrylic (AC) with Red Screwcap (HDPE) & Printed Graduations
Acrylic is a stronger, scratch resistant material that offers equivalent chemical resistance to polystyrene, while providing exceptional clarity. Acrylic offers a greater spin rate which is 5,000 rpm (6,160 x g) compared to polystyrene, which has a limited spin rate of 1,700 rpm (3,000 x g).
Features
•Spin rate: 5,000 rpm (6,160 x g)
•Tubes are Rnase/Dnase free, non-pyrogenic and non-cytotoxic
•White graduation marks and writing area
•Temperature range:
Tube: -40°C to +70°C
Cap: -50°C to +100°C
Tubes Can Be Used with Z 300 & Z 300 K
50 ml Clinical Grade Polypropylene (PP) Centrifuge Tube
Features
•Blue Screwcap
•Black printed graduations
•White printed writing space
•Spin rate: 8,500 rpm
•Autoclavable (without cap)
•Temperature range: -40°C to +80°C
•Cap: High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)
50 ml Polypropylene (PP)
Centrifuge Tube with Red Screwcap (HDPE) & Printed Graduations
Features
•Autoclavable (without screwcap)
•Tubes are Rnase/Dnase free, non-pyrogenic and non-cytotoxic
•Spin rate: 10,000 rpm (12,320 x g)
•White graduation marks and writing area
•Temperature range:
Tube: -196°C to +121°C
Cap: -50°C to +100°C
GS-6244
50 ml Centrifuge Tube, Non-Sterile, Bulk, 500/Case
GS-6240
GS-6267
15 ml Centrifuge Tube, Non-Sterile, Bulk, 500/Case
GS-6270
15 ml Centrifuge Tube, Sterile, 25/Bag, 500/Case
50 ml Centrifuge Tube, Non-Sterile, 25/Bag, 500/Case
GS-6241
50 ml Centrifuge Tube, Sterile, 25/Bag, 500/Case
GS-6287
50 ml Centrifuge Tube, Non-Sterile, Bulk, 500/Case
GS-6288
50 ml Centrifuge Tube, Sterile, 25/Bag, 500/Case
GS-6285
GS-110540
Mini Incubator
The Mini Incubator is compact and economically priced, yet offers features not typically found in a basic incubator. The housing is all metal, as is the door frame. A plexi-glass window in the door offers full visibility to the interior. One shelf is included, and can be adjusted to three different levels - additional shelves can be purchased to increase storage capacity. The heating elements in the Mini Incubator are incorporated into the bottom and sides of the housing. This provides better temperature stability and uniformity than other incubators in it's class. A grommet hole in the top of the unit can hold a thermometer for accurate temperature setting. In addition, the Mini Incubator has a port in the rear of the chamber which allows for an electrical cord to be routed out the back. The Mini LabRoller is a perfect fit and can be used in the Incubator with any of the available rotisseries. A combo package is available which includes the Mini Incubator and Labroller, along with the accessory rotisseries.
SpecificationsMini Incubator
Ext. Dimensions 11.2" x 11" x 13.2" (28.5 x 28 x 33.5 cm)
(W x D x H)
Int. Dimensions 9" x 7.9" x 7.9" (23 x 20 x 20 cm)
Weight 18.4 lbs (8.3 kg)
Capacity 0.375 cu ft (9.2 L)
Temperature
Range Ambient +5° to 60°C
Controls analog
Stability ± 0.6°C at 37°C (N.I.S.T. traceable thermometer)
Uniformity 0.65°C at 37°C
Electrical 120 V, 50/60 Hz, 0.6 A; 230 V, 50/60 Hz, 0.3 A
211DS Shaking Incubator
A small footprint, compact, stackable design and expanded temperature range make the 211DS Incubators ideal for molecular biology and general use. Its integral orbital shaker makes it highly versatile. The exclusive SmartChek temperature control system guarantees precise temperature control. Mechanical convection maintains a stable temperature environment and provides quick recovery after opening the door. A safety thermostat is located on the back of the unit. The insulated door has a large, double glass observation panel and opens nearly 180° for easy access.
Two full and one half shelf are supplied with each incubator. A flat platform and predrilled flask platform (clamps sold separately) are available for the 211DS.
Internal electrical outlet allows using small equipment such as GyroMini or Mini LabRoller Rotator inside the chamber of the 211DS.
Specifications 211DS Shaking Incubator
Chamber Volume 1.7 cu ft
Temperature Range/Display Ambient + 5° to 80°C in 0.1° increments/digital
Temp. Uniformity/Accuracy ± 0.25°C / ± 0.1°C
Shaker Speed/Orbit (DS) Variable, 20 to 400 rpm/19 mm
Flask Capacity (DS) 4 x 1 L, 5 x 500 ml, 9 x 250 ml, 16 x 125 ml
Construction interior - mirrored stainless, exterior - cold rolled steel
Chamber (W x D x H) 13.5" x 14.75" x 15" (34.3 x 37.5 x 38.1 cm)
Exterior (W x D x H) 16.75" x 21.75" x 23" (42.5 x 55 x 58 cm)
Weight D - 73 lbs (32.2 kg), DH - 83 lbs (37.7 kg), DHS - 85 lbs (38.2 kg)
Electrical 120 V~, 60 Hz
LAB-I-5110
Mini Incubator, Compact General Purpose, 120 V
LAB-I-5110-SHELF
Additional Shelf, 22 x 18 cm
LAB-W0020-110C
Non-Toxic, Teflon Coated Thermometer For -20° To 110°C, W/ 1°C Resolution, 305 mm Long, 76 mm Immersion
LAB-I-5110-MLR
Mini Incubator W/ Mini Labroller (H5500) Combo 230 V also available upon request.
LAB-I-5211-DS
Digital Incubator / Shaker, Model 211DS
LAB-I-5211-SA
Stacking Adapter, Required When Stacking Incubators
LAB-I-5230
Flask Clamp Platform, Predrilled, Fits 211DS, 211DHS
LAB-I-5231
Flat Platform W/ Nonslip Rubber Mat, Fits 211DS, 211DHS
LAB-I-5231-D
Double Flat Platform W/ Nonslip Rubber Mat, Fits 211DS, 211DHS
LAB-S2040-85
Flask Clamp, 125 ml (Max. 15)
LAB-S2040-99
Flask Clamp, 250 ml (Max. 9)
LAB-S2040-09
Flask Clamp, 500 ml (Max. 5)
LAB-S2040-01
Flask Clamp, 1000 ml (Max. 4)
Digital Performance at Analog Prices!
Digital Dry Baths
A broad temperature range, to 150ºC, makes Digital Dry Baths useful for a variety of applications in molecular biology, histology, clinical, environmental and industrial laboratories. Although the price of these baths is comparable to analog models, they feature microprocessor control and digital setting/display of temperature. Digital performance at analog prices. Microprocessor control. A microprocessor regulates the high wattage heaters in the baths to provide precise, accurate control. The exact desired temperature is easily set using the arrow keys on the sloped control panel while values are shown on the large digital display. No checking of a thermometer and readjusting temperature is necessary. The user calibration feature allows for easy calibration to in house standards when required. Additionally, there an RS232 port for recording block temperature activity. An available data-logging software package is used to link the unit to a computer. Stainless steel block chamber. The block chamber of the Digital Dry Baths is constructed of stainless steel, which acts as a heat sink and provides a uniform transfer of heat from the heating elements to the interchangeable blocks. The resulting block uniformity is excellent, ensuring that all samples receive the same temperature treatment, regardless of their position in the block.
Single and dual block models Two Digital Dry Bath models are available. The single block unit will accept all of the standard blocks. For increased capacity, the dual block unit accepts two standard blocks or one specially designed dual block. Each Dry Bath is supplied with a block lifter. Blocks sold separately.
SpecificationsDigital Dry Baths
Temperature Range Ambient + 5º to 150ºC
Temp. Resolution 0.1ºC
Temp. Uniformity ± 0.2ºC
Temp. Accuracy ± 0.3ºC
Block Chamber Stainless Steel
Block Capacity
Single Block Unit One standard block
Dual Block Unit Two standard blocks or one dual block
LAB-D1100
Digital Dry Bath, Single Block Capacity
LAB-D1200
Digital Dry Bath, Dual Block Capacity
LAB-D1101
Solid Block For Machining (No Holes)
LAB-D1102
Block, 48 x 0.2 ml PCR Tubes Or 6 x 0.2 ml
LAB-D1102A
Block, 20 x 2.0 ml Tubes
LAB-D1105
Block, 24 x 0.5 ml Tubes
LAB-D1105A
Block, 24 x 1.5 ml Tubes
LAB-D1106
Block, 35 x 6 mm Tubes
LAB-D1110
Block, 20 x 10 mm Tubes
LAB-D1112
Block, 20 x 12 mm Tubes
LAB-D1113
Block, 20 x 13 mm Tubes
LAB-D1115-TALL
Block, 12 x 15 ml Conical Tubes
LAB-D1116
Block, 12 x 15 or 16 mm Tubes
LAB-D1125
Block, 6 x 25 mm Tubes
LAB-D1150-TALL
Block, 5 x 50 ml Conical Tubes
LAB-D1196-PCR
Single Block, 96 Well PCR Plate, Skirted Or Nonskirted (For Single Block Unit Only
LAB-D1296
Dual Block, 96 Well Micro Plate Or 4 Slides (For Dual Block Unit Only)
LAB-D1296-PCR
Dual Block, 96 Well Pcr Plate, Skirted Or Nonskirted (For Dual Block Unit Only)
(W x D x H)
Dimensions 7.9" x 10.4" x 3.3" (20 x 26.5 x 8.3 cm)
Weight 5.5 lbs (2.2 kg)
Electrical 120 V~, 50/60 Hz (also available in 230 V)
Dry Bath Blocks
Construction High grade, nonporous aluminum with anodized surface
Thermometer WellYes (not in plate or slide blocks), required only for calibration purposes
Orbit™ 300 Multipurpose Vortexer
Three interchangeable platforms (available separately) accommodate a variety of sample containers to make the Orbit™ 300 a truly multipurpose shaker. The flat platform, covered with a nonslip rubber mat, holds plates, dishes, boxes, etc. The microplate platform will accommodate up to four microplates. The remaining platform has spring loaded retaining bars that adjust to hold flasks, bottles, racks and other containers in place Time and speed are set and displayed digitally. Values are shown on the large, three digit LED. The broad speed range allows the Orbit™ 300 to be used for gentle mixing as well as vigorous agitation.
The shaker housing is constructed of heavy gauge, coated steel to reduce motor noise and lend stability to the unit. This compact shaker can be used in temperature controlled environments making it ideal for cold room or incubator use.
LAB-S2030-300
Orbit™ 300 Digital Multipurpose Shaker, Base Only
LAB-S2030-10
Platform For Four Microplates
LAB-S2030-12
Flat Platform (30 x 30 cm) W/ Nonslip Rubber Mat
LAB-S2030-13
Spring Loaded Platform For Flasks, Bottles, Etc.
LAB-D12384
Block, 384 Well PCR Plate. Block Fits LAB-D1200 Only & Holds One Plate
LAB-D1100-RS232
Software & Cable Package For PC Connection
LAB-D1100-PS
Pop-Stopper For LAB-D1102, LAB-D1102-A, LAB-D1105, LAB-D1105-A Blocks
LAB-D1105A-RACK
AccuRack Tube Rack For 20 x 1.5 ml Tubes. Compatible W/ The LAB-D1105A Block, 3/Pack
Features
•Three versatile platform options
•Shaking, mixing, agitating or vortexing
•Heavy-duty construction
•Safe for cold room or incubator use
Specifications Orbit™ 300 Multipurpose Vortexer
Speed Range 100 - 1200 rpm
Timer 0 to 99 minutes or continuous
Motion/Orbit Size Horizontally circular, 3 mm
Maximum Load 12.3 lbs (5.6 kg)
Ambient Operating Range + 4° to 65°C
Dimensions (W x D x H) 10.1"
Electrical* 120 V~, 60 Hz
*Other voltages available upon request.
Orbit™ LS Low Speed Shaker
The Orbit™LSLow Speed Shaker is a high quality, general purpose shaker with economical analog control.
Styled after the other models in the line, the Orbit™ LS features a streamlined, compact design with easy-access control panel. Electronic controls are utilized for setting speed and time. The knobs used for selecting parameters turn easily and are clearly marked with corresponding values.
A large orbit and low speed make the Orbit™ LS useful for staining and destaining gels, washing blots and general mixing. The shaker is supplied with a 30 x 30 cm stainles steel flat platform and non-slip rubber mat to keep plates, dishes and other sample containers in place.
Specifications Orbit™ LS Low Speed Shaker
Speed Range 3 - 60 rpm
Timer 20 - 120 min (10 min inc.) or continuous
Motion Circular, 19 mm
Maximum Load 11 lbs (5 kg)
Ambient Operating Range +4° to 70°C
Dimensions
Weight 14.5 lbs (6.6 kg) Electrical 120 V~, 60 Hz or 230 V~, 50 Hz
LAB-S2030-LS Orbit™ LS Low Speed Orbital Shaker W/ Flat Platform
LAB-S2031-12D
Stacked Double Flat Platform W/ Rubber Mat
GyroTwister™ GX-1000 3-D Shaker
The three dimensional shaking motion of the GyroTwister™ GX-1000 is extremely efficient, yet gentle, making this shaker ideal for general mixing as well as staining gels, hybridization and other applications. Shaking speed is continuously adjustable across a broad range. A nonslip rubber mat and elastic tie-downs hold samples in place during operation. A dimpled mat is included for holding tubes in place. Larger platforms and a stacked standard platform configuration are available to increase shaker capacity.
Permanently lubricated ball bearings on moving parts provide quiet, maintenance-free operation. The sturdy base lends stability to the unit. The GyroTwister™ is safe for use in temperature controlled environments, up to 65°C. Standard 30 x 30 cm platform and tube mat are supplied with the shaker.
Specifications GyroTwister™ GX-1000 3-D Shaker
LAB-S1000
GyroTwister™ GX-1000 3D Shaker W/ 30 x 30 cm Nonslip Platform & Dimpled Tube Mat
LAB-S1000-30
Stacking Platform, 30 x 30 cm, W/ Hardware
LAB-S1000-40
Large Platform 40 x 40 cm, W/ Nonslip Rubber Mat
LAB-S1000-50
Extra Large Platform, 50 x 50 cm, W/ Nonslip Rubber Mat
LAB-S1000-M
Dimpled Mat, 30 x 30 cm, For Holding Tubes
LAB-S1000-A
GyroTwister™ GX-1000 3D Shaker W/ 30 x 30 cm Nonslip Platform & Dimpled Tube Mat,
Adjustable Tilt Angle
Speed Range 6 - 60 rpm
Timer 0 to 180 minutes or continuous
Motion Three dimensional, fixed ± 7° pitch
Maximum Load 11 lbs (5 kg)
Ambient Operating Range +4° to 65°C
Dimensions (W x D x H) 13" x 13.9" x 8.3" (33 x 35 x 21 cm)
Weight 14.3 lbs (6.6 kg)
Electrical* 120 V~, 60 Hz
*Other voltages available upon request.
PW Analytical Balances
Ideal for Pharmaceutical & Laboratory Work
3 Year Warranty!
PGW Precision Balances
3 Year Warranty!
Features
•18+ weighing units (including one custom unit)
•Selectable digital filtering for animal / dynamic weighing
•Adjustable filters
•User friendly
•Full range tare
•Zero tracking
•Date and time
•Multilingual display
•Large backlit display with dual text prompts
•Capacity tracker
•Large stainless steel pan
•Modern low profile design
•Force restoration mechanism
•Solid metal housing
•Non-slip adjustable leveling feet
•Lock down mounting slot for Kensington™ type lock
Features
•16+ weighing units (including one custom unit)
• Selectable digital filtering for animal / dynamic weighing
• Adjustable filters
• Simple user-friendly operation
• Full range tare
• Zero tracking
• Date and time
• Multilingual display
• Large backlit display with dual text prompts
• Capacity tracker
• Large stainless steel pan
• Force restoration mechanism
• Solid metal housing
• Non-slip adjustable leveling feet
• Lock down mounting slot for Kensington™ type lock and cable
• Dual tare keys
• Color coded, sealed keypad
• Splashproof to protect from accidental spills
• RS-232 bi-directional interface
• GLP print outs
• Internal calibration
• External calibration
• AC adapter
•Color coded, sealed keypad
•Dual tare keys
•Splashproof to protect from accidental spills
•Windshield supplied as standard with models with 0.001g readability
•RS-232 bi-directional interface
•GLP print outs
•External calibration
•Internal calibration optional
•AC adapter
AD-PGW153E
PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 150 g, Readability: 0.001 g, Pan Size: 5.5" x 5.5" / 140 mm x 140 mm
AD-PGW253E
PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 250 g, Readability: 0.001 g,
Pan Size: 5.5" x 5.5" / 140 mm x 140 mm
AD-PGW453E
PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 450 g, Readability: 0.001 g,
Pan Size: 5.5" x 5.5" / 140 mm x 140 mm
AD-PGW753E
PGW Precision Balance,
Capacity: 750 g, Readability: 0.001 g,
Pan Size: 5.5" x 5.5" / 140 mm x 140 mm
AD-PGW1502E
PGW Precision Balance,
Capacity: 1500 g, Readability: 0.01 g,
Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm
AD-PGW2502E
PGW Precision Balance,
Capacity: 2500 g, Readability: 0.01 g,
Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm
AD-PGW3502E
PGW Precision Balance,
Capacity: 3500 g, Readability: 0.01 g,
Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm
AD-PGW4502E
PGW Precision Balance,
Capacity: 4500 g, Readability: 0.01 g,
Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm
AD-PGW153I
PGW Precision Balance,
Capacity: 150 g, Readability: 0.001 g,
Pan Size: 5.5" x 5.5" / 140 mm x 140 mm
Applications
The PW Analytical Balances are ideal for weighing, net/total, check weighing, percentage weighing, weight accumulation, parts counting, animal / dynamic weighing, density determination and below pan weighing.
AD-PW124
PW
AD-PW184
PW
AD-PW254
PW
Accessories
AD-8023
Adam Printer
AD-8036
Anti-Vibration Table
AD-7452
Density Determination Kit
AD-7995
Below Balance Hanger
AD-9028
RS-232 Cable
AD-9061
AdamDU - Data Collection Program
AD-9066
USB To RS-232 Interface Cable
AD-PGW253I
PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 250 g, Readability: 0.001 g, Pan Size: 5.5" x 5.5" / 140 mm x 140 mm
AD-PGW453I
PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 450 g, Readability: 0.001 g, Pan Size: 5.5" x 5.5" / 140 mm x 140 mm
AD-PGW753I
PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 750 g, Readability: 0.001 g, Pan Size: 5.5" x 5.5" / 140 mm x 140 mm
AD-PGW1502I
PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 1500 g, Readability: 0.01 g, Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm
AD-PGW2502I
PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 2500 g, Readability: 0.01 g, Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm
AD-PGW3502I
PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 3500 g, Readability: 0.01 g, Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm
AD-PGW4502I
PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 4500 g, Readability: 0.01 g, Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm
Accessories
AD-8023 Adam Printer
AD-7453
Density Kit (0.001 g Models Only)
AD-8036
Anti-Vibration Table
AD-7995
Below Balance Hanger
AD-9028
RS-232 Cable
AD-9061
AdamDU - Data Collection Program
AD-9066
USB To RS-232 Interface Cable
PGL Precision Balances
Great for material testing applications and laboratory. Ideal for field applications with a battery!
3 Year Warranty!
Features
•9 weighing units
•Date and time
•Full range tare
•Zero tracking
•Multilingual display
•Large backlit display with dual text prompts
•Capacity tracker
•Large stainless steel pan
•Solid metal housing
•Overload protection
Applications
•Lock down mounting slot for Kensington™ type lock and cable
•Non-slip adjustable leveling feet
•Color coded, sealed keypad
•Dual tare keys
•Windshield supplied as standard with models with 0.001 g readability
•Modern low profile design
•RS-232 bi-directional interface
•GLP print outs
•External calibration
•Rechargeable battery
•AC adapter
•Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life
PGL Precision Balances are ideal for weighing, parts counting, percentage weighing, check weighing, density determination and below pan weigh.
AD-PGL203
PGL
AD-PGL2002
PGL
AD-PGL4001
PGL
AD-PGL6001
PGL
AD-PGL8001
PGL
AD-PGL10001
PGL
AD-PGL20001
PGL Precision Balance, Capacity:
Accessories
AD-8023
Adam Printer
AD-9061
AdamDU - Data Collection Program
AD-9028
RS-232 Cable
AD-7995
Below Balance Hanger
AD-9066
USB To RS-232 Interface Cable
Highland™ Portable Precision Balances
Ideal for quick readings in the laboratory, university and field work!
2 Year Warranty!
Features
•15 weighing units
•Zero tracking
•Backlit LCD display
•Capacity tracker
•ShockProtect™ overload three - point protection
•Can be stacked for storage (120 mm pan size only)
•Lock down mounting slot for Kensington™ type lock
•Removable anti-static draft shield (120 mm pan size only)
•Non-slip adjustable leveling feet
•Below balance weighing with hanger
•Easy access to the rechargeable battery
•Color coded, sealed keypad
•Dual tare keys
•RS-232 and USB interface
•Handical™ manual internal calibration with built-in mass
•External calibration
•Auto power off
•Full range tare
•Low battery indication
•AC adapter
Applications
Highland™ Portable Precision Balances are ideal for weighing, percentage weighing, parts counting, below pan weighing and weight accumulation.
AD-HCB1002
Accessories
AD-9307
•Stainless steel pan AD-HCB123
Hard Carry Case W/ Lock
AD-8030
Security Lock & Cable
AD-8023
Adam Printer
AD-9061
AdamDU - Data Collection Program
LBK Weighing Scales
Applications
LBK Weighing Scales are ideal for weighing, parts counting and percentage weighing.
Features
•5 weigh ing units (kg, g, lb, oz, lbs:oz)
•Full range tare
•Zero tracking
•Simple user-friendly operation
•Large backlit LCD display
•Non-slip adjustable leveling feet
•Overload protection
•Color coded, sealed keypad
•Large stainless steel pan
•Modern low profile design
•Precision load cell technology
•Splashproof to protect from accidental spills
•External calibration
•Rechargeable battery up to 150 hours operation
CPWplus Bench Scales
Ideal for shipping / receiving, materials and sample testing in the field!
•Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life
•Low battery indication
•AC adapter
Features
• 4 weighing units (kg, g, lb, oz)
1 Year Warranty!
Applications
CPWplus Bench Scales are ideal for weighing and animal / dynamic weighing.
CBCa Bench Counting Scales
Features
•Internal counting resolution 1:400,000
•Preset tare function
•Full range tare
•Zero tracking
•Memory accumulation
•Adjustable filters
•Pre-set counting with alarm
•Date and time
•Large backlit LCD display
•Simple user-friendly operation
•Precision load cell technology
•Splashproof to protect from accidental spills
•Full color coded keypad with numeric entry
•Large stainless steel pan
•Non-slip adjustable feet
•Overload protection
•Easy access to the rechargeable battery
•RS-232 bi-directional interface
•External calibration
•Rechargeable battery up to 90 hours operation
•Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life
• Simple 4 button operation
• Hold function
• Full range tare
• Zero tracking
• Large backlit LCD display
• Wall mount bracket
• Large stainless steel pan
• Modern low profile design
• Splashproof to protect from accidental spills
• Precision load cell technology
• Color coded, sealed keypad
• RS-232 bi-directional interface
• Low battery indication
• Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life
• Battery power (6 x "AA"batteries)
• AC adapter
•Low battery indication
•AC adapter
2 Year Warranty!
AD-CBC8A
CBCa Bench Counting Scale, Capacity: 8 lbs / 4000 g, Readability: 0.0002 lbs / 0.1 g, Pan Size: 8.9" x 10.8" / 225
AD-CBC16A CBCa Bench Counting Scale,
AD-CBC35A
CBCa Bench Counting Scale,
AD-CBC70A
CBCa Bench Counting Scale,
70 lbs / 32 kg, Readability: 0.002 lbs / 1 g,
Pan Size: 8.9" x 10.8" / 225 mm x 275 mm
AD-CBC100A
CBCa Bench Counting Scale, Capacity: 100 lbs/48 kg, Readability: 0.005 lbs / 2 g,
Pan Size: 8.9" x 10.8" / 225 mm x 275 mm
1 Year Warranty!
Accessory
AD-9664 In-Use Cover
AD-CPWPLUS6
CPWplus Bench Scale, Capacity: 13 lbs / 6000 g, Readability: 0.005 lbs / 2 g, Pan Size: 11.8" x 11.8" / 300 mm x 300 mm
AD-CPWPLUS15
CPWplus
AD-CPWPLUS75
CPWplus
AD-CPWPLUS150 CPWplus
AD-CPWPLUS200
CPWplus
Accessory
AD-7954
Hard Carry Case W/ Lock
Applications
CBCa Bench Counting Scales are ideal for weighing, weight accumulation, parts counting check counting and for count accumulation.
Accessories
AD-5006 In-Use Cover
AD-5006-10 In-Use Cover, 10/Pack
Features
•5 weighing units (kg, g, lb, oz, lbs:oz)
•Adjustable filters
•Memory accumulation
•Date and time
•Full range tare
•Pre-set weighing with alarm
•Check-weighing with low and high limits
•Check weighing LED bar graph
•Large backlit LCD display
•Capacity tracker
•Non-slip adjustable leveling feet
•Overload protection
•Large stainless steel pan
•Color coded, sealed keypad
CPWplus P Bench Scales
2 Year Warranty!
•Full color coded keypad with numeric entry
•Simple user-friendly operation
•Splashproof to protect from accidental spills
•Precision load cell technology
•Internal counting resolution 1:400,000
•Easy access to the rechargeable battery
•RS-232 bi-directional interface
•External calibration
•Rechargeable battery up to 90 hours operation
•Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life
•Low battery indication
•AC adapter
Ideal for Shipping / Receiving, Materials & Sample Testing in the Field!
Features
• 4 weighing units (kg, g, lb, oz)
• Large backlit LCD display
• Simple 4 button operation
• Hold function
• Full range tare
• Zero tracking
• Wall mount bracket
• Large stainless steel platform
• Modern low profile design
• Splashproof to protect from accidental spills
• Precision load cell technology
• Color coded, sealed keypad
• Pillar display standard on P versions
• RS-232 bi-directional interface
• External calibration
• Low battery indication
• Battery power (6 x AA batteries)
• Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life
• AC adapter
1 Year Warranty!
AD-CPWPLUS6P
CPWplus P Bench Scale, Capacity: 13 lbs / 6000 g, Readability: 0.005 lbs / 2 g, Pan Size: 11.8" x 11.8" / 300 mm x 300 mm
AD-CPWPLUS15P
CPWplus P Bench Scale, Capacity: 33 lbs / 15 kg, Readability: 0.01 lbs / 5 g, Pan Size: 11.8" x 11.8" / 300 mm x 300 mm
AD-CPWPLUS35P
CPWplus P Bench Scale, Capacity: 75 lbs / 35 kg, Readability: 0.02 lbs / 10 g, Pan Size: 11.8" x 11.8" / 300 mm x 300 mm
AD-CPWPLUS75P
CPWplus P Bench Scale, Capacity: 165 lbs / 75 kg, Readability: 0.05 lbs / 20 g, Pan Size: 11.8" x 11.8" / 300 mm x 300 mm
AD-CPWPLUS150P
CPWplus P Bench Scale, Capacity: 330 lbs / 150 kg, Readability: 0.1 lbs / 50 g,
Pan Size: 11.8" x 11.8" / 300 mm x 300 mm
AD-CPWPLUS200P
CPWplus P Bench Scale, Capacity: 440 lbs / 200 kg, Readability: 0.1 lbs / 50 g, Pan Size: 11.8" x 11.8" / 300 mm x 300 mm
AD-CBK8A
CBK Bench Scale, Capacity: 8 lbs /
AD-CBK16AH
CBK Bench Scale,
AD-CBK70A
Accessories
AD-8023 Adam Printer
AD-6081 Weigh Below Hanger (Factory Fitted)
AD-9028 RS-232 Cable
AD-9066 USB To RS-232 Interface Cable
AD-9061 AdamDU - Data Collection Program
CPWplus W Weighing Scales
Features
• 4 weighing units (kg, g, lb, oz)
• Hold function
• Full range tare
• Zero tracking
• Simple 4 button operation
• External calibration
• Large backlit LCD display
• Large stainless steel platform
• Handlebar frame and wheeled base for mobility
• Splashproof to protect from accidental spills
• Non-slip adjustable leveling feet
• Four load cell construction
• Color coded keys
• Modern low profile design
• RS-232 bi-directional interface
• Rechargeable battery
• Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life
• Low battery indication
• AC adapter
CPWplus W Weighing Scales are ideal for weighing and animal / dynamic weighing. Ideal for Shipping / Receiving, Materials & Sample Testing in the Field!
Applications
1 Year Warranty!
AD-CPWPLUS35W
CPWplus W Weighing Scale, Capacity: 75 lbs / 35 kg,
AD-CPWPLUS150W
CPWplus
PMB Moisture Analyzers
Features
•Built-in memories for storing products and settings
•3 settings for heating samples
•Automatic test start setting for when the lid is closed
•Date and time
•Full range tare
•Zero tracking
•Quick and easy to configure through the keypad
•Multilingual display
•Large backlit display with dual text prompts
•Capacity tracker
•Non-slip adjustable leveling feet
•Color coded, sealed keypad
•Large stainless steel pan
•Lock down mounting slot for Kensington™ type lock and cable
•Overload protection
•Precision load cell technology
•Splashproof to protect from accidental spills
•Spirit level
•Single halogen lamp 400 W
•RS-232 and USB interface
•GLP print outs
•Calibration facilities for temperature and weight
• Power Cord
• Pan lifter to easily remove samples
Ideal for Water Treatment & Testing
AD-PMB53
Readability: 0.01 g / 0.01%, Pan Size: 3.5" / 90 mm
Application
PMB Moisture Analyzers are ideal for moisture determination.
3 Year Warranty!
Accessories
AD-9028
RS-232 Cable
AD-9304
USB Cable
AD-8023
Adam Printer
AD-7996
Disposable Aluminum Sample Pans, 250/Pack
Digital Moisture Balance
Cenco Mechanical Moisture Balance
The Cenco Mechanical Moisture Balance has become world renowned for fast and accurate readings of the percent moisture content in a variety of substances. The wide selection of heat ranges allows optimum drying of diverse materials without sample damage. The Mechanical Moisture Balance eliminates error while providing direct readings of moisture content. There is no calculation or special training needed to use this dependable equipment.
The Mechanical Moisture Balance is the best cost performance moisture measurement method for most materials. Its portability makes it convenient to be used in the lab, on the production line or even in the field. The Mechanical Moisture Balance rapidly determines the percentage moisture of materials ranging from food products to chemicals, plastics, and ceramics!
Features
• Direct % Reading
No calculation needed
The Digital Moisture Balance is specifically designed to be used in a production environment by non-technical personnel. Can be successfully used in the laboratory and in the production area where test results are needed on the spot. With its RS-232 interface capability, the custom printer will print a hard copy of the test data with a time and date stamp, confirmation of the test parameters used, and a message of ‘operator interrupt’ should a test be stopped prematurely. All accomplished automatically; load a sample, press a button and walk away. Rapid, no hassle results in just minutes.
Features
•Flexibility
Simplifies sample preparation and loading, no limitations on sample size (0-100 g), measures moisture or solids from 0.0% to 100.0%
•Versatile
Allows fine tuning to individual testing needs with multiple testing modes, wide selection of heat settings and readout in either solids or moisture
•Accuracy
Increases precision and is adaptable to critical moisture and solids testing. Readable to 0.1% moisture and solids
•Durability
Withstands the hard knocks of day-to-day use with rugged cast aluminum construction and enclosed sample chamber
Applications
The Digital Moisture Balance is ideal for use of snack foods, dairy products, cereals, grains and baked goods, sand, cement, ceramics, gypsum, fiberboard, adhesives, pharmaceuticals,chemicals, sludge and slurries.
No special training needed
• Efficient
Simultaneous weighing & drying - saves time
• Flexibility
Wide selection of heat ranges allows optimum drying of diverse materials without sample damage
• Versatility
Allows fine tuning to individual testing needs. Multiple testing modes and temperature settings
• Accuracy
Increases precision and is adaptable to critical moisture and solids testing. Readable to 0.1% moisture and solids
CS-26900EMB Digital Moisture Balance (110 V)
CS-26900EMB Digital Moisture Balance (110 V)
Recommended for Quality Assurance!
Bostwick Consistometer
The Bostwick Consistometer is the preferred choice for measuring consistency, flow rate and viscosity in a variety of products. You can use the Bostwick on any viscous material like sauces, salad dressings, paints, chemicals or cosmetics where you want to measure the distance a material flows in a given time interval. The Bostwick complies to Mill Spec R81294D and ASTM F1080-93 and is made of stainless steel construction.
Features
• Durable
Stainless Steel Construction, resists corrosion, suitable for laboratory and plant use
• Convenient Size
Uses little bench space, requires only 75 mL of sample 14"L x 3 1/2"W x 5 1/2"H
• Spring Loading Gate
Instantaneous gate release, prevents premature flowing of sample
Precision & Interfacial DuNouy Tensiometer
Measure surface tension and interfacial tension quickly and accurately in oils, detergents, serums, colloidal suspensions, chromium solutions, etc. to better control your process and your product quality. The DuNouy Tensiometer is easy-to-use, accurate, portable and gives surface tension results reproducible to within ± 0.05 dyne/cm.
• Reproductivity
2 leveling screws and spirit levels, precise positioning of flow angle
• Precision Engraved graduations of 0.5 cm divisions, assures accurate results, wear & smear resistant
Uses
• Food Processing
Tomato sauces + others, preserves, fillings, soups, baby foods, salad dressings & suggested by USDA
• Manufacturing
Epoxy removers, polyurethane paint, adhesives, coatings & mil spec
R-81294B
• Cosmetics Formulations
Lotions, shampoos & flow base creams
• Chemical Production
Selected solvents, viscous liquids, slurries & emulsions
CS-24925000 Bostwick Consistometer
Features
• Rapid Measurement
Ring method allows readings to be made in 15-30 seconds (Ideal for colloidal suspensions which exhibit rapid changes in surface tension)
• Direct Reading
Circular scale is graduated in dynes/cm eliminating the need for mathematical calculations
• Reproducible Results
Improved technique allows accurate readings to be reproduced within ±0.05 dyne/cm
• Portability
Compact unit comes with carrying case for easy transport
• Stability
Unit is mounted on a cast tripod support with convenient leveling screws
CS-70535000
Precision DuNouy Tensiometer
CS-70545000 Interfacial DuNouy Tensiometer
• Precision DuNouy Tensiometer (upward direction)
This model tensiometer provides precise readings of upward interfacial and surface tensions by the ring method to values reproducible within +/0.05 dyne/cm. This instrument is specified for determining interfacial tension of oil against water by the ring method in ASTM Method D971 and solutions of surface-active agents in ASTM Method D1331. It is also specified for testing synthetic rubber lattices in ASTM D1417 and determining the surface tension of industrial water and industrial wastewater in ASTM Method D1590.
• Interfacial DuNouy Tensiometer (dual direction)
Where the Precision Tesiometer measures only the upward pull on the ring, the Interfacial Tensiometer is designed to measure both upward and downward forces on the ring. Graduated dial reads in both directions from
zero and a double vernier is provided. The two scales and corresponding verniers have graduations and figures of different colors to indicate whether the measured force is upward or downward.
• Both instruments can be quickly adjusted and calibrated. They are supplied completely assembled and are furnished with three extra torsion wires, a 6 cm platinum-iridium ring and carrying case.
Quality surface tension testing and the DuNouy Tensiometer has become an indispensable asset to a variety of industries including paints, coatings and inks; chrome, nickel, and brass plating; soap; surfactants; emulsions; crude and transformer oils and many more. The CSC DuNouy Tensiometer is also being used in many universities and technical centers as an important instrument for scientific studies.
The DuNouy Tensiometer is available in two models
Sieves
N/A
N/A
Mesh Certified Test Sieves (MCTS) 3", 8" Brass Frame & Stainless Steel Mesh
The Mesh Certified Test Sieves include a serial number that ties down the traceability to each sieve. One of the special benefits of the sieve construction is a fillet. The fillet covers the solder connection between the mesh to the frame. This keeps particles from being caught in the crevices and makes cleaning easier.
Supplied with Certificate of Compliance.
Inspection Certificate states the average aperture values. Full traceability is achieved with an individual serial number on each sieve. They meet ASTM - E11, BS, and ISO Standards.
Also Available In:
12", 18", 100 mm, 200 mm, 300 mm & 450 mm Diameter Frame
Stainless Steel Frames
Both Certified & Mid-Point Seives Are Also Available In Half-Height Frame Depth
Other Mesh Sizes Are Available, Along With Receiving Pans & Lids
CSC-008BAW106.0 106.0 mm or 4.24"
CSC-008BAW100.0 100.0 mm or 4"
N/A CSC-008BAW90.0 90.0 mm or 3 1/2"
N/A CSC-008BAW75.0 75.0 mm or 3"
N/A CSC-008BAW63.0 63.0 mm or 2 1/2"
CSC-003BAW37.5CSC-008BAW37.5 37.5 mm or 1 1/2"
CSC-003BAW31.5CSC-008BAW31.5 31.5 mm or 1 1/4"
CSC-003BAW26.5CSC-008BAW26.5 26.5 mm or 1.06"
CSC-003BAW25.0CSC-008BAW25.0 25.0 mm or 1"
CSC-003BAW22.4CSC-008BAW22.4 22.4 mm or 7/8"
CSC-003BAW19.0CSC-008BAW19.0 19.0 mm or 3/4"
CSC-003BAW16.0CSC-008BAW16.0 16.0 mm or 5/8"
CSC-003BAW13.2CSC-008BAW13.2 13.2 mm or 0.530"
CSC-003BAW12.5CSC-008BAW12.5 12.5 mm or 1/2"
CSC-003BAW11.2CSC-008BAW11.2 11.2 mm or 7/16"
CSC-003BAW9.50CSC-008BAW9.50 9.5 mm or 3/8"
CSC-003BAW8.00CSC-008BAW8.00 8.0 mm or 5/16"
CSC-003BAW6.70CSC-008BAW6.70 6.7 mm or 0.265"
CSC-003BAW6.30CSC-008BAW6.30 6.3 mm or 1/4"
CSC-003BAW5.60CSC-008BAW5.60 5.6 mm or 3 1/2"
CSC-003BAW4.75CSC-008BAW4.75 4.75 mm or No.4
CSC-003BAW4.00CSC-008BAW4.00 4.0 mm or No.5
CSC-003BAW3.35CSC-008BAW3.35 3.35 mm or No.6
CSC-003BAW2.80CSC-008BAW2.80 2.8 mm or No.7
CSC-003BAW2.36CSC-008BAW2.36 2.36 mm or No.8
CSC-003BAW2.00CSC-008BAW2.00 2.0 mm or No.10
CSC-003BAW1.70CSC-008BAW1.70 1.7 mm or No.12
CSC-003BAW1.40CSC-008BAW1.40 1.4 mm or No.14
CSC-003BAW1.18CSC-008BAW1.18 1.18 mm or No.16
CSC-003BAW1.00CSC-008BAW1.00 1.0 mm or No.18
CSC-003BAW.850CSC-008BAW.850 850 microns or No.20
CSC-003BAW.710CSC-008BAW.710 710 microns or No.25
CSC-003BAW.600CSC-008BAW.600 600 microns or No.30
CSC-003BAW.500CSC-008BAW.500 500 microns or No.35
CSC-003BAW.425CSC-008BAW.425 425 microns or No.40
CSC-003BAW.355CSC-008BAW.355 355 microns or No.45
CSC-003BAW.300CSC-008BAW.300 300 microns or No.50
CSC-003BAW.250CSC-008BAW.250 250 microns or No.60
CSC-003BAW.212CSC-008BAW.212 212 microns or No.70
CSC-003BAW.180CSC-008BAW.180 180 microns or No.80
CSC-003BAW.150CSC-008BAW.150 150 microns or No.100
CSC-003BAW.125CSC-008BAW.125 125 microns or No.120
CSC-003BAW.106CSC-008BAW.106 106 microns or No.140
CSC-003BAW.090CSC-008BAW.090 90 microns or No.170
CSC-003BAW.075CSC-008BAW.075 75 microns or No.200
CSC-003BAW.063CSC-008BAW.063 63 microns or No.230
CSC-003BAW.053CSC-008BAW.053 53 microns or No.270
Many Different Options to Choose From
Also available:
Mid-Point Sieves
A Mid-Point Sieve has had the mesh inspected. The sieve is then selected as a mid-point if the results give tolerances that are in the middle of the ASTM Standard. One of the special benefits of the sieve construction is a fillet. The fillet covers the solder connection between the the mesh to the frame. This keeps particles from being caught in the crevices and makes cleaning easier.
Used for everyday testing of supercritical processes. When a process requires a high level of repeatability, Mid-Point Sieves can be used on all sieve tests. However, the predominant application for the Mid-Point Sieves is master stacks. A master stack is used to check and recalibrate sieves used in everyday testing.
Working Sieves
Working Sieves do not require special inspection but need to conform to the basic standards of ASTM E-11. The Working Sieves are available in brass frames with brass or stainless steel mesh. We also supply stainless steel frames with stainless steel mesh. Working Sieves are available with 8" and 12" diameter frames. The frames are full height and one half height depths. These sieves are constructed using ASTM standard wire cloth (mesh) and are supplied with a Certificate of Conformance. The mesh has not been individually inspected. Each sieve has a serial number which is related to a lot number.
Working Sieves are used in a diverse range of industries that include construction, mining, food, soil testing and pharmaceuticals. They can be checked against master stacks, master samples or calibration spheres (beads) to test for wear or mesh damage.
Calibration Samples Also Available
EFL 2000/2 Sieve Shaker
The EFL 2000/2 is a rugged no nonsense shaker ideal for on-site and heavy-duty applications. It is equipped with a dynamic power source to ensure the sieves and sample are provided the right vibration for fast, accurate, and reproducible tests, time after time. Vertical movement is fixed to ensure samples spend a maximum amount of time seeking apertures, instead of being suspended mid-air.
Applications
The EFL 2000/2 is perfect for use in the field or in the production area.
Features
•Rugged
Designed specifically for large, cumbersome samples like concrete, rock, sand and asphalt
Meinzer II Sieve Shaker
The Meinzer II Sieve Shaker separates different size components in ground, granular or particulate mixtures by rapid machine sieving. The newly developed clamping system is very easy to use. The Meinzer II accepts up to 10 full-height 8" sieves or 21 half-height sieves, plus a lid and receiver.
Applications
The Meinzer II is ideal for use on aggregates, cements, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, cosmetics, grains, seeds, coal, soils, tobacco blends, or any dry material requiring size analysis.
Features
•Quiet Operation
Acceptable noise level for the plant or lab
•Compact Size
Only 10" diameter footprint
•Two Way Sieving Action
Simultaneous vertical and horizontal motion
•Easy to Use
60 minute timer and unique clamping system allows user to set up sieve tests in seconds
•Maintenance-Free
Non-corrodible, non-metallic springs, and a durable motor offers maintenance free testing
•Flexibility
Low noise level makes shaker ideal for onsite, production, and laboratory testing
•Capacity
8" Sieves - 12 full height or 24 half height
12" Sieves - 6 full height or 12 half height
CS-18490012 EFL 2000/2 Sieve Shaker
Powermatic Sieve Shaker
The Powermatic Sieve Shaker is rugged nononsense shaker, ideal for heavy-duty applications. It is equipped with two maintenance free sealed motors to transmit the exact vibrations and movement to the sample for optimum performance. The low voltage removable control unit allows the unit to be controlled from a bench wall, or other convenient locations.
Applications
The Powermatic is perfect for use in the field or production area.
Features
•Quiet
Virtually silent in operation, ideal for on-site, production, or lab testing
•Built-In Timer
Adjustable 60 minute timer with automatic shutoff
•Portable
Light-weight, 36 lbs
•Maintenance-Free
No internal moving parts
CS-18480100
Meinzer II Sieve Shaker (110 V)
•Maintenance-Free
Two sealed motors offset at strategic angles transmitting the exact vibration frequency and movement for optimum performance
•Easy to Use
60-minute timer and uniquely designed clamping system allows user to change sieve stacks in seconds
•Flexibility
Detachable control unit for convenient use
Now available: Screening sieves for continuous small scale screening operations
•Capacity
18"Sieves - 5 full height sieves
CS-18490018
Powermatic Sieve Shaker
Octagon 2000 Sieve Shaker
5510 Ultrasonic Cleaner
The Octagon 2000 Sieve Shaker provides precise particle size analysis, all within safe and acceptable sound limits. Digital controls –time, vibration, and amplitude - allow you to duplicate test results from your current shaker with ease, from 3" to 20 um. The unit is powered by an electromagnetic drive that has no rotating parts, eliminating maintenance and virtually all noise. The rapid vertical and side to side motion created prevents apertures from blinding and offers accurate, repeatable results test after test.
Applications
The Octagon 2000 Sieve Shaker provides precise particle size analysis for laboratory or on-site use.
Features
•Whisper-Quiet
Ideal noise level for use in the plant, lab, or even at your desk
• Maintenance-Free
Powered by electromagnets, offering no moving parts to replace
•Easy to Use
Digital controller allows user to control time, amplitude and continuous or intermittent vibrations
•Flexibility
Uniquely designed clamping system allows user to change sieve stacks in seconds
•Capacity
3"Sieves - 12 full height or 24 half height
8"Sieves - 8 full height or 18 half height
•Accurate
Exacting horizontal and vertical sieving motion created offers paicles maximum time seeking apertures
CS-18490000 Octagon 2000 Sieve Shaker
Cleaning your sieves using the 5510 Ultrasonic is a faster, more thorough, and safer method than any other. Tiny, microscopic bubbles are created by ultrasonic sound waves that move through a specially formulated cleaning solution, removing the most stubborn dirt and contaminates. A builtin heater and degas feature help the whole process work even better. The 5510 Ultrasonic Cleaner makes a scrubbing action powerful enough to eliminate blinding and thoroughly clean your sieves.
Features
•Fast
Cleans sieves in less than 5 minutes
•Affordable
Save money by extending the lifetime of your sieves
•Safe
Removes the toughest grime without damaging expensive sieves
•Capacity
1 - full height 8" sieve
2 - half height sieves
Sieve Cleaning Brushes
Sieve cleaning brushes are ideal to keep your sieves working optimally. They are simple to use and are shaped to make cleaning fast and spotless.
CS-1810000NB
CS-1810000BB
CS-1810000B
CS-18510000 5510 Ultrasonic Cleaner
Accessories
CS-18510001
Tray For 5510 Ultrasonic Cleaner
CS-1851000260
Cleaning Solution For 5510 Ultrasonic Cleaner
CS-18510003
Cover For 5510 Ultrasonic Cleaner
LARGE INTERIOR VOLUME
The space saving design of the desiccator dome provides maximum interior clearances. They offer an average of 13% greater interior volume than standard hemispherical domes.
EXTRA HEAVY WALLS
Clear polycarbonate top and choice of white polypropylene or polycarbonate bottom. This strong, shatterproof desiccator will hold a full vacuum (29.9" Hg 759 mm) at room temperature for 24 hours and will remain airtight even if not under vacuum. Use at room temperature only.
Features
•A polypropylene stopcock with a Teflon® TFE plug which turns, allowing a slow, gentle entrance of air, preventing unnecessary
turbulence and crucible damage. The stopcock handle is a highly visible red and has a port which accepts 6.4 mm (1/4") I.D. tubing.
•A large ribbed knob at the top center for easy lifting.
•A neoprene O-ring seal which does not require grease, but is not harmed if grease is used.
•A polypropylene plate 3.2 mm (1/8") thick with 3.2 mm (1/8") diameter perforations for air transfer. The plate rests on the retaining ledge of the bottom section and has a center hole for easy removal.
•Choice of bottom section: Polypropylene provides excellent chemical resistance and permits the use of incandescent crucibles with standard size porcelain plates. All-clear polycarbonate bottoms are available in the same sizes.
Secador® Auto-Desiccator Cabinets
Protecting valuable humidity sensitive items such as reagents or electronics is easy and totally automatic with Secador® Auto-Desiccator Cabinets. A patented electronic dehumidification system is designed to reduce the relative humidity inside the cabinet from 75 to 25% and circulate dry air automatically, freeing users from monitoring or changing chemical desiccant. All contents are easily viewed through a large clear door that seals with positive latches and can be secured closed with tamper evident seals or padlock. A dial hygrometer in the door allows for easy monitoring of relative humidity.
Secador® 3.0 AutoDesiccator Cabinets
The built-in Auto-Desiccator module regenerates desiccant and circulates dry air to assure safe storage of moisture sensitive products.
The Secador® 3.0 Auto-Desiccator Cabinet has 1.58 cu. ft internal volume with overall dimensions of 41.7 H x 34. 1 W x 41.4 cm D (16.4" H x 13.4" W x 16.3" D). Three perforated shelves can be removed for different contents.
The door opening is 31.2 H x 22.5 cm W (12.3" H x 8.9" W) and includes 2 latches and loops for lock or tamper evident seal. Includes three shelves.
Shipping weight 10 kg (22 lbs).
BEL-F42073-1115
Secador® 3.0 Auto-Desiccator Cabinet Clear, 120 V AC
BEL-F42073-1220
Dry-Keeper™
Desiccator vertical cabinet
Non-vacuum with dial hygrometer in door Made of methyl-methacrylate, this desiccator cabinet provides a clear view of contents. Shelf cleats permit 15 height adjustments. Includes three shelves with vent holes and three sets of shelf rails. The gasketed door has two metal hinges, two door latches and a metal handle. A desiccant tray is also included. The door opening is 25 x 45 cm (10" x 17 7/8").
Colony Counter System
Smallest, Most Economical Unit Available!
This system combines the pen-style colony counter (BEL-F37862-0000), the minimagnifier (BEL-F37865-0000), the mini light box II (BEL-F37864-2000) with an AC line current adapter (BEL-H37864-0301) and a counting grid (BEL-F37864-0100). Available as a system or each item may be purchased separately.
Secador® 4.0
Includes three shelves
The built-in Auto-Desiccator module regenerates desiccant and circulates dry air to assure safe storage of moisture sensitive products. The Secador® 4.0 Auto-Desiccator Cabinet has 1.9 cu. ft internal volume with overall dimensions of 51.8 H x 34.1 W x 41.4 cm D (20.4" H x 13.4" W x 16.3" D). Three perforated shelves can be removed for different contents. The door opening is 41.7 H x 22.5 cm W (16.4" H x 8.9" W)and includes 2 latches and loops for lock or tamper evident seal. Shipping weight 10.9 kg (23.9 lbs).
BEL-F37863-2000
BEL-F42074-1115
Secador® 4.0 Clear, 120 V AC
BEL-F42074-1116
Secador® 4.0 Clear / Blue End Caps, 120 V AC (Not Shown)
BEL-F42074-1117
Secador® 4.0 Blue / Clear Door, 120 V AC (Not Shown)
BEL-F42074-1220
Secador® 4.0 Clear, 230 V AC
BEL-F42074-1226
Secador® 4.0 Clear / Blue End Caps, 230 V AC (Not Shown)
BEL-F42074-1227
Secador® 4.0 Blue / Clear Door, 230 V AC (Not Shown)
Hand Held Electronic Colony Counter
In a single motion this colony counter marks, counts and confirms with a beep.
The lightweight 42.5 gm (1.2 oz) pen-style colony counter features a four-digit LED display that shows cumulative count. A selector switch allows for counting up or down to correct errors, or to check the count by counting backwards. Powered by a 3 V battery. The long life felt-tip marker works on plastic or glass and is oil and water resistant, but ink is removable with ethyl alcohol. Comes with red and black markers. Dimensions: 152.4 x 19 x 19 mm (6" x 3/4" x 3/4").
BEL-F37862-0000
BEL-H37862-0100
Replacement Black Tip
BEL-H37862-0150
Replacement Red Tip
BEL-F37862-0200
Replacement 3 V Battery
Features
•High accuracy and precision guaranteed
•Autoclavable tip cone and lower section assembly
•Streamlined tip ejector designed for access to narrow-necked tubes and containers
•Ergonomic, lightweight and soft plunger movement provides added comfort and minimizes fatigue
•Two step plunger operation allows you to use both forward and reverse pipetting techniques depending on the nature of the liquid
•Color coded for easy identification
Diamond Pro
Diamond Pipettors
Diamond Pipettors are a cost-effective alternative to high priced name-brand pipettors. Manufactured for high accuracy and precision, the Diamond pipettors come with a certificate of calibration, a recalibration tool kit and a full one year warranty. They are calibrated in an ISO 17025 facility.
Adjustable Volume with Tip Ejector
GS-3301-10
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 0.5 - 10 µl, Color: Pink, Pipette Tip No.: 3305
GS-3301-20
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 2 - 20 µl, Color: Pink, Pipette Tip No.: 3305
GS-3301-50
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 5 - 50 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3301-100
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 10 - 100 µl, Color: Blue, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3301-200
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 20 - 200 µl, Color: Lavender, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3301-1000
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 100 - 1000 µl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3307
GS-3301-5000
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 1000 - 5000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B
Fixed Volume with Tip Ejector
GS-3302-5
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 5 µl, Color: Pink, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3302-10
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 10 µl, Color: Pink, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3302-15
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 15 µl, Color: Pink, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3302-20
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 20 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
The Diamond Pro research pipettor includes all of the features of the Diamond pipettor with the addition of a super-soft elastomer grip that minimizes fatigue of hands and fingers. The unique padding not only reduces thumb stress, but also minimizes the transfer of body heat to the pipette, resulting in consistent accuracy.
All Diamond pipettors come with a certificate of calibration, a recalibration tool kit and full one year warranty. They are calibrated in an ISO 17025 facility.
Adjustable Volume with Tip Ejector
GS-3311-10
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 0.5 - 10 µl, Color: Red, Pipette Tip No.: 3305
GS-3311-20
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 2 - 20 µl, Color: Red, Pipette Tip No.: 3305
GS-3311-50
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 5 - 50 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3311-100
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 10 - 100 µl, Color: Blue, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3311-200
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 20 - 200 µl, Color: Lavender, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3311-1000
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 100 - 1000 µl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3307
GS-3311-5000
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 1000 - 5000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B
Fixed Volume with Tip Ejector
GS-3312-5
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 5 µl, Color: Red, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3312-10
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 10 µl, Color: Red, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3312-15
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 15 µl, Color: Red, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3312-20
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 20 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3312-25
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 25 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3312-50
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 50 µl, Color: Blue, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3312-100
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 100 µl, Color: Lavender, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3312-200
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 200 µl, Color: Lavender, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3312-250
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 250 µl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3307
GS-3302-25
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 25 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3302-30
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 30 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3302-40
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 40 µl, Color: Blue, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3302-50
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 50 µl, Color: Blue, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3302-100
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 100 µl, Color: Lavender, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3302-200
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 200 µl, Color: Lavender, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3302-250
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 250 µl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3307
GS-3302-500
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 500 µl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3307
GS-3302-1000
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 1000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3307
GS-3302-2000
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 2000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B
GS-3302-3000
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 3000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B
GS-3302-5000
Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 5000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B
GS-3312-500
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 500 µl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3307
GS-3312-1000
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 1000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3307
GS-3312-2000
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 2000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B
GS-3312-5000
Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 5000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B
Multi-Channel with Tip Ejector
Globe’s 8-channel Diamond PRO pipettors feature a 360° rotating manifold which provides universal right or left hand use. Utilizing our super-soft elastomer grips, fatigue of the hands and fingers is minimized. The unique padding not only reduces thumb stress, but also minimizes the transfer of body heat to the pipette, resulting in consistant accuracy. All Diamond pipettors come with a certificate of calibration, a recalibration tool kit and a full one year warranty.
GS-3303-10
8 Place Multi-Channel Pipettor, Volume: 0.5 - 10 μl, Color: Red
GS-3303-50
8 Place Multi-Channel Pipettor, Volume: 5 - 50 μl, Color: Yellow
GS-3303-300
8 Place Multi-Channel Pipettor, Volume: 30 - 300 μl, Color: Orange
Pipette Tips
Diamond Jr. Pipettors
These fixed volume pipettors are accurate, economical and half the size of a standard pipettor. They are fully autoclavable and are perfect for kits, schools and single use applications where precision pipetting is required.
GS-3322-5
Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 5 μl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3305
GS-3322-10
Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 10 μl, Color: Pink, Pipette Tip No.: 3305
GS-3322-20
Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 20 μl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3322-25
Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 25 μl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3322-35
Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 35 μl, Color: Blue, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3322-50
Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 50 μl, Color: Purple, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
GS-3322-100
Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 100 μl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3306
Diamond Pipette Tips are molded using premium grade plastic and offer consistent accuracy when used with Diamond pipettors.
GS-3305
0.1 - 20 μl, Natural, 1000/Pack
GS-3305R
0.1 - 20 μl, Natural, 96/Rack, 10 Racks/Case
GS-3306
1 - 200 μl, Yellow, 1000/Pack
GS-3306R
1 - 200 μl, Yellow, 1000/Rack
GS-3307
100 - 1000 μl, Blue, 1000/Pack
GS-3307R
100 - 1000 μl, Blue, 1000/Rack
GS-3308B
1000 - 5000 μl, Natural, 250/Pack
RV-Pette™ Repeat Volume Pipettor
The RV-Pette™ Pipette provides accurate and reproducible repetitive pipetting from the single filling of a disposable tip. Use of the RV-Pette™ saves time and reduces the fatigue associated with repetitive pipetting using a standard pipettor. Twenty-nine different volumes between 1 μl and 5000 μl may be dispensed with this pipette. As many as forty-eight pipetting steps may be carried out without refilling the reservoir tip. Samples can be dispensed at intervals as fast as 1 second without compromising accuracy or reproducibility. The slender body of the RVPette™ fits comfortably in the natural contour of your hand. The plunger is located on the top of the unit, like that of a standard pipette, for easy access and reduction of hand strain. The RV-Pette™ performs best when used with Globe’s dispenser syringe tips.
Features
•Convenient tip selection chart located on the body of the pipette
•Maintenance free
•Use with Globe dispenser syringe tips
•Comes with a certificate of calibration and one year warranty
GS-3250 RV-Pette™ Repeat Volume Pipettor
Racks
The Diamond Acrylic Pipettor Stand offers safe and convenient storage for pipettors.
GS-3310-4
Holds 4 Pipettors
GS-3310-6 Holds 6 Pipettors
Vaccu-Pette/96™ Pipetting Device
The Vaccu-Pette/96™ pipetting device is a 96-channel pipetting device that can aspirate or dispense 96 wells in less than 10 seconds. It speeds up repetitive washing, dispensing or aspirating all wells simultaneously. Simply connect a disposable plastic syringe to the Vaccu Pette/96™ pipetting device and withdraw the plunger to transfer liquid. Use the Vaccu Pette/96™ pipetting device to remove spent medium from cultures in preparation for feeding. Molded of transparent plastics materials, it is 127 x 86 x 37 mm high (5" x 3 3⁄8" x 1 7⁄16") and has a vacuum outlet at one end. A short length of 3.2 mm I.D. (1⁄8") tubing is supplied for syringe connection. Requires a 30 ml or larger disposable sterile syringe (not included).
Individually packed, sterile and disposable.
Features Rapid Release Valve for One-Handed Operation
Designed for fast and efficient single -handed operation with glass or plastic pipettes. Pipettes are easily inserted into a unique collar with stabilizing fingers to hold pipette securely. Rotating the knurled thumb wheel draws liquid to the desired volume. To empty rapidly, apply light pressure to the fast release lever. For gradual dispensing, rotate the thumb wheel. Easily disassembled for cleaning. Sizes are color coded. Sold Individually.
Fast Release Pipette Pump™ II Pipettor, 2 ml, Blue
Fast Release Pipette Pump™ II Pipettor, 10 ml, Green
Fast Release Pipette Pump™ II Pipettor, 25 ml, Red
BEL-F37876-0000E
Sterile, Disposable Vaccu-Pette/96™ Pipetting Device, Each
BEL-37876-0001E
Autoclavable, Reusable Vaccu-Pette/96™ Pipetting Device, Each
A. Transpette™ 8
Channel Transfer Pipettor
Economical and Disposable
Now you can perform plate washing, feeding and supernatant collection with one of the most unique pipetting devices available. The Transpette™ pipettor is an inexpensive, disposable, 8-channel transfer pipettor which can deliver and remove liquids from your microwell plates without the use of pipettors and pipette tips. To avoid radiation contamination of your expensive liquid handling devices, discard the Transpette™ transfer pipettor after "hot" radioactive uses. Molded of translucent plastic, the Transpette™ pipetting device holds 600 μl per channel. Available sterile or non-sterilized. Cannot be autoclaved.
B. Disposable Pipetting Reservoir
The pipetting reservoir has a 100 ml capacity for extended multi-channel pipetting into microwell plates, Mini-Tubes, Scienceware® Cube 2ube® Tubes and deep well blocks. This design allows ample clearance for all types of pipettors.
BEL-F37873-0000
Transpette™ Pipettor, Non-Sterile, 25/Bag
BEL-F37877-0000
Disposable Pipetting Reservoir Bulk Packed, Non-Sterile, 50/Box
BEL-F37877-0001
Individually Packed, Radiation Sterilized, 50/Box
Powder Free
RO-819
SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box
RO-829
SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-839
SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-849
SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-859
SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
RO-519
SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box
RO-529
SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-539
SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-549
SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-559
SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Bel-Bulb™ Pipettor
The Bel-Bulb™ Pipettor is a simple suction device with a soft tapered chuck to fit pipettes from 6 to 8 mm in diameter. The flexible vinyl bulb is 5 cm diameter x 7 cm long (2" x 2 3/4"). After filling your pipette, remove the bulb and quickly cover the top of the pipette with a finger to hold fluid or release it as needed.
BEL-F37887-0000B
Bel-Bulb™ Pipettor, 2/Bag
Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes
Ideal for dispensing small volumes, loading hemocytometers and transferring liquid to and from multi-well plates.
GS-134010-500
Transfer Pipettes General
Purpose
These Transfer Pipettes are offered in a variety of sizes and styles. Choose from our standard graduated and non-graduated transfer pipettes, fine tip transfer pipettes, mini transfer pipettes and extra large 12" transfer pipettes. We have the right pipette for your requirements. Produced from flexible polyethylene (PE), these pipettes are perfect for all liquid transfer applications.
Standard Pipettes-Graduated
GS-137035-500
GS-137030-500
3 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Graduated To 1 ml, Length: 140 mm, 21 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box
5 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Graduated To 1 ml, Length: 145 mm, 24 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box
GS-135030-500
7 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Graduated To 3 ml, Length: 155 mm, 23 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box
Also available in larger quantities. Also available sterile.
GS-134050-500
Fine Tip Pipettes, Non-Graduated
GS-134010-500
1.3 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 51 mm, 45 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box
GS-134020-400
1.5 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 104 mm, 50 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 400/Dispenser Box
GS-134070-250
3.3 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 153 mm, 50 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 250/Dispenser Box
GS-134050-500
5.8 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 147 mm, 55 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box
GS-134050-S20
5.8 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 147 mm, 60 Drops/ml, Sterile, 20/Bag, 20 Bags/Case, 400/Case
GS-134060-500
5.8 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 157 mm, 50 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box
GS-134090-400
8.7 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 147 mm, 45 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 400/Dispenser Box Also available in larger quantities. GS-137035-500
Standard Pipettes, Non-Graduated
GS-138060-500
4 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Blood Bank Style, Length: 130 mm, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box
GS-136030-500
4.5 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Narrow Stem, Length: 155 mm, 25 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box
GS-139020-500
6.5 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Narrow Stem, Length: 155 mm, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box
GS-138080-500
7 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 155 mm, 23 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box
GS-138030-400
8 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Large Bulb, Length: 157 mm, 20 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 400/Dispenser Box
GS-139040-250
15 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Large Bulb, Length: 155 mm, Non-Sterile, 250/Dispenser Box
Also available in larger quantities.
Mini Pipettes, Graduated & Non-Graduated
GS-138040-500
1.2 ml Mini Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 65 mm, 26 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box
GS-134010-500
1.3 ml Mini Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Fine Tip, Length: 51 mm, 45 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box
GS-134020-400
1.5 ml Mini Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Fine Tip, Length: 104 mm, 50 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 400/Dispenser Box
GS-136036-500
1.5 ml Mini Transfer Pipettes, Graduated To 0.3 ml, Length: 115 mm, 21 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box
GS-138020-500
1.7 ml Mini Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 87 mm, 27 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box
GS-136020-500
4 ml Mini Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Narrow Stem, Length :85 mml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box
Also available in larger quantities.
Extra Long Transfer Pipettes
Available in 9" and 12" lengths, these pipettes are ideal for reaching into large bottles, 24 hour urine containers, cylinders and jars.
Mini Transfer Pipettes
Ideal for use in diagnostic test kits and where small volume samples are required.
GS-134010-500
GS-139030-500*
Extra Long Pipettes, Non-Graduated
GS-139030-500*
6 ml Extra Long Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 225 mm, 28 Drops/ml, 500/Dispenser Box
GS-139050
23 ml Extra Long Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 300 mm, 100/Dispenser Box
Also available in larger quantities.
Bellows Transfer Pipettes
The accordian-shaped, high capacity bulb of the Bellows Pipette acts as a reservoir for filling and expelling liquids. The bulb provides strong suction for use with viscous liquids.
Bellows Pipettes
GS-138002
7 ml Bellows Pipettes, Graduated To 1.5 ml, Excellent For Food And Cosmetic Applications, 100/Bag, 20 Bags/Case, 2000/Case, SPECIAL ORDER ITEM
GS-138005
15 ml Bellows Pipettes, Graduated To 5 ml, Excellent For Food And Cosmetic Applications, 100/Bag, 12 Bags/Case, 1200/Case, SPECIAL ORDER ITEM
Also available in larger quantities.
GS-136036-500
Paddle Transfer Pipettes
GS-136020-500
These dual-purpose pipettes are used for small volume transfers and feature an integrated rigid paddle used for mixing, spreading and smearing.
Transfer Pipettes with Paddle, Non-Graduated
GS-136080-500
GS-136070-500
0.8 ml Transfer Pipettes W/ Paddle, Non-Graduated, Length: 124 mm, 50 uL Drop Size, 500/Dispenser Box, Features A Paddle At One End To Facilitate The Spreading Of Substances
GS-136070-500
1 ml Transfer Pipettes W/ Paddle, Non-Graduated, Narrow Tip, Length: 130 mm, 30 uL Drop Size, 500/Dispenser Box, Features A Paddle At One End To Facilitate The Spreading Of Substances
Also available in larger quantities.
GS-138040-500
GS-134020-400
GS-138020-500
GS-139050
GS-136080-500
Features
•Bold dual graduations 60 cc in 5 cc increments and 2 oz in 1/4" oz increments
•Autoclavable in rigid pack
•Oriented, compact package
•Sterile
Part Number Syringe Tip
TY-8881560224 Regular Luer 100
TY-8881560182 Eccentric Luer 100
TY-8881560141 Catheter (Irrigation)100
TY-8881560125 Luer Lock 100
TY-8881560265 Toomey Type (Irrigation)100
Monoject 140 cc Piston Syringes
Features
•Bold dual graduations 140 cc in 5 cc increments and 5 oz in 1/4 oz increments
•Autoclavable
TY-8881114014 Regular Luer 20
TY-8881114030 Luer Lock 20
TY-8881114055 Catheter (Irrigation)20 Sterile
TY-8881114063 Luer Lock
Automatic Burettes
Self Zeroing Glass Burettes
These burettes have easy to read blue graduations against a white background. The delivery end is fitted into a plastic push button stopcock which permits drop by drop delivery. A small screw clamp adjusts drop speed as needed for titration. A polyethylene filling tube extends from the top of the burette into the bottle reservoir. Bottle, screw cap, and round base are polyethylene. Graduation accuracy is Class B. Sold Individually
BEL-H37918-0109E
Automatic Burette, 10 ml, 0.05 ml Graduations, 500 ml Reservoir
BEL-H37918-0110E
Automatic Burette, 15 ml, 0.10 ml Graduations, 500 ml Reservoir
BEL-H37918-0111E
Automatic Burette, 25 ml, 0.10 ml Graduations, 1000 ml reservoir
BEL-H37918-0112E
Automatic Burette, 50 ml, 0.10 ml Graduations, 1000 ml Reservoir
Specimen Containers - Leak Resistant
These Tite-Rite™ containers are the ultimate in leak-tight storage and transport of liquids. An expanded inner liner in the screwcap is designed to compress against the uppermost walls and top rim of the container thereby providing an air-tight seal.
Technical information
• Container = Polypropylene (PP)
Cap = Polyethylene (PE)
• Molded graduation marks
• Ideal for hospital pneumatic tube systems
GS-6518
Tite-Rite™ Containers W/ Separate White Screwcap, Clarified Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 20 ml (0.66 oz),
Container Dimensions: Diameter: 1 1/2" (35 mm), Height: 1 3/4", 1000/Case
GS-6520
Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate White Screwcap, Clarified Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 40 ml (1.33 oz), Container Dimensions: Diameter: 2" (48 mm), Height: 1 5/8", 600/Case
GS-6522
Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate White Screwcap, Clarified Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 60 ml (2 oz), Container Dimensions: Diameter: 2" (48 mm), Height: 2 3/8", 500/Case
GS-6524
Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate White Screwcap, Clarified Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 90 ml (3 oz), Container Dimensions: Diameter: 2" (48 mm), Height: 3", 400/Case
GS-6525
Tite-Rite™ Wide Mouth Container W/ Separate White Screwcap, Clarified Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 90 ml (3 oz),
Container Dimensions: Diameter: 2 1/4" (53 mm), Height: 2 1/2", 300/Case
GS-6527
Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate White Screwcap, Clarified Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 120 ml (4 oz),
Container Dimensions: Diameter: 2 1/4" (53 mm), Height: 3 1/8", 300/Case
GS-6540
Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate Yellow Screwcap, Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 250 ml (8 oz),
Container Dimensions: Diameter: 3 1/2", Height: 2 1/4", 100/Case
GS-6542
Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate Yellow Screwcap, Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 500 ml (16 oz),
Container Dimensions: Diameter: 3 1/2", Height: 4 3/8", 100/Case
GS-6545
Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate Yellow Screwcap, Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 1000 ml (33 oz),
Container Dimensions: 4 3/8", Height: 5 3/8", 100/Case
4 oz (120 ml)
Specimen
Containers with Screw Cap
Our unique 4 oz Specimen Container features the EZ-Turn 1/4 turning screw cap which is designed to assist in the prevention of carpal tunnel syndrome. The lid opens and closes with one smooth movement, which minimizes the usage of the operator’s hand and lower arm area, and reduces the stress placed on the wrist.
GS-5912
4 oz Specimen Container W/ Label, Individually Wrapped, Sterile, 100/Box
GS-5910
4 oz Specimen Container W/ Label, Individually Wrapped, Sterile, 200/Box
GS-5915
4 oz Specimen Container, Non-Sterile, 500/Box
GS-5914
4 oz Specimen Container, Non-Sterile, 100/Box
GS-5916
4 oz Specimen Container W/ Affixed Thermometer & Screw Cap, Non-Sterile, 500/Box
Sample Tubes
These Sample Tubes have been designed for the storage and transport of biological material. They are manufactured of non-toxic polypropylene (PP) and offer a high degree of strength and clarity. The tubes come with external threads resulting in a smooth, uniform inner surface thereby reducing the risk of contamination.
The screw caps for the sample tubes are made of polypropylene (PP) and are available either with or without an O-Ring.
Non-Sterile Containers: Graduated to 100 ml & frosted writing area
Sterile Containers: Graduated to 100 ml, individually wrapped & trilingual patient ID label (English, Spanish & French)
Container = Polypropylene (PP)
Cap = Polyethylene (PE)
Features
•Tubes withstand a temperature range of -196°C to +121°C
•Round bottom tubes can be centrifuged up to 17,000 x g
•Autoclavable (121°C) in an upright position with caps loosened
Sample tubes are available in the following two types:
Non-Graduated
GS-6030
1.2 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box
GS-6031
2.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Round Bottom, 1000/Box
GS-6032
2.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box
GS-6033
3.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box
GS-6034
4.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Round Bottom, 1000/Box
GS-6035
4.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box
GS-6038
5.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Round Bottom, 1000/Box
GS-6039
5.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box
Screw Cap with O-Ring
GS-6137C
Screw Cap, Natural, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box
GS-6137B
Screw Cap, Blue, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box
GS-6137G
Screw Cap, Green, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box
GS-6137P
Screw Cap, Pink, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box
GS-6137R
Screw Cap, Red, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box
GS-6137W
Screw Cap, White, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box
GS-6137Y
Screw Cap, Yellow, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box
Graduated with White Writing Area
GS-6050
1.2 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box
GS-6051
2.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Round Bottom, 1000/Box
GS-6052
2.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box
GS-6053
3.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box
GS-6054
4.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Round Bottom, 1000/Box
GS-6055
4.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box
GS-6058
5.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Round Bottom, 1000/Box
GS-6059
5.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box
Screw Cap without O-Ring
GS-6136C
Screw Cap, Natural, 1000/Box
GS-6136B
Scre Cap, Blue, 1000/Box
GS-6136G
Screw Cap, Green, 1000/Box
GS-6136P
Screw Cap, Pink, 1000/Box
GS-6136R
Screw Cap, Red, 1000/Box
GS-6136W
Screw Cap, White, 1000/Box
GS-6136Y
Screw Cap, Yellow, 1000/Box
Glass
Facts
Features
•Maximum visibility
•Impervious to permeation of gases
•Shapes and volumes do not change under vacuum pressure or when handled
•Recyclable
•Amber glass provides UV light protection
•Chemically inert
•Autoclavable
Cap Styles Also Available Upon Request: Black Phenolic Pulp/Vinyl, Black Phenolic Polyseal™, Black Phenolic Rubber & Bottle Only Bulk packages also available
Ready To Clean Glass Containers
Amber Boston Rounds Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style
QOR-GLC-01904
QOR-GLC-01926
QOR-GLC-01947
Ready to Clean Bottles are designed for users who prefer to use their own cleaning process. Ready to Clean bottles are fully assembled with polypropylene caps and a friction fit .015" Teflon® disc. Both cap and liner can be washed, heated or autoclaved depending upon your application. The Teflon® disc is chemically inert, and will not interfere with your test results.
QOR-GLC-02190
Clear Boston Rounds
Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style
QOR-GLC-01082
QOR-GLC-01099
QOR-GLC-01123
QOR-GLC-01217
Clear Standard Wide Mouths Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style
QOR-GLC-01743
QOR-GLC-01770
QOR-GLC-01800
Clear Straight Sided Rounds Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style
QOR-GLC-01586
QOR-GLC-01634
QOR-GLC-05919
QOR-GLC-01672
QOR-GLC-01692
QOR-GLC-01721
Wide Mouths Ready to Clean Black PP Cap & Teflon® Disc Cap
Precleaned by Vacuum & Ionization
Contaminants such as loose dirt, carton lint, aerosols, and fine glass particles are removed by the Vacuum and Ionization process. Part Number
Vacuum & Ionized
Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style
QOR-GLC-01906
Black Phenolic Pulp/Vinyl Cap Style
QOR-GLC-01919
QOR-GLC-01940
Vacuum & Ionized Amber Wide Mouths Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style
QOR-GLC-02083
QOR-GLC-07007
Black Phenolic Pulp/Vinyl Cap Style
QOR-GLC-02090
QOR-GLC-02107
QOR-GLC-02204
QOR-GLC-02126
QOR-GLC-02149
QOR-GLC-02176
Vacuum & Ionized Clear Boston Rounds Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style
QOR-GLC-01085 30 (1) 20 - 400 48
QOR-GLC-01102 60 (2) 20 - 400 24
QOR-GLC-01126 120 (4)
QOR-GLC-01154
QOR-GLC-01188
(8)
(16)
QOR-GLC-01220 960 (32)
Black Phenolic Pulp/Vinyl Cap Style
QOR-GLC-01096 30 (1) 20 - 400 48
QOR-GLC-01118 60 (2) 20 - 400 24
QOR-GLC-01140 120 (4) 22 - 400 24
QOR-GLC-01175 240 (8)
QOR-GLC-01207
QOR-GLC-01240
Vacuum & Ionized Clear Standard Wide Mouths Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style
QOR-GLC-01746 120 (4) 48 - 400 24
QOR-GLC-01773 240 (8) 58 - 400 24
QOR-GLC-01806 480 (16) 63 - 400 24
QOR-GLC-01836 960 (32) 70 - 400 12
QOR-GLC-01861 1920 (64)
QOR-GLC-01885 3785 (128)
Borosilicate Sample Vials
Clear Sample Vials are packed in Blue Plastic Corrugate to reduce carton dust.
Dimensions
Amber Borosilicate Sample Vials
Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style
QOR-GLC-06786 1.85 (.50)12 x 358 - 425144
QOR-GLC-06787 4 (1) 15 x 4513 - 425144
QOR-GLC-06788 7.5 (2)17 x 6015 - 425144
QOR-GLC-06789 15 (4)21 x 7018 - 400144
QOR-GLC-01056 20 (5)27.75 x 5724 - 400144
QOR-GLC-01065 40 (10)27.50 x 9524 - 400144
Green PP Hole Caps & Teflon® PTFE/Silicone Septa Cap style
QOR-GLC-01058 20 (5)27.75 x 5724 - 400144
QOR-GLC-01075 40 (10)27.50 x 9524 - 400144
Clear Borosilicate Sample Vials
Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style
QOR-GLC-00978 1.85 (.50 )12 x 358 - 425144
QOR-GLC-00980 4 (1) 15 x 4513 - 425144
QOR-GLC-00984 7.5 (2) 17 x 6015 - 425144
QOR-GLC-00988 11 (3)19 x 6515 - 425144
QOR-GLC-00993 15 (4)21 x 7018 - 400144
QOR-GLC-00999 20 (5)27.25 x 57.524 - 40072
QOR-GLC-06064* 20 (5)27.25 x 57.524 - 400144
QOR-GLC-01002 22 (6)23 x 8520 - 400144
QOR-GLC-01006 22 (6)27.25 x 70 24 - 40072
QOR-GLC-01008 30 (8)25 x 9522 - 400144
QOR-GLC-01039* 40 (10)29.25 x 8124 - 400144
QOR-GLC-01022* 40 (10)27.75 x 9524 - 414144
QOR-GLC-07876* 60 (15)27.5 x 14024 - 40072
Green PP Hole Caps & Teflon® PTFE/Silicone Septa Cap Style
QOR-GLC-01016* 20 (5)27.25 x 57.524 - 400144
QOR-GLC-01031* 40 (10)27.75 x 9524 - 414144
QOR-GLC-07863* 60 (15)27.5 x 14024 - 40072
*Indicates item is not available in blue plastic corrugate.
Amber & Clear Round Dropper Bottles
With black polypropylene hole cap with glass dropper assembly.
Amber Round Dropper Bottles
Clear Round Dropper Bottles
QOR-GLC-05723
Polystop™ Dropper Bottle
The dropper pulls out leaving the polypropylene stopper to protect the neck of the glass bottle. All parts disassemble to clean.
Features
•Soft vinyl bulb
•Ground standard taper neck in bottle
•"Bumper" opening protects the tip of the glass dropper
BEL-F11604-0030
Polystop™ Dropper Bottle 30 ml, Each
BEL-F11604-0060
Polystop™ Dropper Bottle 50 ml, Each
BEL-F11604-0125
Polystop™ Dropper Bottle 125 ml, Each
Natural Polypropylene Jars with White PP Unlined Cap Style
White Polypropylene Jars with White PP Unlined Cap Style
Clear Polystyrene Jars with White PP SturdeeSeal® PE Foam Cap Style
Clear Polystyrene Snap Cap Vials
QOR-PLC-03731 18.5 (5)25 x 5024 mm144
QOR-PLC-03732 26 (7) 29 x 5028 mm144
QOR-PLC-03733 45 (13)33.5 x 71.538 mm144
QOR-PLC-03734 60 (15)36 x 6243 mm144
QOR-PLC-03729
Natural HDPE Wide Mouth Rounds
PP SturdeeSeal® PE Foam Cap Style
HDPE Hedpaks®
QOR-PLA-05975 2.5 Gallon51 - 4003H1/Y1.2/100104
QOR-PLC-03642
QOR-PLC-03582
QOR-PLC-03596
QOR-PLC-03549
Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles
Eliminates Dangerous Drips
A unique, patented, 2-piece valve prevents pressure build-up of solvents within the wash bottle. The volatiles are vented eliminating solvent drips. Patented value allows dispensing with bottle upright or inverted. Wash bottles are labeled with six of the most commonly used solvent names. Bottles are low-density polyethylene, closures and venting assembly are polypropylene. Note: Use only with solvents compatible with LDPE.
Write-On™ Bottles
Simplify Labeling!
Large dedicated labeling areas help to standardize the way bottle contents are identified. A separate area is provided for name and a larger area allows for detail of contents or safety information and includes a defined space for date information. Bottles are molded of rugged HDPE in 500 and 1000 ml (16 & 32 oz) sizes and are available as narrow or wide mouth with leak proof polypropylene cap. Ideal for storing and transporting liquids or dry material.
FEP Wash Bottles
Fluoropolymer Wash Bottles, FEP Bottles; Tefzel ETFE closure/stem and draw tube. The most chemical-resistant wash bottle. Onepiece stem and closure for leak proof service. Provides contamination-free dispensinguseful for trace element work. Packaged Individually.
BEL-F10660-0500B
Write-On™ Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz), Narrow Mouth, 12/Bag
BEL-F10660-1000B
Write-On™ Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz), Narrow Mouth, 6/Bag
BEL-F10662-0500B
Write-On™ Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz) Wide Mouth, 12/bag
BEL-F10662-1000B
Write-On™ Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz) Wide Mouth, 6/Bag
JIP-WBT5008-125F
FEP Wash Bottle, 125 ml, Each
JIP-WBT5008-250F
FEP Wash Bottles, 250 ml, Each
JIP-WBT5008-500F
FEP Wash Bottles, 500 ml, Each
JIP-WBT5008-1000F
FEP Wash Bottles,1000 ml, Each
BEL-F11642-0622B
Acetone, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11642-0637B
Ethanol, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11642-0612B
Ethyl Acetate, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11642-0624B
Isopropanol, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11642-0638B
LYOB (Label Your Own Bottle), 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11642-0623B
Methanol, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11642-0611B
Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK), 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11643-0222B
Acetone, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11643-0237B
Ethanol, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11643-0224B
Isopropanol, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11643-0238B
LYOB (Label Your Own Bottle), 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11643-0223B
Methanol, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag
JIP-BTP5009-0030N
Fluoropolymer Bottles with Rounded Bottoms
Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 30 ml
JIP-BTP5009-0060N
Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 60 ml
JIP-BTP5009-0125N
Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 125 ml
JIP-BTP5009-0250N
Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 250 ml
JIP-BTP5009-0500N
Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 500 ml
JIP-BTP5009-1000N
Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 1000 ml
JIP-BTF5009-0030N
Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 30 ml
JIP-BTF5009-0060N
Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 60 ml
JIP-BTF5009-0125N
Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 125 ml
JIP-BTF5009-0125W
Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 125 ml
JIP-BTF5009-0250N
Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 250 ml
JIP-BTF5009-0250W
Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 250 ml
JIP-BTF5009-0500N
Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 500 ml
JIP-BTF5009-0500W
Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 500 ml
JIP-BTF5009-1000N
Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 1000 ml
JIP-GBF5009-1000W
Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 1000 ml
JIP-BTF5009-2000N
Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 2000 ml
Fluoropolymer Vials
PFA Vials with threaded closures designed primarily for storage of samples. Available with flat, conical and rounded inner style configurations. Some vials are molded with solid outside bottoms for use on hot plates.
All vials also available in packs of 10 with tray. For vials with tray, add the letter "T" to the end of each catalog number for this configuration.
All Plain Closure (Non-Septum) PFA vials available with PTFE liner inside closure. Add the letter "L" to the end of each catalog number for this configuration.
PTFE Vials
Features
•Storage/shipping of valuable or aggressive materials
•For small reactions at lowpressure
•Thick wall construction
•Tapered inner walls for easy contents removal
JIP-014-125
PTFE Vial, 25 ml, 33 mm O.D., 78 mm Height, Each
JIP-014-150
PTFE Vial, 50 ml, 43 mm O.D., 78 mm Height, Each
Clavies® Autoclavable Bags
Safe, Convenient Biohazard Disposal
For maximum protection and convenience when disposing of biohazardous wastes, Clavies® transparent, autoclave bags are made of .05 mm (.002") thick polypropylene. Fill the bag with used Petri dishes, membrane filters, culture plates, pipettes, etc., then autoclave and discard. The three largest sizes hold 65, 200 and 240 standard Petri dishes respectively. Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F).
100/Box, 10 Boxes/Case
JIP-VIA5007-3VR
3 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Rounded, 23 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each
JIP-VIA5007-5VSN
5 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Standard, Inner Style: Flat, 24 mm, Snap-On Closure, Each
JIP-VIA5007-6VRHD
6 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Rounded, 23 mm, Plain Threaded, Heavy Duty Closure, Each
JIP-VIA5007-7VR
7 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Rounded, 24 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each
JIP-VIA5007-15VR
15 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Rounded, 33 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each
JIP-VIA5007-15VC
15 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Conical, 33 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each
JIP-VIA5007-22VF
22 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Standard, Inner Style: Flat, 33 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each
JIP-VIA5007-30VR
30 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Rounded, 33 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each
JIP-VIA5007-30VC
30 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Conical, 33 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each
JIP-VIA5007-60VF
60 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Flat, 33 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each
JIP-VIA5007-5SVC
5 ml, PFA Septum Vials, Bottom Style: Fin-Type, Inner Style: Conical, 24 mm, Threaded Septum Closure, Each
JIP-VIA5007-7SVR
7 ml, PFA Septum Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Rounded, 24 mm, Threaded Septum Closure, Each
JIP-VIA5007-30SVF
30 ml, PFA Septum Vials, Bottom Style: Standard, Inner Style: Flat, 33 mm, Threaded Septum Closure Each
JIP-VIA5007-60SVF
60 ml, PFA Septum Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style:Flat, 33 mm, Threaded Septum Closure, Each
BEL-H13182-0810C
Clavies® Autoclavable Bags, 20 x 25 cm (8" x 10"), 1000/Case
BEL-H13182-0812C
Clavies® Autoclavable Bags 20 x 30 cm (8" x 12"), 1000/Case
BEL-H13182-0815C
Clavies® Autoclavable Bags 20 x 38 cm (8" x 15"), 1000/Case
BEL-H13182-1010C
Clavies® Autoclavable Bags 25 x 25 cm (10" x 10"), 1000/Case
BEL-H13182-1012C
Clavies® Autoclavable Bags 25 x 30 cm (10" x 12"), 1000/Case
BEL-H13182-1015C
Clavies® Autoclavable Bags 25 x 38 cm (10" x 15"), 1000/Case
Whirl-Pak® Sterile Sampling Bags
Use these Sterile LDPE Bags to safely hold your solids and liquids. Easy-to-use, simply flip bag around wire/tape and bend wire to seal.
Features
•Puncture-proof tabs ensure wire will not poke through even after extensive use
•Sampling bags are available without or with a white labeling area
•Guaranteed sterile
•Reduced storage space
•Easy identification
•Leakproof closure
Sampling Bags without White Labeling Area Qty.: 500
NA-B01009WA Capacity: 58 ml (2 oz), Size: 3" W x 5" L,Thickness: 2.25
NA-B00679WA
NA-B00992WA Capacity: 207 ml (7 oz), Size: 3 .75" W x 7" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
NA-B01018WA Capacity: 384 ml (13 oz), Size: 5.25" W x 7.5 " L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
NA-B00736WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil
NA-B01063WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil
NA-B00990WA Capacity: 798 ml (27 oz), Size: 5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
NA-B00994WA Capacity: 1,065 ml (36 oz), Size: 5" W x 15" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
NA-B01027WA Capacity: 1,242 ml (42 oz), Size: 6" W x 15" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
"Speci-Sponge" Bags are designed to sample work surfaces and equipment Listeria, Salmonella, and other food-borne pathogens: contain a 38 x 76 mm (1.5" x 3") sponge that is free of bactericides and non-inhibitory; with write labeling area. The Whirl Pak® Stand-Up Bag gives you the freedom to perform important laboratory functions with both hands, because it will stand up completely by itself.
The Whirl Pak® Retention Bag is used for long-term storage up to two years. Filter Bags contain a third layer of finely perforated polyethylene, which filters out the solids in the sample when used in a homogenizer blender.
NA-B01245WA
Sampling Bag Accessories Rack Tray for Shaking Incubation
NA-B01432WA Holds Rack NA-B00677WA, Small Bags
NA-B01433WA Holds Rack NA-B00751WA, Medium Bags
NA-B01434WA Holds Rack NA-B01048WA, Large Bags
Sampling Bag Accessories Carrying Racks
NA-B00677WA Double Grid 21 Compartment
NA-B00678WA Double Grid 15 Compartment
NA-B00750WA Double Grid 30 Compartment
NA-B00751WA Double Grid 12 Compartment
NA-B01048WA Double Grid 6 Compartment (Also For Incubator Use)
NA-B01023WA Single Grid 18 Compartment
Sampling Bags with White Labeling Area Qty.: 500
NA-B01062WA
Stand-Up Sampling Bags Qty.: 500
Filter Bags (Contains Filter Layer) Qty.: 250
Sampling Bag Accessories Playmate® Cooler
NA-B00772WA Double Grid 18 Compartment Fits Regular Size Playmate® Cooler
NA-B01109WA Double Grid 15 Compartment Fits Little Playmate® Cooler
Sampling Bag Accessories Rack Handle
NA-B01309WA Rack Handle
Single
Scale Graduated Cylinders
Roll-Proof and Easy to Read
These Single Scale Graduated Cylinders have a single scale with raised numerals for easy reading. Flared top rims and large spouts facilitate pouring, and octagon-shaped bases provide stability. The "nonwetting" polypropylene surface eliminates concave meniscus and makes reading easier and more accurate. Chemically resistant and autoclavable at 121°C (250°F). Sold Individually.
BEL-F28452-0000E
Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 10 ml, Subdivision: 0.2 ml, Each
BEL-F28453-0000E
Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 25 ml, Subdivision: 0.5 ml, Each
BEL-F28454-0000E
Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 50 ml, Subdivision: 1.0 ml, Each
BEL-F28455-0000E
Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 100 ml, Subdivision: 1.0 ml, Each
BEL-F28456-0000E
Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 250 ml, Subdivision: 2.0 ml, Each
BEL-F28457-0000E
Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 500 ml, Subdivision: 5.0 ml, Each
BEL-F28458-0000E
Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 1000 ml, Subdivision: 10.0 ml, Each
BEL-F28459-0000E
Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 2000 ml, Subdivision: 20.0 ml, Each
Holdfast™ Graduated Cylinders
Grip Handle for Steady Pouring
The handle on a Holdfast™ Graduated Cylinder provides a secure, solid grip for superior control. The result is safer, more convenient pouring. The one-piece polypropylene cylinder will not create a meniscus. The "Total Contained, Total Delivered" double scale is accurate and easy to read, and the hexagonal base prevents tipping and rolling. The hand opening is 89 x 29 mm (3" x 1 1/8"). Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F).
"No-Drip" Spout for Easy Pouring
Graduated Beakers
Griffin Low Form Polypropylene Beakers are translucent, chemical resistant and will stack without sticking together. Raised numeric graduations show approximate volume (± 5%). All sizes are steam autoclavable at 121ºC (250ºF).
BEL-F26210-0000B
Graduated Beakers, 50 ml, 12/Bag
BEL-F26211-0000B
Graduated Beakers, 100 ml, 12/Bag
BEL-F26212-0000B
Graduated Beakers, 150 ml 12/Bag
BEL-F26213-0000B
Graduated Beakers, 250 ml, 6/Bag
BEL-F26214-0000B
Graduated Beakers, 400 ml, 6/Bag
Large Volume Beakers
5 & 10 Liter Capacity
Ideal for Pilot Plant Work
BEL-F28461-1000E
Holdfast™ Graduated Cylinders, 1000 ml, Each
BEL-F28461-2000E
Holdfast™ Graduated Cylinders, 2000 ml, Each
BEL-F26215-0000B
Graduated Beakers, 600 ml, 4/Bag
BEL-F26216-0000B
Graduated Beakers, 1000 ml, 3/Bag
BEL-F26217-0000B
Graduated Beakers, 2000 ml, 1/Bag
BEL-F26219-0000B
Graduated Beakers, 4000 ml, 1/Bag
These non-graduated beakers feature flared rims as well as spouts for quick, easy pouring when large volumes are handled. Made of polypropylene, they offer good chemical resistance and are steam autoclavable at 121ºC (250ºF).
BEL-F26219-0005E
Large Volume Beaker, 5 Liter, Bottom O.D.: 16.5 cm (6 1/2"), Top O.D.: 21 cm (8 1/4"), Height: 26 cm (10 1⁄4"), Each
BEL-F26219-0010E
Large Volume Beaker, 10 Liter, Bottom O.D.: 22.2 cm (8 3/4"), Top O.D.: 26.6 cm (10 1/4"), Height: 31.1 cm (12 1/4"), Each
Sterilizing Trays
Lightweight and Corrosion Proof Molded polypropylene trays have rounded corners and smooth, tapered sides for nesting. Ideal for sterilizing instruments and cleaning glassware. Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F). Sold Individually.
BEL-H16260-0000E
Sterilizing Tray, 30 x 20 x 13 mm (12" x 7 3/4" x 5 1/8"), Each
BEL-H16262-0000E
Sterilizing Tray, 48 x 27 x 13 mm (19" x 10 1/2" x 5 1/8"), Each
BEL-H16264-0000E
Sterilizing Tray, 51 x 39 x 13 mm (20 1/4" x 15 1/2" x 5 1/8"), Each
Small Pails
These 7.6 Liter (8 qt) pails have an airtight lid, removable plated steel support ring and bail handle. The height is 25 cm (10") and the top I.D. is 20 cm (8"). The Scienceware® BEL-F16775-0000 pail and cover are steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F). Packed Per Each.
PTFE Thick Wall Beakers
Features
• Isostatically molded in pure, FDA approved, PTFE
• Machined base for good heat transfer
• Molded-in pouring spout
• Totally chemically resistant and inert
Stainless Steel Storage Containers / Beakers
Features
BEL-F16771-0000E (Non-Autoclavable) White Polyethylene, Each
BEL-F16775-0000E (Autoclavable) Natural Polypropylene, Each
JIP-BEA5001-1
PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 1 ml, Each
JIP-BEA5001-5
PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 5 ml, Each
JIP-BEA5001-10
PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 10 ml, Each
JIP-BEA5001-25
PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 25 ml, Each
JIP-BEA5001-50
PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 50 ml, Each
JIP-BEA5001-100
PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 100 ml, Each
JIP-BEA5001-150
PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 150 ml, Each
JIP-BEA5001-250
PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 250 ml, Each
JIP-BEA5001-400
PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 400 ml, Each
JIP-BEA5001-500
PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 500 ml, Each
JIP-BEA5001-600
PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 600 ml, Each
JIP-BEA5001-1000
PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 1000 ml, Each
JIP-BEA5001-2000
PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 2000 ml, Each
JIP-BEA5001-5000
PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 5000 ml, Each
•Highly non-corrosive stainless steel can be safely heated
•Smooth finish provides for easy cleaning
PW-T1062
Stainless Steel Graduated Measures
Features
•Graduated in ounces and cc's, measures have easy grip handles and large, smooth pouring spouts
Part Number Description
Stainless Steel Funnels
Features
• With Hanging Hook & Vented Stem
• Attached hang rings allow for convenient storage
• Liquid flows smoothly through vented stem
PW-T1803F 2 3/8 oz
PW-T1804F 6 3/8
Funnel3" x 3 3/4"1/2"
Funnel5 1/8" x 5 5/8"1/2" Dia. x 1 1/2" Long6
PW-T1806F 22 1/4 oz Utility Funnel6 1/4" x 6 5/8"1/2" Dia. x 1 1/2" Long6
PW-T1807F 32 oz Utility Funnel7" x 8 3/8"7/8" Dia. x 2 5/8" Long6
PW-T1808F 64 oz Utility Funnel8 3/8" x 9 1/2"7/8" Dia. x 2 5/8" Long3
Stainless Steel Solution Pails
Features
• Pails are tapered for easy pouring. "Ears" for handles are an integral part of pail, resisting breakoff and allowing for easy cleaning
Stainless Steel Griffin Style Beakers
Features
•Seamless construction allows for safe transfer to liquids
•Capacity full mark near top of beaker assures accurate measuring
PW-125B 125 ml Griffin Style Beaker Without Handle2 1/8" x 2 5/8"12
PW-250B 250 ml Griffin Style Beaker Without Handle2 5/8" x 3 1/4"12
PW-600B 600 ml Griffin Style Beaker Without Handle3 3/8" x 4 5/8"6
PW-1200B 1200 ml Griffin Style Beaker Without Handle4 1/8" x 6 1/16"6
PW-2000B 2000 ml Griffin Style Beaker Without Handle4 7/8" x 7 1/8"6
PW-3000B 3000 ml Griffin Style Beaker Without Handle5 1/2" x 8 1/4"6
Stainless Steel Lab / Utility Scoops
Features
• Heavy duty scoop has seamless body and strong, tubular handle for easy handling and cleaning
Stainless Steel Iodine / Oil Cups
Features
• Easily held during procedures
No-Wire™ Autoclavable Test Tube Racks
A great alternative to wire racks, with price and space saving advantages over other plastic racks currently available. These submersible racks are molded of a special blend of autoclavable polypropylene. They will sink in a water bath and maintain their stability even in agitated water. No-Wire™ racks are also perfect for use outside the water bath, and meet the exacting needs of daily usage in the lab. Supplied in numerous hole sizes, the racks are available in three colors for safety and identification in the lab. Each rack features end plates for labeling as well as numbered and lettered rows for tube identification. Interlocking feet allow stacking of racks for storage. The grid form base has holes 2.16 mm (.085") square. Assembly takes only seconds with fold up sides and end bars that lock into rack tops. Outside dimensions are all the same at 246 x 104 x 64 mm high (9.7" x 4.1" x 2.5"). Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F). Sold Individually.
Vibrasorb® Vibration Damping Mounts
Vibrasorb® Damping Mounts isolate sensitive analytical balances and other instruments from vibrations caused by nearby equipment such as pumps, stirrers, and blenders. Molded of dense black & white terrazzo, these 64 mm (2 1/2") thick platforms are supported on four VibroAbsorber™ cushions and neoprene feet and support up to 16 kg (35 lbs). The larger size Damping Mount will absorb vibrations down to 13 Hz. The smaller size Damping Mount will absorb vibrations down to 16 Hz with a 16 kg (35 lbs) load. With lighter loads, the minimum frequency of damping will increase to a value between 16 Hz and 25 Hz. A polished surface resists scratches and chemical attack. Overall height is 76 mm (3"). Available in two sizes.
Poxygrid® Labware Drain Stand
Three rows of hairpin-loop supports (14 in all) hold labware with 18 mm I.D. necks or larger. The top row has 12 straight pins 102 mm (4") long to accommodate smaller items. A polystyrene tray at the bottom catches water as labware drains. The legs of the stand have rubber tipped feet for non-skid use on a tabletop, or the stand may be wall mounted using wire loops on the back. 43 x 17 x 48 cm H (16 3/4" x 6 1/2" x 19" H). Shipping weight 2 kg (4 1/2 lbs).
BEL-H18805-0000
Stopcocks
2-Way and 3-Way Connections
With a removable leak-proof plug made of chemical-resistant, non-stick Teflon® PTFE, these Polypropylene Stopcocks have serrated tubulations that accept 6.4 mm to 9.5 mm (1/4" to 3/8") I.D. tubing. 3-way models allow connection of any two or all three arms. Pressure rating is 240 KPa (35 psi).
Sold Individually.
BEL-H18386-0000
Vibrasorb® Vibration, 45 x 56 cm (18" x 22"), 39 kg (87 lbs)
BEL-H18386-0001
Vibrasorb® Vibration, 35 x 35 cm (13 3/4" x 13 3/4"), 19 kg (42 lbs)
Cleanware™ Aqua-Clear™
Water Conditioner
BEL-F30890-0000E
Stopcock, 2-Way, Bore Size: 2 mm, Each
BEL-F30891-0000E
Stopcock, 2-Way, Bore Size: 4 mm, Each
BEL-F30894-0000E
Stopcock, 3-Way, Bore Size: 2 mm, Each
BEL-F30895-0000E
Stopcock, 3-Way, Bore Size: 4 mm, Each
Aqua-Clear™ Water Conditioner stabilizes water in water baths and other water systems. Just 2 ml per liter of water provides long lasting protection against the growth of algae, bacteria and molds which often contaminate standing water. It also protects pumps and thermostats and helps prevent tubing from clogging. In addition, it may be added to water used in developer for color or X-ray films. It will not harm the film and permits longer use of the same solution. Aqua-Clear™ Water Conditioner adds a blue tint to the water which will fade after about 3 months reminding you to change the water and add new conditioner. 100 ml polyethylene bottle with cap.
BEL-F17093-0000E
Cleanware™ Aqua-Clear™, Each
Poxygrid® Labware Drain Stand
Cleanware™ Laboratory Waste Bags
Disposable waste bags with an adhesive strip across the top free bench or hood space when hung from walls, cabinets or virtually anywhere. Simply peel off the backing and hang close to your work area. The back panel is longer than the front for easy opening. White bags are made of High Molecular Weight High Density (HMHD) polyethylene which is steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F). Maximum weight of contents should not exceed 1.36 kg (3 lbs).
Biohazard Disposal Bags
For an economical solution to biohazard waste disposal, use Scienceware® Biohazard Disposal Bags. Made of High Molecular Weight, High-Density (HMHD) polyethylene, these translucent bags can be used for the safe disposal of used pipettes, Petri dishes, culture plates, membrane filters and more. Biohazard Disposal Bags can be autoclaved at a maximum of 121°C (250°F) and discarded. The bags are .03 mm (.0012") thick and are made from material which meets or exceeds the dartimpact test requirement of 165 grams per ASTM D1709-98.
With Biohazard Warning Label; Look for the Sterilization Indicator Patch. Biohazard Disposal Bags are available with a printed sterilization patch that darkens when subjected to steam sterilization. The bags are printed with the standard biohazard warning symbol and precautionary procedures in four languages: English, French, German, and Spanish.
Printed with Sterilization Indicator Patch
BEL-F13160-0009
Biohazard Disposal Bags W/ Label, Size: 30 x 61 cm (12" x 24"), 1/2 to 1 Gallon, 100/Box
BEL-F13161-0009
Biohazard Disposal Bags W/ Label, Size: 61 x 76 cm (24" x 30"), 10 to 12 Gallons, 100/Box
BEL-F13162-0009
Biohazard Disposal Bags W/ Label, Size: 61 x 91 cm (24" x 36"), 15 to 20 Gallons, 100/Box
Biohazard Disposal Bags - Orange-Red
Orange-Red Biohazard Bags feature a printed sterilization patch that darkens when subjected to steam sterilization. A large black biohazard symbol and precautionary procedures printed in four languages are clearly visible for added safety. Made of High Molecular Weight, High-Density (HMHD) polyethylene and steam autoclavable to 121°C (250°F).
BEL-F13164-1419
Biohazard Disposal Bags, Thickness: .0317 mm, Size: 36 x 48 cm (14" x 19"), 2 to 4 Gallons, 200/Box
BEL-F13164-1923
Biohazard Disposal Bags, Thickness: .0317 mm, Size: 48 x 58 cm (19" x 23"), 6 to 9 Gallons, 200/Box
BEL-F13164-2535
Biohazard Disposal Bags, Thickness: .0317 mm, Size: 64 x 89 cm (25" x 35"), 10 to 12 Gallons, 200/Box
BEL-F13164-3138
Biohazard Disposal Bags, Thickness: .0381 mm, Size: 79 x 97 cm (31" x 38"), 20 to 30 Gallons, 200/Box
Super Strength Biohazard Disposal Bags
Extra Strength, High Impact, High Temperature Bags Reduce Autoclave Time
Protect against dangerous tears and leaks with extra strong, high impact biohazard disposal bags. The orange-red bags are printed with the standard biohazard warning symbol and precautionary procedures in four languages: English, French, German and Spanish. Extra heavyduty bags are .05 mm (.002") thick blended polymer, autoclavable to 138°C (280°F) and feature a sterilization indicator patch that darkens when exposed to steam sterilization. Extra large sizes available, ask for a quotation.
BEL-F13165-1419
BEL-F13174-1008
Cleanware™ Laboratory Waste Bags, Size: 203 x 254 mm (8" x 10"), 50/Bag
BEL-F13174-1012
Cleanware™ Laboratory Waste Bags, Size: 305 x 406 mm (12" x 16"), 50/Bag
Super Strength Biohazard Disposal Bags, Size: 36 x 48 cm, (14" x 19"),
BEL-F13165-1923
Super Strength Biohazard Disposal Bags,
BEL-F13165-2535
Super Strength Biohazard Disposal Bags, Size: 64 x 89 cm, (25" x 35"), 10 to 12 Gallons, 200/Box
BEL-F13165-3138
Super Strength Biohazard Disposal Bags, Size: 79 x 96 cm, (31" x 38"), 20 to 30 Gallons, 200/Box
Write-On™ Label Tapes
Color Code with 6 Vivid Colors Easy as 1-2-3! Write on It!
Write-On™ Label Tape adheres to any clean surface, including Teflon® fluoropolymer resin coated materials, and peels off without leaving a sticky residue. Pencil, ball-point pen or solvent ink marker remain legible under the most demanding laboratory conditions. The tape consists of colored Kraft paper with rubber resin adhesive that resists moisture and most solvents. The tape will withstand a maximum temperature of 257°C (492°F) for 30 minutes or 80°C (176°F) for 24 hours and can be used down to -73°C (-68°F). All rolls fit on standard 76 mm (3") cores.
Excellent for use with Scienceware® Write-On™ Label Tape Dispensers.
Sold Individually & 24 Rolls/Case
Add the letter "E" for Each & the letter "C" for Case at the end of the part number.
BEL-F13463-0175
Width: 19.0 mm (3/4"), Yards: 60, Color: White
BEL-F13463-0110
Width: 25.4 mm (1"), Yards: 60, Color: White
BEL-F13463-1075
Width: 19.0 mm (3/4"), Yards: 40, Color: Red
BEL-F13463-1010
Width: 25.4 mm (1"), Yards: 40, Color: Red
BEL-F13463-2075
Width: 19.0 mm (3/4"), Yards: 40, Color: Yellow
BEL-F13463-2010
Width: 25.4 mm (1"), Yards: 40, Color: Yellow
BEL-F13463-3075
Width: 19.0 mm (3/4"), Yards: 40, Color: Green
BEL-F13463-3010
Width: 25.4 mm (1"), Yards: 40, Color: Green
BEL-F13463-4075
Width: 19.0 mm (3/4"), Yards: 40, Color: Blue
BEL-F13463-4010
Width: 25.4 mm (1"), Yards: 40, Color: Blue
BEL-F13463-5075
Width: 19.0 mm (3/4"), Yards: 40, Color: Orange
BEL-F13463-5010
Width: 25.4 mm (1"), Yards: 40, Color: Orange
BEL-F24653-0001
Model: Floor, 30
BEL-F24653-0002
Model: Benchtop, 20
Clear Protective Lab Labeling Tapes
This Tape Stays Put!
Go ahead, freeze it, autoclave it, even spill acids, alkalies and organic solvents on it. This tape stays put! It is resistant to chemicals and moisture.
Provides great versatility for heavy-duty lab use. Test results prove that it remains securely affixed with no discoloration after being autoclaved for 40 minutes at 125°C (258°F), as well as after one week in liquid nitrogen at196°C (-384°F). Clear polyester tapes are 1 mil (.001"), (.025 mm) thick with 1mil of acrylic adhesive. Rolls are 32.9 meters (36 yards) long.
BEL-F13453-0010C
Clear Protective Lab Labeling Tapes, 25 mm (1") Wide, (2 Rolls Required For 1000, 38 mm (1 1/2") Long Labels), 36/Case
BEL-F13453-0015C
Clear Protective Lab Labeling Tapes, 38 mm (1 1/2") Wide, (3 Rolls Required For 1000, 76 mm (3") Long Labels), 24/Case
BEL-F13453-0020C
Clear Protective Lab Labeling Tapes, 51 mm (2") Wide, (3 Rolls Required For 1000, 76 mm (3") Long Labels), 24/Case
Broken Glass Disposal Boxes
Maintain a safe lab with this sturdy corrugated cardboard receptacle. The box is supplied with a 2 mil thick polyethylene bag to contain broken glass fragments and spilled liquids. When the box is full, the safety cap is pulled into place and the entire unit is ready for disposal. The Broken Glass Disposal Box is printed with eye-catching graphics in four languages (English, German, French, Spanish). It is packaged flat to save space and shipping costs and is quickly assembled. Available in two sizes. The floor model holds 18 kg (40 lbs) of waste. The benchtop model holds 5.5 kg (12 lbs). Does not qualify as a DOT container.
Virgin TFE Lab Tape
Features
•Made from 100% Virgin Teflon PTFE
•Use where non-contamination standards are high, including environmental, water, oil, chemical, medical and food processing applications
•No pigments or additives
•Excellent thread seal tape
•Density = .4
•3 mil thick
• Temperature range of - 450°F to + 550°F
• Meets or exceeds Mil Spec. T-27730A
• Conveniently packaged 3 rolls/bag
JIP-TAP5075-25-5203
Virgin PTFE Lab Tape, 1/4" W x 520" L, 3 Rolls/Pack
JIP-TAP5075-05-5203
Virgin PTFE Lab Tape, 1/2" W x 520" L, 3 Rolls/Pack
JIP-TAP5075-75-5203
Virgin PTFE Lab Tape, 3/4" W x 520" L, 3 Rolls/Pack
JIPTAP5075-1-5203
Virgin PTFE Lab Tape, 1" W x 520" L, 3 Rolls/Pack
A. Screw Clamp
This tubing clamp offers on/off and fine control so accurate that it replaces stopcocks in many applications. It may be put in place without disconnecting tubing or interrupting your operation. Molded of Delrin® plastic, the clamp is autoclavable and resistant to acids, alkalies and organic solvents. Accepts flexible tubing up to 14 mm (1/2") O.D.
B. Spring Tubing Clamps
Perfect for all flexible tubing, this positiveaction, self-closing clamp opens by squeezing the handles together. Made of chemical and stain-resistant Delrin® plastic and stainless steel.
C. Tubing Clamp
Strong acetal plastic clamp with serrated jaws provides secure closure on tubing with a wall of .82 mm (1/32") or thinner. The open clamp slides over tubing for easy installation at any point and may be left clipped in an open position for convenient storage without constricting flow. It locks when closed and springs open when the locking tab is released. Jaws are 27 mm (1 1/16") long; total length is 59 mm (2 5/16") long.
Portable Glove Box System
BEL-F18212-0000B
A. Screw Clamp, 3/Bag
BEL-H18213-0000B
Clamp Your Tube In Place!
B. Spring Tubing Clamps Fits Tubing O.D. Up To 8 mm (5/16"), 3/Bag
BEL-H18214-0000B
B. Spring Tubing Clamps Fits Tubing O.D. Up To 12 mm (15/32"), 3/Bag
BEL-F18218-0000B
C. Tubing Clamp, 12/Bag
Disposable Gloves
RONCO SILKTEX
Economical Containment Barrier Unit Ideal for Isolating Material to be Processed.
The operator and the ambient environment are protected with this lightweight, self-contained portable isolation cabinet. A large acrylic window with glove ports permits safe viewing of operations, and the 8" diameter side port allows easy insertion of material and equipment. Included large size neoprene gloves provide good protection against gas, liquid or solid penetration and are secured to the glove box with clamping rings. Body molded from LDPE with round corners throughout for easy cleaning. Overall dimensions 68.5 W x 33 D x 55 cm H (27" W x 13" D x 22" H).Shipping weight 38 lbs.
BEL-H50028-2000
Glove Box System Fully Assembled W/ 1 Pair Of Gloves & 2 Clamping Rings, Ready To Use
BEL-H50028-0000
Glove Box Only
BEL-H50029-0000
Neoprene Gloves Replacement (Size Large), For BEL-H50028 Only
BEL-H50029-0200
Clamping Rings Replacement For BEL-H50028 Only
Latex Examination Gloves 5 mil thickness
Powder Free
RO-819
SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box
RO-829
SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-839
SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-849
SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-859
SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Lightly Powdered
RO-519
SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box
RO-529
SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-539
SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-549
SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-559
SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Polyurethane Sleeves
Features
100% Polyurethane, length: 19.5", colour: white, blue or yellow, thickness: 5.5 mil, heavy duty strength, easy to clean, resistant to wide of variety of chemicals, acids, oils, fuels, solvents, detergents, and alcohols
FEP Bench/Surface Protector
Features
• Corrosion resistant
• Self-adhesive
• Easy to apply
• Easy to clean
• Impact absorbing
• Attractive
JIP-PROT18-2515
General Purpose Type PROT18 Surface Protector, Vinyl Backed FEP Material, 25’’ Wide x 15 ft
JIP-PROT12-2515
High Temp Foil Surface Protector - Standard Roll, Backed FEP, 25’’ Wide x 15 ft
Labmat™ Liner & Sheets
White or Biohazard Safety Orange
Disposable Labmat™ Bench Liner speeds clean-up and safeguards work surfaces from stains, spills and wear. The highly absorbent upper surface traps water, dyes, corrosive chemicals and radioactive solutions. The flexible polyethylene film backing is non-skid and prevents soak-through of most solutions. The entire sheet can be rolled up and discarded after contamination.
RO-39-368W
White Polyurethane Sleeves, 100/Case
RO-39-368B
Blue Polyurethane Sleeves, 100/Case
RO-39-368Y
Yellow Polyurethane Sleeves, 100/Case "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Cova-Cap Pleated Bouffant
Features
100% non-woven polypropylene, pleated, latex free, diameter: 21" or 24", colour: blue, green, pink, white or yellow, soft elastic headband for maximum protection and hair retention, fluid resistant, lightweight and breathable, ideal for department colour coding
Labmat™ Liner is 50.8 cm (20") wide and is packed in 15.2 m (50 ft) rolls, each in a handy dispenser carton. Required footage is easily cut off with scissors while the roll is retained in the dispenser.
6 Rolls (In Dispenser Cartons)/Case
Cut sheets package 100/Box
BEL-F24675-0000C
White, 50 ft Roll, 6 Rolls/Case
BEL-F24675-1000C
Safety Orange For Biohazard Designated Use, 50 ft Roll, 6 Rolls/Case
BEL-F24675-0020C
Cut Sheets, White Only, 50.8 x 61 cm (20" x 24"), 100/Box
Shoe Covers
Features
• 100% polypropylene
• Colour: blue
• Anti-slip strips
• Durable
RO-1991S
Shoe Covers, Small, 1000/Case
RO-1991
Shoe Covers, Regular, 1000/Case
RO-1991XL
Shoe Covers, X-Large, 1000/Case
RO-771
White Cova-Cap, 1000/Case
RO-773
Yellow Cova-Cap, 1000/Case
RO-775
Blue Cova-Cap, 1000/Case
RO-777
Pink Cova-Cap, 1000/Case
RO-779
Green Cova-Cap, 1000/Case
24"
RO-781
White Cova-Cap, 1000/Case
RO-785
Blue Cova-Cap, 1000/Case
Biodegradable, Concentrated & Residue Free!
ALCONOX
Powdered Precision Cleaner
Concentrated, anionic detergent for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Free rinsing to give you reliable resultswithout interfering residues. Ideal for cleaning contaminants from glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Excellent replacement for corrosive acids and hazardous solvents. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 9.5.
AL-1104-1
4 Pound Box
AL-1112-1 Dispenser Box, (50 x 1/2 oz)
TERGAZYME
Enzyme Active Powdered Detergent
Concentrated, anionic detergent with protease enzyme for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Excellent for removal of proteinaceous soils, tissue, blood, and body fluids from glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass with no interfering residues. Ideal as a cleaning agent in Reverse Osmosis and UltraFiltration Systems. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 9.5.
AL-1304-1
4 Pound Box
CITRAJET
Low Foaming Liquid Acid Cleaner
Low foaming, phosphate-free, concentrated, liquid cleaner and metal brightener for high performance removal of metal oxides, scale, salts and inorganic residues in labware washers, parts washers, power-spray systems and manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibit-ed and free rinsing leaving no interfering residues. Ideal for acid washing and rinsing. Dilute 2:100. pH 2.5.
AL-2001-1
1 Gallon
ALCOJET
Low Foaming Powdered Detergent
Nonionic, low foaming cleaner for use in labware washers, parts washers, power-spray systems, manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited formula recommended for glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:200. pH 12.
AL-1404-1
4 Pound Box
DETOJET
Low Foaming Critical Detergent
Low foaming, heavy-duty alkaline detergent for use in labware washers, parts washers, powerspray systems, and ultrasonic cleaning systems. Concentrated, highly emulsifying and penetrating formula is free rinsing, and leaves no interfering residues. Protects interior working parts of washers. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 13.
AL-1632-1
1 Quart (Plastic Bottle)
AL-1601-1
1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)
TERGAJET
Low Foaming Phosphate Free Powdered Detergent
Nonionic, low foaming phosphate free powdered cleaner for use in labware washers, manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited formula recommended for glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. Passes inhibitory residue test Dilute 1:200. pH 11.5.
AL-2204-1
4 Pound Box
LIQUINOX
Critical Cleaning Liquid Detergent
Concentrated, anionic liquid detergent for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Free rinsing to yield reliable results with no interfering residues. Extremely mild and completely soluble in hard and soft water. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 8.5.
AL-1232-1
1 Quart (Plastic Bottle)
AL-1201-1
1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)
CITRANOX
Liquid Acid Cleaner and Detergent
Phosphate free, concentrated cleaner and metal brightener for high performance removal of metal oxides, scale, salts and inorganic residues in manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited and free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. Ideal for trace metal analysis. USDA authorized. Dilute 2:100. pH 2.5.
AL-1801-1
1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)
SOLUJET
Low Foaming Phosphate Free Detergent
Nonionic, low foaming phosphate free liquid cleaner for use in labware washers, manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited formula recommended for glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass.Free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. Passes inhibitory residue test Dilute 1:200. pH 12.4.
AL-2101-1
1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)
Detergent Selection Guide
Application Key Concerns
Healthcare/Veterinary
Effective preparation for sterilization, longer instrument life. Reduce waste.
Pharmaceutical/Medical Device/Biotechnology
Passing cleaning validation for FDA good manufacturing practices. For stainless steel, glass, plastic, elastomer cleaning.
Articles Cleaned/ Soil Removed
Surgical, anaesthetic, and examining instruments and equipment. Catheters and tubes. Blood, body fluids, tissue on instruments.
Titanium dioxide, petrolatum, oils, emulsions, ointments, carbopols, lacquers, zinc oxides, proteins, steroids, alcohols, sugars, and Eudragit* (L/S/L30/D55/NE30D) polymers.
Inorganic residues, salts, metallics, pigments. Eudragit* (E/RL/RS/E100) polymers, amphoterics, coatings, amines, ethers, starches, alkaloids.
Protein/ferment residues. R/O, U/F membranes.
Laboratory/Environmental
Reproducible results, no interfering residues, extending equipment life. Keep laboratory accreditation. Laboratory safety.
Metalworking, Precision Manufacturing, and Optics
Clean parts, avoid volatile solvents, strong acids, and other hazardous chemicals.
Glass, metal, plastic labware, ceramics, tissue culture, porcelain, clean rooms, animal cages, bioreactors, tubing, benches, safety equipment.
Tubes, reusable pipets.
Microbiology, water lab, and environmental sampling. Phosphate-sensitive labware. EPA procedures. (Acid for water rinse cycle.)
Radioactive equipment/contaminants. Stopcock grease.
Trace metals, metal oxides, scale, salts, starches, amines.
Proteinaceous soils, bio-wastes, tissue, blood and other body fluids, fermentation residues.
Glass, ceramic, porcelain, stainless steel, plastic, rubber. Oils, chemicals, particulates.
Aluminum, brass, copper, and other soft metal parts. Oils, chemicals, particulates (acid for oxides, salts, buffing compound).
Inorganics, metallic complexes, trace metals and oxides, scale, salts, metal brightening.
Silicone oils, mold-release agents, buffing compounds.
Delicate substrates/neutral for waste.
Electronics
Avoid conductive residues, avoid CFCs, pass cleaning criteria.
Food and Dairy
Avoid interfering residues on food-contact equipment.
Cosmetics
Avoid crosscontamination.
Nuclear
Avoid waste interference p-free=phosphate-free
Circuit boards, assemblies, screens, parts, conductive residues, resins, rosins, fluxes, particulates, salts.
Ceramic insulators and components.
Stainless steel, food-contact equipment. Oxides, scale, trace metals, salts, milkstone.
Filter membranes. Proteins/biofouling.
Product contact surfaces (acids for pigments and salts).
Reactor cavities, pipes, tools, protective equip
Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, sani-sterilizer Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak
Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, power wash, CIP
Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, power wash, CIP
Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak
Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine, power spray, labware washer, washer-sterilizer, cage-washers
Siphon-type washer-rinsers
Field, Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, labware washer
Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, warewasher
Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, warewasher
Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Glassware washer
Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, power wash
Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak
Parts washer, power wash
Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Parts washer, power wash
Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Parts washer, pressure spray
Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine wash, pressure spray
Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, power spray board and screen washers
Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Parts washers
Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine wash, pressure wash, CIP Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine wash, pressure wash, CIP Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak
Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak
Parts washers, power spray
Manual, Soak, Spray
ALCONOX
ALCOJET
TERGAZYME
ALCONOX
ALCOJET
TERGAJET (p-free)
TERGAZYME
ALCONOX ALCOJET TERGAJET (p-free)
TERGAJET (p-free) TERGAJET
ALCONOX ALCOJET
TERGAZYME ALCOJET
ALCONOX ALCOJET
TERGAJET (p-free)
ALCONOX TERGAJET (p-free) ALCOJET TERGAJET (p-free)
ALCONOX ALCOJET
LIQUINOX (p-free) DETOJET
LIQUINOX (p-free) SOLUJET (p-free)
CITRANOX CITRAJET
SOLUJET (p-free)
LIQUINOX (p-free) DETOJET SOLUJET (p-free)
ALCOTABS (tablets)
LIQUINOX (p-free) SOLUJET-base CITRAJET-acid
LIQUINOX SOLUJET
CITRANOX CITRAJET
SOLUJET
LIQUINOX (p-free) DETOJET
SOLUJET (p-free)
LIQUI-NOX-base
CITRANOX-acid
SOLUJET-base
CITRAJET-acid
CITRANOX CITRAJET
CITRANOX SOLUJET (p-free)
LUMINOX (Neutral pH)
DETERGENT 8
ALCONOX ALCOJET
ALCONOX ALCOJET
TERGAZYME ALCONOX
ALCOJET
LIQUINOX (p-base) SOLUJET
LIQUINOX DETOJET CITRANOX CITRAJET
LIQUI-NOX-base CITRANOX-acid
SOLUJET-base CITRAJET-acid
DETERGENT 8
We Love Oil!
Oilwick Skimmer
Oilwick® Skimmer recovers spilled oil and denser (less than bunker) mixed hydrocarbon cocktails from groundwater.
Subsurface spill clean-up requires spilled gasoline recovery, spilled diesel recovery, spilled oil recovery from groundwater, and mixed hydrocarbon spill remediation.
Features
•10' lifting chain
•pvc / polypropylene collection cartridge
•100 mm vertical capillary collection element pulls hydrocarbon into reservoir
•can be rejuvenated on site
•stainless steel base with brass drain valve.
ER-OILWICK-2
ER-OILWICK-4
Oil Eaters
Designed for the removal of the top layer of petroleum before sampling without absorbing water. Petroleum absorbing capacity of 0.5 liters per unit. Each unit is individually cleaned and ready to use.
CW-EZ-A6015-12 Oil Eater, Polypro, 1.3" O.D. x 20" L, 12/Case
HydroPhobe Passive SkimmerTM
The Hydrophobe Passive SkimmerTM is manufactured with our latest technology membrane removing hydrocarbons from water. The skimmers are designed to float on the interface, allowing fluids to enter without water. Just insert the skimmer into the well and allow it to skim water-free products - withdraw when ready.
Specifications
Fabricated in PVC. Consists of a stainless steel bottom-emptying device. Three sizes are available.
ER-0717S 0.7 Liters Capacity, 55" L x 1.7" D
ER-2124S 2.25 Liters Capacity, 68" L x 2.4" D
ER-4536S 4.75 Liters Capacity, 68" L x 3.6" D
Fluid Transfer Pump
PATENTED!
CarboBailerTM
The CarboBailerTM is a single, economical way of collecting and/or sampling hydrocarbons from wells, drums, or tanks. It works by just slowly inserting the bailer into the well and just slowly, removing it. As it will be raised from the well, the water will drain out of the bailer while the hydrocarbons will be trapped.
The hydrocarbons can be removed by either pouring out from the top or using a bottomemptying device.
Specifications
Manufactured in PVC, individually wrapped. Comes with a bottom-emptying device. The 1.5" model comes in a PVC carrying case.
ER-CAR-P163 PVC, 1.6" Dia. x 3' L
The Fluid Transfer Pump provides a clean, quick, no-hassle method of transferring or evacuating virtually any non-volatile fluid including engine oil, coolants, transmission fluid, brake fluid, or power steering fluid. Use it to drain engine oil or transmission fluid directly through the dipstick tube. The pump is small and lightweight, so it fits easily in a toolbox or the trunk of a car, making it convenient to store where you use it the most. It includes accessories required for fluid transfer/evacuation or inflation.
Use it on cars, boats, motorcycles, ATVs, lawn & garden equipment, etc. It works great around the house too! Use it to inflate toys, water or air mattresses, sports balls, or bicycle tires.
MY-07241
Fluid Transfer Pump
Portable Skimming Product
Spill Buddy
Features
•Portable pump with water interface detector for product only recovery
•For use in 2-inch and larger wells - standard unit goes 50 feet deep
•Operated by self contained rechargeable battery for easy portability
•Pumpable fluids includes water and most hydrocarbons, LNPALs and DNAPLs, viscosities from 0 - 10 cp
•12 V (DC), 5 amps-hrs sealed lead acid battery provides 1 hour continuous pumping per battery charge
•Wall transformer included
•Pumps 1 foot of product in a 2" well in 14 seconds at a 50 foot depth
•Pumps 1 foot of product in a 4" well in 54 seconds at a 50 foot depth
• 0.7 gpm pumping rate
•1 hour continuous pumping per battery charge
•Operating temperature range 0°F - 130°F (-18°C - 55°C)
SB-50 Spill Buddy System Includes Portable Unit With Water Interface Detectors, Product Pump/Probe With 50 ft Of Tubing, 10 ft Of Discharge Tubing With Clamp, Rechargeable Battery, Wall Mount Battery Charger, 18.5" x 14.25" x 8.25”, 19 lbs, 0.7 gpm
Pads, Rolls & Booms
Pure melt blown fibers are the most costeffective absorption technology today. Fastwicking fibers absorb 25 times their weight in hydrocarbon.
SPK-P100
Pads, 15" x 18", Heavy, 100/Case
SPK-P200
Pads, 15" x 18", Light, 200/Case
SPK-EP100
Pads, 15" x 18", Medium, 100/Case
SPK-R144
Rolls, 30" x 150', Heavy, 1/Case
SPK-SR144S
Rolls, 15" x 150', Heavy, 1/Case
SPK-B510
Booms, 5" x 10', 4/Case
SPK-B810
Booms, 8" x 10', 4/Case
SPK-MOPO3048
Socks, 3" x 48", 30/Case
SPK-MOPO10120
Socks, 3" x 120", 10/Case
SPK-SP818-20
Pillow, 8" x 18", 20/Case
SPK-SP1818-10
Pillow, 18" x 18", 10/Case
SPK-SAKPIL10
Pillow, 4" x 20", 10/Case
Oil Only Sorbents
Skimming Socks
These sump skimmers remove oil from water. Simply tie a rope to the skimmer and lower it into your sump, pit, tank, well or bilge. They help prevent odor by eliminating a breeding area for bacteria.
Specifications
Three sizes available. The 1.5" sock lifts surface oil from monitoring wells. The 3" diameter Sump Skimmer is great for small sumps and bilges, and the 8" diameter is perfect for large tanks and pits.
NP-SKM401 1.5" Dia. x 18" L Absorbs 500 ml/Sock, 30 Socks
NP-SKM404 3" Dia. x 18" L Absorbs 1.4 L/Sock, 25 Socks
NP-SKM403 8" Dia. x 18" L Absorbs 6.8 L/Sock, 12 Socks
CANSORB Granular
Cansorb is a fast acting 100% Organic Oil Absorbent. Picks-up 8 - 12 times its weight in hydrocar-bons on land and water. An approved sorbent for leaks and spills in chemical, automotive, and steel facilities, as well as pulp & paper and food processors. Used by professional responders for over 30 years.
SPEEDIKLEEN Granulars
SpeediKleen Premium Oil Absorbent is an all-purpose absorbent designed for the quick cleanup of water, oil and grease. Made from diatomaceous earth, a naturally occurring mineral with superior absorption ability, this high quality product delivers 50% more absorbency per pound than clay alternatives. SpeediKleen premium Oil Absorbent is available in a leak-resistant, moisture-proof polybag.
SPK-HD2205 20 lbs/Bag
Hanby TPH Water & Soil Test Kit
The Hanby method provides accurate and fast qualitative and quantitative results while in the field. Hanby products enable our customers to quickly detect petroleum contaminanted zones or monitor locations to ensure continued compliance within approved guidelines.
The Hanby system is a field portable method that provides rapid analyses down to parts-perbillion for aromatic compounds, including gasoline, diesel, PCB's and many others. The procedure extracts the aromatic compounds from the sample and provides immediate colorimetric identification of the concentration and type of contaminants present. The color of the reacted extract solution indicates the type of compound, and the intensity of the color indicates the concentration. The results of the test compare consistently from sample to sample over a wide range of concentrations in soil, fresh water and salt water.
Petroleum Detection Specifications
First, Fast & Accurate Non-Instrument Testing Device for Detecting TPH in Water
Water Test Kit Includes
15Ampoules Extraction Reagent
15Vials Of Color Development Reagent
15Screw Top Test Tubes W/ Scribed Measurement
6Screw Top Test Tubes
1Wooden Test Tube Rack
1Photo Chart Depicting Various Petroleum Concentrations
1500 ml Separatory Funnel W/ Ring Stand
1Waste Bottle
1Graduated Cylinder
3Pairs Of Safety Gloves
1Pair Of Safety Glasses
1Safety Manual
1Procedure Manual
1Instructional Video
1Case W/ Foam Inserts
Water Instructions
1. Measure 500 ml of liquid sample to be analyzed
2. Pour sample into separatory funnel
3. Add solvent to sample
4. Shake sample and solvent to form an extract
5. Drain extract into test tube
6. Add catalyst to test tube
7. Shake test tube
8. Compare test tube to color ID chart
Soil Test Kit Includes
15Ampoules Extraction Reagent
15Vials Of Color Development Reagent
15Screw Top Test Tubes W/ Scribed Measurement
6Screw Top Test Tubes
1Wooden Test Tube Rack
10Photo ID Cards Depicting Various Petroleum Concentrations
6Beakers
1Electronic Balance
1Waste Bottle
1Graduated Cylinder
3Pairs Of Safety Gloves
1Pair Of Safety Glasses
1Safety Manual
1Procedure Manual
1Instructional Video
1Case W/ Foam Inserts
Soil Instructions
1. Weigh 5 grams of soil sample to be analyzed
2. Place sample into beaker
3. Add solvent to sample in beaker
4. Stir or mix sample and solvent to form an extract
5. Pour extract into test tube
6. Add catalyst to test tube
7. Shake test tube
8. Compare test tube to color ID card
Sludge Judge®
This sampling device enables you to take accurate readings of settled solids in a variety of liquids, to any depth. The Sludge Judge® is ideal for sewage treatment plants, chemical plants, food processing facilities - anywhere that accurate sample levels of settled solids in noncaustic materials are needed. The unit holds approximately 3 oz per foot. The Sludge Judge® comes in 5 ft sections of 3⁄4" plastic pipe with screw-type fittings. The top section includes a nylon line for raising and lowering the sampler. A convenient cotton canvas carrying case that holds four sections, a cleaning brush, cleaning rod and cotton strips are available. Individual sections can be combined as required.
NA-C09247WA 15 ft Sludge Judge®, 3.13 lbs
NA-C09249WA Case For Sampler, 0.50 lbs
NA-B01291WA
6 ft Spiral Cleaning Brush, 0.75 lbs
NA-B01412WA Cleaning Rod, 0.94 lbs
NA-B01413WA Cotton Cleaning Strips (50/Bag), 0.44 lbs
NA-C09252WA 5 ft Top Section With Rope, 1.25 lbs
NA-C14516WA 2.5 ft Top Section With Rope, 0.50 lbs
NA-C09251WA
5 ft Extension Section, 1.38 lbs
NA-C09250WA
5 ft Bottom Section With Valve, 1.38 lbs
The Sludge Judge® Ultra
For maximum strength and rigidity - use the Sludge Judge® Ultra! Constructed of extremely strong polycarbonate and treated with an ultraviolet stabilizer to help reduce deterioration from the sun’s harmful rays. Durable in cold temperatures; can withstand heat up to 280°F. The 3⁄4" dia. sampler is marked with blue tape to designate 1 ft measurements on the tubing. The unit is made up of three 5 ft sections.
NA-B01386WA 15 ft Sludge Judge® Ultra, 3.13 lbs
NA-C09249WA Case For Sampler, 0.50 lbs
NA-B01291WA 6 ft Spiral Cleaning Brush, 0.75 lbs
NA-B01412WA Cleaning Rod 0.94 lbs
NA-B01413WA Cotton Cleaning Strips (50/Bag), 0.44 lbs
NA-B01387WA 5 ft Top Section, 1.25 lbs
NA-B01388WA 5 ft Extension Section, 1.38 lbs
NA-B01389WA 5 ft Bottom Section, 1.38 lbs
The Sludge Judge® II
The Sludge Judge® II is made from a 1 1⁄4" outside dia. plastic tubing resulting in double the capacity and a very rigid unit when assembled. It holds 6 oz/ft and can be assembled according to the requirements of the job. Add or subtract sections as needed, and the 1 ft markers on the tubing will help identify the amount of sludge in the tank.
NA-B01355WA Sludge Judge® II, 3.38 lbs
NA-C09249WA Case For Sampler, 0.50 lbs
NA-B01361WA 6 ft Cleaning Brush
NA-B01412WA Cleaning Rod, 0.94 lbs
NA-B01414WA Cotton Cleaning Strips (50/Bag), 0.56 lbs
NA-B01358WA 5 ft Top Section, 1.38 lbs
NA-B01357WA 5 ft Extension Section, 1.25 lbs
NA-B01356WA 5 ft Bottom Section, 1.25 lbs
Choose the Sludge Judge that’s RIGHT for YOU!
Sludge Nabber
The Sludge Nabber makes sample collection of liquid material fast and easy. The Sludge Nabber is an adjustable extension unit that allows easy access to the source or the sampling point. The aluminum pole extends from 4 ft to 6 1⁄2 ft. Bottles of various sizes are held in position by a plastic snapper ring. Unit comes with a 500 ml polyethylene bottle.
Grease Trap Sampler
For measuring the grease level in a holding tank, the Grease Trap Sampler is designed for sampling liquid grease and oils. It will not work with solid or semi-hardened materials. The inside diameter measures 1 3/8" (3.5 cm) allowing small food particles to easily pass through the valve opening during sample collection. The clear tubing is easy to see through and the 1 ft (0.31 m) red markers show the amount of grease accumulated in the tank. To use, slowly lower the sampler to the bottom of the tank – the valve opens and the liquid fills the tube. Lift the sampler up which closes the valve, holding the sample inside, showing the grease level. To empty, touch the plastic tip on a hard surface, and the liquid will flow out. The unit is made of two 4 ft (1.22 m) sections that screw together.
NA-B01229WA Sludge Nabber, 2.88 lbs
NA-B01219WA Small Snapper Holds 500 ml Bottles, 0.06 lbs
NA-B01220WA Large Snapper Holds 960 ml Bottles, 0.13 lbs
NA-B01243WA 500 ml Bottles, 12/Pack, 1.06 lbs
NA-B01244WA 960 ml Bottles, 12/Pack, 1.63 lbs
NA-B01322WA Grease Trap Sampler, 3 lbs
NA-B01479WA Top Section Only, 1.5 lbs
NA-B01349WA 4 ft Extension Section, 1.5 lbs
NA-B01480WA Bottom Section Only, 1.5 lbs
NA-B01346WA 4 1/2 ft Cleaning Brush, 0.63 lbs
NA-B01412WA Cleaning Rod, 0.94 lbs
NA-B01415WA Cotton Cleaning Strips (50/Bag), 0.94 lbs
Sludge Sampler
Specifically designed to retain non-cohesive sludge samples. Similar in design to the soil core sampler, this sampler comes with core and auger tips that have been fitted with valves for the retention of high quality soil core samplers in non-cohesive, saturated materials. Versatile and easy to use for collection of either cored or augered samples of noncohesive saturated materials in a liner, the sampler is made from stainless steel in two diameters, 2 1/4" or 3 1/4" and lengths up to 12". One-way valves are installed in the sampler tips.
Includes solid cap, valved core tip, valved auger tip, universal slip wrench, plastic end caps, sludge cylinder body and plastic liner.
AM-428.11
2 1⁄4" x 8" Sludge Sampler, 5.93 lbs
AM-428.12
2 1⁄4" x 10" Sludge Sampler, 6.29 lbs
AM-428.13
3 1⁄4" x 10" Sludge Sampler, 9.19 lbs
AM-428.01
3 1⁄4" x 12" Sludge Sampler, 9.82 lbs
Accessories
AM-406.04
5/8" Threaded Rubber Coated 18" Cross Handle, 1.25 lbs
AM-408.02
5/8" Threaded 3' Extension, 1.63 lbs
AM-408.03
5/8" Threaded 4' Extension, 2.29 lbs
AM-400.99
5/8" Threaded Slide Hammer, 10.22 lbs
Easily Collect Sediment or Sludge with a Technically Enhanced Core Tip & Cap
Multi-Stage Sludge Sampler
The "valved core tip" meets the challenge of adequately filling a sampler without losing the sample upon retrieval. The sampler uses a disposable plastic soil catcher that fits on the end of a 2" x 12" plastic liner. The core tip has been technically enhanced to allow the plastic soil core catcher and a liner to fit snuggly over the machined lip of the core tip. Once the soil core catcher and liner are placed on the core tip they are loaded into a standard multi-stage base section and screwed together. The last piece of the sampler is the flap check cap. During deployment, the flap cap opens and allows excess air and water to escape through the top of the sampler. The sediment enters and fills the liner because the venting action eliminates pressure buildup. When the sampler is lifted, the rubber flap cap closes and creates suction to assist the soil core catcher in retaining the sample. Up to 4 optional 12" sections can be added.
Includes multi-stage flap check cap, multi-stage sludge core tip, 12" multistage SCS base, 2" x 12" plastic liner, plastic end caps, 2" soil core catcher and universal slip wrench.
Sand Sludge Sediment Probe
The Soil Probe is equipped with a 1"core catcher which ensures full sample recovery in the proper soil conditions. Probe includes 1"x 24" probe body, 10"comfortably gripped cross handle, replaceable tip, 1"core catcher, 1"x 24"plastic liner, and two 1"plastic end caps and a spanner wrench.
AM-424.37
Replaceable Tip Sand Sludge Sediment Probe
AM-401.26 10" Cross Handle W/Grips
AM-403.31
Mutli-Stage Sludge Sampler, 9.65 lbs
AM-404.90 2" Soil Core Catcher, 0.02 lbs
AM-405.10 2" x 12" Plastic Liner, 0.21 lbs
AM-418.10 2" Plastic End Cap-2 Colors, 0.02 lbs
AM-403.23 12" MS Section, 3.90 lbs
Multi-Stage Sludge / Sediment Sampler Kit
Includes multi-stage sludge sampler, multi-stage sludge core tip, 12" multi-stage SCS base, three 12" multi-stage SCS sections, three 4' extensions, plastic liner, plastic end caps, 2" soil core catcher, universal slip wrench, two crescent wrenches, SST cross handle, slide hammer and the AMS deluxe carrying case.
AM-209.41
Multi-Stage Sediment Sludge Sampler Kit, 60.00 lbs
Dredge Applications
A bottom sampling dredge consists of two halves of a relatively small box. The dredge is placed onto the bottom sediment, then closed and pulled up to retrieve a sample. A two-way mechanism prevents accidental closure while the dredge is dropping. The impact of the dredge on the bottom surface triggers the spring-loaded release mechanism without using a messenger. After mechanism closure, the dredge is pulled up to retrieve the sample.
Careful release of the sample distributes the sample approximately as it appeared on the bottom, making sediment profile description possible. The sample is not suitable for most geotechnical analysis and does not provide samples suitable for high-quality chemical analysis for volatile contaminants.
Easily Sample Most Types of Bottom Surfaces
Sand / Silt Dredge
The Sand / Silt Dredge is made entirely from 300 series stainless steel. It features a hinged scissor jaw design with a trigger mechanism that olds the sampler open until it contacts the surface to be sampled. Raising the dredge closes the scissor jaws to collect the sample. Comprised of all stainless steel, it weighs just 5 lbs and has 6" x 7 1/2" jaw opening.
15 lbs & 25 lbs Bottom Dredge
The 15 lbs Bottom Dredge features all stainless components except for the closing arms and integral weights which are made from powder coated carbon steel. The top of the sampling chamber is screened to allow water flow during deployment and reduce the frontal shock wave that may displace sediment and allow sample loss on contact with the surface to be sampled. A two-way spring loaded mechanism activates the dredge on contact with the bottom, no messenger is needed. Sampling area is 36 square inches with a 6" x 6" jaw opening.
The 25 lbs Bottom Dredge is constructed from stainless steel and powder coated carbon steel for corrosion resistance. The upper screens allow water flow during deployment and avoid displacement and shock wave effects that may cause sample loss.
One of the jaws is fitted with an under lip to displace stones or gravel during closure. A two way spring loaded mechanism activates on contact with the bottom, no messenger is required. The 6" x 6" jaw opening provides a 36 square inch sampling area.
Ekman Dredge Spring-Loaded
All stainless steel Ekman Dredge is springloaded with a messenger that travels down the rope and trips the dredge to close.
Includes Ekman Dredge, messenger, 100 ft nylon rope and carrying case.
AM-445.11
Ekman Dredge, 6.70 lbs
AM-445.12
Ekman Messenger, 0.68 lbs
AM-445.13
Ekman Dredge Cable Kit, 0.15 lbs
AM-53864
Sludge Gun
The portable Sludge Gun® is designed to quickly locate the sludge bed in clarifier and settling tanks. A probe is lowered into the liquid and high intensity bursts of infrared light travel from an LED across the probe gap to a photo transistor. A solid-state circuit then differentiates between liquid and sludge in the gap. The circuit is designed to ignore solids suspended in the liquid and to continue down – looking for the real sludge bed.
A loud variable pitch horn on the butt of the gun howls as the probe nears the sludge, and the pitch and volume of the sound increases as the probe passes through the “cloud” above the sludge and into the sludge bed. By carefully listening to the note, the operator can ignore the solids floating above the sludge and can determine the location of the true sludge level.
Features
•Simple one-hand operation – even when wearing gloves
•Self-storing cable spool prevents tangles
•Useable at night – no dials to read
•Weatherproof case – useable in the rain
•Spring-loaded trigger turns off gun – users cannot leave it on and drain the battery
•No bulbs to change – 100% solid state
•Over one year battery life in normal service
•Thumb-adjustable sensitivity control that is easy to set
•Uses standard Pencell batteries
•Single plug-in style printed circuit board
•Weight 2 kg (4 1/4 lbs)
Settleometer Kit
This kit is used in water and wastewater treatment to evaluate sludge quality and settling. It also indicates solid/liquid separation characteristics of sludge samples. The kit includes an acrylic settleometer, wide mixing paddle, snap-on lid, and instructions. It is calibrated in percent and settled sludge volume (SSV). Bright, white markings contrast vividly with dark sludges, allowing easy-toread interface. This yields information which closely approximates settling in secondary clarifiers and aerobic digesters. The beaker holds 47.3 oz (1.41 L), measures 4 1/2" (11.4 cm) in diameter, and is 8 1/2" (21.6 cm) tall.
NA-B01173WA
Settleometer Kit, 1.06 lbs
Disposable Powder Thief
The Disposable Powder Thief is ideal for taking representative samples from known locations within the bulk powder. These devices are available in two convenient lengths and four sample volumes.
Features
•Suitable for powders & granules
•Single point sample
•Range of sample volumes available
•Fully welded construction (no adhesives or screws are used)
•Assembled in a medical clean room
•Individually wrapped
•Made from HDPE, FDA acceptable grade
•ATEX Rated for zones 0,1 & 2
•Available pre-sterilized
• No cleaning required
• No cleaning validation
• No risk of cross contamination
• Save time & money
500 mm (19.7") Length 21 mm (0.8") Diameter, 20/Box
SS-8060H-501 Powder Thief, 1 ml (0.03 oz) Tip
SS-8060H-505 Powder Thief, 5 ml (0.17 oz) Tip
SS-8060H-510 Powder Thief, 10 ml (0.3 oz) Tip
SS-8060H-520 Powder Thief, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Tip
SS-8060H-501S Powder Thief, 1 ml (0.03 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized
SS-8060H-505S Powder Thief, 5 ml (0.17 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized
SS-8060H-510S Powder Thief, 10 ml (0.3 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized
SS-8060H-520S Powder Thief, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized
1000 mm (39.4") Length 21 mm (0.8") Diameter, 20/Box
SS-8060H-1001 Powder Thief, 1 ml (0.03 oz) Tip
SS-8060H-1005 Powder Thief, 5 ml (0.17 oz) Tip
SS-8060H-1010 Powder Thief, 10 ml (0.3 oz) Tip
SS-8060H-1020 Powder Thief, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Tip
SS-8060H-1001S Powder Thief, 1 ml (0.03 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized
SS-8060H-1005S Powder Thief, 5 ml (0.17 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized
SS-8060H-1010S Powder Thief, 10 ml (0.3 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized
SS-8060H-1020S Powder Thief, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized
Powder Thief
Material:
316 stainless steel, PTFE used for clutch mechanism
A. Ergonomic "T"bar handle for positive control
B. Clutch system to provide smooth operation
C. 316 stainless steel construction
D. Bright polish
E. Detachable tip
B
A
C
D
E
Sampler Bodies
12.5 mm (0.5") Body Diameter
SS-1030A-600 Powder Thief, 600 mm (23.6") Length
SS-1030A-1000 Powder Thief, 1000 mm (39.4") Length
SS-1030A-1500 Powder Thief, 1500 mm (59.1") Length
19 mm (0.7") Body Diameter
SS-1030B-600 Powder Thief, 600 mm (23.6") Length
SS-1030B-1000 Powder Thief, 1000 mm (39.4") Length
SS-1030B-1500 Powder Thief, 1500 mm (59.1") Length
25 mm (1") Body Diameter
SS-1030C-600 Powder Thief, 600 mm (23.6") Length
SS-1030C-1000 Powder Thief, 1000 mm (39.4") Length
SS-1030C-1500 Powder Thief, 1500 mm (59.1") Length
32 mm (1.3") Body Diameter
SS-1030D-600 Powder Thief, 600 mm (23.6") Length
SS-1030D-1000 Powder Thief, 1000 mm (39.4") Length
SS-1030D-1500 Powder Thief, 1500 mm (59.1") Length
Various tips sizes can be attached to the same body to allow different volumes to be sampled
Sampling Tips
A range of standard tip sizes are available for each body diameter. Special sizes are available upon request.
Tip To Suit Body 12.5 mm (0.5") Diameter
SS-1030AT-025 0.25 ml (0.01 oz) Tip
SS-1030AT-050 0.5 ml (0.017 oz) Tip
SS-1030AT-075 0.75 ml (0.025 oz) Tip
SS-1030AT-100 1.0 ml (0.03 oz) Tip
Tip To Suit Body 19 mm (0.8") Diameter
SS-1030BT-2 2 ml (0.07 oz) Tip
SS-1030BT-3 3 ml (0.10 oz) Tip
SS-1030BT-5 5 ml (0.17 oz) Tip
SS-1030BT-8 8 ml (0.27 oz) Tip
SS-1030BT-10 10 ml (0.3 oz) Tip
Tip To Suit Body 25mm (1") Diameter
SS-1030CT-10 10 ml (0.3 oz) Tip
SS-1030CT-20 20 ml (0.7 oz) Tip
SS-1030CT-25 25 ml (0.8 oz) Tip
Tip To Suit Body 32mm (1.3") Diameter
SS-1030DT-20 20 ml (0.7 oz) Tip
SS-1030DT-25 25 ml (0.8 oz) Tip
SS-1030DT-50 50 ml (1.7 oz) Tip
How to Use
1. Insert the sampler into the product. Ensure that the tip is inside the sampler body.
2. At the required depth pull up the body to expose the tip. The sample will fall in around the tip.
3. Push down body of the sampler to trap the sample.
4. Withdraw sampler.
5. Pull up body to empty sample.
Features
Disposable Multilevel Slot Sampler
The Disposable Multilevel Slot Sampler is a powder sampler that has been specifically designed for use in hygienic manufacturing areas. The Disposable Slot Sampler lets you take a single composite sample from a range of heights within your container.
•Made of HDPE (FDA acceptable grade)
•Suitable for sampling free-flowing powders and granules
•Available in two convenient lengths 620 mm & 950 mm
•Assembled in a medical cleanroom
•ATEX rated for zones 0,1 & 2
•Individually bagged
•Available non sterile or pre-sterilized
620 mm (24.4") Length 22 mm (0.87") Diameter, 20/Box
SS-8073H-500 Slot Sampler, 100 ml (3.4 oz) Sample Volume
SS-8073H-500S Slot Sampler, 100 ml (3.4 oz) Sample Volume, Pre-Sterilized
950 mm (37.4") Length 22 mm (0.87") Diameter, 20/Box
SS-8073H-1000 Slot Sampler, 170 ml (5.8 oz) Sample Volume
SS-8073H-1000S Slot Sampler, 170 ml (5.8 oz) Sample Volume, Pre-Sterilized
Large Volume Slot Sampler
Jumbo Slot Sampler
Designed for large volume sampling of several points. To keep the weight down this sampler is constructed from aluminum.
Type: Multilevel (composite samples)
Material: Either aluminum construction or 316 stainless steel Aluminium is not recomended for GMP applications
Operation:
1.Insert the sampler into the product.
2.At the required depth rotate handle to expose the collecting pockets, the product will fall into the collecting pockets.
3.Rotate handle to close pockets and remove sampler.
50 mm (2") Diameter, Aluminium
SS-1210J-900
Jumbo Slot Sampler, 900 mm (35.4") Length, 3 Slots, 880 ml (29.8 oz) Sample Volume
SS-1210J-1500
Jumbo Slot Sampler, 1500 mm (59.1") Length, 5 Slots, 1700 ml (57.5 oz) Sample Volume
SS-1210J-2500
Jumbo Slot Sampler, 2500 mm (98.4") Length, 7 Slots, 2900 ml (98.1 oz) Sample Volume
40 mm (1.6") Diameter, 316 Stainless Steel
SS-1210K-900
Jumbo Slot Sampler, 900 mm (35.4") Length, 3 Slots, 750 ml (25.4 oz) Sample Volume
SS-1210K-1500
Jumbo Slot Sampler, 1500 mm (59.1") Length, 4 Slots, 1000 ml (33.8 oz) Sample Volume
SS-1210K-2000
Jumbo Slot Sampler, 2000 mm (78.7") Length, 5 Slots, 1300 ml (44 oz) Sample Volume
Slot Sampler
The Slot Sampler is ideal for taking a large volume, cross sectional sample from a container. The sampler has a robust all stainless steel construction and is suitable for sampling free flowing powders, granules and even slightly cohesive powders.
Standard Slot Sampler (without Bottle Holder)
Sampler being discharged
Type: Cross sectional (composite sample)
Material: 316 stainless steel, bright finish
General: Suitable for taking large volume samples
Bottle Holder
The Slot Sampler is available with a bottle holder. This enables the sample to be emptied directly into a bottle.
Features
•Improved containment
•Save time
•Can be used with either a 250 ml (8.5 oz) or 500 ml (17 oz) bottle
600 mm (23.6") Length, 3 Slots, 110 ml (3.7 oz) Maximum Sample Volume
SS-1210A-600 Slot Sampler
SS-1210B-600 Slot Sampler W/ Bottle Holder *
1000 mm (39.4") Length, 4 Slots, 190 ml (6.4 oz) Maximum Sample Volume
SS-1210A-1000 Slot Sampler
SS-1210B-1000 Slot Sampler W/ Bottle Holder *
1500 mm (59.1") Length, 5 Slots, 300 ml (10 oz) Maximum Sample Volume
SS-1210A-1500 Slot Sampler
SS-1210B-1500 Slot Sampler W/ Bottle Holder *
SS-8165A-250 Sample Collecting Bottle, 250 ml (8.5 oz) Capacity, HDPE
SS-8165A-500 Sample Collecting Bottle, 500 ml (17 oz) Capacity, HDPE
SS-TIP2 Round Tip (Sampler Supplied W/ Pointed Tip) Rounded Tips Are Ideal When Not Trying To Pierce A Bag Or Cloth
A Slot Sampler taking a sample from a drum of powdered metal
Ideal for Powders, Granules & Grains
Powder Trier
The Powder Trier is ideal for taking a large volume and cross sectional samples from a container.
Type: Cross sectional (composite sample)
Material: 316 stainless steel
Operation:
1. Insert sampler into product.
2. Turn the handle to open the slot - the product can now be collected in the central tube.
3. Turn the handle to close the slot
4. Remove sampler.
5. Invert the sampler to discharge the sample.
SS-1216A-600 Powder Trier, 600 mm (23.6") Length, 3 Slots, 110 ml (3.7 oz) Sample Volume
SS-1216A-1000 Powder Trier, 1000 mm (39.4") Length, 4 Slots, 190 ml (6.4 oz) Sample Volume
SS-1216A-1500 Powder Trier, 1500 mm (59.1") Length, 5 Slots, 300 ml (10.1 oz) Sample Volume
SS-TIP2
Round Tip (Sampler Supplied W/ Pointed Tip)
Use Rounded Tips When Sampling From A Bag
Discrete Multilevel Sampler Pocket Sampler
The highly popular Pocket Sampler is suitable for taking discrete samples from free flowing powders and granules. The sampler is available in a range of sizes and designs.
Type: Multilevel (discrete / zone samples)
Material: 316 stainless steel outer with a PTFE core or all 316 stainless steel construction
Operation:
1.Insert the sampler into the product.
2.At the required depth rotate handle to expose the collecting pockets, the product will flow into the collecting pockets.
3.Rotate handle to close pockets and remove sampler.
Multi Port Aluminum Powder Sampler
Features
•For sampling powders, pellets & friable materials
•Has a sharp stainless steel tip
•The T-handle is turned to close the ports & the point is inserted through the bag or directly into the bulk material far enough to cover all ports
•The handle is turned half way, opening the cells to collect the sample, then turned back to close, & the sampler is then removed
• NA-B01152WA port is 7.62 cm (3") long, 95 cm (3/8") wide, 20 ml (0.68 oz) volume
• NA-B01430WA port is 9.53 cm (3 3/4") long, 0.95 cm (3/8") wide, 25 ml (0.85 oz) volume
• NA-B01431WA port is 10.16 cm (4") long, 0.95 cm (3/8") wide, 33 ml (1.12 oz) volume
NA-B01152WA
A.Removable tip - allows thorough cleaning
B.Sampling pockets
C.Handle
D.Cleaning brush
E.Outer tube
F.Inner rod
Three Ports 56 cm (22")
NA-B01430WA
Three Ports 86 cm (34")
NA-B01431WA
Five Ports 156 cm (61")
Outer Tube = 316 SS, Inner Rod = PTFE, Outer Diameter = 25 mm (1")
SS-1220A-600
Pocket Sampler, 3 Pockets, 15 ml (0.5 oz) Volume of Pockets, 600 mm (23.6") Length
SS-1220A-900
Pocket Sampler, 3 Pockets, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Volume of Pockets, 900 mm (35.4") Length
SS-1220A-1500
Pocket Sampler, 5 Pockets, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Volume of Pockets, 1500 mm (59.1") Length
Outer Tube = 316 SS, Inner Rod = 316 SS, Outer Diameter = 25 mm (1")
SS-1220B-600
Pocket Sampler, 3 Pockets, 15 ml (0.5 oz) Volume of Pockets, 600 mm (23.6") Length
SS-1220B-900
Pocket Sampler, 3 Pockets, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Volume of Pockets, 900 mm (35.4") Length
SS-1220B-1500
Pocket Sampler, 5 Pockets, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Volume of Pockets, 1500 mm (59.1") Length
Outer Tube = 316 SS, Inner Rod = 316 SS, Outer Diameter = 40 mm (1.6")
SS-1220J-900
Pocket Sampler, 3 Pockets, 200 ml (6.8 oz) Volume of Pockets, 900 mm (35.4") Length
SS-1220J-1500
Pocket Sampler, 4 Pockets, 200 ml (6.8 oz) Volume of Pockets, 1500 mm (59.1") Length
SS-1220J-2000
Pocket Sampler, 5 Pockets, 200 ml (6.8 oz) Volume of Pockets, 2000 mm (78.7") Length
SS-8005A-01
Sealing Sleeve Set
Covers Pockets, Set Of 3 Sleeves, 25 mm (1") Diameter
SS-LUG-1
Earthing Lug
SS-TIP2
Round Tip (Sampler Supplied W/ Pointed Tip) Use Rounded Tips When Sampling From A Bag
Cohesive Pocket Sampler
The Cohesive Pocket Sampler has been specially adapted from the Pocket Sampler to enable the taking of samples from damp and cohesive powders. Scrapers have been added to push the sticky powder into the sample pockets. Scrapers are fully welded to give a hygienic, GMP correct sampler.
Type: Multilevel (discrete samples)
Material: 316 stainless steel construction
Operation:
1.Insert the sampler into the product.
2.At the required depth rotate handle to expose the collecting pockets.
3.Rotate the sampler through 360° so the product is pushed into the collecting pockets.
4.Rotate handle to close pockets and remove sampler.
Simple to Use Ultra Low Volume Powder Thief
MicroThief
The MicroThief is suitable for taking very small volume samples of free flowing powders and granules. The MicroThief is easily adjusted so that the operator can vary the size of the sample being taken.
Material: High quality 316 stainless steel
Operation:
1. Insert the sampler into the product, ensure that the tip is inside the sampler body.
2. At the required depth pull up the body to expose the tip. Powder will flow in around the tip.
3. Push down body of the sampler to trap the sample.
4. Withdraw sampler.
Zone Sampling of Cohesive Powders
MicroThief
SS-2220B-600
Cohesive Pocket Sampler, 3 Pockets, 15 ml (0.51 oz) Nominal Volume of Pockets, 600 mm (24") Length
SS-2220B-900
Cohesive Pocket Sampler, 3 Pockets, 20 ml (0.68 oz) Nominal Volume of Pockets, 900 mm (35") Length
SS-2220B-1500
Cohesive Pocket Sampler, 5 Pockets, 20 ml (0.68 oz) Nominal Volume of Pockets, 1500 mm (59") Length
SS-TIP2
Rounded Tip (Sampler Supplied W/ Pointed Tip)
SS-LUG-1
Earthing Lug To Attach Earthing Connections To The Sampler
Simple to Use Low Volume Powder Sampler
MicroMate
The MicroMate is designed for low volume sampling of free flowing powders and granules. The MicroMate can be easily adjusted so that it can take a range of sample sizes.
Material: 316 stainless steel
Operation:
1. Insert the sampler into the product, ensure that the inner rod extends beyond the outer tube.
2. At the required depth pull up the inner rod to draw the product into the sampler.
3. Withdraw sampler.
4. Push down handle to release sample.
SS-1070A-350
MicroMate Up To 0.1 ml, 350 mm (13.8") Length, 5 mm (0.20") Diameter
SS-1070A-500
MicroMate Up To 0.1 ml, 500 mm (19.7") Length, 5 mm(0.20") Diameter
Mipaw Powder Sampler
Features
•Complies with IDF (International Dairy Federation) specifications for sampling powdered milk
•Also ideal for sampling flour, sand, cement & similar products
•Chromium plated brass with light alloy handle
Needle Point Sampler
Features
•Single samples from polyethylene or paper bags, the needle point sampler punctures the bag with minimum damage
•Enters a maximum of 28 cm (11")
•Made of stainless steel with an anodized aluminum handle NA-B01153WA
Disposable Sack Sampler
The Disposable Sack Master is a hygienic, single use device that has been specially designed to take samples through the side of a sack. All Disposable Sack Masters are individually bagged & for special applications the device is available pre-sterilized.
Features
•Suitability powders & granules
•Single point sample
•Individually wrapped
•Made from tough HDPE, FDA acceptable grade
Unwrap Sampler Insert the sampler through the side of the sack. Angle sampler downwards to allow the product to flow into the sample collecting bag.
SS-8085A-100
Disposable Sack Sampler, 400 mm (15.7") Length, 25 mm (1") Diameter, 100/Box
SS-8085A-100S
Disposable Sack Sampler, 400 mm (15.7") Length, 25 mm (1") Diameter, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box
SS-8080A-450
Sample Collecting Bag, 450 ml (15.2 oz), For Hygienic Use, Sterile, 1000 Bags
SS-8080A-900
Sample Collecting Bag, 900 ml (30.4 oz), For Hygienic Use, Sterile, 1000 Bags
Sack Master
The Sack Master has been specially designed to take samples through the side of a sack. A range of sample collection methods are available.
Type: Single point
Material: 316 stainless steel
SS-1320A-01
Sack Master P, Sampler End Fitting: Plain
SS-1320B-01
Sack Master EC, Sampler End Fitting: End Cap
SS-1320C-01
Sack Master BA, Sampler End Fitting: Bottle Adapter*
* Sampler Supplied W/ One 250 ml (8 oz) Sample Bottle (Part No. SS-8165A-250)
Accessories
SS-8165A-250
Sampling Bottle, 250 ml (8 oz) Volume, HDPE For Use W/ Bottle Adapter
SS-8165A-500
Sampling Bottle, 500 ml (17 oz) Volume, HDPE For Use W/ Bottle Adapter
SS-8001A-500
Cleaning Brush, 500 mm (19.7") Length
Operation:
1. Insert the sampler through the side of the sack.
2. Angle sampler downwards to allow the product to flow into the sample collecting container.
3. Seal the hole using an Ultra Adhesive Label.
Large Volume Sleeve Sampler
Powder Max
Designed for use with free flowing powders, granules and grains. The Powder Max enables large samples to be quickly and easily taken.
Operation:
1.Insert sampler into the product.
2.This action forces the sleeve upwards covering the sample hole and stopping powder from entering.
3.On pulling the sampler upwards, the sleeve moves down and the product can now enter the sampler.
4.Invert sampler to discharge the sample.
Ideal for Sampling Large Volumes at Great Depths!
Sleeve Sampler
Various sized chambers can be attached to the same handle to allow different sample volumes to be taken. The heavy duty handle and extension rods have been designed to be extremely strong and robust to allow samples to be taken from great depths. We only recommend Heavy Duty handles with the Sleeve Sampler.
Type: Single point
Material: 316 stainless steel, bright finish
Options: Special lengths, chamber sizes and extension handles
Operation:
1. Select the correct chamber for the volume to be sampled and screw it onto the handle. Insert the sampler into the product.
2. At the required depth pull up the sampler slightly. This will force the sleeve down so that product can fall into the sample chamber.
3. Remove sampler.
4. To empty sampler either pour sample out of filling port or unscrew the tip.
A.Tip (screws into chamber)
B.Sleeve
C.Entrance port for powder
D.Chamber screwed to handle to allow different volumes to be attached
Handles & Extension Rods
SS-1035A-1000
Sleeve Sampler, Heavy Duty Handle, 1000 mm (39.4") Length
SS-1035A-1500
Sleeve Sampler, Heavy Duty Handle, 1500 mm (59.1") Length
SS-1035E-1000
Sleeve Sampler, Heavy Duty Extension Rod, 1000 mm (39.4") Length
Sample Chambers
SS-1035T-100
Sample Chamber, 100 ml (3.4 oz) Sample Volume
SS-1035T-150
Sample Chamber, 150 ml (5.1 oz) Sample Volume
SS-1035T-200
Sample Chamber, 200 ml (6.8 oz) Sample Volume
UD Cohesive Sampler
A popular sampler in the pharmaceutical industry for taking low volume (unit dose) cohesive powder samples. Allows accurate samples to be taken.
Type: Single point unit dose
Material: 316 stainless steel
A. "T" bar handle
B. Special lengths available on request
C. Polished finish
D. Sample collecting cell - different sized cells can be easily interchanged
Operation:
1.Insert the sampler into the product.
2.At the required depth push down the handle & rotate it through 180°.
3.Pull up sampler several millimetres (to fill the cell), then rotate handle 180° (to lock cell in closed position).
4.Remove sampler.
Cohesive Sampler
The Cohesive Sampler is able to take a sample from a known point within the product.
Type: Single point
Material: 316 stainless steel
Operation:
1. Insert sampler into product ensuring that the sample collecting chamber is in the closed position.
2. At the correct sampling depth, turn the inner tube to expose the sample collecting chamber.
3. Rotate the entire sampler through 360º. The scraper collects product and guides it into the sample collecting chamber.
4. Turn the inner tube to close the sample collecting chamber.
5. Remove sampler.
6. Pull out the inner tube and discharge the sample.
Unit Dose Sampler for Cohesive Powders
SS-2000S-01 U-D Cohesive Sampler Set Consisting Of: 1 Handle, Sample Collecting Cells - 1 Each Of: 0.25 ml (0.008 oz), 0.5 ml (0.017 oz), 0.75 ml (0.025 oz) & 1.0 ml (0.034 oz) & 1 Standard Sampler Case
SS-2000A-1000
Sampler Body & Handle, 1000 mm (39.4") Length
SS-2000T-025
Sample Collecting Cell, 0.25 ml (0.008 oz) Sample Volume
SS-2000T-050
Sample Collecting Cell, 0.5 ml (0.017 oz) Sample Volume
SS-2000T-075
Sample Collecting Cell, 0.75 ml (0.025 oz) Sample Volume
SS-2000T-100
Sample Collecting Cell, 1.0 ml (0.034 oz) Sample Volume
SS-8001N-1100
Cleaning Brush, 1100 mm (43.3") Length, Narrow Style
A. Inner tube
B. Outer tube
C. Sample
D. Scraper
E. Removable tip
Rotate the inner core to open the sampler
SS-2015A-05
Rotate the whole sampler to take the sample Close the sampler and withdraw it from the product
SS-TIP2 Round Tip (Sampler Supplied As Standard W/ Pointed Tip)
Cross Sectional Sampler No Cleaning Required!
Disposable Powder Lance
The Disposable Powder Lance is ideal for taking a cross sectional sample from within a bulk powder.
Features
•Cross sectional sample
•Max sample volume: 170 ml (5.8 oz) (approx.)
•Individually wrapped
•Assembled in a medical clean room
•Made from HDPE, FDA acceptable grade
Operation:
1. Push the Disposable Powder Lance into the product & then withdraw.
2. Deposit the sample into a suitable container.
3. Place the used sampler into its plastic bag.
End Tips
The Powder Lance is available with an open tip or within an End Tip (which is fixed in place using ultrasonic welding).
Without End Tip - ideal for use with sticky, cohesive powders With an End Tip - use when sampling free flowing powders
Cross Sectional Sampler for Cohesive Powders
Stainless Steel Powder Lance
Without End Tip
300 mm (11.8") Blade Length, 420 mm (16.5") Overall Length, 22 mm (0.9") Diameter, 20/Box
SS-8063H-300
Disposable Powder Lance, 75 ml (2.5 oz) Sample Volume
SS-8063H-300S
Disposable Powder Lance, 75 ml (2.5 oz) Sample Volume, Pre-Sterilized
500 mm (19.7") Blade Length, 620 mm (24.4") Overall Length, 22 mm (0.9") Diameter, 20/Box
SS-8063H-500
Disposable Powder Lance, 100 ml (3.4 oz) Sample Volume
SS-8063H-500S
Disposable Powder Lance, 100 ml (3.4 oz) Sample Volume, Pre-Sterilized
830 mm (32.7") Blade Length, 950 mm (37.4") Overall Length, 22 mm (0.9") Diameter, 20/Box
SS-8063H-1000
Disposable Powder Lance, 170 ml (5.7 oz) Sample Volume
SS-8063H-1000S
Disposable Powder Lance, 170 ml (5.7 oz) Sample Volume, Pre-Sterilized
With End Tip
SS-8064H-500
Disposable Powder Probe, 500 mm (19.7") Length, 25 mm (1") Diameter, 20/Box
SS-8064H-500S
Disposable Powder Probe, 500 mm (19.7") Length, 25 mm (1") Diameter, Pre-Sterilized, 20/Box
SS-8064H-1000
Disposable Powder Probe, 1000 mm (39.4") Length, 25 mm (1") Diameter, 20/Box
SS-8064H-1000S
Disposable Powder Probe, 1000 mm (39.4") Length, 25 mm (1") Diameter, Pre-Sterilized, 20/Box
The Powder Lance can be used to take large volume samples of cohesive powders. The sampler can be used horizontally through a sack or else it can be used vertically.
Type: Cross sectional sampler
Material: 316 stainless steel
Operation:
1.Insert the sampler into the product.
2.Rotate the sampler through 360°. The Scraper forces the powder in to the sampler along the length of the slot.
3.Remove the sampler.
4.Unscrew the tip of the sampler.
5.Push the Sample Ejection Rod into the Powder Lance to push out the sample.
SS-2250A-600
Sampler Ejection
Sampling Slot
Scraper
Removable Tip
Powder Lance, 600mm (23.6") Overall Sampler Length, 500 mm (19.7") Length of Sampling Slot, 110 ml (3.7 oz) Max. Sample Volume
SS-2250A-1000
Powder Lance, 1000 mm (39.4") Overall Sampler Length, 900 mm (35.4") Length of Sampling Slot, 190 ml (6.4 oz) Max. Sample Volume
SS-2250A-2000
Powder Lance, 2000 mm (78.7") Overall Sampler Length, 1600 mm (63") Length of Sampling Slot, 360 ml (12.2 oz) Max. Sample Volume
SS-8570A-700
Sample Ejection Rod, 316 Stainless Steel, 700 mm (27.6") Length
SS-8570A-1100
Sample Ejection Rod, 316 Stainless Steel, 1100 mm (43.3") Length
SS-8001A-1100
Cleaning Brush, 1100 mm (43.3") Length
SS-8505A-01
Standard Sampler Case
Disposable Powder Spatulas
Sterileware® Sampling Spatula
Features
•V-shaped spatula ideal for caked granules or powders
•Convenient & helps prevent contamination
•Polystyrene spatula
•Individually sterile wrapped
BEL-H36930-0000
152 mm (6") Blade Length, 229 mm (9") Long, 100/Box
High Impact Polystyrene Scoops
Scienceware® SamplitTM
Scoop & Container System
Features
•Scoop that threads into a 190ml (6.5oz) leak proof container
•Ensures safe & efficient isolation of material
•High impact polystyrene strong enough for coring semi solid such as cheese, ice cream & even soil or granular materials
•Vials are crystal clear styrene for easy viewing of contents
•Supplied with identification labels
47 mm I.D. x 110 mm High (1.85" x 4.36"), 25/Box
BEL-H36915-1000
Samplit™ Scoop & Container System
BEL-H37835-0000
Samplit™ Scoop Only
Powder Spatulas
Features
•Made from white Polystyrene (FDA grade - conforms to CFR 177.1640)
•Tough, efficient "U" shaped blade
•Individually wrapped
•Manufactured & packed in a medical cleanroom (Class 100,000) to ensure cleanliness
•Range of sizes
•Available pre-sterilized & non sterile
•Smooth ergonomic round handle
•ATEX Rated for Zones 0, 1, & 2
150 mm (6") Blade Length, 230 mm (9") Overall Length, 100/Box
SS-8095A-150 Powder Spatulas
SS-8095A-150S Powder Spatulas, Pre-Sterilized
250 mm (9.8") Blade Length, 330 mm (13") Overall Length, 100/Box
SS-8095A-250 Powder Spatulas
SS-8095A-250S Powder Spatulas, Pre-Sterilized
Disposable Sampling Spoons
Sterileware®
Sampling Spoons
Features
•For smaller sampling requirements
•Polystyrene spoon
•Long handles minimizes the potential of personal contact with sampled material
BEL-H36940-0000 1.23 ml (1/4" Teaspoon) Capacity
•Individually sterile wrapped 178 mm (7") Overall Length, 200/Box
Sterileware® Large Sampling Spoon
Features
•Ideal for sampling semi-solids, viscous liquids & bulk materials
•High impact polystyrene
•Individually sterile wrapped
BEL-H36948-0000
254 mm (10") Overall Length, 25 ml (0.8 oz) Capacity, 25/Box
Sterile Sample Handling
Sterileware® Economy Sampling Spoons
Features
•Small quantities of dry or liquid measures
•Flat bottom shape & light weight allows use as weighing boat
•High impact polystyrene
•Individually sterile wrapped
BEL-F36740-0001
1.25 ml (0.04 oz) Capacity, 100/Box
BEL-F36740-0002
2.5 ml (0.08 oz) Capacity, 100/Box
BEL-F36740-0003
5 ml (0.17 oz) Capacity, 100/Box
BEL-F36740-0004
8 ml (0.27 oz) Capacity, 100/Box
BEL-F36740-0005
20 ml (0.68 oz) Capacity, 100/Box
Sterileware® Red Sampling Scoops
Features
•Bright red color reduces the chance of them being accidentally left behind in a sample
•Color can serve as a code to avoid cross contamination & provides a contrasting background to better visualize light colored material
•Durable polystyrene material
•Individually sterile wrapped
BEL-H36942-0000 2.46 ml (1/2" Teaspoon) Capacity
BEL-H36944-0000 4.93 ml (1 Teaspoon) Capacity
BEL-H36946-0000 14.79 ml (3 Teaspoons) Capacity
Sterileware® Economy Sampling Scoops
Features
•Sterile samples of accurate quantities of dry or liquid measures
•Flat bottom shape & light weight allows use as weighing boat
•White high impact polystyrene
•Individually sterile wrapped
BEL-F36933-0001 63 ml (2 oz) Capacity, 50/Box
BEL-F36933-0002 83 ml (2.7 oz) Capacity, 50/box
BEL-F36933-0003 125 ml (4 oz) Capacity, 50/Box
BEL-F36933-0004 250 ml (8 oz) Capacity, 50/Box
Disposable PharmaScoops
Features
•Made of polystyrene (FDA acceptable polymer)
•Manufactued & packed in a medical cleanroom
•Available in white or red, non-sterile or presterilized
Assorted Polypropylene Scoops
Features
•Rigid, strong & smooth polypropylene
•Flat bottom shape & light weight allows use as weighing boat
•Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F)
SS-8045A-30
PharmaScoop, 30 ml (1 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box
SS-8045A-30S
PharmaScoop, 30 ml (1 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box
SS-8045A-60
PharmaScoop, 60 ml (2 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box
SS-8045A-60S
PharmaScoop, 60 ml (2 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box
SS-8045A-125
PharmaScoop, 125 ml (4.2 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box
SS-8045A-125S
PharmaScoop, 125 ml (4.2 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box
SS-8045A-250
PharmaScoop, 250 ml (8.5 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box
SS-8045A-250S
PharmaScoop, 250 ml (8.5 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box
SS-8045A-500
PharmaScoop, 500 ml (16.9 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box
SS-8045A-500S PharmaScoop, 500 ml (16.9 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box
SS-8045A-1000 PharmaScoop, 1000 ml (33.8 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box
SS-8045A-1000S PharmaScoop, 1000 ml (33.8 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box
SS-8045A-2500
PharmaScoop, 2500 ml (84.5 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box
SS-8045A-2500S PharmaScoop, 2500 ml (84.5 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box
SS-8045R-60
PharmaScoop, 60 ml (2 oz) Capacity, Red, 100/Box
SS-8045R-60S PharmaScoop, 60 ml (2 oz) Capacity, Red, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box
SS-8045R-500
PharmaScoop, 500 ml (16.9 oz) Capacity, Red, 100/Box
SS-8045R-500S PharmaScoop, 500 ml (16.9 oz) Capacity, Red, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box
SS-8045R-1000
PharmaScoop, 1000 ml (33.8 oz) Capacity, Red, 100/Box
SS-8045R-1000S PharmaScoop, 1000 ml (33.8 oz) Capacity, Red, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box
Disposable Pallet Knife
Features
BEL-F36748-0000
•Made from tough white HDPE, FDA acceptable grade
•Individually wrapped
•Available pre-sterilized
SS-8450A-70S
150 mm (5.9")Blade Length, 70 mm (2.8") Blade Width, 270 mm (10.6") Overall Length, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box
Disposable Scraper
Features
•Made from tough white HDPE, FDA acceptable grade
•Individually wrapped
•Available pre-sterilized
SS-8450A-45S
150 mm (5.9") Blade Length, 45 mm (1.8") Blade Width, 270 mm (10.6") Overall Length, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box
Double-Ended Stainless Steel Spoons
BEL-H36729-0015
Features
• Dual bowl sizes on a sturdy handle
• Available in stainless steel or with ends coated with Fluo-Kem® Teflon® • 2/pack
15 cm (5.9") Length, 0.5 ml (0.02 oz) Capacity Of Small Spoon, 2.0 ml (0.07 oz) Capacity Of Large Spoon
BEL-H36729-0018
18 cm (7.1") Length, 0.8 ml (0.03 oz) Capacity Of Small Spoon, 2.8 ml (0.09 oz) Capacity Of Large Spoon
BEL-H36729-0021
21 cm (8.3") Length, 1.6 ml (0.05 oz) Capacity Of Small Spoon, 5.0 ml (0.17 oz) Capacity Of Large Spoon
BEL-H36729-0025
25 cm (9.8") Length, 0.8 ml (0.03 oz) Capacity Of Small Spoon, 3.0 ml (0.10 oz) Capacity Of Large Spoon
BEL-H36729-0030
30 cm (11.8") Length, 2.0 ml (0.07 oz) Capacity Of Small Spoon, 8.0 ml (0.27 oz) Capacity Of Large Spoon
Fluo-Kem® Teflon® FEP Coated Ends
BEL-H36730-0015
15 cm (5.9") Length, 0.5 ml (0.02 oz) Capacity Of Small Spoon, 2.0 ml (0.07 oz) Capacity Of Large Spoon
BEL-H36730-0021
21 cm (8.3") Length, 1.6 ml (0.05 oz) Capacity Of Small Spoon, 5.0 ml (0.17 oz) Capacity Of Large Spoon
BEL-H36730-0030
30 cm (11.8") Length, 2.0 ml (0.07 oz) Capacity Of Small Spoon, 8.0 ml (0.27 oz) Capacity Of Large Spoon
Reusable Spoons
Ellipso-Spoon® Sampler
Features
•Curved shape permits contact with all corners of bottles & containers
•Used for crystals, powders, granulated & sold substances & even thick liquids
•Ellipso-Spoon® has a spoon end & a spatula end
•Made of polished stainless steel
•1/pack
BEL-H36806-0015
15 x 35 mm (0.6" x 1.4"), 5 mm (0.2") Diameter, 15 cm (5.9") Length
BEL-H36806-0018
15 x 35 mm (0.6" x 1.4"), 5 mm (0.2") Diameter, 18 cm (7.1") Length
BEL-H36807-0021
15 x 35 mm (0.6" x 1.4"), 5 mm (0.2") Diameter, 21 cm (8.3") Length
BEL-H36807-0025
15 x 35 mm (0.6" x 1.4"), 5 mm (0.2") Diameter, 25 cm (9.8") Length
BEL-H36808-0030
28 x 65 mm (1.1" x 2.6"), 8 mm (0.3") Diameter, 30 cm (11.8") Length
BEL-H36809-0040
28 x 65 mm (1.1" x 2.6"), 8 mm (0.3") Diameter, 40 cm (15.7") Length
BEL-H36809-0050
28 x 65 mm (1.1" x 2.6"), 8 mm (0.3") Diameter, 50 cm (19.7") Length
2 in 1 Lab Spoon
Features
•Extra strength for sampling from large bottles
•Stainless steel spoon end and flat spatula on the other end
•Also available in Teflon® coating with an anti-stick surface
•FDA approved
BEL-F36711-0012
Stainless Steel, 305 mm (12") Overall Length, Each
BEL-H36711-0000
Fluo-Kem® Teflon®, 229 mm (9") Overall Length, Each
PharmaScoops
Features
•Heavy duty construction
•316 stainless steel
•Crevice free
•Satin finish
•Radiused corners for easy cleaning
•Huge range of sizes
SS-A316-10
PharmaScoop, 10 ml (0.3 oz) Capacity, 25 mm (1") Diameter, 45 mm (1.8") Length
SS-A316-50
PharmaScoop, 50 ml (1.7 oz) Capacity, 38 mm (1.5") Diameter, 70 mm (2.8") Length
SS-A316-100
PharmaScoop, 100 ml (3.4 oz) Capacity, 50 mm (2") Diameter, 100 mm (4") Length
SS-A316-500
PharmaScoop, 500 ml (16.9 oz) Capacity, 95 mm (3.7") Diameter, 140 mm (5.5") Length
SS-A316-750 PharmaScoop, 750 ml (25.4 oz) Capacity, 95 mm (3.7") Diameter, 210 mm (8.3") Length
SS-A316-1000 PharmaScoop, 1000 ml (33.8 oz) Capacity, 110 mm (4.3") Diameter, 235 mm (9.3") Length
SS-A316-1250 PharmaScoop, 1250 ml (42.3 oz) Capacity, 125 mm (4.9") Diameter, 195 mm (7.7") Length
SS-A316-1700
PharmaScoop, 1700 ml (57.5 oz) Capacity, 135 mm (5.3") Diameter, 230 mm (9.1") Length
SS-A316-2500
PharmaScoop, 2500 ml (84.5 oz) Capacity, 185 mm (7.3") Diameter, 215 mm (8.5") Length
Reusable Scoops
Features
•Stainless steel scoops
•Perfect for sampling powder, soil, gravel & other materials CO-8400
Square Scoop
Features
•Heavy duty construction
•316 stainless steel
•Crevice free
•Radiused corners for easy cleaning
SS-A366-1
Earthing Lug
Features
•Extra cost option for any stainless steel sampler or item of dispensing ware
•Provides a convenient connection point for earthing (grounding) wires
•Ideal when working with flammable solvents or in ATEX rated environments
•Earthing lugs can only be welded to almost any stainless steel device
SS-LUG-1
Earthing Lug, 316L Stainless Steel, Includes Welding To Device
Fluo-Kem® Teflon® FEP Coated Aluminum Scoop
Features
•FDA compliant for food contact
•Anti-stick, corrosion resistant
•Handle is not coated for a non-slip grip
BEL-H36733-0000
BEL-H36735-0000
BEL-H36737-0000
(10 1/4")
Ladles
Features
•All stainless steel construction
•Crevice free
•Satin finish
•316 stainless steel for 50 ml (1.7 oz) and 150 ml (5 oz) size
304 Stainless Steel
SS-A324-50 Ladle, 50 ml (1.7 oz) Volume
SS-A324-120 Ladle, 120 ml (4 oz) Volume
SS-A324-150 Ladle, 150 ml (5 oz) Volume
SS-A324-200 Ladle, 200 ml (6.8 oz) Volume
316 Stainless Steel
SS-A326-50 Ladle, 50 ml (1.7 oz) Volume
SS-A326-150 Ladle, 150 ml (5 oz) Volume
Powder Funnels
Features
•Specially designed for transferring powders
•Polypropylene funnel with 60° angle
•Steam autoclavable 121°C (250°F)
BEL-H14660-0065
49 ml (1.7oz) Capacity, 65 mm (2.6") Top I.D., 15 mm (0.6") Stem O.D., 25 mm (1") Stem Length, 12/Bag
BEL-H14660-0080
138 ml (4.7 oz) Capacity, 80 mm (3.1") Top I.D., 18 mm (0.7") Stem O.D., 25 mm (1") Stem Length, 12/Bag
BEL-H14660-0100
248 ml (8.4 oz) Capacity, 100 mm (3.9")Top I.D., 21 mm (0.8") Stem O.D., 25 mm (1") Stem Length, 6/Bag
BEL-H14660-0150
784 ml (26 oz) Capacity, 150 mm (5.9") Top I.D., 29 mm (1.1") Stem O.D., 25 mm (1") Stem Length, 4/Bag
Large Powder Funnel
Features
•Heavyweight high density polyethylene for transferring powders
BEL-H14684-0000
510 ml (17.2 oz) Capacity, 127 mm (5") Cone, 124 mm (4 7/8") Top I.D., 38 mm (1 1/2") Stem Length, Each
Tapered Stem Powder Funnel
Features
•Specially designed for transferring powders
•Polypropylene funnel with standard taper stems
•Steam autoclavable 121°C (250°F)
BEL-F14681-0000
169 ml (5.7 oz) Capacity, 101 mm (4") Top I.D., Stem W/ 24/40, Each
BEL-F14682-0000
594 ml (20 oz) Capacity, 152 mm (6")Top I.D., Stem W/ 24/40, Each
Disposable Jugs
Features
•Individually wrapped & inspected in a cleanroom
•Pouring spout
•Non graduated
•Non cleanroom manufacture due to size
•Available pre-sterilized
•Made from HDPE, FDA acceptable grade
•Sturdy "non tip" base
SS-8049A-2000
2000 ml (67.6 oz) Volume, 50/Box
SS-8049A-2000S 2000 ml (67.6 oz) Volume, Pre-Sterilized, 50/Box
Hold your Solids & Liquids
Whirl-Pak® Sterile Sampling Bags
Use these Sterile LDPE Bags to safely hold your solids and liquids. Easy-to-use, simply flip bag around wire/tape and bend wire to seal.
Sampling Bags Without White Labeling Area, Qty. 500
NA-B01009WA Capacity: 58 ml (2 oz), Size: 3" W x 5" L,Thickness: 2.25 mil
NA-B00679WA Capacity: 118ml (4 oz), Size: 3" W x 7.25" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil
NA-B00992WA Capacity: 207 ml (7 oz), Size: 3 .75" W x 7" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
NA-B01018WA Capacity: 384 ml (13 oz), Size: 5.25" W x 7.5" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
NA-B00736WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil
NA-B01063WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil
NA-B00990WA Capacity: 798 ml (27 oz), Size: 5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
NA-B00994WA Capacity: 1065 ml (36 oz), Size: 5" W x 15" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
NA-B01027WA Capacity: 1242 ml (42 oz), Size: 6" W x 15" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
Sampling Bags With White Labeling Area, Qty. 500
NA-B01067WA Capacity: 29 ml (1 oz), Size: 2.5" W x 5" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil
NA-B01064WA Capacity: 58 ml (2 oz), Size: 3" W x 5" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil
NA-B01062WA Capacity: 118 ml (4 oz), Size: 3" W x 7.25" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil
NA-B01065WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil
NA-B01297WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
NA-B01196WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil
NA-B01195WA Capacity: 1627 ml (55 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil
"Speci-Sponge" Bags For Environmental Surface Sampling, Qty. 100
NA-B01245WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil
NA-B01299WA Capacity: 1627 ml (55 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil
Stand-Up Sampling Bags, Qty. 500
NA-B01364WA Capacity: 118 ml (4 oz), Size: 3" W x 7.25" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil
NA-B01365WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
Features
•Puncture-proof tabs ensure wire will not poke through even after extensive use
•Sampling bags are available without or with a white labeling area.
•Guaranteed Sterile
•Reduced storage space
•Easy identification
•Leakproof closure
"Speci-Sponge" Bags are designed to sample work surfaces and equipment Listeria, Salmonella, and other food-borne pathogens: contain a 38 x 76 mm (1.5" x 3") sponge that is free of bactericides and noninhibitory; with write labeling area. The Whirl Pak® Stand-Up Bag gives you the freedom to perform important laboratory functions with both hands, because it will stand up completely by itself.
The Whirl Pak® Retention Bag is used for long-term storage up to two years. Filter Bags contain a third layer of finely perforated polyethylene, which filters out the solids in the sample when used in a homogenizer blender.
Long-Term Retention Sampling Bags, Qty. 500
NA-B01300WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil
Filter Bags (Contains Filter Layer), Qty. 250
NA-B01385WA Capacity: 207 ml (7 oz), Size: 3.75" W x 7" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
NA-B01348WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil
NA-B01318WA Capacity: 1627 ml (55 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil
NA-B01416WA Capacity: 2041 ml (69 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 15" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil
Sampling Bag Accessories Carrying Racks
NA-B00677WA
Double Grid 21 Compartment
NA-B00678WA Double Grid 15 Compartment
NA-B00750WA Double Grid 30 Compartment
NA-B00751WA Double Grid 12 Compartment
NA-B01048WA Double Grid 6 Compartment (Also For Incubator Use)
NA-B01023WA Single Grid 18 Compartment
Sampling Bag Accessories Playmate® Cooler
NA-B00772WA Double Grid 18 Compartment Fits Regular Size Playmate® Cooler
NA-B01109WA Double Grid 15 Compartment Fits Little Playmate® Cooler
Sampling Bag Accessories Rack Handle
NA-B01309WA Rack Handle
Sampling Bag Accessories Rack Tray For Shaking Incubation
NA-B01432WA
Holds Rack NA-B00677WA, Small Bags
NA-B01433WA Holds Rack NA-B00751WA, Medium Bags
NA-B01434WA Holds Rack NA-B01048WA, Large Bags
Trays
Features
•Polypropylene is autoclavable & offers resistance to temperatures up to 135°C (274°F)
BEL-F16300-1015
PP, 254 L x 381 W x 76 mm H (10" L x 15" W x 3" H)
BEL-F16300-1216
PP, 305 L x 406 W x 203 mm H (12" L x 16" W x 8" H)
BEL-F16300-1520
PP, 381 L x 508 W x 76 mm H (15" L x 20" W x 3" H)
BEL-F16300-1818
PP, 457 L x 457 W x 102 mm H (18" L x 18" W x 4" H)
BEL-F16300-2020
PP, 508 L x 508 W x 152 mm H (20" L x 20" W x 6" H)
BEL-F16300-2226
PP, 559 L x 660 W x 102 mm H (22" L x 26" W x 4" H)
Sterilizing Trays
Features
•Lightweight & corrosion proof
•Molded polypropylene trays with smooth rounded corners
•Ideal for sterilizing instruments & cleaning glassware
•Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F)
•Polypropylene covers are 3.2 mm (1/8") thick with a 25.4 mm (1") skirt
BEL-H16260-0000
30 x 20 x 13 cm (11.8" x 7.9" x 5.1"), 6/Case
BEL-H16259-0000
Polypropylene Tray Cover For BEL-H16260-0000
BEL-H16262-0000
48 x 27 x 13 cm (18.9" x 10.6" x 5.1"), 6/Case
BEL-H16261-0000
Polypropylene Tray Cover For BEL-H16262-0000
BEL-H16264-0000
51 x 39 x 13 cm (20.1" x 15.4" x 5.1"), 6/Case
BEL-H16263-0000
Polypropylene Tray Cover For BEL-H16264-0000
Multi Purpose Trays
Features
•Rugged Polypropylene
•8.5 L (9 quart volume)
•Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F)
BEL-F16200-0010
30.5 x 24.8 x 11.4 cm H (12" x 9 3/4" x 4 1/2" H)
BEL-F16200-0011
32.4 x 26.7 x 10.8 cm H (12 3/4" x 10 1/2" x 4 1/4" H), W/ Handles
Heavy-Duty Pails
Features
•Graduated in liters
•Hand Grip on Bottom
•Polyethylene pails have wide rims that hold their shape under heavy loads
BEL-H16805-0000
10 L (10.6 Quarts) Capacity, 244 mm (9.6") Top I.D., 305 mm (12") Height
BEL-H16806-0000
15 L (15.9 Quarts) Capacity, 279 mm (11") Top I.D., 320 mm (13") Height
Large Pails
Features
•With an airtight cover & a plated steel bail
•PP pail & cover are steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F)
•13.2 L (14 Quarts), 32 cm (12.6") high, 27 cm (10.6") I.D. at top
BEL-H16776-0000 (Autoclavable) Natural Polypropylene, 6/Case
Mini-Pots
Features
•Multi purpose small volume containers
•316 stainless steel
•Crevice free interior
•Screw on lid
•Satin finish
•Water tight - no extra seal required
SS-A426-7 Mini-pot, 7 ml (0.2 oz) Capacity, 16 mm (0.6") Overall Diameter, 41 mm (1.6") Height
SS-A426-25 Mini-pot, 25 ml (0.9 oz) Capacity, 38 mm (1.5") Overall Diameter, 45 mm (1.8") Height
SS-A426-50 Mini-pot, 50 ml (1.7 oz) Capacity, 50 mm (2.0") Overall Diameter, 45 mm (1,8") Height
SS-A426-100 Mini-pot, 100 ml (3.4 oz) Capacity, 50 mm (2.0") Overall Diameter, 71 mm (2.8") Height
SS-A426-250 Mini-pot, 250 ml (8.5 oz) Capacity, 75 mm (3.0") Overall Diameter, 75 mm (3") Height
SS-A426-500 Mini-pot, 500 ml (16.9 oz) Capacity, 100 mm (3.9") Overall Diameter, 75 mm (3") Height
SS-A426-750 Mini-pot, 750 ml (25.4 oz)Capacity,100 mm (3.9") Overall Diameter, 115 mm (4 1/2") Height
SS-A426-1000 Mini-pot, 1000 ml (33.8 oz) Capacity, 100 mm (3.9") Overall Diameter, 155 mm (6.1") Height
Cleaning Brushes
Features
•Hygienic nylon bristles
•Stainless steel handle
It is essential to ensure that your sampler is properly cleaned. Wide range of brushes that are ideal for cleaning both stainless steel and plastic samplers. Use the appropriate diameter and length for your sampler.
•Available in a range of lengths and diameters
35 mm (1.4") Max. Tube Diameter, 15 mm (0.6") Min. Tube Diameter
SS-8001A-500 Cleaning Brush, 500 mm (20") Length
SS-8001A-1100 Cleaning Brush, 1100 mm (43") Length
SS-8001A-1600 Cleaning Brush, 1600 mm (63") Length
SS-8001A-2100 Cleaning Brush, 2100 mm (83") Length
14 mm (0.6") Max. Tube Diameter, 7 mm (0.3") Min. Tube Diameter
SS-8001N-500 Narrow Cleaning Brush, 500 mm (20") Length
SS-8001N-1100 Narrow Cleaning Brush, 1100 mm (43") Length
SS-8001N- 1600 Narrow Cleaning Brush, 1600 mm (63") Length
50 mm (2") Max. Tube Diameter
SS-8001J-1000 Jumbo Cleaning Brush, 1000 mm (39.4") Length
SS-8001J-2000 Jumbo Cleaning Brush, 2000 mm (78.7") Length
SS-8001N- 1600 Narrow Cleaning Brush, 1600 mm (63") Length
Sack Clip
Sealing sacks after sampling or dispensing is often tricky and difficult. Our new Sack Clip is a quick, simple and effective way of closing sacks. Simply close sack between the jaws of the Sack Clip.
For
Mini Case
Features
•Ideal for storing small samplers
•Simple clasps keep the case closed
•Economic
SS-8505A-12
Features
•Quick and easy to apply
•Quick and easy to remove
•Ratchet mechanism and secondary positive lock for double security
•Robust - designed to be re-used
SS-8010A-1 Sack Clip, 10/Box
Safe Storage & Transportation
Sampler Cases
These cases are ideal for the safe storage and transportation of samplers. They are also ideal for ensuring that your clean samplers remain clean while they are being stored or carried around the factory. All cases are supplied with foam liners to protect the samplers.
Standard Sampler Case
Features
•Rugged plastic construction
•Four sliding clasps keep the case shut
SS-8505A-01
Jumbo Case
Features
•Rugged plastic construction
•Extends up to 2400 mm (94")
•Excellent value Dimensions
Superior Sampler Case
Features
•Lockable (2 keys supplied)
•High impact resistant outer
•Metal hinges for a long life
•Very high quality finish
SS-8500A-01
SS-8502A-01
Jumbo Sampler Case
Ultra Adhesive Labels
UA Label
UA Labels are special high quality labels with an ultra-adhesive backing. They are ideal for labeling sacks, drums, kegs, boxes, bags etc.
UA-Labels are available in two standard sizes and with a range of different printed fronts.
Please see the Pharma-Labels if you require labels with an FDA approved adhesive.
Customize your Label with a White Label
Features
•Label size 95 x 95 mm (3.7" x 3.7") or 150 x 150 mm (6" x 6")
•Very high tack - will even stick on very dusty surfaces
•Variety of colors
•Large writing area
•Discounts available for bulk orders
•Huge range of designs
Standard Labels, 95 x 95 mm (3.7" x 3.7"),
500 Labels/Roll
SS-8220A-01
Standard Label, Color: Red, Text: Quality Control
SS-8220A-02
Standard Label, Color: Green, Text: Quality Control
SS-8220A-03
Standard Label, Color: Yellow, Text: Quality Control
SS-8220A-04
Standard Label, Color: Blue, Text: Quality Control
SS-8220A-05
Standard Label, Color: Black, Text: Quality Control
SS-8220A-06
Standard Label, Color: White, Text: N/A (Blank)
SS-8220A-30
Standard Label, Color: Green, Text: Released
SS-8220A-31
Standard Label, Color: Blue, Text: Sampled
SS-8220A-32
Standard Label, Color: Orange, Text: Quarantine
SS-8220A-33
Standard Label, Color: Black, Text: Rejected
SS-8220A-34
Standard Label, Color: Yellow, Text: In-Process
SS-8220A-35
Standard Label, Color: Red, Text: Dispensed
SS-8220A-07
Label Dispenser For Standard 95 x 95 mm (3.7" x 3.7") Labels
Large QC Labels, 150 x 150 mm (6" x 6"),
250 Labels/Roll
SS-8220A-001
Large QC Label, Color: Red, Text: Quality Control
SS-8220A-002
Large QC Label, Color: Green, Text: Quality Control
SS-8220A-003
Large QC Label, Color: Yellow, Text: Quality Control
SS-8220A-004
Large QC Label, Color: Blue, Text: Quality Control
SS-8220A-005
Large QC Label, Color: Black, Text: Quality Control
SS-8220A-006
Large QC Label, Color: White, Text: N/A (Blank)
SS-8220A-17
Label Dispenser For Large 150 x 150 mm (6" x 6") Labels
Dust Proof UA-Labels are ideal for sealing sacks after sampling. UA-Labels will stick to virtually any surface; they will even stick to dusty sacks. The label will not only record the fact that the sack has been sampled but it will prevent the sack from leaking powder as it is handled.
Weather Proof
Even after being submerged in water for 48 hours the label was intact, it was securely attached to the bag and could be written on using a ball point pen.
Labels with an FDA Acceptable Adhesive
Pharma-Labels
Pharma-Labels are a range of paper labels with a special FDA acceptable adhesive. They are ideal for applications where the adhesive might come into contact with the product.
Features
•Write on labels
•Medium strength adhesion
•FDA acceptable adhesive
•Range of colors
•500 labels per roll
95 x 95 mm (3.7" x 3.7")
•250 labels per roll
150 x 150 mm (5.9" x 5.9")
Pharma-Labels, 95 x 95 mm (3.7" x 3.7"), 500 Labels/Roll
SS-8220P-01
Pharma-Label, Color: Red, Text: Quality Control
SS-8220P-02
Pharma-Label, Color: Green, Text: Quality Control
SS-8220P-03
Pharma-Label, Color: Yellow, Text: Quality Control
SS-8220P-04
Pharma-Label, Color: Blue, Text: Quality Control
SS-8220P-05
Pharma-Label, Color: Black, Text: Quality Control
SS-8220P-06
Pharma-Label, Color: White, Text: N/A (Blank)
Pharma-Labels, 150 x 150 mm (5.9" x 5.9"), 250 Labels/Roll
SS-8220P-001
Pharma-Label, Color: Red, Text: Quality Control
SS-8220P-003
Pharma-Label, Color: Yellow, Text: Quality Control
SS-8220P-006
Pharma-Label, Color: White, Text: N/A (Blank)
SS-8220A-07
Label Dispenser For 95 x 95 mm (3.7" x 3.7")
SS-8220A-17
Label Dispenser For 150 x 150 mm (5.9" x 5.9")
The Signature Series
The Signature Series with the new rounded bail design is much easier to use and with the modifications to the cylinder it will hold 10% more soil than the standard line. The new cross handle has been designed to take less effort to turn in the most difficult soils. The new weld design offers less friction for easier augering and cleaning. The new coupling makes it three times faster to connect and disassemble. The extensions are rust resistant because they are plated with a yellow zinc coating. All augers are made of high carbon steel bits with tunsten carbide hard surfaced edges, stainless steel cylinder and a carbon steel bail. The list of improvements are endless.
Signature Series Regular Augers
The Signature Series Regular Auger is used for ordinary soil sampling.
AM-350.08
Thread Type: R-HEO-SIG, Size: 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs
AM-350.07
Thread Type: R-HEO-SIG, Size: 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 2.06 lbs
AM-350.06
Thread Type: R-HEO-SIG, Size: 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.70 lbs
AM-350.05
Thread Type: R-HEO-SIG, Size: 101.6 mm (4"), 3.45 lbs
Signature Series Sand Augers
The Signature Series Sand Auger is designed for use in extremely dry, sandy soils. The bits are specially formed to retain loose sand samples.
AM-350.42
Thread Type: S-HEO-SIG, Size: 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs
AM-350.41
Thread Type: S-HEO-SIG, Size: 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 2.06 lbs
AM-350.40
Thread Type: S-HEO-SIG, Size: 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.56 lbs
AM-350.39
Thread Type: S-HEO-SIG, Size: 101.6 mm (4"), 3.45 lbs
Signature Series Mud Augers
The Signature Series Mud Auger features a laser cut open cylinder design for easy removal of heavy, wet, or clay soils.
AM-350.20
Thread Type: M-HEO-SIG, Size: 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.59 lbs
AM-350.19
Thread Type: M-HEO-SIG, Size: 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 1.88 lbs
AM-350.18
Thread Type: M-HEO-SIG, Size: 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.59 lbs
AM-350.17
Thread Type: M-HEO-SIG, Size: 101.6 mm (4"), 3.21 lbs
Signature Series Dutch Augers
The Signature Series Dutch Auger design makes it an excellent tool for collection of disturbed samples in heavily rooted areas.
AM-350.59
Thread Type: DUTCH-SIG, Size: 76.2 mm (3"), 1.29 lbs
AM-350.61
Thread Type: DUTCH-SIG, Size: 50.8 mm (2"), 0.95 lbs
Signature Series Cross Handles
The Signature Series Cross Handles are made of chrome molybdenum steel. All Signature Series cross handles are 457.2 mm (18") long.
AM-351.54 Cross
Handle-Rubber Coated-Sig, 457.2 mm (18"), 1.04 lbs
AM-351.56
Ratchet Cross Handle-Sig, 457.2 mm (18"), 2.40 lbs
Signature Series Mini Soil Auger Kits
The Soil Sampling Mini Kit is designed just for auger sampling, the mini kit includes a regular and a mud auger, four (4) extensions 914.4 mm or 1219.2 mm (3' or 4') and a cross handle, packed in a flexible poly-canvas case for easy carrying, transport and storage.
Signature Series Extensions
The Signature Series Extensions are available in 5 lengths. They are manufactured of 4130 chrome molybdenum steel and plated with a yellow zinc coating for added rust resistance.
AM-351.00
Extension-Sig, 304.8 mm (1'), 0.75 lbs
AM-351.01
Extension-Sig, 609.6 mm (2'), 1.16 lbs
AM-351.02
Extension-Sig, 914.4 mm (3'), 1.63 lbs
AM-351.03
Extension-Sig, 1219.2 mm (4'), 1.66 lbs
AM-351.04
Extension-Sig, 1524 mm (5'), 2.40 lbs
Signature Series Slide Hammers
The inline Signature Series Slide Hammer is one of the easiest and safest to use. The outer sleeve has a molded on thick rubber cover to reduce operator fatigue and to improve operator safety. The Signature Series Slide Hammer is available in three different weights.
AM-350.99
Slide Hammer-Sig, 10.22 lbs
AM-350.93
Heavy Duty Slide Hammer-Sig, 18.90 lbs
AM-350.96
Compact Slide Hammer-Sig, 6.00 lbs
AM-352.73
Complete Kit, 82.55 mm (3 1/4"), 914.4 mm (3') Ext., 14.00 lbs
AM-352.74
Complete Kit, 82.55 mm (3 1/4"), 1219.2 mm (4') Ext., 14.00 lbs
Complete Kit Includes (AM-351.02 For 914.4 mm (3') Ext., AM-351.03 For 1219.2 mm (4') Ext.)
AM-350.06
R-HEO-SIG, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.70 lbs
AM-350.18
M-HEO-SIG, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.59 lbs
AM-351.03
CM-4'-EXT-SIG, 1219.2 mm (4'), 1.66 lbs
AM-351.02
CM-3'-EXT-SIG, 914.4 mm (3'), 1.63 lbs
AM-351.54
CM-CR-SIG-Rubber, 457.2 mm (18"), 1.04 lbs
AM-430.31
SIG, 914.4 mm (3') Poly-Canvas Case, 2.00 lbs
AM-430.32
SIG, 1219.2 mm (4') Poly-Canvas Case, 2.00 lbs
Versatile & Complete!
Signature Series Basic Soil Sampling Kits
This kit gives you the ability to auger in most materials up to 12' and then collect a soil core sample.
Includes regular, sand and mud auger, rubber coated cross handle, soil core sampler, slide hammer, three 1219.2 mm (4') extensions, plastic liner, plastic end caps, wrenches, and cleaning brushes in a rugged, foam-padded hard-sidded deluxe carrying case with handles and wheels.
AM-352.51
Complete Kit, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 60.00 lbs
AM-352.53
Complete Kit, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 56.00 lbs
Complete Kits Include
AM-350.06
R-HEO-SIG, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.70 lbs
AM-350.18
M-HEO-SIG, 82.5 mm (3 1/4",) 2.59 lbs
AM-350.40
S-HEO-SIG, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.56 lbs
AM-350.08
R-HEO-SIG, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs
AM-350.20
M-HEO-SIG, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.59 lbs
AM-350.42
S-HEO-SIG, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs
AM-354.26
Core Sampler / Hammer-SIG, 50.8 mm x 152.4 mm ( 2" x 6"), 13.08 lbs
AM-351.03
Extensions-SIG, 1219.20 mm (4'), 1.66 lbs
AM-351.54
Rubber Coated Cross Handle-SIG, 457.2 mm (18"), 1.04 lbs
AM-421.10
Crescent Wrench, 304.8 mm (12"), 1.70 lbs
AM-421.29
Universal Slip Wrench, 1.24 lbs
AM-430.07
Nylon Brush, 50.8 mm x 304.8 mm (2"x12"), 0.20 lbs
AM-430.01
Delux Carrying Case 1750, 28.91 lbs
Excellent for Soil Profiling of Chemical Analysis
Signature Series Soil Core Samplers
The Signature Soil Core Sampler (SCS) collects a relatively undisturbed soil core sample in a liner that may be packaged for transfer to a laboratory for soil profiling of chemical analysis. The liner may also be extruded in the field for examination of the soil core sample.
Includes slide hammer, core cup and cap, 2 plastic end caps, and plastic liner. Also available with cup and cap only.
AM-354.26
SCS-SIG W/ Hammer, 50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" x 6"), 13.08 lbs
AM-354.25
SCS-SIG W/ Hammer, 38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" x 6"), 12.29 lbs
AM-354.16
SCS-SIG/Cup & Cap, 50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" x 6"), 2.87 lbs
AM-354.15
SCS-SIG/Cup & Cap, 38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" x 6"), 2.08 lbs
Standard Soil Augers
Standard Soil Augers have heat-treated, high carbon steel bits with tungsten carbide hard-surfaced edges. The bits are welded to a stainless steel cylinder, topped with a carbon steel bail.
The Regular Augers
The Regular Auger is used for ordinary soil sampling and for accessing the sampling point when undisturbed samples will be taken with a core sampler.
Sand Augers
The Sand Auger is designed for use in extremely dry, sandy soil.
AM-400.05
R-HEO-TH, 101.6 mm (4"), 3.45 lbs
AM-417.07
R-HEO-TH-SST, 101.6 mm (4"), 3.49 lbs
AM-400.06
R-HEO-TH, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.56 lbs
AM-417.06
R-HEO-TH-SST, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.52 lbs
AM-400.07
R-HEO-TH, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 2.06 lbs
AM-417.05
R-HEO-TH-SST, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 2.07 lbs
AM-400.08
R-HEO-TH, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs
AM-417.04
R-HEO-TH-SST, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.70 lbs
AM-400.09
R-HEO-TH, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.42 lbs
AM-417.03
R-HEO-TH-SST, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.42 lbs
Mud Augers
When you encounter heavy, wet, or clay soil the Mud Auger is the right tool for the job.
AM-400.17
M-HEO-TH, 101.6 mm (4"), 3.21 lbs
AM-418.07
M-HEO-TH-SST, 101.6 mm (4"), 3.37 lbs
AM-400.18
M-HEO-TH, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.26 lbs
AM-418.06
M-HEO-TH-SST, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.30 lbs
AM-400.19
M-HEO-TH, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 1.88 lbs
AM-418.05
M-HEO-TH-SST, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 1.92 lbs
AM-400.20
M-HEO-TH, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 2.26 lbs
AM-418.04
M-HEO-TH-SST, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs
AM-400.21
M-HEO-TH, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.44 lbs
AM-418.03
M-HEO-TH-SST, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.46 lbs
AM-400.39
S-HEO-TH, 101.6 mm (4"), 3.45 lbs
AM-420.07
S-HEO-TH-SST, 101.6 mm (4"), 3.54 lbs
AM-400.40
S-HEO-TH, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.56 lbs
AM-420.06
S-HEO-TH-SST, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.57 lbs
AM-400-41
S-HEO-TH, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 2.06 lbs
AM-420.05
S-HEO-TH-SST, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 2.12 lbs
AM-400.42
S-HEO-TH, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs
AM-420.04
S-HEO-TH-SST, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.75 lbs
AM-400.43
S-HEO-TH, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.42 lbs
AM-420.03
S-HEO-TH-SST 50.8 mm (2"), 1.47 lbs
Planer Augers
This unique auger is designed to be used with the Core Sampler. It cleans and flattens the bottom of pre-drilled holes by removing the loose soil.
AM-400.51
PL-HEO-TH, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 1.99 lbs
AM-400.52
PL-HEO-TH, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 1.58 lbs
AM-400.53
PL-HEO-TH, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.27 lbs
Dutch Augers
Easily collect disturbed samples in heavily rooted areas. Hand forged from high-carbon steel and honed to a fine cutting edge, this auger will cut through highly fibrous and heavy rooted soil. Excellent for use in fibrous areas such as vineyards and orchards. The unique open design allows for easier mud shedding capabilities.
Flighted Screw Augers
For taking small distrurbed soil samples from dense, hard or compacted soils, the Flighted Screw Auger can't be beat.
x 12"), 1.79 lbs
AM-405.02
FL-HEO-TH, 38.1 x 304.8 mm (1 1/2" x 12"), 1.45 lbs
Rock Breaker
Makes Soil Sampling Easier & Faster!
Slide Hammers
The Slide Hammer is one of the easiest and safest to use. The outer sleeve has a molded-on, thick rubber cover. This makes it easy to hold onto and use as the cover significantly absorbs the impact shock.
Cross Handles
Durable Cross Handles ranging from 10" to 22". Carbon steel and chrome molybdenum designs are highly durable. The ratcheting version is for reduced effort in tight field situations. Hammer head option lets you pound your soil sampling device into the ground with an impact-absorbing hammer. 15.8 mm (5/8") Threaded.
Used to split or chip rocks and stones found in an augered hole. The rock breaker is an alloy steel sharp edged chisel designed for use with the slide hammer. Used to break up obstructions in augered holes and to penetrate hard pan lenses.
AM-424.00
Rock Breaker-TH, 2.85 lbs
AM-401.27 Hammer Head Cross Handle, 304.8 mm (12"), 2.10 lbs AM-401.26 Cross Handle W/ Grips, 254 mm (10"), 0.56 lbs AM-406.04 Rubber Coated, 457.2 mm (18"), 1.25 lbs AM-406.80
Rubber, 457.2 mm (18"), 2.02 lbs
Extensions
The welded fittings by craftsmen on all Extensions offer maximum strength and torque resistance. Threaded Extensions in either chrome molybdenum or stainless steel.
AM-408.00
15.8 mm (5/8"), Steel TH, 304.8 mm (1'), 0.75 lbs
AM-409.06
15.8 mm (5/8"), Stainless, 304.8 mm (1'), 0.77 lbs
AM-408.01
15.8 mm (5/8"), Steel TH, 609.6 mm (2'), 1.16 lbs
AM-409.07
15.8 mm (5/8"), Stainless, 609.6 mm (2'), 1.22 lbs
AM-408.02
15.8 mm (5/8"), Steel Thread, 914.4 mm (3'), 1.63 lbs
AM-409.08
15.8 mm (5/8"), Stainless, 914.4 mm (3'), 1.66 lbs
AM-408.03
15.8 mm (5/8"), Steel TH, 1219.2 mm (4'), 2.29 lbs
AM-409.09
15.8 mm (5/8"), Stainless, 1219.2 mm (4'), 2.11 lbs
AM-408.04
15.8 mm (5/8"), Steel TH, 152 cm (5'), 2.40 lbs
AM-409.10
15.8 mm (5/8"), Stainless, 152 cm (5'), 2.56 lbs
Also available in 19.1 mm (3/4") threaded & quick connect connections, call for more information
Telescoping Auger for
Hard-toReach Areas
Soil Recovery Augers, Dual Purpose
Soil Recovery Auger (SRA) features protective soil retaining cylinders, fast cutting bits, and effortless operation. By using the hollow cap, the SRA is used as a standard bucket auger. By using the solid cap, a sample can be retrieved in a liner.
AM-421.01
Standard-TH, 82.5 x 254 mm (3 1/4" x 10"), 9.20 lbs
AM-421.03
Stainless-TH, 82.5 x 254 mm (3 1/4" x 10"), 9.25 lbs
AM-421.02
Standard-TH, 82.5 x 304.8 mm (3 1/4" x 12"), 10.04 lbs
AM-421.04
Stainless-TH, 82.5 x 304.8 mm (3 1/4" x 12"), 10.09 lbs
Telescoping Augers
The Telescoping Auger(TSA) is used for auger sampling to depths of six to eight feet. Comprised of a dual tube telescoping extension, cross handle, locking pins and a single auger head. The TSA is designed for sampling soils for perc tests, septic leakage, site assessment and agricultural science uses.
AM-301.68
TSA-Regular, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 6.88 lbs
AM-301.67
TSA-Regular, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 7.16 lbs
AM-301.66
TSA-Regular, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 7.69 lbs
AM-301.65
TSA-Regular, 101.6 mm (4"), 8.56 lbs
AM-301.80
TSA-Mud, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 5.68 lbs
AM-301.79
TSA-Mud, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 5.94 lbs
AM-301.78
TSA-Mud, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 7.34 lbs
AM-301.90
TSA-Sand, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 7.90 lbs
NEW! Gouge Augers
Designed for Sampling Wet Clay & Peat
Designed for undisturbed samples from very soft and preferably very wet soils with minimal disturbance of soft cohesive layers such as wet clay or peat. Constructed from a long, tapered stainless steel, semi-cylindrical chamber, which is pushed into the soil, twisted and recovered to display a full and virtually undisturbed profile of peaty soil. Sharp cutting edges ensure easy penetration without twisting or turning which could agitate the sample.
Requires attachment to cross handles or slide hammer for use.
AM-54545
31.7 mm x 1016 mm (1 1/4" x 40"), Gouge Auger,
NEW! One-Piece Augers
Powder-coated (black) for rust resistance and equipped with a 16" rubber-gripped cross handle for a total length of 53". This lightweight (between 4 to 5 lbs), one-piece auger is an inexpensive alternative. Available in 2 sizes & 2 designs, with a 2 3/4" or 4" regular or mud auger. Auger bits are sharpened, heat-treated & made of carbon steel.
One-Piece, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), Regular Auger, 4.10 lbs
AM-400.46
One-Piece, 101.6 mm (4"), Regular Auger, 5.50 lbs
AM-400.49
One-Piece, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), Mud Auger, 4.10 lbs
AM-400.47
One-Piece, 101.6 mm (4"), Mud Auger, 5.50 lbs
This kit is ideal because of its simplicity. Available in the 5/8" threaded connection only, the kit comes complete with (1) regular auger, (1) 4' extension & a 16" rubber-coated cross handle. You can’t get much simpler than that.
Soil Core Samplers
The Soil Core Soil Sampler (SCS) collects a relatively undisturbed soil core sample in a liner that may be packaged for transfer to a laboratory for soil profiling or chemical analysis. The liner may also be extruded in the field for examination of the soil core sample or packaged for subsequent chemical analysis in a laboratory.
Includes slide hammer, core cup and cap, two plastic end caps, and plastic liner. Liners are SCS with purchase of a SCS soil core sampler.
AM-404.39
Standard, 38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" x 6"), 12.29 lbs
AM-404.64
Stainless, 38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" x 6"), 12.69 lbs
AM-404.02
Standard, 50.8 x 50.8 mm (2" x 2"), 12.12 lbs
AM-404.60
Stainless, 50.8 x 50.8 mm (2" x 2"), 12.35 lbs
AM-404.03
Standard, 50.8 x 76.2 mm (2" x 3"), 12.42 lbs
AM-404.61
Stainless, 50.8 x 76.2 mm (2" x 3"), 12.65 lbs
AM-404.04
Standard, 50.8 x 101.6 mm (2" x 4"), 12.53 lbs
AM-404.62
Stainless, 50.8 x 101.6 mm (2" x 4"), 12.99 lbs
AM-404.05
Standard, 50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" x 6"), 13.08 lbs
AM-404.63
Stainless, 50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" x 6"), 13.64 lbs
AM-404.50
Standard, 50.8 x 304.8 mm (2" x 12"), 14.40 lbs
AM-404.67
Stainless, 50.8 x 304.8 mm (2" x 12"), 15.49 lbs
AM-404.44
Standard, 63.5 x 152.4 mm (2 1/2" x 6"),14.09 lbs
AM-404.65
Stainless, 63.5 x 152.4 mm (2 1/2" x 6"), 14.63 lbs
AM-404.45
Standard, 76.2 x 152.4 mm (3" x 6"), 15.09 lbs
AM-404.66
Stainless, 76.2 x 152.4 mm (3" x 6"), 15.98 lbs
Sold Separately
AM-404.90
Plastic Core Catcher, 50.8 mm (2") Only, 0.02 lbs
AM-421.29
Universal Slip Wrench, 1.24 lbs
Split Soil Core Sampler
When your job calls to separate or simply to view your sample immediately, the Split Core Sampler is the tool for you. You can inspect moisture content, soil consistency, and use a PID or FID right on the spot.
Includes split SCS cup set, split SCS cap, plastic liner, 2 plastic end caps and universal slip wrench. Each set can be bought with a core tip, an auger tip, or with both tips.
AM-403.592
Split-SCS W/ Core Tip, 34.9 x 304.8 mm (1 3/8" x 12"), 7.50 lbs
AM-403.594
Split-SCS W/ Auger Tip, 34.9 x 304.8 mm (1 3/8" x 12"), 7.50 lbs
AM-403.596
Split-SCS W/ Both Tips, 34.9 x 304.8 mm (1 3/8" x 12"), 8.00 lbs
AM-403.40
Split-SCS W/ Core Tip, 50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" x 6"), 6.00 lbs
AM-403.53
Split-SCS W/ Auger Tip, 50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" x 6"), 6.00 lbs
AM-403.61
Split-SCS W/ Both Tips, 50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" x 6"), 7.00 lbs
AM-403.41
Split-SCS W/ Core Tip, 50.8 x 304.8 mm (2" x 12"), 9.50 lbs
AM-403.55
Spilt-SCS W/ Auger Tip, 50.8 x 304.8 mm (2" x 12"), 9.50 lbs
AM-403.63
Split-SCS W/ Both Tips, 50.8 x 304.8 mm (2" x 12"), 10.50 lbs
AM-403.43
Split SCS W/ Core Tip, 63.5 x 304.8 mm (2 1/2" x 12"), 11.00 lbs
AM-403.59
Split-SCS W/ Auger Tip, 63.5 x 304.8 mm (2 1/2" x 12"), 11.00 lbs
AM-403.67
Split-SCS W/ Both Tips, 63.5 x 304.8 mm (2 1/2" x 12"), 12.00 lbs
Accessories
AM-404.90
Plastic Core Catcher, 50.8 mm ( 2"), 0.02 lbs
AM-403.602
Split SCS Cylinder Coupling, 34.9 mm (1 3/8"), 0.25 lbs
AM-403.73
Split SCS Cylinder Coupling, 50.8 mm ( 2"), 0.30 lbs
AM-403.72
Split SCS Cylinder Coupling, 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), 0.40 lbs
AM-403.758
Split SCS Valved Auger Tip, 34.8 mm (1 3/8"), 1.00 lb
AM-403.752
Split SCS Valved Auger Tip, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.30 lbs
AM-403.754
Split SCS Valved Auger Tip, 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), 1.70 lbs
AM-403.756
Split SCS Valved Core Tip, 34.8 mm (1 3/8"), 1.70 lbs
AM-403.74
Split SCS Valved Core Tip, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.00 lb
AM-403.75
Split SCS Valved Core Tip, 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), 1.20 lbs
Multi-Stage Soil Core Sampler
This Stainless Steel Sampler collects 50.8 mm (2") soil cores up to 1219.2 mm (48") deep when the optional 304.8 mm (12") multi-stage SCS sections are attached.
Includes multi-stage SCS base, solid cap, soil core tip, auger tip, 50.8 mm x 304.8 mm (2" x 12") plastic liner, 2 plastic end caps and universal slip wrench.
Order the optional 304.8 mm (12") multi-stage SCS sections separately.
Collect Soil Core Sample of Various Lengths
AM-403.27
MS-SCS-Complete, 9.20 lbs
Accessories
AM-404.90
Plastic Core Catcher, 50.8 mm (2"), 0.02 lbs
AM-403.602
Split SCS Cylinder Coupling, 34.9 mm (1 3/8"), 0.25 lbs
AM-403.73
Split SCS Cylinder Coupling, 50.8 mm (2"), 0.30 lbs
AM-403.72
Split SCS Cylinder Coupling, 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), 0.40 lbs
AM-403.758
Split SCS Valved Auger Tip, 34.8 mm (1 3/8"), 1.00 lb
AM-403.752
Split SCS Valved Auger Tip, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.30 lbs
AM-403.754
Split SCS Valved Auger Tip, 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), 1.70 lbs
AM-403.756
Split SCS Valved Core Tip, 34.8 mm (1 3/8"), 1.70 lbs
AM-403.74
Split SCS Valved Core Tip, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.00 lb
AM-403.75
Split SCS Valved Core Tip, 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), 1.20 lbs
Soil Probes
Soil Probes are used by farmers, agricultural consultants, fertilizer technicians and other professionals whose job it is to retrieve samples to analyze soil for nutrient, moisture content and consistency.
AM-401.01
Nickel Plated & Handle, 22.2 x 838.2 mm (7/8" x 33"), 1.93 lbs
AM-401.03
Unplated & Handle, 22.2 x 838.2 mm (7/8" x 33"), 1.88 lbs
AM-401.07
Nickel / Handle W/ Hammer, 22.2 x 838.2 mm (7/8" x 33"), 12.14 lbs
AM-401.11
Nickel Plated & Handle, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" x 24"), 2.15 lbs
AM-401.19
Nickel / Handle W/ Hammer, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" x 24"), 12.36 lbs
AM-401.15
SST Probe & Handle, 22.2 x 838.2 mm (7/8" x 33"), 1.94 lbs
AM-401.16
SST Probe / Handle W/ Hammer, 22.2 x 838.2 mm (7/8" x 33"), 12.09 lbs
AM-401.17
SST Probe & Handle, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" x 24"), 3.30 lbs
AM-401.18
SST Probe / Handle W/ Hammer, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" x 24"), 13.47 lbs
Open End Probes
The Open End Probe collects a 25.4 mm (1") diameter sample about 381 mm (15") long. It is made from nickel-plated type 4130 chrome molybdenum steel. The 381 mm (15") long body slot is cut to the end of the probe to facilitate emptying. Includes a comfortablygripped cross handle.
Take Shallow Samples of Soil in Agricultural Applications
AM-401.10
Plated Open End Soil Probe W/ Handle, 28.5 x 838.2 mm (1 1/8" x 33"), 2.09 lbs
AM-401.21
Plated Open End Soil Probe W/ Handle, 22.2 x 533.4 mm (7/8" x 21"), 2.00 lbs
Soil Recovery Probes & Dual Purpose Soil Recovery Probes
The Soil Recovery Probes without a slot or a Dual Purpose Recovery Probe with a slot in the side of the probe body. Allows for extraction of the sample either with or without a retaining cylinder. Both probes feature the unique "Reach and Grab" System allows for easy removal of retaining cylinder to protrude beyond the probe body accommodating easy removal without handling or distributing the sample.
Soil Recovery Probes
AM-424.11
Nickel Plated SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 304.8 mm (7/8" X 12"), 1.96 lbs
AM-424.15
Nickel Plated SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 609.6 mm (7/8" X 24" ), 2.44 lbs
AM-424.03
Nickel Plated SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 304.8 mm (1 1/8" x 12"), 2.12 lbs
AM-424.07
Nickel Plated SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" x 24"), 2.74 lbs
AM-424.45
SST SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 304.8 mm (7/8" X 12"), 2.01 lbs
AM-424.47 SST SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 609.6 mm (7/8" X 24" ), 2.49 lbs
AM-424.41 SST SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 304.8 mm (1 1/8" X 12" ), 2.77 lbs
AM-424.43
SST SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" X 24" ), 4.40 lbs
Dual Purpose Soil Recovery Probe
AM-424.27
Nickel Plated Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 304.8 mm (7/8" X 12"), 1.81 lbs
AM-424.31
Nickel Plated Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 609.6 mm (7/8" X 24"), 2.29 lbs
AM-424.19
Nickel Plated Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 304.8 mm (1 1/8" X 12"), 1.98 lbs
AM-424.23
Nickel Plated Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" X 24"), 2.53 lbs
AM-424.53
SST Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 304.8 mm (7/8" X 12"), 1.98 lbs
AM-424.55
SST Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 609.6 mm (7/8" X 24"), 2.38 lbs
AM-424.49
SST Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 304.8 mm (1 1/8" X 12"), 2.77 lbs
AM-424.51
SST Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" X 24"), 4.54 lbs
Turf Probe
The Turf Probe is a simple method of taking soil samples in sod or grassy areas. The slot in the side is ideal for top soil sampling. The turf probe allows collection of a 12.7 x 177.8 mm (1/2" x 7") sample.
AM-427.24 Plated One Piece Turf Probe, 508 mm (20"), 1.00 lb
Step Probes
The built-in step allows additional pressure to be used to drive the probe. Both offer a 254 mm (10") comfortably gripped cross handle, but the cross handles on the two-piece models are detachable with a 15.8 mm (5/8") threaded connection and a 25.4 mm (1") O.D. Made of 4130 chrome molybdenum steel with hardened tips that cut a soil core 12.7 mm (1/2") diameter by about 304.8 mm (12") long.
AM-401.40
2 Piece Plated Step Probe W/ Handle, 838.2 mm (33"), 2.50 lbs
AM-401.42 Plated One Piece Step Probe, 1016 mm (40"), 1.90 lbs
Mini Soil Auger Kits
The 15.8 mm (5/8") threaded are available in 57.1 mm (2 1/4") or 82.5 mm (3 1/4") auger sizes.
Includes a regular and a mud auger, for (4) extensions 914.4 mm (3') or 1219.2 mm (4') and a cross handle, packed in a flexible poly-canvas case for easy carrying, transport and storage.
AM-209.71
Mini Kit, 914.4 mm (3)' EXTN, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 14.00 lbs
AM-209.31
Mini Kit, 1219.2 mm (4') EXTN, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 14.00 lbs
AM-209.73
Mini Kit, 914.4 mm (3') EXTN, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 11.00 lbs
AM-209.33
Mini Kit, 1219.2 mm (4') EXTN, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 14.00 lbs
Replaceable Tip Soil Probes
The heavy duty, Replaceable Tip Soil Probe meets the need for a rugged sampler.
The finest Soil Probe Available!
AM-425.45
Nickel Plated Replaceable Tip SRP, 31.7 x 304.8 mm (1 1/4" x 12"), 3.11 lbs
AM-425.47
Nickel Plated Replaceable Tip SRP, 31.7 x 609.6 mm (1 1/4" x 24"), 4.48 lbs
Mini Soil Core Sampling Kits
Everything you Need for Augering
to 12'!
Soil Core Sampling Kits provide all the components needed to auger up to 365.7 mm (12') and then collect a virtually undisturbed soil core sample in a liner.
Includes regular auger, four 914.4 mm (3') extensions, cross handle, soil core sampler, slide hammer, 2 plastic end caps, liner, 2 wrenches, universal slip wrench and poly-canvas case.
AM-209.07
Soil Core Sampling Mini Kit, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 23.08 lbs
AM-209.05
SST Soil Core Sampling Mini Kit, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 26.23 lbs
Basic Soil Sampling Kits
This kit gives you the ability to auger in most materials up to 365.7 cm (12') and then collect a soil core sample.
Includes regular, sand and mud auger, rubber coated cross handle, soil core sampler, slide hammer, three 1219.2 mm (4') extensions, plastic liner, plastic end caps, wrenches, and cleaning brushes in a rugged, foam-padded hard-sided deluxe carrying case with handles and wheels.
AM-209.51
Basic Soil Sampling Kit, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 60.00 lbs
AM-209.53
Basic Soil Sampling Kit, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 56.00 lbs
Stainless Steel Mini Auger Kits
All Stainless steel components in these Mini Kits make them suitable for sampling soils with low levels of contaminants.
Includes a regular and a mud auger, four (4) extensions 914.4mm (3') or 1219.2mm (4') and a cross handle, packed in a flexible poly-canvas case for easy carrying, transport and storage.
Stainless
Used in soils with low levels of contaminants or where equipment will be cleaned using an acid bath technique. Contains the same components as the basic kit but in all stainless.
Includes regular, sand and mud augers, cross handle, split soil core sampler, slide hammer, three 1219.2 mm (4') extensions, plastic liner, plastic end caps, wrenches, and cleaning brush in a rugged, foam-padded hard-sided deluxe carrying case with handles and wheels.
AM-209.55
SST Environmental Soil Sampling Kit, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 62.00 lbs
AM-209.57 SST Environmental Soil Sampling Kit, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 58.00 lbs
Flighted Auger Kits
The 50.8 mm (2") Flighted Auger Kit is equipped to drill access holes up to 274.3 cm (9') deep. The included 38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" x 6") soil core sampler may then be used to collect soil samples in liners. Additional extensions may be added to obtain deeper depths.
Includes Bosch 11245, 15.8 mm (5/8") threaded male to SDS Max adapter, 38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" x 6") soil core sampler, slide hammer, 50.8 mm (2") flighted lead auger with hard surfaced tip, 50.8 mm (2") carbide tip, two 50.8 x 914.4 mm (2" x 3') flighted extensions, three 15.8 x 1219.2 mm (5/8" x 4') extensions, universal slip wrench, 38.1 x 304.8 mm (1 1/2" x 12") nylon brush, deluxe carrying case.
AM-209.61 50.8 mm (2"), Flighted Auger
Prevents Cross Contamination with a Cased Access Hole
Hollowstem Auger Kits
The portable Hollowstem Auger Kit provides the tools needed to reach a 182.8 cm (6') depth. The augers cut a 76.2 mm (3") diameter hole and have an I.D. of 28.5 mm (1 1/8"), making them suitable for soil, soil gas and groundwater sampling through a cased hole. A special Hollowstem soil probe, 22.2 mm (7/8") O.D. by 609.6 mm (24") long with slide hammer is included to allow collection of a soil sample through the auger. The gas vapor probes may be used through these augers telescopically. Bailers up to 25.4 mm (1") diameter may be used to collect groundwater samples.
Hollowstem Auger Kit includes Bosch model 11245, SDS Max adapter, slide hammer, flighted lead auger, flighted extension, two 15.8 x 914.4 mm (5/8" x 3') extensions hard surfaced tip, wrenches, nylon brush, deluxe carrying case.
Hollowstem Lead Section includes SDS Max adapter, 914.4 mm (3') flighted extension, inner rod, plug, cap and tip.
Soil Gas Sampling
AM-409.80
Hollowstem Auger Kit, 103.00 lbs
AM-209.22
Hollowstem Auger Kit W/O Drill, 66.00 lbs
Replacement Parts & Accessories
AM-409.55
Hollowstem Lead Section Complete, 14.00 lbs
AM-409.57
Hollowstem Flighted Section W/ Inner Rod, 10.90 lbs
AM-409.70
Hollowstem Soil Probe, 22.2 x 609.6 mm (7/8" x 24"), 1.10 lbs
AM-421.10
Crescent Wrench, 304.8 mm (12"), 1.70 lbs
AM-400.99 15.8 mm (5/8"), NC Regular Slide Hamme,r 10.22 lbs
AM-213.88
Bosch 11245EVS Rotary Hammer, 37.00 lbs
AM-430.01
Deluxe Carrying Case 1750, 28.91 lbs
Easily & economically samples soil gas vapors at shallow depths for preliminary testing!
This manual system is an excellent choice for shallow gas vapor sampling in soft soil. Designed for shallow sampling in penetrable soils using a cross handle, the kit includes a base section with a probe tip and soil gas access holes above. An included liner rod with tip is placed inside the base section when driving to prevent soil entry. Both the base section and liner rod offer threaded couplings for attachment to an extension with an inner rod. A 12.7 mm x 15.8 mm (1/2" x 5/8") GVP hammer adapter is included with the base section for attaching the cross handle or an optional slide hammer to the probe string. A GVP barbed adapter replaces the GVP hammer adapter when collecting a soil gas sample.
AM-427.01
Discrete Soil Gas Sampling
Gas Vapor Probe KitsDedicated Tips
The kit uses a slide hammer or an electric rotary drive hammer and gas vapor probe (GVP) drive extensions to insert a stainless steel soil GVP to the desired depth. Flouropolymer tubing is attached to a barb fitting on the GVP for remote sampling from the surface. The vapor inlet holes of the dedicated tips are slightly recessed and are protected by the drive tubes to prevent them from becoming clogged during installation. Includes GVP manual, GVP dedicated tip and umbrella (10), removal jack, external drive adapter 19 mm (3/4") I.D., 7620 cm (250') roll fluoropolymer tube 4.7 mm (3/16"), GVP 15.8 mm (5/8") tip drive end, slide hammer adapter19 mm (3/4") O.D., SDS Max drill adapter, SDS Max 38.1 mm (1 1/2") carbide bit, 914.4 mm (3')
Retract-A-Tip
Retract-A-Tip was designed as a survey tool for the collection of discrete soil gas samples. It is used with GVP extensions, sampling tubing, & slide hammer attachment, or any electric rotary hammer with suitable adapter. The hardened stainless steel tip is designed to open when the extensions are pulled back a few inches. In the open position, the Retract-A-Tip will allow the collection of a soil gas sample when vacuum is applied to the sample delivery tube. This may be repeated at different depths for as many samples as needed. The Retract-A-Tip can also be used with a PID or FID by connecting a water trap to the sample delivery tube & apply a vacuum to the other side of the trap, to obtain a direct reading of the contaminant level.
GVP 15.8 mm (5/8") extension (4), hand pump, slide hammer, 15.8 x 914.4 mm (5/8" x 3') heavy duty extendable tile probe base, 15.8 x 914.4 mm (5/8" x 3') heavy duty tile probe extension (3), deluxe carrying case, GVP instruction CD video.
Includes carbide drill bit, 50.8 mm (2") lead with hard surfaced tip, 50.8 x 914.4 mm (2" x 36") extension (2) 50.8 mm (2") carbide tip, SDS Max drill adapter, 63.5 mm (2 1/2") Wild Bore SDS Max.
AM-209.19
GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tip W/O Drill, 115.00 lbs
AM-209.24
Heavy Duty GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips W/O Drill, 141.00 lbs
AM-210.00
GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips & Dewalt D25600K Hammer Drill, 150.00 lbs
AM-209.84
GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips & Bosch 11245EVS Hammer Drill, 152.00 lbs
AM-209.93
Heavy Duty GVP W/ Dedicated Tips, Flighted Augers & Bosch 11245EVS Hammer Drill, 177.00 lbs
AM-210.01
Dedicated Gas Vapor Tips
Gas Vapor Dedicated Points are now used around the world for monitoring remediation of hydrocarbon spills, tank & pipe leakage, landfills, & at hazardous waste sites. Soil gas monitoring with the Gas Vapor Dedicated Point is easily accomplished. The unique design of the dedicated stainless steel vapor point, with a Teflon umbrella & optional screen to prevent soil from clogging the vapor inlet holes, or for groundwater sampling, ensures a representative sample time after time. Teflon tubing is used to transfer the sample to the surface. The Gas Vapor Probe is normally supplied as a complete system kit form with all the items needed to efficiently install the dedicated points in most penetrable soils.
AM-211.00
Tip & Umbrella, 0.05 lbs
AM-212.00
Fluoropolymer Umbrella, 0.02 lbs
AM-212.05
GVP Screen #50 Mesh, 0.01 lbs
Added Benefit of a Reusable Tip Design
Gas Vapor Probe Kits with Dedicated Tips and Retract-A-Tip
The addition of the Retract-A-Tipto the Gas Vapor Probe (GVP) system allows for a more versatile field kit for monitoring or sampling hydrocarbon spill sites, underground storage tanks and pipelines. The Retract-A-Tip can be used multiple times without damage. When the sampling depth is reached, the drive tube is pulled up to expose the inlet holes for sampling. The point can then be driven deeper, reopened, and another sample taken.
Includes GVP manual, GVP dedicated tip with umbrella (10), Retract-ATip, removal jack, external drive adapter 19 mm (3/4") I.D., 7620 cm (250') roll fluoropolymer tube 4.7 mm (3/16"), GVP 15.8 mm (5/8") tip drive end, slide hammer adapter 19 mm (3/4") O.D., SDS Max drill adapter, SDS Max 38.1 mm (1 1/2") carbide bit, 914.4 mm (3') GVP 15.8 mm (5/8") extension (4), hand pump, slide hammer, 15.8 x 914.4 mm (5/8" x 3') heavy duty extendable tile probe base, 15.8 x 914.4 mm (5/8" x 3') heavy duty tile probe extension (3), deluxe carrying case, GVP instruction CD video.
Heavy Duty Kit also includes Carbide drill bit, 50.8 mm (2") lead with hard surface tip, 50.8 x 914.4 mm (2" x 36") extension (2), 50.8 mm (2") carbide tip, SDS Max drill adapter, 63.5 mm (2 1/2") Wild Bore SDS Max.
AM-209.16
GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips & Retract-A-Tip W/O Drill, 116.00 lbs
AM-209.26
Heavy Duty GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips & Retract-A-Tip & Flighted Augers W/O Drill, 141.00 lbs
AM-210.02
GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips, Retract-A-Tip & Dewalt D25600K Hammer Drill, 151.00 lbs
AM-209.86
GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips, Retract-A-Tip & Bosch 11245 EVS Hammer Drill, 152.60 lbs
AM-209.95
Heavy Duty GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips, Retract-A-Tip, Flighted Augers & Bosch 11245EVS Hammer Drill, 178.00 lbs
AM-214.28
Rocky Soil Screw Augers
Easily drill through rocky soil with heavy duty design and extra large pilot tips. These heavy duty screw augers are designed for use with rotary hammer drills. They are made from heat treated high carbon steel and have oversized tungsten carbide surfaced bits. They may be used to penetrate hard soils, asphalts and concrete.
Montana Sharp Shooter
Heavy-duty stainless steel Sharp Shooter opens a deep, narrow hole, even in hard, rocky soil. The long rubber-coated handle reduces recoil from striking rocks. The blade is 457.2 x 133.3 mm (18" L x 5 1/4" W) at top, tapers to 107.9 mm (4 1/4") at bottom. The handle is 736.6 mm (29") long.
50.8 mm (2"), Hawera Carbide Bit Splined, 7.08 lbs
AM-214.30
50.8 mm (2"), Hawera Carbide Bit SDS Max, 9.34 lbs
AM-214.35
53.9 mm (2 1/8"), Carbide Bit Splined, 7.00 lbs
AM-214.36
53.9 mm (2 1/8"), Carbide Bit SDS Max, 7.00 lbs
Stainless Steel Scoops
Stainless Steel Scoops are available in five individual sizes to fit your needs. Made of stainless steel, they are easily cleaned and virtually indestructible. The Scoop is also available with a rubber handle.
AM-428.03
Stainless Scoop, 3 oz, 0.37 lbs AM-428.04
Stainless Scoop, 6 oz, 0.47 lbs AM-428.05 Stainless Scoop, 8 oz, 0.47 lbs
AM-428.06
Stainless Scoop, 12 oz, 0.64 lbs
AM-427.82
Stainless Rubber Coated Scoop, 2 oz, 0.47 lbs
AM-427.83
Stainless Rubber Coated Scoop, 3 oz, 0.42 lbs
AM-427.84
Stainless Rubber Coated Scoop, 6 oz, 0.62 lbs
AM-427.85
Stainless Rubber Coated Scoop, 8 oz, 0.62 lbs
AM-427.86
Stainless Rubber Coated Scoop, 12 oz, 0.79 lbs
AM-410.00 Montana Sharp Shooter, 9.31 lbs AM-410.01 Montana Sharp Shooter Rubber Coated Handle, 10.68 lbs
Stainless Steel Spade Shovel
Durable stainless steel construction withstands caustic & corrosive materials that would normally damage other types of shovels. Stainless steel is also easily decontaminated after use. Pointed spade has front rolled step & measures 196.8 x 25.4 mm (7 3/4" W x 1" D) Fine cutting edge makes digging easy in compacted material. Overall length is 1371.6 mm (54")
AM-427.90 SST Spade Shovel, 5.90 lbs
Concrete Coring Bits
Perfect for drilling holes through concrete. Specially designed for fast, accurate drilling with a rotary hammer drill. Core bit bodies are heat treated with durable carbon tips.
AM-214.22
38.1 mm (1 1/2"), Concrete Bit SDS Max, 4.20 lbs
AM-214.24
53.9 mm (2 1/8"), Concrete Bit SDS Max, 5.00 lbs
AM-214.26
63.5 mm (2 1/2"), Wild Bore SDS Max, 6.59 lbs Concrete Coring Bits with Adapter
AM-260.40
76.2 mm (3"), Core Bit Complete W/ Splined Adapter, 7.18 lbs
AM-260.42
76.2 mm (3"), Core Bit Complete W/ SDS Adapter, 6.78 lbs
AM-260.32
152.4 mm (6"), Core Bit Complete W/ Splined Adapter, 10.00 lbs
AM-260.33
152.4 mm (6"), Core Bit Complete W/ SDS Max Adapter, 10.00 lbs Concrete Coring Bits Replacement Parts
AM-260.44
76.2 mm (3"), Heavy Duty Core Bit, 4.00 lbs
AM-260.29
152.4 mm (6"), Heavy Duty Core Bit, 7.00 lbs
AM-260.46
Heavy Duty Splined Adapter (AM-260.40, AM-260.32 & AM-260.33 Only), 3.34 lbs
AM-260.48
Heavy Duty SDS Max Adapter (AM-260.42, AM-260.32 & AM-260.33 Only), 3.06 lbs
Drill Accessories
Drills
With a variety of Drills and Adapters to choose from, you are sure to find the one to meet your specific job site requirement.
Accessories for Echo ED-200, EDR-210 and EDR-260 Gas Drills
AM-213.84
Echo Gas Drill Support Bracket, 0.28 lbs
AM-213.79 Echo Gas Drill Side Handle Replacement, 0.31 lbs Adapters and Spring-Loaded Adapters AM-213.50 15.8 mm (5/8") Threaded Male to 12.7 mm (1/2") Gas Drill Adapter, 0.40 lbs
15.8 mm (5/8") Threaded Male
ECHO EDR-210 (rev.) - Gas
AM-213.81
Engine Displacement: 21.2 cc
Fuel Capacity: 14 oz
Gear Reduction Ratio: 17.1:1
RPM: 0-450 Fwd/Rev
Max. Chuck Diameter: 1/2"
Dry Weight: 13 lbs
ECHO EDR-260(rev.) - Gas
AM-213.86
Engine Displacement: 25.4 cc
Fuel Capacity: 19.6 oz
Gear Reduction Ratio: 17.1:1
RPM: 0-640 Fwd
Max. Chuck Diameter: 1/2" Keyless Dry Weight: 13.3 lbs
ECHO EA-410 - Gas
AM-213.83
Engine Displacement: 51.7 cc
Fuel Capacity: 28.7 oz
Gear Reduction Ratio: 30.1:1
RPM: 0-230 Fwd
Max. Chuck Diameter: N/A
Dry Weight: 21.4 lbs
Max. Torque at Engine: 1.49 ft lbs
Max Torque at Auger: 44.9 ft lbs
DeWALT D25600K
AM-213.92
Rotary Hammer Drill
Impact Energy: 8 ft/lbs
AMPS: 11.5 Amps
Max Watts Out: 1000 W
No Load Speed: 140 - 280 rpm
Weight: 34 lbs
Bosch 11245EVS
AM-213.88
Rotary Hammer Drill
Impact Energy: 13.3 ft/lbs
AMPS: 14 Amps
No Load Speed: 120 - 250 rpm
Weight: 37 lbs
AM-425.07
19 x 304.8 mm (3/4" X 12"), Plastic Liner, 0.04 lbs
AM-425.09
19 x 609.6 mm (3/4" X 24"), Plastic Liner, 0.08 lbs
AM-425.02
25.4 x 304.8 mm (1" X 12"), Plastic Liner, 0.06 lbs
AM-425.04
25.4 x 609.6 mm (1" X 24"), Plastic Liner, 0.18 lbs
AM-406.56 34.92 x 152.4 mm (1 3/8" X 6"), Plastic Liner, 0.08 lbs
AM-406.57
34.92 x 304.8 mm (1 3/8" X 12"), Plastic Liner, 0.14 lbs
AM-405.08
38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" X 6"), Plastic Liner, 0.08 lbs
AM-406.53
38.1 x 304.8 mm (1 1/2" X 12"), Plastic Liner, 0.02 lbs
AM-404.17
50.8 x 25.4 mm (2" X 1"), Plastic Liner, 0.01 lbs
AM-404.18
50.8 x 50.8 mm (2" X 2"), Plastic Liner, 0.01 lbs
AM-404.19
50.8 x 76.2 mm (2" X 3"), Plastic Liner, 0.06 lbs
AM-404.20
50.8 x 101.6 mm (2" X 4"), Plastic Liner, 0.10 lbs
AM-404.21
50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" X 6"), Plastic Liner, 0.12 lbs
AM-422.03
50.8 x 203.2 mm (2" X 8"), Plastic Liner, 0.14 lbs
AM-422.04
50.8 x 254 mm (2" X 10"), Plastic Liner, 0.18 lbs
AM-405.10
50.8 x 304.8 mm (2" X 12"), Plastic Liner, 0.21 lbs
AM-425.20
50.8 x 609.6 mm (2" X 24"), Plastic Liner, 0.40 lbs
AM-406.72
50.8 x 914.4 mm (2" X 36"), Plastic Liner, 0.36 lbs
AM-406.55
63.5 x 152.4 mm (2 1/2" X 6"), Plastic Liner, 0.12 lbs
AM-406.74
63.5 x 304.8 mm (2 1/2" X 12"), Plastic Liner, 0.24 lbs
AM-405.09
76.2 x 152.4 mm (3" X 6"), Plastic Liner, 0.16 lbs
AM-422.01
76.2 x 254 mm (3" X 10"), Plastic Liner, 0.30 lbs
AM-422.02
76.2 x 304.8 mm (3" X 12"), Plastic Liner, 0.32 lbs
Also available in brass, stainless steel & aluminum call for more information.
AM-425.22 19 mm (3/4"), Plastic End Caps, 0.02 lbs
AM-425.18 25.4 mm (1"), Plastic End Caps, 0.02 lbs
AM-418.11
mm (1 3/8"), Plastic End Caps, 0.01 lbs
AM-418.08
mm (1 1/2"), Plastic End Cap - 2 Colors, 0.01 lbs
AM-418.10 50.8 mm (2"), Plastic End Cap- 2 Colors, 0.02 lbs
AM-404.85
mm (2 1/2"), Plastic End Caps - 2 Colors, 0.02 lbs AM-418.09 76.2 mm (3"), Plastic End Cap - 2 Colors, 0.02 lbs
Stainless Steel End Cap Inserts
AM-422.12 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), SST Cap Insert, 0.04 lbs
Color classification of soils using 250 mounted chips. The Munsell Color Chart enables color classification of soils using 250 mounted color chips.Developed with the U.S. Soil Conservation Services, this guide is the industry standard.
AM-504.00
Easy-to-Use Geoechnical Information
McCullough Geo Guide Card and Geotechnical Gauge
The Geo Guide Card and Geotechnical Gauge provide classification information on a rigid plastic card with lanyard. It includes soil type samples, classification by type, grain size and color.
Soil Moisture Meter
The Moisture Meter gives you the moisture content of your compost pile or soil sample by means of a sensor at the bottom of the probe. The probe is sensitive only at the tip. Calibrate the instrument by inserting the tip into a saturated sample of compost or soil and setting the needle on scale to 10. Then insert your Moisture Meter into the medium at the depth you want to measure and a relative moisture content will be derived instantly. The meter is sensitive to changing salt content and can be used to track leachate as well as give you moisture content. Used by composters, farmers, and nuseries across country.
REO-MM9
Moisture Meter 9" Stem
REO-MM24
Moisture Meter 24" Stem
REO-MM36
Moisture Meter 36" Stem
REO-MM48
Moisture Meter 48" Stem
REO-MM60
Moisture Meter 60" Stem
M-300 Moisture Meter
The RF capacitance sensor at the probe’s tip instantly determines the amount of air and water in the soil, thus giving a direct readout in percent of saturation. These probes are well known for their use in irrigation timing & audit programs & determining the available water for deficit irrigation.
Benefits Include
•Finding plugged emitters
•Bad sprinkler heads
•Pressure problems
•Wind effects
•Elevation effects on water distribution
AQ-M-300
SpecificationsAQ-M-300
T-300 Temperature & Moisture Meter
SpecificationsAQ-T-300
Probe
Most popular where composting & early planting are important, these meters add the versatility of an elctronic sensor which can measure to over 180 degrees. Keeping temperature & moisture in the right range is critical to rapid decompo-sition as well as the prevention of anaerobic activity & in the worst case obnoxious smells.
The T-300 can be used to optimize germination time & protect against threat of frost. Additionally it can help prevent chemical & fertilizer application from being ineffective due to incorrect soil temperature.
EC-300 Moisture, Temperature & Salinity Meter
SpecificationsAQ-EC-300
Probe Length 30" Temp. Range 40° to 150°F
to 65.55°C
Salinity Range Up to 2000 µs (microSiemens)
Range 0 to 100%
These meters add a salinity tracking inductance sensor to the moisture and temperature. Together these help prevent yield loss and poor plant quality. Readings taken in the soil root zone can help track the salt accumulation and determine the need for and effectiveness of leaching. This is extremely important to drip or low flow where leaching is not part of the natural process. Excessive salt buildup will lead to poor quality, lower yield and eventual plant death.
AQ-EC-300 Moisture, Temperature & Salinity Meter
AQ-T-300 Moisture & Temperature Meter
KS-D1 Digital Soil Moisture Tester
SpecificationsDEL-KS-D1
Range 0.1 to 15 Bars Tension
Display 3 1/2" Digital LCD with 0 to 100 Arbitrary Scale
Size 2 3/4" x 4 3/4" x 1 3/4"
Weight 8 oz
Battery 1 x 9 V
Carrying Case included
The KS-D1 Digital Soil Moisture Tester, used with the GB-1 Gypsum Soil Blocks, make up a valuable system to monitor the soil moisture available to the plants. This system eliminates guesswork so that irrigation can be effectively scheduled according to plants' requirements. The KS-D1, housed in a rugged ABS plastic case, features reliable temperature stable semi-conductor technology with internal battery and calibration checks for users' full confidence. A membrane switch panel provides positive, tactile feel. Springloaded binding posts allow for positive contact with the blocks' leads.
DEL-KS-D1 Moisture Meter 0.1 - 15 Bars
DEL-GB-1
Standard 6 Foot Lead Wires
DEL-GB-2
25 ft Lead Wires
Fast Response Thermometer Type "A"
Features
•Sturdy 3/8" diameter stem for extra durability
•Easy-to-read 3" diameter dial
•Very accurate (+1% of scale)
•°F, °C, or Dual scales available
The Fast Response Thermometer has all of the assets the Heavy-Duty Thermometer has, however it is stronger and quicker. The extra sensitive tip gives an accurate temperature reading twice as fast as the Heavy-Duty Probe. The stem is now reinforced with 3/8" stainless steel, providing you with a more durable instrument so that you do not need to replace them as often.
REO-A24FR
Stem
REO-A36FR
Stem
REO-A48FR
Stem
REO-A60FR
REO-A72FR
Heavy Duty Thermometer Type "A"
Features
•Rugged all stainless construction
•Hermetically sealed-will not fog
•Unbreakable plastic crystal
•Pointed stem for easy insertion
•Easy-to-read 3" diameter dial
•Very accurate (+1% of scale)
•°F, °C, or Dual scales available
•Regular 1/4" diameter stem or Heavy
•Duty 5/16" diameter stem available
The Heavy Duty Thermometer is ideally suited for monitoring interior temperatures of compost piles and windrows. The clear, easy-to-read dial, with the pointer directly driven by the sensitive bi-metal helix in the bottom of the stem, gives an accurate reading every time. Used by composters everywhere for waste disposal, recycling, mushroom growing, etc.
REO-A24PF 24" Stem
REO-A36PF 36" Stem
REO-A48PF 48" Stem
REO-A60PF 60" Stem
REO-A72PF 72" Stem
Probe Guard & Probe Handle
REO-FM24-16 24" Stem
REO-FM36-16 36" Stem
REO-FM48-16 48" Stem
REO-FM60-16 60" Stem
REO-FM72-16 72" Stem
REO-FM-0
Probe
Soil Thermometer
The HA-145 series was designed to measure soil temperature quickly and accurately up to depths of 12 inches. Equipped with a calibration check feature, the user can be assured that each reading is accurate.
SpecificationsHA-145-00HA-145-01HA-145-20HA-145-30
Range -50.0 to 220°C-58.0 to 428.0°F-50.0 to 220°C-58.0 to 428.0°F
Resolution 0.1°C 0.1°F 0.1°C 0.1°F (-50.0 to 199.9°C)(-58.0 to 199.9°F)(-50.0 to 199.9°C)(-58.0 to 199.9°F) 1°C 1°F 1°C 1°F (200 to 220°C)(200 to 428°F)(200 to 220°C)(200 to 428°F)
Accuracy ± 0.3°C± 0.6°F± 0.3°C± 0.6°F (-20 to 90°C)(-4 to 194°F)(-20 to 90°C)(-4 to 194°F)
Accuracy Outside ± 0.4% F.S.± 0.4% F.S.± 0.4% F.S.± 0.4% F.S.
Probe stainless steel stainless steel 125 mm x dia. 5 mm (4.9" x dia. 0.2")300 mm x dia. 5 mm (11.8" x dia 0.2")
Battery Type / 1 x 1.5 V "AAA"
Life approx.10000 hrs of continuous use; auto-off after 8 min. of non-use
Environment -10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F); RH max 95%
Dimensions 692 x 165 x 38 mm 692 x 340 x 38 mm
Weight 65 g (2.3 oz) 80 g (2.8 oz)
HA-145-00
Thermometer 5" Probe -50 To 220°C
HA-145-01
Thermometer 5" Probe -58 To 428°F
HA-145-20
Thermometer 12" Probe -50 To 220°C
HA-145-30
Thermometer 12" Probe -58 To 428°F
All models of the HA-145 series are supplied complete with battery and instructions.
HA-99556-00 & HA-99556-01 Thermometers
2 in 1 infrared/penetration thermometer. The new dual purpose HA-99556-00 is ideal for checking temperatures everywhere from the greenhouse to the field. Spot check with the infrared probe and get a closer look with the thermistor thermometer. Comes complete with probe and wrist strap.
Specifications HA-99556-00 HA-99556-01
Range IR-10 to 300°C 14 to 572°F
Reponse Time 1 second
Optic
Coefficient
1 x 9 V Dimensions 143 x 80 x 38 mm (5.6"x 3.1"x 1.5") Weight 320 g (11.3 oz)
HA-99556-00
Thermometer IR Range From -10 To 300°C
Meter W/ IR Sensor & HA-765W Probe W/ -40 To 150°C Range
HA-99556-01
Thermometer IR Range From 14 To 572°F
Meter W/ IR Sensor & HA-765W Probe W/ -40 To 150°C Range
LeadCheck® Soil
LeadCheck® Soil provides a simple, inexpensive way to test for lead in soil and other difficult to test solid materials. After collecting the soil, extract the lead with the reagent provided then test the extraction liquid for lead content. In the vast majority of test situations results are obtained in less than 10 minutes. When detecting low levels of lead the results may take longer to develop. Each kit contains 6 test kits.
With minor changes in reagents, the test can be used to detect mercury and cadmium in soil. Call for additional information.
Please contact us for more information.
SpecificationsHY-ST4TS6
Sensitivity 400 ppm
Stability Indefinite stability Interferences As provided interferences are minimized
HY-ST4TS6 LeadCheck® Soil - 6 Test Kit (400 ppm Sensitivity)
Preparing a Soil Sample for Analysis
There are several methods available to obtain a soil sample for measurement. The objective is to find a method you can use that will give you consistent results. Below we have indicated one method commonly used in agriculture.
In all cases, the goal is to prepare a sample which is as clean as possible. Any coloration or turbididty in the samples will adversely affect the ability of the unit to give an accurate reading.
Step 1. Take a sample of soil and mix it with distilled water, 85 g (3 oz) of soil with 170 g (6 oz) of distilled water. Then let the mixture stand for approximately 30 minutes in order to stabilize.
Step 2. Filter the solution with a medium filter (C 0002 - 12.5) through a funnel into a clean cup. If the filtrate is not clear, run through a clean filter again until you have a translucent solution.
Step 3. If your solution is not translucent, use the Activated Charcoal included in the kit, mix with the solution, and filter one more time. This should give you a translucent liquid, and you will be ready to begin your analysis procedures. Ideally, you should filter enough of the solution to have an end result of 50 ml of liquid.
Step 4. Follow the instructions in the operators manual provided with your meter to mix and measure your samples to determine the analysis of the parameter you are measuring.
Guide for Direct Soil Measurement
1) When checking direct soil pH and conductivity, always remember you will be making a reference between TRUE and SOIL reference values.
2) Start by gathering samples of the soil medium and draw a reference table to record your data.
3) Prepare a dilute solution with each sample (example: 2 parts distilled water for 1 part soil).
4) Take the measurements of the dilute solutions with the HA-99121 or the HA-993310, following the instructions in the operators manual, and record this data on the first line of the reference table for either pH or conductivity. Your local agronomist or crop advisor will help you determine if these values are correct.
5) The next step is to take the measurements directly in the soil, again, following the instructions from the operators manual.
Note: These readings will be different from the dilute solution readings due to the physical properties of the two materials and the effects on conductivity.
6) Record your measurements on the second line of the pH or conductivity reference table.
7) During the measurements in soil, always use consistent and repeatable measuring techniques for analysis. Example:- always test at the same time interval after irrigation - use same depth in each pot or bag - use same distance and depth from drip emitter - same medium types
8) When the chart is complete, you will compare the true and soil reference values. If there are no large differences between these two values, you are ready to begin measuring directly in the soil using only the soil reference values as a target.
Specifications HA-99121
Resolution pH0.01 pH
Temperature0.1°C / 0.1°F
Accuracy (@ 20OC) pH± 0.02 pH
± 2°F (outside)
pH Calibration automatic, 1 or 2 point with 2 sets of memorized buffers (pH 4.01/7.01/10.01 or 4.01/6.86/9.18)
Temp. Compensation automatic, 5 to 105°C (23 to 221°F)
pH Electrode HA-1292D, refillable, glass body, with internal temperature sensor, DIN connector and 1 m cable (included)
Battery Type / Life 3 x 1.5 V "AA" / approx. 1500 hrs of continuous use; auto-off after 8 min of non-use
Environment 0 - 50°C (32 to 122°F); RH max 100%
Dimensions / Weight 5.9" x 3.1" x 1.4" (150 x 80 x 36 mm) / 7.4 oz (210 g)
Kit for Direct Soil pH Measurement with Special Electrode
The HA-99121 kit has been designed to address the question of correct and rapid measurement of pH directly in soil. Every item in this kit has been made to facilitate measurements in the field without compromising accuracy.
With HA-99121 you can test the pH of soil directly or after preparation of a diluted sample. In order to measure the pH directly, the kit includes a plastic auger to perforate the ground.
HA-99121
HA-99121 Is Supplied Complete W/ HA-1292D pH Electrode, Ground Auger, HA-7051M Soil Preparation Solution, pH 4 & pH 7 Buffer Sachets, HA-700663 & HA-700664 Electrode Cleaning Solutions, Batteries, Rugged Carrying Case & Instructions
HA-7004L pH 4.01 Buffer Solution 500 ml
HA-7007L pH 7.01 Buffer Solution 500 ml
HA-7051M Soil Preparation Solution 230 ml
HA-710007
Shock Rubber Boot, Blue
HA-993310
HA-993310 Is Supplied Complete W/ HA-76304 EC Probe For Solutions, HA-76305 Stainless Steel Probe For Direct Soil Measurements, HA-7051M Soil Preparation Solution, HA-721319 Ground Auger, Battery, Rugged Carrying Case & Instructions
HA-7030L 12880 µS/cm Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle
HA-7031L 1413 µS/cm Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle
Dual-purpose, EC meter for direct measurement in soil and liquids the HA-993310
Since EC (Electroconductivity) is such an effective indicator of nutrient concentration in soil, irrigation water and fertilizer mixes, the HA-993310 was developed. Now it is possible to use one instrument to accurately and quickly measure EC in many places where the fertilizer is found, such as in the irrigation water and directly in the soil. This meter is easy to operate and gives fast, accurate measurements. Also included in the meter is the ability to measure salt activity.
Comes complete with HA-76304 and HA-76305 interchangeable probes.
Specifications HA-993310
Range 0.00 to 19.99 mS/cm; 0.00 to 1.00 g/l of salt activity
Resolution 0.01 mS/cm; 0.01 g/l of salt activity
Accuracy (@ 20°C) ± 2% F.S. (from 0 to 15.00 mS/cm, excl. probe error)
Calibration manual, 1 point
Temp. Compensation Automatic 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F), ß=2%/°C
Battery Type/Life 1 x 9 V / approx. 100 hrs of continuous use
Dimensions 7.3" x 3.2" x 2.0" (185 x
Electronic Soil Lab
The SCL-12 Electronic Soil Lab is designed to provide the landowner, consultant, or fertilizer specialist with a method for achieving immediate and economical soil analyses in the field without sacrificing accuracy. The SCL-12 soil lab is a self-contained, electronic soil analysis laboratory that provides accurate answers anywhere for fifteen soil factors, including available forms of macronutrients and critical micronutrients.
The Smart 2 Colorimeter instantly analyzes color reactions developed in nutrient tests and gives a Percent Transmittance readout. By using Transmittance readings, broad test ranges can be read with maximum sensitivity and without need for visual color comparison. Calibration charts convert the Percent Transmittance readings to parts per million (ppm) or pounds per acre (lbs/acre) for each nutrient - no further calculations are neccessary.
The simplified test procedures provide at least 20 tests for each soil nutrient. Each accurately standardized system is furnished in an individual plastic module for quick distinction. All tests are performed in minutes on easy-to-prepare soil extracts, based on Mehlich I extraction.
Critical soil pH measurements are performed quickly and reliably with a battery-powered pH 5 meter. The meter measures the pH of a one-to-one solution of soil and distilled water over the range of 0 - 14 pH units to a sensitivity of 0.01 pH. Soluble Salt levels in soils and irrigation waters are monitored accurately with a TDS 6 meter measuring Dissolved Salts from 0-999+ ppm.
LA-1985-04
Smart 2 Electronic Soil Lab Model SCL-12, 110 V
LA-1985-04-EX2
Smart 2 Electronic Soil Lab Model SCL-12, 220 V
LA-R-1985-04
Reagent Refill
LA-1988-02 Electronic Soil Lab Model SCL-12 W/O Meters
Earth Ground Resistance Tester Kit
Measures earth ground in 3 ranges from 0.01 Ω to 2000 Ω.
Features
•3 1/2 digit (1999 count) multifunction LCD with data hold
•Measures earth resistance in three ranges
•2 mA (800 Hz) test current and frequency
•0 to 200 V AC (40 to 500 Hz) AC earth voltage / frequency
•Auto power off, 3 minute timer
•Overload protection
•Open circuit, overrange and low battery indications
Ready, Set, Go!
Stopwatch / Clock
Features
•Digital LCD Stopwatch plus calendar and alarm
•12 or 24 hour clock operation
• Stopwatch / Chronograph mode with 1/100 sec resolution
•Programmable alarm with an hourly chime
•Calendar displays day, month, and date
Industrial MultiMeters
Features
•Double molded for waterproof (IP67) protection
•Rugged design - drop proof to 6 feet
•High resolution display:
Model EX-EX520-S with 6000 count
LCD display
Model EX-EX530-KIT with 40,000 count LCD display
•1000 V input protection on all functions
•Dual sensitivity frequency functions
•Large backlit LCD with bargraph
• Duty cycle function and diode open circuit voltage of 2.8 V DC
•Auto power off with disable feature and min/max, relative, and data hold functions
•CE/UL approved; CAT IV-600 V
Display Counts
Basic Accuracy (DCV)
DC Voltage
AC Voltage
Non-Contact AC Voltage
DC / AC Current
Resistance
Frequency (Electrical)
Frequency (Electronic) Capacitance Temperature (Type K)
4 To 20 mA
EX-365510
Digital Stopwatch / Clock
EX-365510-NIST
Digital Stopwatch / Clock W/ NIST Certificate
EX-382152
Earth Ground Resistance Tester Kit
EX-382152-NIST
EX-382152 W/ NIST Certificate
EX-382153
Replacement Earth Bars, 2/Pack
EX-382154
Replacement Set Of Leads
Well Caps
ERE supplies a quality line of Well Caps. The plugs need no adapter. They fit into standard PVC pipe sizes. They expand on the inside of the pipe to provide water and a vapour tight seal.
Features
• Corrosion proof plastic body
• Rubber all weather seal
•Zinc plated locking device for corrosion resistance
•With padlock in place, plug cannot be removed (padlock not included)
• Plugs also available without locking device
EcoPlug™
The EcoPlug™ is manufactured from a recycled composite glass filled polymer that will not corrode and is stronger than steel, pound for pound.
WA-ECO-1
1" EcoPlug Well Cap
WA-ECO-2
2" EcoPlug Well Cap
WA-ECO-4
4" EcoPlug Well Cap
Vapour Sampling EcoPlug™
This specialized well plug uses a stainless steel valve which allows you to extract a sample of the trapped headspace vapours.
Pressure tested to 20 PSI, these caps prevent the loss of well gasses to the atmosphere. The Sample Port Adapter allows you to extract the sample without removing the cap from the well. The Sample Port Adapter can be attached to a peristaltic pump in order to draw out even more of the trapped headspace gasses.
WA-ECO-V-2
Vapor Sampling 2” EcoPlug Well Cap
WA-ECO-V-PA
Vapor Sampling Port Adapter
MI-318002001 2" Locking Plug
MI-318003301 3" Locking Plug
MI-318004001 4" Locking Plug
MI-318006001 6" Locking Plug
MI-318008001 8" Locking Plug
Electriloc Enviro Cap™
The Enviro Cap™Environmental Well Cap has a hidden secret. This well cap has a magnetically activated lock built into the body of the cap. The magnetic locking mechanism is activated by using the ElectriKey. The ElectriKey mates with the top of the ElectriLoc well cap. When these two surfaces are joined the magnet in the key causes the locking mechanism within the cap to engage allowing the operator to lock or unlock the well cap. Without the key the caps lock mechanism can be turned, but to no avail. The ElectriLoc well cap is available for 2" and 4" monitoring wells.
Features
• Sealed, corrosion-proof lock
• Maximum seal-to-casing contact
• Prevents casing deformation
• High strength, engineered materials
WA-ENVIROCAP-2
2" Enviro Cap (Magnetic Well Cap)
WA-ENVIROCAP-4
4" Enviro Cap (Magnetic Well Cap)
WA-ENVIRO-KEY
Enviro-Key
Torque Well Plugs
The Torque Well Plugs are suitable for 1", 2" & 4" Schedule 80, 40, & 5 pipes. These plugs can be made available with your name and number, with a one-time pattern charge.
Features
• Superior strength and chemical resistance
• Santoprene thermoplastic dual rubber gasket
• Highly visible colour
• Lightweight (3.4 oz)
•Easily torque on by hand, providing the ultimate well
• Accepts # 3 locks
ESP-T-1 1" I.D. Locking Plug
ESP-T-2 2" I.D. Locking Plug
ESP-T-4 4" I.D. Locking Plug
Lost your Bailer? Use the Bailer Retriever to Find It!
Bailer Retriever
The Bailer Retriever has been engineered to retrieve bailers which have become separated from their retrieval line. The product is 5 1/2" long, manufactured from stainless steel, incorporates 4 hooks, and has been designed to work in wells of 2" diameter and bigger.
CO-5430 2" Bailer Retriever
Hold your Solids & Liquids
Whirl-Pak® Sterile Sampling Bags
Use these Sterile LDPE Bags to safely hold your solids and liquids. Easy-to-use, simply flip bag around wire / tape and bend wire to seal.
Features
•Puncture-proof tabs ensure wire will not poke through even after extensive use
•Sampling bags are available with or without a white labeling area
•Guaranteed sterile
•Reduced storage space
•Easy identification
•Leakproof closure
NA-B01009WA Capacity: 58 ml (2 oz), Size: 3" W x 5" L,Thickness: 2.25 mil
NA-B00679WA Capacity: 118 ml (4 oz), Size: 3" W x 7.25" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil
NA-B00992WA Capacity: 207 ml (7 oz), Size: 3 .75" W x 7" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
NA-B01018WA Capacity: 384 ml (13 oz), Size: 5.25" W x 7.5" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
NA-B00736WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil
NA-B01063WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil
NA-B00990WA Capacity: 798 ml (27 oz), Size: 5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
NA-B00994WA Capacity: 1,065 ml (36 oz), Size: 5" W x 15" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
NA-B01027WA Capacity: 1,242 ml (42 oz), Size: 6" W x 15" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
Stand-Up Sampling Bags, Qty. 500
NA-B01364WA Capacity: 118 ml (4 oz), Size: 3" W x 7.25" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil
NA-B01365WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
Bailer Suspension Cord
General purpose Nylon Twine.
ER-800NYL Nylon Twine, 1/16" (16 mm) Diameter, 800 ft Roll
Tube Cutter & 2" PVC Cutter
Features
•Faster & safer than a utility knife
•Rotating / rocking motion produces straight, clean cuts
MI-327502000 2" PVC Pipe Cutter
Bags with White Labeling Area, Qty. 500
NA-B01067WA Capacity: 29 ml (1 oz), Size: 2.5" W x 5" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil
NA-B01064WA Capacity: 58 ml (2 oz), Size: 3" W x 5" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil
NA-B01062WA Capacity: 118 ml (4 oz), Size: 3" W x 7.25" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil
NA-B01065WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil
NA-B01297WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
NA-B01196WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil
NA-B01195WA Capacity: 1,627 ml (55 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil
Sampling
Sampling Bags without White Labeling Area, Qty. 500
WA-WTC-1 Tube Cutter
Whirl-Pak® Sterile Sampling Bags
"Speci-Sponge" Bags for Environmental Surface Sampling, Qty. 100
NA-B01245WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil
NA-B01299WA Capacity: 1,627 ml (55 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil
Long-Term Retention Sampling Bags, Qty. 500
NA-B01300WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil
Filter Bags (Contains Filter Layer), Qty. 250
NA-B01385WA Capacity: 207 ml (7 oz), Size: 3.75" W x 7" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil
NA-B01348WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil
NA-B01318WA Capacity: 1,627 ml (55 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil
NA-B01416WA Capacity: 2.041 ml (69 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 15" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil
Sampling Bag Accessories Rack Tray for Shaking Incubation
NA-B01432WA
Holds Rack NA-B00677WA, Small Bags
NA-B01433WA
Holds Rack NA-B00751WA, Medium Bags
NA-B01434WA
Holds Rack NA-B01048WA, Large Bags
"Speci-Sponge" Bags are designed to sample work surfaces and equipment Listeria, Salmonella, and other food-borne pathogens: contains a 38 x 76 mm (1.5" x 3") sponge that is free of bactericides and non-inhibitory; with write labeling area.
The Whirl Pak® Stand-Up Bag gives you the freedom to perform important laboratory functions with both hands, because it will stand up completely by itself.
The Whirl Pak® Retention Bag is used for long-term storage up to two years.
Filter Bags contain a third layer of finely perforated polyethylene, which filters out the solids in the sample when used in a homogenizer blender.
Sampling Bag Accessories Carrying Racks
NA-B00677WA
Double Grid 21 Compartment
NA-B00678WA
Double Grid 15 Compartment
NA-B00750WA
Double Grid 30 Compartment
NA-B00751WA
Double Grid 12 Compartment
NA-B01048WA
Double Grid 6 Compartment (Also For Incubator Use)
NA-B01023WA
Single Grid 18 Compartment
Sampling Bag Accessories
NA-B00772WA
Double Grid 18 Compartment Fits Regular Size Playmate® Cooler
NA-B01109WA
Double Grid 15 Compartment Fits Little Playmate® Cooler
Sampling Bag Accessories Rack Handle
NA-B01309WA Rack Handle
Playmate® Cooler
100% LDPE Reclosable Bags
Features
• Premium quality zipper provides durable lock protection
• Prevents contamination and helps maintain contents in original state
• Available in many sizes, 2 mil & 4 mil thickness
• With or without white block for easy labelling
Note
Add "B" to the end of the part number for a box or "C" for a case
EX: RO-RC20202-B (Box Qty.)
EX: RO-RC20202-C (Case Qty.)
2 mil w/o White Block2 mil w/ White Block4 mil w/o White Block4 mil w/ White BlockSize (W x L)Bags/BoxBoxes/Case
RO-RC20404 RO-RW20404 RO-RC40404 N/A
RO-RC20406 RO-RW20406 RO-RC40406-04 RO-RW40406-04
RO-RC20407 N/A N/A N/A
RO-RC20408-08 N/A N/A N/A
RO-RC20505 N/A N/A N/A
RO-RC20507-06 N/A N/A N/A
RO-RC20508-06 RO-RW20508-06 RO-RC40508-03 RO-RW40508-02
RO-RC20510-06 N/A RO-RC40510-03 N/A
RO-RC20606-06 RO-RW20606-06 RO-RC40606-03 N/A
RO-RC20608-04 RO-RW20608-06 N/A N/A
RO-RC20609 RO-RW20609 RO-RC40609 RO-RW40609 RO-RC20612 N/A N/A N/A
RO-RC20810-02 N/A N/A N/A
RO-RC20812 N/A N/A N/A
RO-RC20910 N/A N/A N/A
RO-RC20912 RO-RW20912 RO-RC40912 RO-RW40912
RO-RC21012 RO-RW21012 N/A N/A
RO-RC21018 N/A N/A N/A
RO-RC21212 N/A RO-RC41212 N/A
RO-RC21215 RO-RW21215 RO-RC41215 RO-RW41215
RO-RC21315 N/A N/A N/A
RO-RC21318 N/A RO-RC41318 RO-RW41318
RO-RC21418 N/A N/A N/A
RO-RC21520 N/A N/A N/A
RO-RC21824 N/A RO-RC41824 N/A
Reusable Scoops
Features
•Stainless steel scoops
•Perfect for sampling powder, soil, gravel & other materials
Sterileware® Scoops
Features
•One-piece polystyrene scoop individually
•Sterilized & sealed in a polyethylene bag
6" x 12" 10004 8" x 10" 10002 (2 mil) 8" x 12" 10002 9" x 10" 10004 9" x 12" 500 2 10" x 12" 500 2 10" x 18" 500 2
x 12"
Glass Facts
Features
•Maximum
•Impervious to permeation of gases
•Shapes and volumes do not change under vacuum pressure or when handled
•Recyclable
•Amber glass provides UV light protection
•Chemically inert
•Autoclavable
Cap Styles Also Available Upon Request: black Phenolic pulp/vinyl, black Phenolic Polyseal™, black Phenolic rubber & bottle only bulk packages also available
Ready To Clean Glass Containers
Ready to Clean Bottles are designed for users who prefer to use their own cleaning process. Ready to Clean Bottles are fully assembled with polypropylene caps and a friction fit .015" Teflon® disc. Both cap and liner can be washed, heated or autoclaved depending upon your application. The Teflon® disc is chemically inert, and will not interfere with your test results.
Precleaned by Vacuum & Ionization
Contaminants such as loose
carton lint, aerosols, and fine glass particles are removed by the Vacuum&Ionization process.
Borosilicate Sample Vials
Clear Sample Vials are packed in blue plastic corrugate to reduce carton dust.
Dimensions
Amber Borosilicate Sample Vials
Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style
QOR-GLC-06786 1.85 (.50)12 x 358 - 425144
QOR-GLC-06787 4 (1) 15 x 4513 - 425144
QOR-GLC-06788 7.5 (2)17 x 6015 - 425144
QOR-GLC-06789 15 (4)21 x 7018 - 400144
QOR-2V22MGTC 20 (5)27.75 x 5724 - 400144
QOR-2P16QPVV
Vacuum & Ionized Clear Boston Rounds Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style
QOR-2B01QGTV
QOR-2B08QGTV
QOR-2B16QGTV
QOR-2B32QGTV
Black Phenolic Pulp / Vinyl Cap Style
QOR-2B01QPVV 30 (1)
QOR-2B02QPVV 60 (2)
QOR-2B04QPVV
QOR-2B08QPVV 240 (8) 24 - 400 24
QOR-2B16QPVV
QOR-2B32QPVV
Vacuum & Ionized Clear Standard Wide Mouths Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style
QOR-2W04QGTV 120 (4)
QOR-2W08QGTV
QOR-2W16QGTV
QOR-2W32QGTV 960 (32) 70 - 400 12
QOR-2W64QGTV
QOR-2W99QGTV
QOR-7589T/144 40 (10)27.50 x 9524 - 400144
Green PP Hole Caps & Teflon® PTFE / Silicone Septa Cap style
QOR-2V22MHSC 20 (5)27.75 x 5724 - 400144
QOR-2518T/144 40 (10)27.50 x 9524 - 400144
Clear Borosilicate Sample Vials
Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style
QOR-2501T 1.85 (.50 )12 x 358 - 425144
QOR-2502T 4 (1) 15 x 4513 - 425144
QOR-2503T 7.5 (2) 17 x 6015 - 425144
QOR-2504T 11 (3)19 x 6515 - 425144
QOR-2505T 15 (4)21 x 7018 - 400144
QOR-2508T 20 (5)27.25 x 57.524 - 40072
QOR-GLC-06064* 20 (5)27.25 x 57.524 - 400144
QOR-2506T 22 (6)23 x 8520 - 400144
QOR-2509T 22 (6)27.25 x 70 24 - 40072
QOR-2507T 30 (8)25 x 9522 - 400144
QOR-7587T/144* 40 (10)29.25 x 8124 - 400144
QOR-7588T/144* 40 (10)27.75 x 9524 - 414144
QOR-GLC-07876* 60 (15)27.5 x 14024 - 40072
Green PP Hole Caps & Teflon® PTFE / Silicone Septa Cap Style
QOR-2V20MHSC* 20 (5)27.25 x 57.524 - 400144
QOR-2517T* 40 (10)27.75 x 9524 - 414144
QOR-GLC-07863* 60 (15)27.5 x 14024 - 40072
* Indicates item is not available in blue plastic corrugate.
Amber & Clear Round Dropper Bottles
With black polypropylene hole cap with glass dropper assembly.
Amber Round Dropper Bottles
Clear Round Dropper Bottles
Natural Polypropylene Jars with White PP Unlined Cap Style
Polystop™ Dropper Bottle
The dropper pulls out leaving the polypropylene stopper to protect the neck of the glass bottle. All parts disassemble to clean.
Features •Soft vinyl bulb
•Ground standard taper neck in bottle •"Bumper" opening protects the tip of the glass dropper
BEL-F11604-0030
Polystop™ Dropper Bottle 30 ml, Each
BEL-F11604-0060
Polystop™ Dropper Bottle 50 ml, Each
BEL-F11604-0125
Polystop™ Dropper Bottle 125 ml, Each
White Polypropylene Jars with White PP Unlined Cap Style
Clear Polystyrene Jars with White PP SturdeeSeal® PE Foam Cap Style
Clear
Polystyrene Snap Cap Vials
HDPE Hedpaks®
Wide Mouth Bottles for Easy Filling & Pouring
PrecisionwareTM HDPE Wide Mouth Bottles
These HDPE Bottles with polypropylene closures are made of FDA compliant material and are ideal for packaging and storing liquids and powders. HDPE bottles 250 ml (8 oz) and larger have a recycling code molded into the base.
Features
•Simple to pour- wide mouth bottles
•Chemically resistant
•Rigid leak proof design
•Excellent for packaging chemicals, pharmaceuticals and adhesives
BEL-F10625-0005
PrecisionwareTM HDPE Wide Mouth Bottles, 125 ml (4 oz) Capacity, 38 mm Closure Size, 12/Bag
BEL-F10625-0006
PrecisionwareTM HDPE Wide Mouth Bottles, 250 ml (8 oz) Capacity, 45 mm Closure Size, 12/Bag
BEL-F10625-0007
PrecisionwareTM HDPE Wide Mouth Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz) Capacity, 53 mm Closure Size, 12/Bag
BEL-F10625-0018
PrecisionwareTM HDPE Wide Mouth Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz) Capacity, 53 mm Closure Size, 6/Bag
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles
Features
•Wide mouth color-coded
•Low density polyethylene bottles and polypropylene caps are chemical and corrosion resistant. Bottles are imprinted with DOT, NFPA, CAS, protective equipment and target organ information and symbols.
•Convenient and controlled dispensing
•Clear labeling provides safety information
•Sold individually, per bag of 6 or case of 12 (add an "E" = Each, "B" = Bag or "C" = Case at the end the part number when ordering)
•Available in 500 ml (16 oz) or 1000 ml (32 oz)
500 ml (16 oz) Wash Bottles
BEL-F11646-0622
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Acetone
BEL-F11646-0627
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Bleach
BEL-F11646-6250
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Dichloromethane
BEL-F11646-0631
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Deionized Water
BEL-F11646-0620
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Distilled Water
BEL-F11646-0637
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Ethanol
BEL-F11646-0619
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, 70% Ethanol
BEL-F11646-0612
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Ethyl Acetate
BEL-F11646-0624
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Isopropanol
PrecisionwareTM HDPE Narrow Mouth Bottles
These HDPE, Laboratory / Pharmaceutical Grade Bottles with polypropylene closures are made of FDA compliant material and are ideal for packaging and storing liquids and powders. HDPE bottles 250 ml (8 oz) and larger have a recycling code molded into the base.
Features
•Watertight
•Good chemical resistance
•Rigid leak proof design
•Good choice for packaging chemicals, pharmaceuticals, health and beauty aids and storage of liquids or powders
BEL-F10620-0015
PrecisionwareTM HDPE Narrow Mouth Bottles, 125 ml (4 oz) Capacity, 28 mm Closure Size, 12/Bag
BEL-F10620-0016
PrecisionwareTM HDPE Narrow Mouth Bottles, 250 ml (8 oz) Capacity, 28
BEL-F10620-0007
PrecisionwareTM HDPE Narrow Mouth Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz) Capacity, 28 mm Closure Size, 12/Bag
BEL-F10620-0008
PrecisionwareTM HDPE Narrow Mouth Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz) Capacity, 38 mm Closure Size, 6/Bag
BEL-F11646-0638
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, LYOB (Label Your Own Bottle)
BEL-F11646-0459
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Machine Oil
BEL-F11646-0623
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Methanol
BEL-F11646-0611
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, MEK
BEL-F11646-0617
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Saline
BEL-F11646-0614
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Soap
BEL-F11646-0628
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Toluene
BEL-F11646-0621
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Water
BEL-F11646-2232
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Acetone
BEL-F11646-6032
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Distilled Water
BEL-F11646-3732
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Ethanol
BEL-F11646-2432
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Isopropanol
BEL-F11646-3832
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, LYOB (Label Your Own Bottle)
BEL-F11646-1132
Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, MEK
Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles
A unique, patented, 2-piece valve prevents pressure build-up of solvents within the wash bottle. The volatiles are vented eliminating solvent drips. Patented value allows dispensing with bottle upright or inverted. Wash bottles are labeled with six of the most commonly used solvent names. Bottles are low-density polyethylene, closures and venting assembly are polypropylene.
Note: Use only with solvents compatible with LDPE.
BEL-F11642-0622B
Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Acetone, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11642-0637B
Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Ethanol, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11642-0612B
Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Ethyl Acetate, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11642-0624B
Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Isopropanol, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11642-0638B
Eliminates
Dangerous Drips
Write-On™ Bottles
Simplify Labeling
Large dedicated labeling areas help to standardize the way bottle contents are identified. A separate area is provided for name and a larger area allows for detail of contents or safety information and includes a defined space for date information. Bottles are molded of rugged HDPE in 500 and 1000 ml (16 & 32 oz) sizes and are available as narrow or wide mouth with leak proof polypropylene cap. Ideal for storing and transporting liquids or dry material.
BEL-F10660-0500B
Write-On™ Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz), Narrow Mouth, 12/Bag
BEL-F10660-1000B
Write-On™ Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz), Narrow Mouth, 6/Bag
BEL-F10662-0500B
Write-On™ Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz), Wide Mouth, 12/Bag
BEL-F10662-1000B
Write-On™ Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz), Wide Mouth, 6/Bag
FEP Wash Bottles
Fluoropolymer Wash Bottles, FEP Bottles; Tefzel ETFE closure/stem and draw tube is the most chemical-resistant wash bottle. One piece stem and closure for leak proof service. Provides contamination-free dispensing useful for trace element work.
JIP-WBT5008-125F
FEP Wash Bottle, 125 ml, Each
JIP-WBT5008-250F
FEP Wash Bottles, 250 ml, Each
JIP-WBT5008-500F
FEP Wash Bottles, 500 ml, Each
JIP-WBT5008-1000F
FEP Wash Bottles,1000 ml, Each
Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, LYOB (Label Your Own Bottle), 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11642-0623B
Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Methanol, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11642-0611B
Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK), 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11643-0222B
Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Acetone, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11643-0237B
Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Ethanol, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11643-0224B
Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Isopropanol, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11643-0238B
Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, LYOB (Label Your Own Bottle), 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag
BEL-F11643-0223B
Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Methanol, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag
JIP-BTP5009-0030N
Fluoropolymer Bottles with Rounded Bottoms
Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 30 ml, Each
JIP-BTP5009-0060N
Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 60 ml, Each
JIP-BTP5009-0125N
Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 125 ml, Each
JIP-BTP5009-0250N
Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 250 ml, Each
JIP-BTP5009-0500N
Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 500 ml, Each
JIP-BTP5009-1000N
Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 1000 ml, Each
JIP-BTF5009-0030N
Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 30 ml, Each
JIP-BTF5009-0060N
Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 60 ml, Each
JIP-BTF5009-0125N
Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 125 ml, Each
JIP-BTF5009-0125W
Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 125 ml, Each
JIP-BTF5009-0250N
Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 250 ml, Each
JIP-BTF5009-0250W
Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 250 ml, Each
JIP-BTF5009-0500N
Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 500 ml, Each
JIP-BTF5009-0500W
Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 500 ml, Each
JIP-BTF5009-1000N
Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 1000 ml, Each
JIP-GBF5009-1000W
Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 1000 ml, Each
JIP-BTF5009-2000N
Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 2000 ml, Each
LDPE Volume Labeled Narrow Mouth Wash Bottles
Large, high contrast, clearly labeled volume. Includes a one piece, polypropylene cap and spout.
BEL-F11618-1016
LDPE Volume Labeled Narrow Mouth Wash Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz) Capacity, 28 mm Cap, 12/Bag
BEL-F11618-1032
LDPE Volume Labeled Narrow Mouth Wash Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz) Capacity, 38 mm Cap, 12/Bag
Monoject 60 cc Syringes
Features
•Bold dual graduations 60 cc in 5 cc increments and 2 oz in 1/4" oz increments
•Autoclavable in rigid pack
•Oriented, compact package
•Sterile
TY-8881560224 Regular Luer 100
TY-8881560182 Eccentric Luer 100
TY-8881560141 Catheter (Irrigation)100
TY-8881560125 Luer Lock 100
TY-8881560265 Toomey Type (Irrigation)100
Wash Bottle Carrier
Features
•Convenient storage and transfer of six filled bottles
•Molded of rugged and lightweight polypropylene which is autoclavable at 121°C (250°F)
•Chemical and corrosion resistant
•Wide handle fits a gloved hand
•Holds both 8 oz and 16 oz bottles
• 11 1/4" x 7 5/8" x 8 7/8" H (286 x 194 x 225 mm H)
BEL-F11640-0001
Wash Bottle Carrier, Each
Monoject 140 cc Piston Syringes
Features
•Bold dual graduations 140 cc in 5 cc increments and 5 oz in 1/4 oz increments
•Autoclavable
TY-8881114014 Regular Luer 20
TY-8881114030 Luer Lock 20
TY-8881114055 Catheter (Irrigation)20 Sterile
TY-8881114063 Luer Lock 20
"Rite in the Rain" with No Worries!
Pocket Size Bound Books (4 1/4"x 6 3/4")
Get the function of our standard bound books in a smaller form. It’s a perfect fit for your back pocket. Fabrikoid covers only.
Choose your Pattern
RR-390-4F Journal, 160 Pages (80 Sheets)
RR-550-4F Environmental, 76 Pages (38 Sheets)
Standard Bound Books (4 3/4"x
71/2")
"Rite in the Rain" bound books ensure that your data won’t be lost. With a variety of page patterns, there’s "bound" to be a book for you. Books have 160 pages (80 sheets), including a title and contents page. Fits Cover RR-C980 and Pouch RR-C540F.
RR-300F Transit
RR-310F Level
RR-350F Field
RR-360F Metric Field
RR-380F Metric Grid
RR-390F Journal
RR-370-6F Cross Section* (6 3/4" x 8 3/4")
RR-C980 Tan Cordura® Cover
RR-C540F Cordura® Pouch
* The Cross Section page pattern has a 10 x 10 / inch grid with 1" accents.
RR-300 Transit
RR-310 Level
RR-350 Field
RR-360 Metric Field
RR-390 Journal
NumberedPageBound Books (4 3/4"x71/2")
Referencing valuable data in your "Rite in the Rain" bound book just got easier with these numbered page books. They are the same size as the standard bound books with 160 consecutively numbered pages (80 sheets). Furthermore, these books meet E.P.A. field book requirements for legal defensibility.
Fabrikoid
RR-350NF Field
RR-390NF Journal
RR-350N Field
RR-390N Journal
Fabrikoid
Polydura
Fabrikoid
Polydura
Polydura
Memo Book (3 1/4"x 5 1/4")
If you need a simple top-bound pocket notebook, the RR-100 Memo notebook is just what the doctor ordered! Perfect bound construction and tagboard cover with perforated pages. 25 horizontally lined sheets (Journal pattern).
GeologicalBound Book& Kit (4 3/4"x 7 1/2")
This all-weather bound book comes equipped with 20 helpful reference pages, standard and metric rulers, and numbered pages. It also has a Fabrikoid cover and 160 pages (80 sheets). A photo scale and ruler are included.
The RR-540F-KIT includes the RR-C540F Cordura® Pouch, the RR-540F Geological Bound Book, and a RR-97 Pen
RR-540F Geological Pattern
RR-C540F Cordura® Pouch
RR-540F-KIT Geological Kit
Environmental Bound Book (4 3/4"x 7 1/2")
Our numbered page, sewn bound books meet U.S. E.P.A. guidelines and are legally defensible in case of litigation. They contain 10 helpful environmental reference pages. This book has 160 pages (80 sheets). The 4 1/4" x 6 3/4" pocket version has 76 pages (38 sheets), perfect for single jobs.
Fabrikoid
RR-550F Environmental Pattern
RR-550-4F Environmental Pattern, Pocket
Stapled Notebooks (4 5/8"x 7")
Millions of these notebooks are in use around the globe. With a "Rite in the Rain" tagboard cover and secure stitching, this notebook has become a favorite among students and professionals alike. The 4 5/8" x 7" stapled notebooks are sold by the dozen and have 48 numbered pages (24 sheets). Clear vinyl slip cover RR-30 is available.
Polydura
RR-550 Environmental Pattern
RR-30 Transit
RR-311 Level
RR-341 Cruiser’s Transit
RR-351 Field
RR-361 Metric Field
RR-371 Universal
RR-381 Metric Grid
RR-391 Journal
Mini-Stapled Notebooks (3 1/4"x 4 5/8")
Perfect for the smaller jobs in life, these 3 1/4" x 4 5/8" notebooks have a sturdy tag cover and 24 numbered pages (12 sheets). Clear vinyl slip cover RR-32 is available.
RR-311-M Level
RR-371-M Universal
RR-391-M Journal
Spiral Notebooks (4 5/8"x 7")
These notebooks are made with a Polydura cover and wire-o binding. The Field and Journal patterns are available with numbered pages. 64 pages (32 sheets). Notebooks fit the RR-C980 Cover. RR-303
Maxi-Spiral Notebooks (8 1/2"x 11")
If you’re needing a large format notebook, look no further. The Maxi-Spiral Notebooks have strong Polydura covers, wire-o binding, and 84 pages (42 sheets).
RR-313-MX Level, Side Spiral
RR-353-MX Field, Side Spiral
RR-373-MX Universal, Side Spiral RR-393-MX Journal, Side Spiral
RR-185 Field, Top Spiral
Notebook Covers
RR-353N Field W/ Numbered Pages
RR-393N Journal W/ Numbered Pages
Mini-Spiral Memo Notebook (3 1/4"x 5")
A pocket-sized notebook that opens from the side. The Spiral Memo is perfect for a variety of all-weather applications. 100 pages (50 sheets). A black leather cover is available as well.
RR-393-M
Reporter’s Notebook (4"x 8")
The Reporter’s Notebook will protect your valuable notes. Since many news stories occur outdoors, you deserve a book that works rain or shine! 100 pages (50 sheets). RR-148 Journal
Pocket Notebooks
These are the truly go-anywhere, anytime, in any weather notebooks. The Pocket Notebooks are conveniently sized to take with you on your outings. With a Polydura cover and the Universal pattern, these 100 page (50 sheets) notebooks are perfect for any situation.
These covers are made specifically to fit the " Rite in the Rain " products. They add convenience for carrying writing utensils as well as added protection.
RR-C980 4 5/8" x 7" Cordura® Cover
RR-C946 4" x 6" Cordura® Cover
RR-C980
Small Size Loose Leaf (4"x 6 1/2")
Get the same quality and weather-proof "Rite in the Rain" paper in the 4" x 6 1/2" format. Fits the durable binder RR-204. Sold in packs of 100.
RR-304
RR-314 Level
RR-396 Blank
Standard Size Loose Leaf (4 5/8"x 7")
Tough, durable and weather-proof, these "Rite in the Rain" Loose Leaf sheets are perfect for recording data that will be filed or reorganized. Sold in packs of 100 sheets.
RR-302
RR-312
Loose Leaf Copier Paper
Laser print or photocopy your own loose leaf with these copier sheets. Each sheet has two 4 5/8" x 7" pre-perforated loose leaf sheets ready to punch out and put in your "Rite in the Rain" Field Binders. 150 sheets per pack, yields 300 loose leaf sheets. 32 # ledger. Available in White, Green, and Tan.
RR-LL8511 White
RR-LL9511 Green
RR-LL9511T Tan
RR-352 Field
RR-362 Metric Field
RR-372 Universal
RR-382 Metric Grid
RR-392 Journal
RR-395 Blank
All-Weather Copier Paper
Copy or laser print your own all-weather forms, charts, maps, and worksheets on patented "Rite in the Rain" All-Weather Copier Paper. Now you can have the convenience of using your existing data sheets on a paper that can survive in any weather condition. For just pennies a sheet, "Rite in the Rain" enables you to work efficiently, regardless of the environment. Paper is 20 # bond weight. Completely recyclable woodbased paper! Not for ink-jet printers. Copy or laser print both sides!
RR-8511
8 1/2" x 11", Qty. 200
Field Ring Binders & Cover
The "Rite in the Rain" Field Ring Binders are DURABLE! Made with Polydura and rust resistant metals. Sheets not included.
RR-200 Standard, 1/2" Capacity
RR-210 Standard, 1" Capacity
RR-204 Small, 1/2" Capacity
RR-C9200 Cover For RR-200 & RR-204
RR-8511-M 8 1/2" x 11", Qty. 25
RR-8514 8 1/2" x 14", Qty. 200
RR-8517 11" x 17", Qty. 200
RR-8517-M 11" x 17", Qty. 25
RR-8512 (A4) 21 x 29.7 cm, Qty. 200
RR-8512-M (A4) 21 x 29.7 cm, Qty. 25
RR-8518 (A3) 29.7 x 42 cm, Qty. 200
RR-8518-M (A3) 29.7 x 42 cm, Qty. 25
"DuraRite"Loose Leaf (4 5/8"x 7")
This is the only loose leaf that you’ll want to take under water. Add, remove, or file your "DuraRite" loose leaf sheets. These sheets are sold in packs of 100 sheets. Use with binder RR-200 or RR-210.
RR-602 Transit
RR-612 Level
RR-652 Field
RR-662 Metric Field
RR-692 Journal
Tactical All-Weather Copier Paper
Copy or laser print your own all-weather forms, charts, maps, and worksheets on "Rite in the Rain" All-Weather Tactical Color Copier Paper. Don’t flag your position with standard white paper. Protect your data and yourself with tinted Green or Tan Copier Paper. Tinted sheets also reduce glare in bright sunlight. Paper is 20 sub bond. Completely recyclable wood-based paper!
"Weatherjet"Ink-Jet Paper
"Weatherjet" has a micro-porous surface that turns standard ink-jet inks into permanent, waterproof images. Print on both sides. Not for photocopiers or laser printers. Can be written on with an all-weather pen only (pencils won’t work). 8 mil.
RR-7511
8 1/2" x 11", 100 Sheets
RR-7511-M
8 1/2" x 11", 25 Sheets
All-Weather Pens
While a pencil works great on our all-weather products, sometimes you just need a pen. These all-weather pens write on wet paper and upside down in temperatures from -30°F to 250°F. The All-Weather Bullet pens close to only 3 3/4" long. Black, blue and red ink is available.
RR-37
Standard Clicker Pen, Black, Chrome / Plastic
RR-47
Standard Clicker Pen, Blue, Chrome / Plastic
RR-57
Standard Clicker Pen, Red, Chrome / Plastic
Field Desk
This Polydura storage clipboard is the key to your outdoor office! Store 8 1/2" x 11" data sheets, pencils, and other field equipment inside the durable plastic shell. It has a warmer feel than a metal clip board. Conveniently lightweight and completely weatherproof, the "Rite in the Rain" Field Desk lets you take your office outdoors!
RR-295 Field Desk
RR-9511
8 1/2" x 11", Green, 200 Sheets
RR-9511T
8 1/2" x 11", Tan, 200 Sheets
RR-9517 11" x 17" ,Green, 200 Sheets
RR-9517T 11" x 17", Tan, 200 Sheets
RR-9512 (A4) 21 x 29.7 cm, Green, 200 Sheets
RR-9512T (A4) 21 x 29.7 cm, Tan, 200 Sheets
RR-7517 11" x 17", 100 Sheets
RR-7517-M 11" x 17", 25 Sheets
RR-7512 (A4) 21 x 29.7 cm, 100 Sheets
RR-7512-M (A4) 21 x 29.7 cm, 25 Sheets
RR-7518 (A3) 29.7 x 42 cm, 100 Sheets
RR-7518-M (A3) 29.7 x 42 cm, 25 Sheets
RR-97
Tactical Black Clicker Pen, Black, Flat Black Metal
RR-97B
Tactical Black Clicker Pen, Blue, Flat Black Metal
RR-36
Bullet Pen, Silver, Black, Chrome Metal
RR-96
Bullet Pen, Tactical Black, Black, Flat Black Metal
RR-98
Trekker Pen, Tactical Black, Black, Black Metal / Ring
RR-37R
Pen Refill (Fits All), Black
RR-47R
Pen Refill (Fits All), Blue
RR-57R
Pen Refill (Fits All), Red
Powder Free
RO-969
BLURITE, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-979
BLURITE, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-989
BLURITE, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-999
BLURITE, Size X-Large, 100/Box
RO-999XX
BLURITE, Size XX-Large, 90/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Great to Clean your Interface Probes
Powder Free
RO-819
SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box
RO-829
SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-839
SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-849
SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-859
SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Lightly Powdered
RO-929
BLURITE, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-939
BLURITE, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-949
BLURITE, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-959
BLURITE, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Lightly Powdered
RO-519
SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box
RO-529
SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-539
SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-549
SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-559
SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
AD-20 - Foaming Cleaner / Degreaser
AD-20 is a powerful water-based formula that quickly and safely penetrates and removes grease, oil, and carbon build up. Designed to cling to surfaces, actually unlocking grease and oils so you can easily rinse with water, leaving a residue-free surface.
Features
•Biodegradable
•Non-Flammable
•Non-Combustible
•Non-Caustic
•Non-Toxic (to OSHA and EPA)
•Non-Corrosive
AD-20 Foam Cleaner / Degreaser
Chemical Cleaning Products
Acetone & Hexane are sometimes used as cleaning detergents for equipment.
AN-00896-540
Acetone, Lab-Grade, 4 L Poly Bottle
AN-45138-540
Hexane, Technical, 4 L Amber Glass Bottle
Biodegradable, Concentrated & Residue Free!
ALCONOX
Powdered Precision Cleaner
Concentrated, anionic detergent for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Free rinsing to give you reliable resultswithout interfering residues. Ideal for cleaning contaminants from glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Excellent replacement for corrosive acids and hazardous solvents. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 9.5.
AL-1104-1
4 Pound Box
AL-1112-1
Box, (50 x 1/2 oz)
TERGAZYME
Enzyme Active Powdered Detergent
Concentrated, anionic detergent with protease enzyme for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Excellent for removal of proteinaceous soils, tissue, blood, and body fluids from glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass with no interfering residues. Ideal as a cleaning agent in Reverse Osmosis and UltraFiltration Systems. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 9.5.
AL-1304-1
4 Pound Box
CITRAJET
Low Foaming Liquid Acid Cleaner
Low foaming, phosphate-free, concentrated, liquid cleaner and metal brightener for high performance removal of metal oxides, scale, salts and inorganic residues in labware washers, parts washers, power-spray systems and manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibit-ed and free rinsing leaving no interfering residues. Ideal for acid washing and rinsing. Dilute 2:100. pH 2.5.
AL-2001-1 1 Gallon
ALCOJET
Low Foaming Powdered Detergent
Nonionic, low foaming cleaner for use in labware washers, parts washers, power-spray systems, manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited formula recommended for glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:200. pH 12.
AL-1404-1
DETOJET
Low Foaming Critical Detergent
Low foaming, heavy-duty alkaline detergent for use in labware washers, parts washers, powerspray systems, and ultrasonic cleaning systems. Concentrated, highly emulsifying and penetrating formula is free rinsing, and leaves no interfering residues. Protects interior working parts of washers. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 13.
AL-1632-1
1 Quart (Plastic Bottle)
AL-1601-1
1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)
TERGAJET
Low Foaming Phosphate Free Powdered Detergent
Nonionic, low foaming phosphate free powdered cleaner for use in labware washers, manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited formula recommended for glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. Passes inhibitory residue test Dilute 1:200. pH 11.5.
AL-2204-1
4 Pound Box
LIQUINOX
Critical Cleaning Liquid Detergent
Concentrated, anionic liquid detergent for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Free rinsing to yield reliable results with no interfering residues. Extremely mild and completely soluble in hard and soft water. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 8.5.
AL-1232-1
1 Quart (Plastic Bottle)
AL-1201-1
1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)
CITRANOX
Liquid Acid Cleaner and Detergent
Phosphate free, concentrated cleaner and metal brightener for high performance removal of metal oxides, scale, salts and inorganic residues in manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited and free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. Ideal for trace metal analysis. USDA authorized. Dilute 2:100. pH 2.5.
AL-1801-1
1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)
SOLUJET
Low Foaming Phosphate Free Detergent
Nonionic, low foaming phosphate free liquid cleaner for use in labware washers, manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited formula recommended for glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass.Free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. Passes inhibitory residue test Dilute 1:200. pH 12.4.
AL-2101-1
1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)
PeliLite™ 1800 Flashlight
The polycarbonate lens and focused Xenon lamp module produce a tight white beam that penetrates smoke and fog. The PeliLite 1800 flashlight is submersible, thanks to the o-ring seal and twist-on shroud that eliminates leaky switches. It is powered by 2 "C" akaline cells.
PeliLite™ 1800 Flashlight (Batteries Not Included)
MityLite™ 1900 Flashlight
The MityLite 1900 Flashlight uses a hiintensity Xenon lamp that produces a powerful, bright beam. Use this compact flashlight to cut through thick smoke, fog, and dust. It is submersible and comes with a twist-on shroud. The 1900 is ideal for any situation. Powered by 2 "AAA" alkaline cells.
HeadsUp Lite™ 2630 LED Flashlight
The 2630 uses a super bright 1 watt LED that can be activated in 4 modes: low, medium, high, and flashing (for emergencies). The body is tough ABS resin that's corrosion proof and resistant to extreme temperatures. The 90° pivoting head allows you to aim light right where you need it. Behind it is a handy battery power gauge that shows the level of usage. The light weight battery pack houses 3 "AA" alkaline cells (included). The 2630 comes with two kinds of straps: a rubber strap for your hard hat or helmet and a comfortable and adjustable cloth strap for bare head. The HeadsUp Lite 2630 is a great hands-free light for work, camping, and hiking.
Built to Last! Resists Chemicals, Water & Corrosion
VB3™ 2220 LED Flashlight
The VB3 2220 LED Flashlight has dual super bright white LEDs that may never need replacing and provide over 100 hours of battery burn time. Light turns on when the head is flipped up. It also pivots to a full 180° for aiming light where you need it. The built-in clip attaches to surfaces up to 1/2" thick. 2 "CR2032" 3 V Lithium coin cells are included.
PEL-2220
•Easy open Double Throw latches
•Open cell core with solid wall design - strong,
PEL-1800
PEL-1900
MityLite™ 1900 Flashlight
SpecificationsNANUK™ PC-905
Exterior Dim. 12.5" L x 10.1" W x 6.0"
PC-905C NANUK™ Case Only
PC-905CF NANUK™ Case W/ Cubed Foam
PC-925C NANUK™ Case Only
PC-925CF NANUK™ Case W/ Cubed Foam
NANUK™
PC-930C NANUK™ Case Only PC-930CF NANUK™ Case W/ Cubed Foam
PC-940C
Plasticases
Features
• Hard sided carrying cases
• Durable & economical solution to your sample packaging needs
• Plasticase line of stylish and rugged cases will protect your investment & extend the working life of your instruments
SpecificationsMulti-Kitcase PC-645
Material Of Case Polypropylene
Material Of Latches Polypropylene
Material Of Case Polypropylene
Material Of Latches Polypropylene
Material Of Case Polypropylene
Material Of Latches Nylon
PC-644C
SpecificationsMaxcase PC-634
Exterior
Interior
Weight
Material Of Case Polypropylene
Material Of Latches Nylon
PC-645C
Multi-Kitcase Only
PC-645CF
Multi-Kitcase Only W/ Cubed Foam
SpecificationsAttachécase PC-639
Exterior
Interior
Material Of Case Polypropylene
Material Of Latches Nylon
PC-638C
Utilitycase Only
PC-638CF
Utilitycase W/ Cubed Foam
Exterior
Interior
Material Of Case Polypropylene
Material Of Latches Nylon
PC-634C Maxcase Only
PC-634CF Maxcase W/ Cubed Foam
PC-639C AttachécaseOnly
PC-639CF AttachécaseW/ Cubed Foam
PC-940C Techcase Only
PC-940CF Techcase W/ Cubed Foam
Low & High Density Polyethylene Tubing
Resists a broad range of aqueous chemicals and provides an excellent alternative to silicone tubing in applications where corrosive chemicals are used.
Features
•Ultra-soft and flexible
•Performs well at low temperatures (to -100°F)
•Excellent for use in low-torque pump applications
TY-AAU00017 1/4" I.D. x 3/8" O.D.
TY-AAU00027
3/8" I.D. x 1/2" O.D.
TY-AAU00029
3/8" I.D. x 5/8" O.D.
TY-AAU00033
7/16" I.D. x 5/8" O.D.
TY-AAU00034 7/16" I.D. x 11/16" O.D.
TY-AAU00036 1/2" I.D. x 5/8" O.D.
TY-AAU00037 1/2" I.D. x 11/16" O.D.
TY-AAU00038
1/2" I.D. x 3/4" O.D.
All tubing is produced from virgin polyethylene resins. We do not use any regrind product in any of our tubing. Our tubing also does not contain any UV stabilizers. Our coils of tubing are individually poly bagged and are stored in sealed boxes, protected from UV light sources.
WA-3/8-HDPE-100
HDPE Tubing, 3/8" O.D. x 1/4" I.D., 100 ft
WA-3/8-LDPE-100
LDPE Tubing, 3/8 "O.D. x 1/4" I.D., 100 ft
WA-1/2-HDPE-100
HDPE Tubing, 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 100 ft
WA-1/2-LDPE-100
LDPE Tubing, 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 100 ft
Contractors Air Hose
Application For mining, construction, and industrial use
Cover Yellow cut and abrasion resistant rubber
Reinforcement Multiple layers of synthetic yarn
Tube Synthetic oil mist resistant
Temperature -35°C to +80°C (-30°F to +180°F)
WA-5/8-HDPE-100
HDPE Tubing, 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 100 ft
WA-5/8-HDPE-200
HDPE Tubing, 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 200 ft
WA-5/8-HDPE-500
HDPE Tubing, 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 500 ft
WA-5/8-LDPE-100
LDPE Tubing, 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 100 ft
WA-5/8-LDPE-200
LDPE Tubing, 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 200 ft
WA-5/8-LDPE-500
LDPE Tubing, 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 500 ft
WA-1-HDPE-100
HDPE Tubing, 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D., 100 ft
WA-1-LDPE-100
LDPE Tubing, 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D., 100 ft
General Purpose Hose
Application General air-line and water service both in plant and outdoors
Cover Red smooth weather and abrasion resistant synthetic rubber
Reinforcement Multiple layers of synthetic yarns
Tube Black oil mist resistant synthetic rubber
Temperature -30°C to +70°C (-22°F to +160°F) AM-CAY-050-50 AM-CAY-075-50
AM-GP-038-200
AM-GP-038-250
AM-GP-050-200
AM-GP-050-250
AM-GP-075-250
AM-GP-100-200
AM-GP-125-150
AM-GP-150-150
AM-GP-200-150
Petroleum Discharge
Application For handling a wide range of petroleum products, including gasoline, as well as a number of chemical solutions
Cover Red, heat, oil and weather resistant Neoprene
Reinforcement Multiple layers of synthetic textile cords, with static wire
Tube Black, heat and oil resistant synthetic rubber
Temperature -35°C to +88°C(-30°F to +190°F)
Reinforced Clear PVC
Application An economical hose for handling air, water, oil, mild chemicals, and alkalis. Clear wall allows visual inspection of product
Cover Clear smooth PVC
Reinforcement Multiple layers of synthetic yarns
Temperature -5°C to +65°C (+25°F to +150°F)
AM-RCPVC-019
AM-RCPVC-025
AM-RCPVC-031
AM-RCPVC-038
AM-RCPVC-050
AM-RCPVC-063
AM-RCPVC-075
AM-RCPVC-100
Saturn Water S & D
Application
An economical, flexible hose for construction pumps, septic tank & marine pump-out service. Resistant to some chemicals, mild acids & alkalis Consult us for recommendations Soft compounds allow for increased flexibility
Cover Clear abrasion and weather resistant extra soft PVC.
Reinforcement Blue PVC helix. Tube Smooth clear extra soft PVC.
Temperature -25°C to +65 °C (-13°F to +150°F)
Tank Truck
Application An all purpose petroleum suction and discharge hose for use with gasoline, kerosene, diesel, oil suspensions and emulsions. May also be used as hydraulic return line and suction
Cover Black, abrasion, gasoline and oil resistant synthetic rubber with blue stripe and pressure.
Reinforcement High tensile wire helix embedded between layers of textile cords
Tube Black nitrile rubber for maximum oil resistance
Temperature -35°C to +93°C (-30°F to +200°F)
AM-SAT-075
AM-SAT-100
AM-SAT-125
AM-TLB-100
AM-TLB-125
AM-TLB-150
AM-TLB-175
AM-TLB-200
AM-TLB-250
AM-TLB-300
AM-TLB-400
Adapters-Male
Suggested advantages
• No corrosion
• Lightweight
•Can often be used with fluids that attack metals
• Low cost
• Do not cut fingers
• Electrically non-conductive
• No galvanic reaction with metals
• Made of materials listed by FDA
Notes
MPT - Male taper pipe thread
GH - Garden hose thread
Temperature Ratings
HDPE: -55° to +90°C
Nylon: -40° to +100°C
CO-F253
CO-F23
CO-F24
CO-F25
CO-F26
CO-F43
CO-F44
CO-F45
CO-F46
CO-F48
CO-F64
CO-F65
CO-F66
CO-F68
Elbows-Barbed Nylon & Black HDPE
CO-L86PE
CO-L88PE
CO-L1010PE
CO-L1212PE
CO-F253PE
CO-F23PE
CO-F24PE
CO-F25PE
CO-F26PE
CO-F43PE
CO-F44PE
CO-F45PE
CO-F46PE
CO-F48PE
CO-F64PE
CO-F65PE
CO-F66PE
CO-F68PE
1/8"5/32"
1/8"3/16"
1/8"1/4"
1/8"5/16"
1/8"3/8"
1/4"3/16"
1/4"1/4"
1/4"5/16"
1/4"3/8"
1/4"1/2"
3/8"1/4"
3/8"5/16"
3/8"3/8"
3/8"1/2"
Connectors-Barbed Hose Menders
CO-C22
CO-C33
CO-C44
CO-C55
CO-C66
CO-C88
CO-C1010
CO-C1212
CO-C1616
CO-C114
CO-C112
Pipe Fittings
Adapters-Male to Female Threads
CO-F610
CO-F83
CO-F84
CO-F86
CO-F88
CO-F810
CO-F812
CO-F816
CO-F124
CO-F126
CO-F128
CO-F1210
CO-F1212
CO-F1216
CO-F610PE
CO-F83PE
CO-F84PE
CO-F86PE
CO-F88PE
CO-F810PE
CO-F812PE
N/A
CO-F124PE
CO-F126PE
CO-F128PF
CO-F1210PE
CO-F1212PE N/A
3/8"5/8"
1/2"3/16"
1/2"1/4" 1/2"3/8" 1/2"1/2" 1/2"5/8" 1/2"3/4" 1/2"1" 3/4"1/4"
3/4"3/8"
3/4"1/2"
3/4"5/8"
3/4"3/4" 3/4"1"
Connectors-Reducing
Notes
FPT - Female taper pipe thread
GHT- Garden hose thread
Temperature Ratings
HDPE: -55° to +90°C
+100°C
CO-C22PE
CO-C33PE
CO-C44PE
CO-C55PE
CO-C66PE
CO-C88PE
CO-C1010PE
CO-C1212PE
CO-C1616PE N/A N/A
Nylon
Nylon 6Black HDPETube I.D.Tube I.D.
Use Eco-Friendly Biodegradable Cleaners!
Sampson All Purpose Cleaner
Sampson's All Purpose Cleaner is a fastacting formula that can be used for all general surfaces from plastics to ceramics - just about anywhere. Choose between regular or concentrated formula.
SA-675659050364
Sampson All Purpose Cleaner, 3.6 L
SA-675659050050
Sampson All Purpose Cleaner, 500 ml Spray
SA-675659060363
Sampson All Purpose Cleaner Concentrate, 3.6 L
SA-675659060059
Sampson All Purpose Cleaner, Concentrate, 500 ml
Sampson Degreaser / Cleaner
Removing grease, oil, and carbon build-up can be a mess. Sampson's Degreaser / Cleaner quickly and safely unlocks grease and oils so you can easily rinse with hot or cold water, leaving a residue-free surface.
SA-675659070362
Sampson Degreaser / Cleaner, 3.6 L
SA-675659070058
Sampson Degreaser / Cleaner, 500 ml Spray
Sampson Floor Cleaner
Use Sampson’s Floor Cleaner on ceramics, natural stone, or wood and get a streak shine.
SA-675659010368
Sampson Floor Cleaner, 3.6 L
SA-675659010054
Sampson Floor Cleaner, 500 ml
Sampson Window & Surface Cleaner
Clean your windows, glass, appliances, bathroom fixtures, lights and more with Sampson's Window and Surface Cleaner. It doesn't contain ammonia, and really gives a clean and clear result with a streak-free shine.
SA-675659040365
Sampson Window & Surface Cleaner, 3.6 L
SA-675659040051
Sampson Window & Surface Cleaner, 500 ml Spray
Sampson Bathroom Cleaner
Finally, a Bathroom Cleaner that allows you to breathe easier, and still give a powerful clean. Use on scum, calcium buildup, mildew, rust removal, and all that you find in the shower, bathtub, toilet bowl, sink and tiles.
SA-675659020367
Sampson Bathroom Cleaner, 3.6 L
SA-675659020053
Sampson Bathroom Cleaner, 500 ml Spray
AD-20 Foaming Cleaner / Degreaser
AD-20 is a powerful waterbased formula that quickly and safely penetrates and removes grease, oil, and carbon build up. Designed to cling to surfaces, actually unlocking grease and oils so you can easily rinse with water, leaving a residue-free surface.
AD-20
Foam Cleaner / Degreaser, 510 g (18 oz)
Sampson Air Freshener
Breath easy with Sampson Air Freshener / Odor Controller
SA-675659080361
Sampson Air Freshener, 3.6 L
SA-675659080057
Sampson Air Freshener, 500 ml Spray
Choose your Favorite Scent to Freshen the Air Around You!
Health Gards Intermittent Cans
CFC Free Metered Aerosols with Neutrex, an odor-fighting active compound that is formulated to eliminate malodors. Each aerosol can provides up to 3400 metered sprays.
SA-SW104W Apple, 198 g (7 oz)
SA-SW106W Berry, 198 g (7 oz)
SA-SW110W Fresh Linen, 198 g (7 oz)
SA-SW112W Citrus, 198 g (7 oz)
SA-SW106W Mango, 198 g (7 oz)
SA-SW107W Cherry, 198 g (7 oz)
SA-SW044W Baby Powder, 198 g (7 oz)
Aerosol Dispensers
Features
SA-SW109W Melon, 198 g (7 oz)
SA-SW108W Vanilla, 198 g (7 oz)
SA-SW122W Cinnamon, 198 g (7 oz)
SA-SW118W Country Garden, 198 g (7 oz)
SA-SW114W Rain Forest, 198 g (7 oz)
SA-SW105W Tropical Breeze, 198 g (7 oz)
SA-SW120W Lemon-Lime, 198 g (7 oz)
•Dispensing systems for use with the Health Gards Intermittent Cans
•Stratus Dispenser: 5, 10, 15 or 20 minutes interval adjustable mist
•24 hours or daylight sensing modes
•Cirrus Dispenser: 100% adjustable mist intervals with liquid crystal display panel
•Stratus3 Dispenser: 5, 10 or 20 minutes interval adjustable mist
•LED visual display
PL-HG7521
Stratus Dispenser
PL-HG7523 Cirrus Dispenser
PL-HG7531L Stratus3 Dispenser
Keep your Workplace Clean & Fresh!
Hand
Cleaners
Sampson Hand Soap
Keep your skin soft and dirt-free with Sampson’s Handsoap. It’s infused with aloe vera, almond oil and vitamin E, so it really moisturizes while it cleans. Plus, you will be using a naturally-derived, non-toxic product that does not harm the environment. Just pump, lather and rinse. Choose between regular and foaming.
SA-675659140362
Sampson Hand Soap, 250 ml
SA-675659140058
Sampson Hand Soap, 500 ml Bottle
SA-675659150361
Sampson Foaming Hand Soap, 3.6 L
SA-675659150057
Sampson Foaming Hand Soap, 500 ml
Mecano Hand Cleaner
Premium lotion Hand Cleaner with mild cleaning scrubbers. An innovative design incorporating a pure, 100% natural emulsion.
PL-CHMECA1 Mecano Hand Cleaner, 3.6 L
PURGEL Antibacterial Gel
Made with a natural alcohol that evaporates in seconds. Contains aloe vera, lanoline, glycerine and vitamin E. UN-BIO-411 PURGEL Antibacterial Gel, 60 ml UN-1903P PURGEL Antibacterial Gel, 500 ml UN-1904 PURGEL Antibacterial Gel, 4 L
Floor Helpers
Bucket & Wringer Combo
The Bucket and Wringer Combo on wheels has a 35 quart capacity. The sideward wringer accepts 12 to 32 oz.
PL-7580-88
Mops
Features
•Great floor mops with excellent coverage
•Synthetic & stitched •Mop handle sold separately
Dust Mops
This Dust Mop contains a special blend of synthetic fibers. Choose between 18", 24" and 36".
AT-8018R 18" Dust Mop Refill
AT-8024R 24" Dust Mop Refill
AT-8036R 36" Dust Mop Refill
Window Helpers
Window Squeegees
Use these brass Squeegees for a streak free shine.
Mopping Combo Pack, 8.8 Gallons (35 Quarts) Colors Available: Bronze, Yellow, Blue*, Green* & Red* * Special order PL-PUCR8 8" Squeegee PL-PUCR12 12" Squeegee PL-PUCR14 14" Squeegee PL-PUCR18 18" Squeegee PL-PUCR22 22" Squeegee PL-PUBRHA Squeegee Handle
AT-FR20S 20 oz White Mop, Synthetic, Stitched AT-FR24S 24 oz White Mop, Synthetic, Stitched EM-3090430 54" Fibreglass Handle, Blue TR-8095 60" Wood Handle
Window Scrubbers
Synthetic washable Window Scrubbers with high water retention.
PL-PUPT14 14" T-Bar
PL-PUPT18 18" T-Bar
PL-PUGSR14 14" Window Scrubber Refill
PL-PUGSR18 18" Window Scrubber Refill
AT-7018FS/M 18" Clip On Frame For Dust Mop
AT-7024FS/M 24" Clip On Frame For Dust Mop
AT-7036FS/M 36" Clip On Frame For Dust Mop
PL-AG14600 60" Vinyl Coated Handle W/ Clip
Window Washing Bucket
Use this 18" Wide Window Washing Bucket for an easier and cleaner job!
PL-PU5524-U 18" Wide Window Washing Bucket
SureShot® Sprayers
Model "A" Sprayers are our most Industrial line of sprayers. They feature metal construction, brass nozzles, and corrosion resistant internal working parts. All Model "A" Sprayers have a 32 oz liquid capacity. Model "A" Sprayers are available in either steel or brass canisters, and offer your choice of a powder coated epoxy or chrome plated exterior. Steel sprayers can be used with oil and solvent based materials, and brass sprayers can be used with water based materials. Partial and complete repair kits are available, as well as a variety of nozzles and extensions.
Sure Shot® Sprayers
Model "B" Sprayers are available in 16 oz capacities. The sprayers are the same diameter as an aerosol can and can be used with many products. All Model "B" sprayers come standard with Viton® seals. These seals are compatible with most products. Other seals are available. Always check with your chemical supplier to be sure the product you are using is compatible with the Sure Shot® sprayer you choose. Standard maintenance includes periodically replacing the Valves and Nozzles. These parts are available both individually and in complete repair kits.
Contact ERE Inc. for more details.
MS-8000PL
16 oz Capacity, Red Powder Coated Aluminum Sprayer W/ Plastic Top
MS-8000CB
16 oz Capacity, Red Powder Coated Aluminum Sprayer W/ Chrome Plated Brass Top
MS-8400PL
16 oz Capacity, Electroless Nickel Plated Aluminum Sprayer W/ A Brushed Finish & Plastic Top
MS-8400CB
16 oz Capacity, Electroless Nickel Plated Aluminum Sprayer W/ A Brushed Finish & Chrome Plated Brass Top
Blow-Hard® O.S. Extra™ Dust Remover
Ozone Safe Blow-Hard® Dust Remover provides powerful blasts of triple filtered air for cleaning a wide variety of laboratory equipment which could be damaged by wiping. Handy extension tube (included) effectively penetrates hard to reach places for thorough dust removal.
Blow-Hard® O.S. Extra™ Dust Remover is defined as non flammable (tetrafluoroethane).Warning instructions for safe use are printed on the can.
MS-1000 Comes W/ Multi-Purpose Nozzle
(Nozzle Is Set For Regular Mist, For Pin Stream Remove #303 Spiral, Powder Coated Finish)
MS-2000 Comes W/ Multi-Purpose Nozzle
(Nozzle Is Set For Regular Mist, For Pin Stream Remove # 303 Spiral, Chrome Plated Premium Finish)
Saniworks Towels
Saniworks Towels reusable up to 3 times!
Ideal where wet strength and cleaning durability are essential. They are highly absorbent. Come in protective packaging.
PL-HW8633
Green Econo Towels, 13" x 21", 150 Sheets
PL-HW8780
Blue Deluxe Towels, 13" x 21", 100 Sheets
PL-HW8781
White Deluxe Towels, 13" x 21", 100 Sheets
They are here for You!
Polyethylene Bags
PL-S2636F
26" x 36" Polyethylene Bags, Strong, Black, 200/Box
PL-S2636X
26" x 36" Polyethylene Bags, Extra Strong, Black, 125/Box
PL-S3038F
30" x 38" Polyethylene Bags, Strong, Black, 200/Box
PL-S3550F
35" x 50" Polyethylene Bags, Strong, Black, 125/Box
PL-S3550X
35" x 50" Polyethylene Bags, Extra Strong, Black, 100/Box Clear also available add - CL to the above part numbers
Multiworks DRC Towels
This leading all-purpose, non woven wiper is made from strong wood fibers, combined with a binder and then double-creped. Ideal for manufacturing and maintenance applications. Has unique stretch, softness and wipe-dry properties. Ideal for water, grease and staining application. Low lint and highly absorbent.
PL-HW7555H Centerpull Roll, 9" x 13", 221 Sheets
PL-HW7565H Centerpull Roll, 12 1/2 " x 13", 18 x 56 Pack
Recycle Wastebasket
Low profile rectangular Wastebasket
PL-KA2818-REC 28 1/8 Quart Blue Recycle Wastebasket
Regular Wastebasket
PL-KA1358 13 Quart Regular Wastebasket, 11" x 8" x 12"
PL-KA2818
28 Quart Regular Wastebasket, 14" x 10" x 15"
Regular Wastebaskets available in black, grey, brown and beige.
Add the following codes at the end of the above part numbers: Black (-BL), Grey (-G), Brown (-BR), Beige (-BE)
Paper Products
Paper Towels in Rolls
Economical Paper Towels fit most dispensers. Brown or white.
PL-PA350RKL
350' Brown Paper Towels, 12 Rolls/Case
PL-PA248RKL
205' Brown Paper Towels, 24 Rolls/Case
PL-PA248RW
205' White Paper Towels, 24 Rolls/Case
Lever Roll Towel Dispenser
Lever handle treated with Bio-Pruf® to inhibit bacteria growth. For rolls up to 8 1/2" in diameter.
Folded Paper Towels
Excellent for drying hands or cleaning up waterbased liquids. Fits most dispensers.
PL-PASFW White Paper Towels, Single Fold, 250 Towels/Pack, 16 Packs/Case
PL-PAMFW White Paper Towels, Multi-Fold, 400 Towels/Pack, 10 Packs/Case
Black Double Roll Vertical Dispenser
Access to second roll granted only when the first roll is empty.
Best Selling Toilet Paper!
Hygienic Paper
Choose between single and 2-ply.
PL-PA433-1
1-Ply Hygienic Paper, 4 Rolls
PL-PA433-2 2-Ply Hygienic Paper, 4 Rolls
PL-PA420R48 2-Ply Hygienic Paper, 420 Towels/Roll, 48 Rolls
Single Roll Dispenser
Translucent dispenser with lock. Universal, fits any brand of mini-jumbo paper.
PL-SJ1100
15 1/2" x 13" x 9 5/8"
PL-SJ3500
Black Vertical Dispenser, 12 3/4" x 7 1/2" x 7"
PL-SJ2000 Single Roll Dispenser, 12" x 10 5/8" x 5 3/4", Core 3 1/4"
New COLDFORM Oil-Only Pads & Rolls
Features
•COLDFORM natural sorbents offer outstanding absorbency and durability at an unheard value
•Each product is constructed from a single layer of extremely fine natural fibers that are point-bonded together
•Performance is enhanced by the addition of proprietary chemistry and minimal use of synthetic fibers
•Oil only absorbents are a natural white color with additives that maximize the fibers’ water repulsion, flame resistance and protect against microbes such as mold
SPK-C100
16" x 18" Pads, Heavyweight, 100/Case
SPK-EC100
16" x 18" Pads, Mediumweight, 100/Case
SPK-EC200
16" x 18" Pads, Lightweight, 200/Case
SPK-CR150
28" x 150" Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case
SPK-CSR150
14" x 150" Split Rolls, Heavyweight, 2/Case
SPK-CER150
28" x 150" Rolls, Mediumweight, 1/Case
SPK-CESR150
14" x 150" Split Rolls, Mediumweight, 2/Case
Oil-Only Pads, Rolls, Booms, Socks & Pillows
Features
•Pads are bonded and perforated
•Pure meltblown fibers are the most cost-effective absorption technology today
•Fast-wicking fibers absorb 25 times their weight in hydrocarbon
Absorbs Oil-Based Liquids Only
SPK-P100 15" x 18" Pads, Heavyweight, 100/Case
SPK-P200
15" x 18" Pads, Lightweight, 200/Case
SPK-EP100 15" x 18" Pads, Mediumweight, 100/Case
SPK-R144 30" x 150" Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case
SPK-SR144S 15" x 150" Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case
SPK-B510 5" x 10", Booms, 4/Case
SPK-B810 8" x 10" Booms, 4/Case
SPK-MOPO3048 3" x 48" Socks, 30/Case
SPK-MOPO10120 3" x 120" Socks, 10/Case
SPK-SP818-20 8" x 18" Pillows, 20/Case
SPK-SP1818-10 18" x 18" Pillows, 10/Case
SPK-SAKPIL10 15" x 21" x 6" Pillows, 10/Case
Bonded Oil-Only Pads, Rolls, Booms, Socks & Pillows
Features
• Sonic bonded sorbents are constructed from three layers of high quality uniform polypropylene fibers
• Oil Select Bonded Pads are ideal for wiping applications when increased tensile strength is necessary
• The sonic bonding process creates a stronger more durable fiber, without effecting absorption
SPK-BP100
15" x 18" Bonded Pads, Heavyweight, 100/Case
SPK-BP200 15" x 18" Bonded Pads, Lightweight, 200/Case
SPK-BEP100 15" x 18" Bonded Pads, Mediumweight, 100/Case
SPK-BR144
30" x 150" Bonded Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case
SPK-BSR144S 15" x 150" Bonded Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case
Versatile Universal Absorbent Good for Oils, Coolants, Solvents & Water
New COLDFORM Universal Pads & Rolls - NATURAL
Features
• COLDFORM natural sorbents offer outstanding absorbency and durability at an unheard value
•Each product is constructed from a single layer of extremely fine natural fibers that are point-bonded together
• Performance is enhanced by the addition of proprietary chemistry and minimal use of synthetic fibers
• Universal absorbents are a gray color with additives that maximize the fibers’ water repulsion, flame resistance and protect against microbes such as mold
SPK-UC100
16" x 18" Pads, Heavyweight, 100/Case
SPK-UEC100
16" x 18" Pads, Mediumweight,100/Case
SPK-UC200
16" x 18" Pads, Lightweight, 200/Case
SPK-UCR150
28" x 150" Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case
SPK-UCRS150
14" x 150" Split Rolls, Heavyweight, 2/Case
SPK-UCER150
28" x 150" Rolls, Mediumweight, 1/Case
SPK-UCESR150
14" x 150" Split Rolls, Mediumweight, 2/Case
Universal Absorbents
Features
• Universal/Chemical sorbents are designed to pick-up aggressive hydrocarbon (oil and water) spills
•Suitable for non-aggressive acids, caustics, coolants, solvents, water and solutions
SPK-UP118
15" x 18" Pads Heavyweight, 100/Case
SPK-UP200G
15" x 18" Pads, Lightweight, 200/Case
SPK-UP118-9
15" x 18" Pads, Mediumweight, 100/Case
SPK-UR136
30" x 150" Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case
SPK-UR118S
15" x 150" Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case
SPK-UR136-9
30" x 150" Rolls, Mediumweight, 1/Case
SPK-UR118-9 15" x 150" Rolls, Mediumweight, 2/Case
SPK-UB510
5" x 10" Booms, 4/Case
SPK-UB810
8" x 10" Booms, 4/Case
SPK-MOPU3048
3" x 48" Socks, 30/Case
SPK-MOPU10120
3" x 120" Socks, 10/Case
SPK-SPU818-20
8" x 18" Pillows, 20/Case
SPK-SPU1818-10
18" x 18" Pillows, 10/Case
SPK-GP3048
3" x 48" General Purpose Socks, 30/Case
SPK-GP10120
3" x 120" General Purpose Socks, 10/Case
Fast-Acting Granular Absorbents!
SpeediKleen
Features
•SpeediKleen Premium Oil Absorbent is an all-purpose absorbent designed for the quick cleanup of water, oil and grease
•Made from diatomaceous earth, a naturally occurring mineral with superior absorption ability, this high quality product delivers 50% more absorbency per pound than clay alternatives
•SpeediKleen premium Oil Absorbent is available in a leak-resistant, moisture-proof polybag
•75 bags/skid
SPK-HD2205
All Purpose, Granular Absorbent, 20 lbs/Bag
CanSorb
Features
•Cansorb is a fast acting 100% Organic Oil Absorbent
•Picks-up 8-12 times its weight in hydrocarbons on land and water
•An approved sorbent for leaks and spills in chemical, automotive, and steel facilities, as well as pulp & paper and food processors
•Used by professional responders for over 30 years
•LFB5: 8 bags/ case, CB20: 30 bags/skid
SPK-LFB5
CanSorb, Organic Oil Granular Absorbant, 5 lbs/Bag
SPK-CB20
CanSorb, Compressed, Organic Oil Granular Absorbant, 20 lbs/Bag
Oil Gator®
Features
•Oil Gator® - Oil Absorbent and Bioremediation Product is made from recycled, chemically modified cellulosic fibers
•Contains all the necessary ingredients (nitrogen, sulphur and phosphorous) to enhance biodegradation of hydrocarbons
•Absorbs up to six times its weight in oil or oil-based product
•Oil Gator® meets all OSHA requirements and is biodegradable
•Oil Gator® absorbs and encapsulates hydrocarbons from the surface of land and water. When applied correctly, it will completely absorb toxins preventing them from leaching into the soils or into underground aquifers
•Oil Gator ® can be incinerated and will contribute 7,000 BTU's per pound with less than 3% ash. It may be placed into landfills, or nonhazardous oil field waste land farm. The nature of the hydrocarbon absorbed determines the appropriate disposal method.
•50 bags/skid
SPK-GATOR30
Oil Gator Bioremedial, Granular Oil Absorbant, 30 lbs/Bag
Gran-Sorb®
Features
•Gran-Sorb is an oil absorbent that is dust free, highly absorbent and incinerable
•Packaged in a loose, particulate form, it is environmentally friendly but also a better performing, more economic sorbent than either clay or sawdust
•Acts like a sponge to instantly begin absorbing a broad range of non-aggressive liquids such as oil and water-based fluids, cutting fluids, coolants and many other hazardous / problem liquids from spills and leaks
•65 bags/skid
SPK-GRANSORB
Gran-Sorb, Granular Oil Absorbant, 30 lbs/Bag
45 Gallon Spill Kit
Includes
50 sorbent pads
3 sorbent booms - 5" x 120"
5 sorbent socks - 3" x 48"
1 bag granular absorbent
1 neoprene drain cover - 36" x 36"
5 disposal bags
1 retractable shovel
2 pairs of safety goggles
2 pairs of nitrile gloves
2 Tyvek suits
Packed for Quick Response!
SPK-CSK-F45 Oil Only, 45 Gallon Spill Kit
SPK-CSKU-F45 Universal, 45 Gallon Spill Kit
SPK-CSKH-F45 HazMat, 45 Gallon Spill Kit
250 Liter Mobile Spill Kit
Includes 1 mobile spill cart 30" x 29" x 42
100 sorbent pads
4 sorbent socks, 3" x 120"
4 sorbent pillows, 18" x 18"
1 bag of SpeediKleen
1 drain cover, 36" x 36"
3 disposal bags
2 pairs of safety goggles
2 pairs of nitrile gloves
SPK-CSK-F250M Oil Only, 250 Liter Mobile Spill Kit
SPK-CSKU-F250M Universal, 250 Liter General Purpose Mobile Spill Kit
SPK-CSKH-F250M HazMat, 250 Liter Mobile Spill Kit
Ideal for Industrial or Construction Operations
6 Pack Cylinder Rack
Features
•Maximize floor space while eliminating clutter and safety hazards by properly storing your industrial cylinders
•Efficiently sized to easily move through standard doorways
•Forkliftable
•Handles cylinders 3" to 10" diameter
•Add optional lower strap to bottom for extra security
SPK-7202-YE
Poly Stand Gas Cylinder
Features
• Ideal for inexpensive wall-mounted storage
•Accommodates any two cylinders with diameters of 3" to 12 3/8"
SPK-7212-YE
Dual Cylinder Dolly
Features
•The dual cylinder dolly is designed to be a more functional, maneuverable and better balanced transporter for gas cylinder than conventional dollies or forklifts
•Accommodates any two cylinders each up to 12" in diameter
•Lightweight and durable polyethylene constuction and effective counter balancing makes it easy to handle with minimum physical effort
SPK-7302-BK
Poly Overpacks
Features
•Poly-Overpacks are available in many different sizes from small, medium, large and huge
•Overpacks are versatile units that can directly contain solids and sludges with security
• With a 1/2 turn lid, these ergonomically designed units allow for easy access unlike traditional "hoop-ring" designs
•Overpacks are nestable for easy storage
SPK-1220-YE
Poly Overpack, 20 Gallon
SPK-1230-YE
Poly Overpack, 30 Gallon
SPK-1065-YE
Poly Overpack, 65 Gallon
SPK-1237-YE
Poly Overpack, 95 Gallon
Easy Transport of Drums Easy Dispensing & Transport of Drums
Specifications
SPK-5300-YE Poly-Dolly
SPK-5205-YE
Scooter Only Optional metal T-handle (SPK-5206-BK) also available
Pour Liquids without Drips or Splashes
Features
Drums-Up & Drums-Up Jr.
Features
SPK-3004-YE
Universal Poly Drum Funnel
SPK-3004-YE-SF
Universal Poly Drum Funnel, Safety Funnel
SPK-3040-YE
Universal Poly Drum Funnel Cover
•Fits both closed-head and openhead 55 gallon drums, and other containers
•Features include patented scalloped design, high side wall and bung fitting holders
•The Safety Funnel has all the same features plus a nonsparking safety bung closure with flame arrestor
•The optional lockable Poly-Drum Funnel Cover (lock not included) is also available with all hardware and instructions included Universal Poly Drum Funnel
•Drums-Up and DrumsUp Jr. let you control nuisance spills
•Drums-Up has sump capacity of 19.5 gallons for 55 gallon drums and Drums-Up Jr. has sump capacity of 7.5 gallons for 16 gallon drums and 5 gallon pails
SPK-8091-YE
Drums-Up, Capacity 19.5 Gallons
SPK-8200-YE Drums-Up Jr., Capacity of 7.5 Gallons
Make Drum Loading a Snap!
Workstations
Features
•With its low profile design, workstations are the easiest to load
•One-piece construction optimizes space for increased durability, safety and efficiency
•With ample sump capacity in each workstation, this secondary containment product is perfect for a dispensing station or work center
•Each workstation is designed for stand alone use or combines other workstations for a customized work area
•The rolled-edge design helps resist cracking and warpage
•Tough polyethylene construction, cannot rust or corrode
•Low profile workstations actually become part of your factory floor, optimizing space for increased safety and efficiency
•Large sump capacity catches incidental spills
•Multi-purpose work ramp hooks onto any workstation for easy loading
•Heavy-duty removable structural foam grates for easy cleaning
Dimensions
Weight
Poly Spill Pallet 2000
Features
•This secondary containment system is engineered to meet the rigors of today’s regulatory environment
•With 100% polyethylene, it provides excellent chemical resistance
•Optional tarp for outdoor storage and drain hole with plug available
SPK-5253-YE
Poly Spill Pallet W/ Drain
SPK-5253-YE-D
Poly Spill Pallet, With Drain
SPK-5039-BK
Optional Ramp
SPK-5038-BK Ramp Extender
2 Drum Hardcover & Spill Pallet
Features
•Ideal for indoor/outdoor storage of up to two 55 gallon drums
•Roll-top design allows for use in limited space or next to buildings where swing-open doors would be a problem
•Top or front/rear loadable, lockable door, used in conjunction with Poly Spill Pallet 2000 (SPK-5253-YE)
•Optional ramp and drain
Great
for Outdoor Storage
SPK-4062-YE 2 Drum Hardcover W/O Drain
SPK-4062-YE-D 2 Drum Hardcover W/ Drain
SPK-5039-BK Optional Ramp
SPK-5038-BK Ramp Extender
Specifications Poly Spill Pallet 2000
Roof Leak Diverter
Features
•This large, vinyl-coated fabric catches roof leaks and channels them to standard hose hook-up
•Hose can then be directed to proper drainage
•Lightweight flame retardant material
•Heavy-duty D-rings securely attached in each corner make installation quick and easy
SPK-2525
2.5' x 2.5' Roof Leak Diverter
SPK-LD38
3' x 8' Roof Leak Diverter
SPK-1785
5' x 5' Roof Leak Diverter
SPK-LD510
5' x 10' Roof Leak Diverter
SPK-LD515
5' x 15' Roof Leak Diverter
SPK-1787
10' x 10' Roof Leak Diverter
SPK-1789
15' x 15' Roof Leak Diverter
Drain Plugs
Features
•Tapered design wedges securely into standard drains to stop any flow
•Eyebolts are removable, allowing installation of grating with Drain Plug in place
•Non-absorbing, easily cleaned for repeated use
•Flexible polyurethane material - resists oil, water and most aggressive chemicals
•Cleans with soap and water
SPK-2113
Drain Plug, 2" Diameter
SPK-2114
Drain Plug, 3" Diameter
SPK-2115
Drain Plug, 4" Diameter
SPK-2117
Drain Plug, 6" Diameter
SPK-2118
Drain Plug, 8" Diameter
SPK-2119
Drain Plug, 10" Diameter
SPK-2121
Drain Plug, 12" Diameter
SPK-2116
3 Plug Kit (Includes One Each Of The 2", 3" & 4" Ultra-Drain Plugs & Plastic Carrying Case)
Protect your Facility & your Employees!
SPK-1780 Pipe Leak Diverter
Drain Protection
Features
Pipe Leak Diverter
Features
•Keep fluid leaks off the floor eliminating slip hazards and exposure
•18" H and 18" diameter opening
•Bottom fitting connects to a standard garden hose
•Rugged, 18 oz coated vinyl construction
•Includes bungee cords and hooks for quick installation
•Reinforced mesh is "sandwiched" between layers of polyurethaneincreases durability and resistance to tearing
•Unique, urethane construction allows the pad to deform and seal off most drains - temporarily "seals" to any smooth surface.
•Both sides will quickly seal drains - there is no specified "top" or "bottom"
•Optional Ultra-Drain Seal Wall Mount Units allow quick response to any spill - just "grab and go"
•Flexible, non-absorbing material with reinforced, tear-resistant mesh
•Resists oil, water and most aggressive chemicals, cleans with soap and water
SPK-2126
18" x 18" Square Polyurethane Drain Seal
SPK-2127
24" x 24" Square Polyurethane Drain Seal
SPK-2130 36" x 36" Square Polyurethane Drain Seal
SPK-2131
x 42" Square Polyurethane Drain Seal
SPK-2132 48" x 48" Square Polyurethane Drain Seal
SPK-DC36
36" x 36" Economical Square Black Neoprene Drain Cover
SPK-DC48 48" x 48" Economical Square Black Neoprene Drain Cover
Synthetic / Vinyl Disposable Gloves
RONCO GOLD-TOUCH
Synthetic Stretch Examination Disposable Gloves
RO-1629
RO-1429
GOLD-TOUCH, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-1639
GOLD-TOUCH, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-1649
GOLD-TOUCH, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-1659
GOLD-TOUCH, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
RONCO ALOE
Synthetic Stretch Disposable Gloves with Aloe
GOLD-TOUCH, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-1439
GOLD-TOUCH, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-1449
GOLD-TOUCH, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-1459
GOLD-TOUCH, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Features
Premium quality synthetic material, beaded cuffs, latex free, excellent strength, superior elasticity, reduces hand fatigue, ease of finger movement
Recommended For Automotive, beauty / aesthetics, dental, electronics, environmental, food processing, food service, hospitality, industrial, laboratories, pharmaceutical, veterinary
RONCO PURE-TOUCH
Synthetic Stretch Examination Disposable Gloves
RO-225
PURE-TOUCH, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-235
PURE-TOUCH, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-245
PURE-TOUCH, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-255
PURE-TOUCH, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
RONCO NITECH®
NITECH® Examination Gloves
RO-229
PURE-TOUCH, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-239
PURE-TOUCH, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-249
PURE-TOUCH, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-259
PURE-TOUCH, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Fabricated from special materials, this glove offers flexibility, touch sensitivity and elasticity while maintaining the durability and resistance to some chemicals.
Features
Made from a patented new material, beaded cuffs, latex free, excellent strength, superior elasticity, reduces hand fatigue, ease of finger movement
RO-395
Size X-Large, 100/Box
RO-395XX NITECH®, Size XX-Large, 90/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
RONCO NITRILE
Nitrile Diamond Textured Examination Gloves
Features
Nitrile Disposable Gloves
Features
100% Nitrile, beaded cuffs, latex free, non-sterile, excellent strength, superior elasticity, reduces hand fatique, ease of finger movement.
Recommended For Automotive, beauty / aesthetics, chemicals, dental, electronics, environmental, food processing, food service, hospitality, industrial, meat packing, laboratories, pharmaceutical, veterinary
Comfort, strength, durability, dexterity, diamond textured advanced technology, touch sensitivity, textured palm, 5 mil thickness, backhand and fingertips
Offers the best non-slip grip available in the market!
RO-962
NITRILE Diamond, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-972
NITRILE Diamond, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-982
NITRILE Diamond, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-992
NITRILE Diamond, Size X-Large, 100/Box
RO-992XX
RONCO BLURITE PLUS
Purple Nitrile Examination Gloves 4 mil thickness
NITRILE Diamond, Size XX-Large, 90/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA" Powder Free RO-966 BLURITE
Powder Free
RO-969
BLURITE, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-979
BLURITE, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-989
BLURITE, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-999
BLURITE, Size X-Large, 100/Box
RO-999XX
BLURITE, Size XX-Large, 90/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
SAFETYHOUSE
Nitrile Disposable Gloves 4 mil thickness
Lightly Powdered
RO-929
BLURITE, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-939
BLURITE, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-949
BLURITE, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-959
BLURITE, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Powder Free
RO-963
SAFETYHOUSE, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-973
SAFETYHOUSE, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-983
SAFETYHOUSE, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-993
SAFETYHOUSE, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
RO-923
SAFETYHOUSE, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-933
SAFETYHOUSE, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-943
SAFETYHOUSE, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-953
SAFETYHOUSE, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Latex Disposable Gloves
RONCO SILKTEX
Latex Examination Gloves 5 mil thickness
Powder Free
RO-819
SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box
RO-829
SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-839
SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-849
SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-859
SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Features
Premium quality latex, beaded cuffs, first rate elasticity, excellent flexibility, reduces hand fatigue, ease of finger movement, resists a variety of chemicals. Recommended For Automotive, beauty / aesthetics, chemicals, dental, electronics, environmental, food processing, food service, hospitality, industrial. meat packing, laboratories, pharmaceutical, veterinary.
RONCO SILKTEX XPL
Latex Examination Gloves 12" Long, 13 mil thick
Lightly Powdered
RO-519
SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box
RO-529 SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-539 SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-549 SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-559 SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
RONCO SILKTEX BLUE
Latex Disposable Gloves
5 mil thickness
Lightly Powdered
RO-529BL
SILKTEX BLUE, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-539BL SILKTEX BLUE, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-549BL SILKTEX BLUE, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-559BL SILKTEX BLUE, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
RO-865XPL SILKTEX XPL, Size Small, 50/Box
RO-875XPL
SILKTEX XPL, Size Medium, 50/Box
RO-885XPL
SILKTEX XPL, Size Large, 50/Box
RO-895XPL
SILKTEX XPL, Size X-Large, 50/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA" Powder Free
SAFETYHOUSE
Latex Disposable Gloves 5 mil thickness
Powder Free
RO-823
SAFETYHOUSE, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-833
SAFETYHOUSE, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-843
SAFETYHOUSE, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-853
SAFETYHOUSE, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Lightly Powdered
RO-523
SAFETYHOUSE, Size Small, 100/Box
RO-533
SAFETYHOUSE, Size Medium, 100/Box
RO-543
SAFETYHOUSE, Size Large, 100/Box
RO-553
SAFETYHOUSE, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Polyethylene Disposable Gloves
RONCO POLY
Features
Polyethylene, excellent flexibility, ease of finger movement
Recommended for Food service, hospitality, janitorial, painting, veterinary
RO-141
POLY CLEAR, Size Small, 10 000/Case
RO-142
POLY CLEAR, Size Medium, 10 000/Case
RO-143
POLY CLEAR, Size Large, 10 000/Case
RO-144
POLY CLEAR, Size X-Large, 10 000/Case
RO-148B
POLY BLUE, One Size Shoulder Length, 1000/Case
"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Disposable Glove Dispenser - Copolyester
Features
• Smooth edges
• Fracture resistant
• Pre-drilled holes for easy wall mounting
• Clear plastic for easy glove identification
• Individually packed
RO-4275
Glove Dispenser, One Size, Individual "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Dispenses One
Glove at a Time
GC-1000 Polypropylene Disposable Glove Dispenser
Features
• Flip up top
• Glove size labels included
• Made from polypropylene
• Transparent for easy restocking
• Wall mounting screws included
• Strong, rugged and completely washable
Sol-Fit
Reusable Nitrile Gloves, Unlined and Flocklined
Nitrile industrial gloves are made from a co-polymer of acrylonitrile and butadiene. They protect well against physical hazards such as punctures, cuts, snags and abrasions. Nitrile also resists a wide range of chemicals, oils, fuels and organic solvents.
Features
100% premium nitrile, available in unlined or flocklined, colour: green, straight cuffs, recessed diamond textured surface, offers high flexibility and ease of finger movement, very high resistance to a variety of chemicals, excellent protection against cuts, punctures and snags
12 Pairs/Bag
RO-4285
Glove Dispenser, One Size, 4 Dispensers/Case "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Light-Fit, Light Duty Natural Latex Gloves, Flocklined
Light-Fit
Features
100% cotton lining for added comfort, colour: yellow or blue, pinked cuffs, fish scale texture for strong grip, good elasticity, strong and durable, high resistance to a variety of chemicals
Nite-Lite
Coated gloves offer outstanding grip and dexterity on wet and dry surfaces. They are recommended for applications that require a tough glove that provides cuts, snags and puncture protection as well as liquid proofing on the inside face of the glove. They are the number one choice of mechanics, metal workers, maintenance staff and other industrial workers.
Features
100% nylon glove, 100% foam nitrile coating, nitrile coating on palm, fingers and fingertips, knitwrist cuffs, colour coded wristband, excellent grip and dexterity, prevents penetration of oils and other liquids, protects against cuts, abrasion, snags, and punctures, each pair wrapped individually.
(10)
Pairs/Bag
A Comfortable Fit!
Pairs/Bag
Poly Cotton String Knit
Features
Cotton and polyester blend, colour: natural or bleached white, knitwrist cuffs, size colour coded wristband, washable, stretches easily, comfortable and breathable
with BLUE LINE
Split Leather Fitter - PE
Features
Safety cuff features premium quality leather, cotton lined palm, reinforced finger tips and knuckle strap, polyethylene safety cuffs, washable, repels grease and liquids
RO-74-021-00
PE Safety Cuff, One Size, 12 Pairs/Bag
Polyurethane Aprons
Features
Safetyhouse Grain Leather Fitter
Features
Standard quality grain leather, patch palm, cotton lined palm, reinforced finger tips and knuckle strap, PE safety cuffs
RO-217
Safetyhouse PE Safety Cuff, One Size, 12 Pairs/Bag
100% polyurethane, die cut or adjustable straps models, sizes: 35" x 45" or 35" x 50", colour: white, yellow or blue, thickness: 5.5 mil, durable material, stretches more than conventional material, easy to clean, exceptional resistance to a wide of variety of chemicals, acids, oils, fuels, solvents, detergents, and alcohols
White
RO-38-162W
Diecut Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 45", 24/Case
RO-38-162WL
Diecut Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 50", 24/Case
RO-38-164W
Adjustable Straps Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 45", 24/Case "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Yellow
RO-38-162Y
Diecut Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 45", 24/Case
RO-38-162YL
Diecut Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 50", 24/Case
RO-38-164Y
Adjustable Straps Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 45", 24/Case "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Blue
RO-38-162B
Diecut Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 45", 24/Case
RO-38-162BL
Diecut Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 50", 24/Case
RO-38-164B
Adjustable Straps Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 45", 24/Case
"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Polyethylene Aprons
Features
Made from polyethylene, smooth finish, size: 28" x 46", colour: white or blue, 3 thicknesses: standard, premium or Safetyhouse, flexible and lightweight
White
RO-31-112
Standard Poly Aprons, 1000/Case
RO-165W
SAFETYHOUSE Economy Poly Aprons, 1000/Case
RO-31-124
Premium Poly Aprons, 500/Case "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Blue
RO-31-512
Standard Poly Aprons, 1000/Case
RO-165B
SAFETYHOUSE Economy Poly Aprons, 1000/Case
RO-31-524
Premium Poly Aprons, 500/Case
"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Flexible & Lightweight!
Polyethylene Sleeves
Features
Made from polyethylene, smooth finish, standard length: 18", safetyhouse length: 16", colour: white or blue, 3 thicknesses: standard, premium or safetyhouse, flexible and lightweight, resists a variety of chemicals, fats and oils
White
RO-33-113
Standard Polyethylene Sleeves, 2000/Case
RO-33-123
Premium Polyethylene Sleeves, 2000/Case
RO-155W
SAFETY HOUSE Economy Polyethylene Sleeves, 2000/Case
"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Blue
RO-33-513
Standard Polyethylene Sleeves, 2000/Case
RO-33-523
Premium Polyethylene Sleeves, 2000/Case
RO-155B
SAFETY HOUSE Economy Polyethylene Sleeves, 2000/Case
"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Polyurethane Sleeves
Features
100% Polyurethane, length: 19.5", colour: white, blue or yellow, thickness: 5.5 mil, heavy duty strength, easy to clean, resistant to wide of variety of chemicals, acids, oils, fuels, solvents, detergents, and alcohols
RO-39-368W
White Polyurethane Sleeves, 100/Case
RO-39-368B
Blue Polyurethane Sleeves, 100/Case
RO-39-368Y
Yellow Polyurethane Sleeves, 100/Case "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"
Cova-Cap Pleated Bouffant
Features
Shoe Covers
Features
100% non-woven polypropylene, pleated, latex free, diameter: 21" or 24", colour: blue, green, pink, white or yellow, soft elastic headband for maximum protection and hair retention, fluid resistant, lightweight and breathable, ideal for department colour coding
21"
RO-771
White Cova-Cap, 1000/Case
RO-773
Yellow Cova-Cap, 1000/Case
RO-775
Blue Cova-Cap, 1000/Case
RO-777
Pink Cova-Cap, 1000/Case
RO-779
Green Cova-Cap, 1000/Case
Rainsuit
Features
• PVC / Polyester / PVC
• Thickness: 14 mil or 0.35 mm
• Storm front with plastic snaps
24"
RO-781
White Cova-Cap, 1000/Case
RO-785
Blue Cova-Cap, 1000/Case
• Hooded jacket: 30" long with detachable hood
•Overalls with adjustable shoulder straps and ankle snaps
RO-90-100-S
Rainsuits, Small, 12/Case
RO-90-100-M
Rainsuits, Medium, 12/Case
RO-90-100-L
Rainsuits, Large, 12/Case
RO-90-100-XL
Rainsuits, X-Large, 12/Case
RO-90-100-2XL
Rainsuits, XX-Large, 12/Case
• 100% polypropylene
• Colour: blue
• Anti-slip strips
• Durable
RO-1991S
Shoe Covers, Small, 1000/Case
RO-1991
Shoe Covers, Regular, 1000/Case
RO-1991XL
Shoe Covers, X-Large, 1000/Case
Long Raincoat
Features
• PVC / Polyester / PVC
• 50" long
• Thickness: 14 mil or 0.35 mm
• Storm front with plastic snaps
• Detachable hood
RO-90-200-S Raincoats, Small, 12/Case
RO-90-200-M Raincoats, Medium, 12/Case
RO-90-200-L Raincoats, Large, 12/Case
RO-90-200-XL Raincoats, X-Large, 12/Case
RO-90-200-2XL Raincoats, XX-Large, 12/Case
Tyvek®
Tyvek® spunbonded olefin by DuPont has been hailed for years. It has served reliably as the unique material that imparts high strength, flexibility, durability, great barrier qualities and wearer comfort to protective clothing. Superior barrier, durability and breathability leave competitive materials far behind.
LL-01412
Coverall, Zipper, 25/Case
LL-01414
Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood & Booties, Elastic Wrists, 25/Case
LL-01417
Coverall, Zipper, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case
LL-01428
Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case
Sizes small to 6X available
Add -S, -M, -L, -XL, -XXL, -3XL, -4XL, -5XL, -6XL to the part number
Economical Microporous Protection from Dirt, Grease, Grime & Light Chemical Splash
MicroMax® NS
This line of general purpose protective clothing can be used in any non-hazardous environment where dirt, grime, splashes and spills are present.
Very economical and lightweight, MicroMAX® NS features high MVTR’s and is breathable for worker comfort. MicroMAX® NS is strong, wet or dry.
LL-CNS412
Coverall, Zipper, 25/Case
LL-CNS414
Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood & Booties, Elastic Wrists, 25/Case
LL-CNS417
Coverall, Zipper, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case
LL-CNS428
Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case
LL-CTL101
Lab Coat, 3 Snaps, 2 Pockets, Long Sleeves, 30/Case
LL-CTL201
Shirt, 3 Snaps, Long Sleeves, 50/Case
LL-CTL301
Pants, Elastic Waist, 50/Case
LL-CTL904
Shoe Covers, Vinyl Soles, Elastic Ankles, 200 Pairs/Case
LL-CTL905
Boot Covers, Vinyl Soles, Elastic Ankles & Tops (17" High), 200 Pairs/Case
Sizes small to 6X available
Add -S, -M, -L, -XL, -XXL, -3XL, -4XL, -5XL, -6XL to the part number
Accessories
LL-01101
Lab Coat, 3 Snaps, 2 Pockets, Long Sleeves, 30/Case
LL-01201
Shirt, 3 Snaps, Long Sleeves, 50/Case
LL-01306
Pants, 1" Elastic Waist, 50/Case
LL-701
Hood, Drawstring Closure, One Size, 250/Case
LL-713
Hood (Elastic Face), Covers Shoulders, One size, 250/Case
LL-901
Shoe Covers, Elastic Ankles, 200 Pairs
LL-901NS
Non-skid Shoe Covers, Elastic Ankles, 200 Pairs
LL-902
Boot Covers, Snap Closure, Non Skid Soles (17" High), 200 Pairs
LL-903NS
Non-Skid Boot Covers, Elastic Ankles, 200 Pairs
Sizes small to 6X available
Add -S, -M, -L, -XL, -XXL, -3XL, -4XL, -5XL, -6XL to the part number
SafeGard® Economy SMS
SafeGard® Economy SMS Garments are an economical version of SafeGard® SMS and offer similar protection. With a fabric weight of 50 grams, these garments are lighter and offer better breathability and increased comfort, meeting ANSI/ISEA 101-1996 sizing requirements. No pockets or elastic in back help to keep the cost low. Available in white or blue.
LL-C8412-W
White Coverall, Zipper, 25/Case
LL-C8414-W
White Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood & Booties, Elastic Wrists, 25/Case
LL-C8417-W
White Coverall, Zipper, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case
LL-C8428-W
White Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case
LL-C8101-W
Lab Coat, 3 Snaps, 2 Pockets, Long Sleeves, 30/Case
LL-C8501-W
White Smock, Long Sleeves, Attached Ties, 50/Case
LL-C8412-B
Navy Blue Coverall, Zipper, 25/Case
LL-C8414-B
Navy Blue Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood & Booties, Elastic Wrists, 25/Case
LL-C8417-B
Navy Blue Coverall, Zipper, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case
LL-C8428-B
Navy Blue Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case
Sizes small to 6X available
Add -S, -M, -L, -XL, -XXL, -3XL, -4XL, -5XL, -6XL to part the number
Entry Level Chemical Protective Garment
ChemMAX® 1
ChemMAX® is constructed with a unique polyethylene barrier film and a continuous filament polypropylene nonwoven.
ChemMAX® 1 garments bar many harmful contaminants from penetrating to inner clothing. ChemMAX® fits the Lakeland standard at a price you can afford.
Warnings
1.ChemMAX® 1 is not flame resistant and should not be used around heat, flame sparks, or in potentially flammable or explosive environments.
2.Garments made of ChemMAX® 1 should have slip resistant or anti-slip materials on the outer surface of boots, shoe covers or other garment surfaces in conditions where slipping could occur.
LL-C1B428-SZ
ChemMAX 1® Coverall, Bound Seams, Comes W/ Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case
Sizes small to 6X available
Add -S, -M, -L, -XL, -XXL, -3XL, -4XL, -5XL, -6XL to the part number
ChemMAX® 2
ChemMAX® 2 offering quality, value, durability and the proven protection of Dow Saranex® 23P barrier film.
ChemMAX® 2 is the second level of barrier protection.
ChemMax® 2 is a superior and economical chemical protective suit. The unparalleled strength and softness of ChemMAX® 2' features Dow Saranex® 23P film on two layers of a unique bi-component spunbond nonwoven substrate and provides protection for chemical mixing and handling, environmental clean up, hazardous materials remediation and response, pharmaceutical manufacturing, spray painting and general industry.ChemMAX® 2 is useful in protecting against hazardous chemicals and contaminants found in the work place.
Warnings
1. ChemMAX® 2 is not flame resistant and should not be used around heat, flame sparks, or in potentially flammable or explosive environments.
2. Garments made of ChemMAX® 2 should have slip resistant or anti-slip materials on the outer surface of boots, shoe covers or other garment surfaces in conditions where slipping could occur.
ChemMax 2® Coverall, Sealed Seams, Comes W/ Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 6/Case
Sizes small to 6X available
Add -S, -M, -L, -XL, -XXL, -3XL, -4XL, -5XL, -6XL to the part number
ChemMAX® 3
Ideal for the industrial environment as well as emergency responders and law enforcement, ChemMAX® 3 uses the latest technology to produce a superior product. Durable and lightweight, ChemMAX® 3 provides a barrier against a broad spectrum of toxic industrial chemicals, dual use chemicals, chemical warfare agents and other harmful contaminants.
The multi-layer film is applied to a heavy polypropylene nonwoven for increased strength and durability. The barrier film is significantly softer than other products on the market, resulting in a quiet, more comfortable garment.
Polycotton Coveralls
These generously sized Polycotton (65% polyester, 35% cotton) Coveralls offer complete coverage and all day protection on the job site. Quality seam work is reinforced on all stress points to guarantee durable, long-term wear. Suitable for most job applications, construction sites, automotive garages, agriculture, farms, forestry, or general work at home. Quality textile material will withstand industrial laundering. Material is 262 grams (10.5 oz per square yard). Coveralls feature 1 right chest pocket with snap closure, 1 left chest pocket with open top and pencil divider, 2 front waist pockets plus an additional inside pocket, action back waist for greater movement and comfort, 2 back pockets and 1 side pocket on pant leg for ruler/rod, 2 position adjustable snap wrist closures, and a concealed front zipper closure. Also available in tall sizes. Available in sizes 34- 60.
LL-C2T130
LL-C3T130
ChemMAX 3® Coverall, Sealed Seams, Comes W/ Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 6/Case
LL-C3T132
ChemMAX 3® Coverall, Sealed Seams, Comes W/ Attached Respirator Fit Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 6/Case
Sizes small to 6X available Add -S, -M, -L, -XL, -XXL, -3XL, -4XL, -5XL, -6XL to the part number
Traffic Vest
This popular solid polyester tear-away Traffic Vest offers 360 degrees if visibility with reflective tape. It features reflective stripes on the front, 2 360 degree reflective bands around waist, and a "X" on the back. Velcro closures on shoulders and front closure allow for more individual sizing and quick safety release.
A700 Series
Features
• Sport temples
• Distortion free
• CSA approved
• Wrap around design
• Soft temples tip pads
• Polycarbonate hardcoat lenses
• Available with clear, grey lenses or silver tint
RO-SP-A700
A700 Clear Lens, 10/Box
RO-SP-A704
A700 Silver Tint Lens, 10/Box
RO-SP-A701
A700 Grey Lens, 10/Box
Genesis
Features
• Anti-fog
• CSA approved
• Scratch resistant
• Adjustable temple length
• Lifetime frame guarantee
• Adjustable lens inclination
• Lens replacement available
• Flexible fingers nose bridge
V-MAXX Goggle
Features
• CSA approved
• Wrap around style
• Adjustable headband
• 180 degrees field of vision
• Fog Ban® anti-fog coated lenses
• Available with direct or indirect ventilation
• Can be worn over most prescription glasses
• Offered with elastic or neoprene headband
RO-SP-11250800-B
V-MAXX Goggle Direct Vent / Elastic Headband, 10/Box
RO-SP-11250800-E
V-MAXX Goggle Direct Vent / Elastic Headband, Each
RO-SP-11250810-B
V-MAXX Goggle Indirect Vent / Neoprene Headband, 10/Box
RO-SP-11250810-E
V-MAXX Goggle Indirect Vent / Neoprene Headband, Each
• Polycarbonate wrap around lenses
RO-SP-S3200X
GENESIS Safety Glasses, 10/Box
RO-SP-S6900X Replacement Lens, 10/Box
WAS-580370
Lime Green Tearaway Traffic Vest, Stripes, 2 Bands Around The Waist, Small / Medium, 25/Pack
WAS-580371
Lime Green Tearaway Traffic Vest, Stripes, 2 Bands Around The Waist, Medium / Large, 25/Pack
WAS-580372
Lime Green Tearaway Traffic Vest, Stripes, 2 Bands Around The Waist, Large / X-Large, 25/Pack
WAS-580373
Orange Tearaway Traffic Vest, Stripes, 2 Bands Around The Waist, Small / Medium, 25/Pack
WAS-580374
Orange Tearaway Traffic Vest, Stripes, 2 Bands Around The Waist, Medium / Large, 25/Pack
WAS-580375
Orange Tearaway Traffic Vest, Stripes, 2 Bands Around The Waist, Large / X-Large, 25/Pack
One band vest around the waist also available upon request.
Wrap around safety glasses
Features
• Silver frame
• Coated clear lens
• Molded nose bridge
• Lightweight
• Integrated side shields
• Adjustable side arms
RO-82-350-C
Wrap Around Clear Lens, 144/Case
RO-82-350-B
Wrap Around Clear Lens, 12/Box
Leightening Earmuffs
Features
• Robust steel wire construction
• Replaceable snap in ear cushions
• Padded foam headband
• Telescopic height adjustment
RO-SP-1010922
LEIGHTENING L1 NRR 25, 20/Case
RO-SP-1010923
LEIGHTENING L2 NRR 27, 20/Case
RO-SP-1010924
LEIGHTENING L3 NRR 30, 20/Case
MAX LITE Earplugs
Features
• Expand easily
• Low pressure foam
• Contoured t-shape
• Sized for smaller ear canals
• Available uncorded or corded
• 30 NRR
RO-SP-LPF-1-B
MAX LITE Uncorded, 200 Pairs/Box
RO-SP-LPF-C
MAX LITE Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case
RO-SP-LPF-30-B
MAX LITE Corded 100, Pairs/Box
RO-SP-LPF-30-C
MAX LITE Corded 1000, Pairs/Case
LASER LITE Earplugs
Features
• Self adjusting
• Easy insertion
• Vibrant colours
• Countoured t-shap
• Fits every ear canal type
Comfortable Design!
• Available corded or uncorded
• 32 NRR
RO-SP-LL-1-B
LASER LITE Uncorded, 200 Pairs/Box
RO-SP-LL-1-C LASER LITE Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case
RO-SP-LL-30-B LASER LITE Corded, 100 Pairs/Box
RO-SP-LL-30-C LASER LITE Corded, 1000 Pairs/Case
Ideal for Workshops or Work Spaces!
LEIGHT SOURCE 400
Features
• Holds 400 pairs
• Catch receptacle
• Weight: 1.5 kg (3 lbs)
• Durable plastic design
• Dimensions: 15.2 x 7.48 x 7.67
• Table stand or wall mounted
• Twist knob dispensing mechanism
RO-SP-LS-400
LEIGHT SOURCE 400
Refills
RO-SP-MAX-LS4
MAX Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case
RO-SP-LPF-LS4
MAX LITE Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case
RO-SP-LL-LS4
LASER LITE Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case
RO-SP-MTX-1-LS4
MATRIX Orange Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case
LEIGHT SOURCE 500
Features
• Holds 500 pairs
• Mounts on wall
• Dimensions: 11.5 x 8.25 x 24
• Weight: 3.85 kg (8.5 lbs)
• Heavy duty anodized aluminum
• Durable crank handle dispensing mechanism
RO-SP-LS-500
LEIGHT SOURCE 500
Refills
RO-SP-MAX-1-D
MAX Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case
RO-SP-LPF-1-D
MAX LITE Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case
RO-SP-LL-1-D LASER LITE Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case
RO-SP-MTX-1-OR-D MATRIX Orange Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case
RO-SP-QD-1-DS QUIET Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case
Features
Made of polypropylene, latex free, double head straps, soft metal nose piece, adjusts to all facial contours, effective against particulate aerosols, also offered with exhalation valve, 95% filtration efficiency
3M™ Particulate Respirator 8511, N95
Is uniquely designed to help provide protection against certain non-oil based particles. It is ideally suited for work settings that involve heat, humidity, or long periods of wear.
RO-5620
N95 Regular Masks, 20/Box
RO-5630 N95 Valved Masks, 10/Box
X-plore 1300 Series
Integrated strap tension adjuster to allow the wearer to fine tune the mask for proper comfort. Continuous looped textile strap allows for a drop down feature around neck when not in use. Two sizes available in all protection levels (N95, N95V, N95V odor, R95, R95V). Comfort nose pad provides additional sealing protection in nose area. Strong, plastic coated nose clip holds its form with minimal spring back memory. Passes European flammability tests.
DR-3951220
N95 W/O Exhalation Valve, Small / Medium, 20/Box
DR-3951230
N95 W/O Exhalation Valve, Medium /Large, 20/Box
DR-3951221
N95 W/ Exhalation Valve, Small /Medium, 10/Box
DR-3951231
N95 W/ Exhalation Valve, Medium / Large, 10/Box
DR-3951222
N95 W/ Exhalation Valve, OV Nuisance Odor, Small / Medium, 10/Box
DR-3951232
N95 W/ Exhalation Valve, OV Nuisance Odor, Medium / Large, 10/Box
DR-3951225
R95 W/O Exhalation Valve, Small / Medium, 20/Box
DR-3951235
R95 W/O Exhalation Valve, Medium / Large, 20/Box
DR-3951226
R95 W/ Exhalation Valve, Small / Medium, 10/Box
DR-3951236
R95 W/ Exhalation Valve, Medium / Large, 10/Box
X-plore Twin Filter Respirator System
Features
•NIOSH approved
•Half masks available as no maintenance (3300) or reusable (3500)
•3 sizes (S,M,L) of half masks
•Flexi-Fit harness system is extremely comfortable
•Masks have few parts for low cost and easy maintenance
•Assemblies are light weight
•Full face mask (5500) design based on Panorama 3 sizes (S,M,L) in one mask
•Available with particulate, gas & vapor, or combination cartridges
•Swept back design allows filters to fit under face shield
•Cartridges and filters available for a wide range of industrial applications
•Minimum 4 year shelf life of cartridge
•Expiration dates are stamped on label
X-plore 3300 Economical Half Mask
DR-R55331
Half Mask X-Plore, Limited Use, Small
DR-R55330
Half Mask X-Plore, Limited Use, Medium
DR-R55332
Half Mask X-Plore, Limited Use, Large
X-plore 3500 Economical Half Mask
DR-R55351
Half Mask X-Plore, Small
DR-R55350
Half Mask X-Plore, Medium
DR-R55352
Half Mask X-Plore, Large
X-plore 5500 Full Face Mask
DR-R55270
Full Face Mask, X-Plore, Twin Filter System
DR-R56655
Full Face Mask, X-Plore, Twin Filter System
W/ Stainless Steel Lens Frame & Triplex Glass Lens
Masks, 10/Box
X-plore Particle Filters
DR-6738012 P100, 22/Box
DR-6738020 N95 Filter Pad, 20/Box
DR-6738021 R95 Filter Pad, 20/Box
DR-6738038 Filter Pad Retainer, 12/Box
(Use To Add N95 Or R95 Filter To Cartridge)
DR-6738039 Filter Pad Base, 12/Box
(Combine W/ Filter Pad Retainer To Use As Respirator Only W/ N95 Or R95 Filters)
DR-6738350
X-Plore Pure P100 Pancake Filter, 20/Box
DR-6738392
X-Plore Pure P100 Pancake Filter W/ OV / AG Nuisance Odor Protection, 20/Box
DR-6738356
Adapter For Attaching Pure Filters To Gas Cartridges, 10/Box
X-plore Gas & Vapor Cartridges
DR-6738024
Organic Vapor, 20/Box
DR-6738025
Organic Vapor / Acid Gas + Formaldehyde, Chlorine Dioxide, Hydrogen Fluoride, 20/Box
DR-6738026 Acid Gas, 20/Box
DR-6738027
Ammonia / Methylamine, 20/Box
DR-6738007
A1B1E1K1 (European Approved, Not NIOSH), 20/Box
DR-6738351
Multi-Gas+ (OV/CL/HC/SD/HF/FM/CD/AM/MA/HS), 20/Box
Application IndustryFilter Type
Welding
Soldering
Sanding wood
Applying wood varnishes
P100
P100
P100
OV with N95 prefilter containing solvents
Painting
Painting using paints
OV with N95 prefilter containing organic solvents
Agriculture
Spraying or atomized pesticides
OV with N95 prefilter
Applying pesticides in powder form P100
Working in animal waste areas
AM/MA
General Industrial Applications
Applying epoxy and polyester resins
Working with solvent-based detergents (acetone-free)
Acid etching
OV with N95 prefilter
OV with N95 prefilter
AG with N95 prefilter
X-plore Combination Cartridges
DR-6738034 Organic Vapor / P100, 14/Box
DR-6738035 Organic Vapor / Acid Gas / P100 + Formaldehyde, Chlorine Dioxide, Hydrogen Fluoride, 14/Box
DR-6738036 Acid Gas / P100, 14/Box
DR-6738037 Ammonia / Methylamine / P100, 14/Box
DR-6738361 Multi-Gas+ / P100 (OV/CL/HC/SD/HF/FM/CD/AM/MA/HS/P100), 14/Box
3M™ Half Facepiece Respirator 7500 Series, Ultimate Reusable, Small, Medium & Large
This Half Facepiece was designed with the wearer in mind. Its soft sealing surface, along with a uniquely designed, 3M™ Cool Flow™ Exhalation Valve, enhances wearer comfort and face fit.
7501
3M™ Half Facepiece Respirator, Small, Each
3M™
Facepiece Respirator, Medium, Each
3M™ Half Facepiece Respirator, Large, Each
3M™ Powerflow™ Face-Mounted Powered Air Purifying Respirator (PAPR)
This respirator is a lightweight, face-mounted Powered Air Purifying Respirator (PAPR) It uses a single high efficiency filter for protection against dusts, mists, fumes and radionuclides, making it ideal for lead, asbestos and other hazardous particulates.
,
3M™ High Efficiency Filter 450-01-01R20
Used on 3M™ Powerflow™ Systems for protection against high efficiency particulates.
450-01-01R20
3M™ High Efficiency Filter, 20/Case
3M™
Full Facepiece 6000 Series, Small, Medium & Large
Use with 3M™ Filters 2000 Series, 3M™ Filter 7093, P100, 3M™ Cartridges 6000 Series, or 3M™ Dual Airline Systems against a variety of gases, vapours and particulate hazards according to NIOSH approvals.
6700
3M™ Full Face Mask, Small, Each 6800
3M™ Full Face Mask, Medium, Each
6900
3M™ Full Face Mask, Large, Each
3M™
Cartridges 6001, 6002, 6003, 6004 & 6005
NIOSH approved. Use with 3M™ Half and Full Facepieces 6000 Series and 3M™ Half and Full Facepieces 7000 Series with bayonet style cartridge holders. Sold per pair.
6001
3M™ Organic Vapor Cartridge 6001
6002
3M™ Acid Gas Cartridge 6002 6003
3M™ Organic Vapor / Acid Gas Cartridge 6003 6004
3M™ Ammonia Methylamine Cartridge 6004 6005
3M™ Formaldehyde / Organic Vapor Cartridge 6005
3M™ Particulate Filter 7093, P100
NIOSH approved for environments containing certain oil and non-oil based particles. Use with 3M™ Respirators 5000 Series or 3M™ Cartridges 6000 Series with 3M™ Adapter 502, 3M™ Facepieces 6000 Series, or 3M™ Facepieces 7000 Series with bayonet filter holders.
7093
3M™ Particulate Filter P100, 4/Pack
7093-C
3M™ Particulate Filter P100, 60/Case
Eye Wash Stations
Features
• Portable
• Self contained
• Colour: green
• 6 litre capacity
• Fluid flushing options
• Sturdy molded construction
• Easy to use full flow nozzles straps
Features
• Portable
• Light weight
• Dual nozzle
Features
• Fluid reservoir
• Colour: green
• Constant flow rate
• Single bracket mounting system
• Self contained
• Easy to activate
• No plumbing required
•Easy cartridge replacement
RO-SP-32-001000-0000
Pure Flow 1000®, English & French
RO-SP-32-001050-0020
Pure Flow 1000® Cartridge
A79 Hard Hat
• 15 minutes flow cycle
• Sturdy molded construction Pure Flow 1000® Porta Stream
RO-SP-32-000200-0020
Porta Stream II®, English & French W/ 180 oz Eyesaline Solution
RO-SP-32-000513-0020
Porta Stream II® 180 oz Eyesaline Concentrate, 4/Case
This Hard Hat features a rain trough, HDPE shell, slots for accessories, 4 point suspension (with 3 levels for height adjustment), and the adjustment is a pin lock. ANSI Type 1 Class E certified. This hard hat weighs 10.4 oz.
WAS-A79001
White A79 Hard Hat, Each
WAS-A79004
Dark Green A79 Hard Hat, Each
WAS-A79002
Yellow A79 Hard Hat, Each
WAS-A79003
Orange A79 Hard Hat, Each
WAS-A79005
Hi-Viz Orange A79 Hard Hat, Each
WAS-A79015
Red A79 Hard Hat, Each
A79 Ratchet Hard Hat
A89 Hard Hat
• Colour: green
• Efficient full flow nozzles
• Quick change cartridges
RO-SP-32-000400-0000
Flash Flood®, English & French W/ 1 Gallon Eyesaline Solution
RO-SP-32-000401-0020
Flash Flood® Cartridge Refill, English
RO-SP-32-000401-0022
Flash Flood® Cartridge Refill, French
This Hard Hat features a rain trough, HDPE shell, slots for accessories, foam liner, 4 point suspension (with 3 levels for height adjustment), and the adjustment is a quick fit adjustment with forehead comfort band and crown pad. CSA and ANSI Type II Class E certified. This hard hat weighs 14.7 oz.
WAS-A89001
White A89 Hard Hat, Each
WAS-A89004
Dark Green A89 Hard Hat, Each
WAS-A89002
Yellow A89 Hard Hat, Each
WAS-A89003
Orange A89 Hard Hat, Each
This Hard Hat features a rain trough, HDPE shell, slots for accessories, 4 point suspension (with 3 levels for height adjustment), and the adjustment is a ratchet. This ratchet adjustment offers a tighter, more comfortable fit. ANSI Type 1 Class E certified. This hard hat weighs 11.6 oz.
WAS-A79R01
White A79 Ratchet Hard Hat, Each
WAS-A79R02
Yellow A79 Ratchet Hard Hat, Each
WAS-A79R03
Orange A79 Ratchet Hard Hat, Each
WAS-A79R04
Dark Green Ratchet Hard Hat, Each
WAS-A79R05
Hi-Viz Orange Ratchet Hard Hat, Each
Ratchet Take-Up Headgear
This headgear features a 4" protective sparkguard and a fully adjustable crown strap. The crown strap has a ratchet type suspension for easy personal adjustment. Adjustment components located at both sides of the crown allow the window to be raised and held at a desired position. The pivoting guard allows the visor to lift up when not in use. The added feature of a universal locking cam system allows most visors to securely attach to the headgear. Faceshields are sold separately.
WAS-244065
Ratchet Take-Up Headgear, Each WAS-244030
Hi-Heat Ratchet Take-Up Headgear, Each WAS-244041 Headgear, Visor & Chin Guard, Each
Flat & Formed Faceshields
Molded from high strength polycarbonate or PCTG, these faceshields are your first choice for protection. Faceshields lock into place with swivel type locks that provide frontal and lateral protection. Flat faceshields are available with variable thicknesses of .040" and .060". It is always recommended that safety glasses be worn as a secondary form of protection.
WAS-243700
8" x 15.5" x .040", Clear, PCTG, Flat Faceshield, Each
WAS-243720
8" x 15.5" x .040", Medium Green, PCTG, Flat Faceshield, Each
WAS-243710
10" x 15.5" x .040", Clear, PCTG, Flat Faceshield, Each
WAS-243750
9" x 18.25" x .040", Clear, PCTG, Flat Faceshield, Each
WAS-243990
8" x 15.5" x .040", Clear, Polycarbonate, Flat Faceshield, Each
WAS-244000
8" x 15.5" x .060", Clear, Polycarbonate, Flat Faceshield, Each
WAS-243960
8" x 15.5" x .060", Clear, Polypropionate, Formed Faceshield, Each
2" x 4" Welding Helmet & Accessories
This Welding Helmet delivers the desired strength, flexibility, and safety with the minimum weight possible. It has a seamless one-piece construction, and is balanced with a ratchet headgear and a four-position adjustment for maximum comfort. Replacement parts and lenses are available.
WAS-231950
Hiderok Helmet W/ 2" x 4", Shade 11, Flip Front, Each WAS-231980
Replacement Flip Front Assembly For WAS-231950, Each WAS-232010
Replacement Ratchet Headgear For WAS-231950, Each
WAS-232050
2" x 4" Lens Spring For WAS-231950, Each
Anti-Fog/Anti-Static Lens Cleaning Towelettes
Pre-moistened towelettes used for cleaning eye glasses, protective faceshields, goggles, welding helmets, computer screens, mirrors, etc.
Disposable Lens Cleaning Station
Lens Cleaning Stations are important for workplaces where protective eyewear is required. All stations are wall mountable for convenient and easy access.
WAS-200000
Disposable Lens Cleaning Station W/ 1 250 ml Lens Cleaner & 2 Boxes of Tissues, Each
WAS-200500
Large Disposable Lens Cleaning Station W/ 1 500 ml Lens Cleaner & 4 Boxes of Tissues, Each
BETTER SAFE THAN SORRY!
WAS-200200
Anti-Fog / Anti-Static Lens Cleaning Towelettes, 100/Box
Full Body Harness
These Full Body Harnesses feature polyester webbing for greater resistance to chemicals. The universal style is user friendly and meets or exceeds CSA, ANSI, and OHSA standards. These harnesses are priced right to satisfy your safety needs.
Technical Data
Usage: Dorsal D-ring attachment for fall arrest; side D-ring for work positioning
Webbing: Polyester 4.5 cm (1.75") wide
Minimum tensile strength: 22.2 kn (5000 lbs)
Hardware: Stamped D-ring and Quick Connect
Buckles (alloy steel), minimum breaking strength of 22.2 kn (5000 lbs), D-ring 100% proof loaded to 16 kn (3600 lbs) certified to ANSI Z359.1 and CSA Z259.12. All other hardware meets or exceeds ANSI Z359.1 and CSA Z259.12-00 requirements
Weight: 0.52 kg (1.15 lbs) - 1.33 kg (2.95 lbs)
Attachment D-Ring Opening: 6.2 cm (2 7/16")
First Aid Kits
WAS-F84VP100
Vehicle P10 Kit, Each
WAS-F84VP10D
Deluxe Vehicle P10 Kit, Each
WAS-F841N260
Industrial Nylon Kit, Each
WAS-F841P240
Industrial P24 Kit, Each
WAS-F841P360
Industrial P36 Kit, Each
Thickness: 4 mm (.185")
Capacity: 140 kg (310 lbs) (combined weight of person, tools, clothing, etc)
Maximum Arresting Load: 8 kn (1800 lbs)
Number of Workers: 1
Operating Temperature: -35°C to 35°C (-31°F to 95°F)
WAS-N698-1DP
Lightweight Polyester Full Body Harness, Universal Size, Large Back D-ring, Each
WAS-N698/1DPXL
Lightweight Polyester Full Body Harness, X-Large Size, Large Back D-ring, Each
Traffic Cones
Available in various sizes, these one-piece durable hi-viz PVC are ideal for preventing accidents, marking hazardous areas to avoid, or for use in parking lots, at sporting events, and other areas where traffic direction is necessary.
WAS-610040
6" Traffic Cone, .25 lbs, Each
WAS-610060
28" Traffic Cone, 7 lbs, Each
WAS-610065
28" Traffic Cone, 12 lbs, Each
WAS-61006C1
28" Traffic Cone W/ 4" Collar, 7 lbs, Each
WAS-610070 12" Traffic Cone, 1.5 lbs, Each
WAS-610080
18" Traffic Cone, 3lbs, Each
WAS-61008C1
18" Traffic Cone W/ 4" Collar, 3 lbs, Each
WAS-006720 4" Traffic Cone Collar, Each
WAS-006726 6" Traffic Cone Collar, Each
Might Sonic Airhorn
This lightweight, portable, long-lasting Safety Horn, with push-button operation, is built for reliability, and is totally independent of any other power souce. It delivers a 120 dB blast at 10 ft and is 100% ozone-safe and non-flammable!
WAS-630000 Mighty Sonic Airhorn, Each WAS-630002 Refill, Each
Sound 911 Horn
It is recommended for emergency signaling in plants and offices and is also ideal for personal use and protection. It will blast 112 dB at 10 ft and is carried on its own clip for belt or bag and can travel with you.
WAS-630001 Sound 911 Horn, Each WAS-630003 Refill, 2/Pack
Keep Up to Date with Books! Books! ... & more Books!
Environmental Sampling & Analysis for Technicians
Maria Csuros / Pensacola Junior College, Florida
It provides an overview of the occurrence, source, and fate of toxic pollutants, as well as their control by regulations and standards. Environmental Sampling and Analysis for Technicians is an excellent introductory text for laboratory training classes, namely those teaching inorganic nonmetals, metals, and trace organic pollutants and their detection in environmental samples.
LB-C0534 Environmental Sampling & Analysis For Technicians, 1st Edition, 1994, 336 Pages
Environmental Sampling & Analysis Laboratory Manual
Maria Csuros / Pensacola Junior College, Florida
Environmental Sampling & Analysis Laboratory Manual is perfect for college and graduate students learning laboratory practices, as well as consultants and regulators who make evaluations and quality control decisions. Anyone performing laboratory procedures in an environmental lab will appreciate this unique and valuable text.
Environmental Engineers’ Handbook
Edited by David H.F. Liu / Handbook Editor Bela G. Liptak
Protecting the global environment is a single-minded goal for all of us. Environmental engineers take this goal to task, meeting the needs of society with technical innovations. Revised, expanded, and fully updated to meet the needs of today's engineer working in industry or the public sector, the Environmental Engineers' Handbook, Second Edition is a single source of current information. It covers in depth the interrelated factors and principles that affect our environment and how we have dealt with them in the past, are dealing with them today, and how we will deal with them in the future. This stellar reference addresses the ongoing global transition in cleaning up the remains of abandoned technology, the prevention of pollution created by existing technology, and the design of future zero emission technology.
LB-L2204 Environmental Engineers’ Handbook, 2nd Edition, 1997, 1454 Pages
Environmental Sampling & Analysis for Metals
Maria Csuros / Pensacola Junior College, Florida
The book provides both theoretical and practical applications in metals analysis of environmental samples and incorporates the latest in analytical techniques, instrumentation, and regulations. Topics include sample collection, preservation, step-by-step analytical procedures, complete QA/QC requirements, data validation, and more. It also provides an overview of the occurrence, source, and fate of metallic substances in the environment, as well as their control by regulations and standards. LB-C3104
Compilation of EPA’s Sampling & Analysis Methods
edited by L. Keith
Each analyte/method summary contains all of the information required to stand alone as a reference. Thus, in addition to a brief summary of each method, descriptions include required instrumentation, interferences, sampling containers, preservation techniques, maximum holding times, detection levels, accuracy, precision, quality control requirements, EPA reference, and, when available, EPA contacts with phone numbers. Each summarized report is a "stand-alone" document.
LB-K2017
Compilation Of EPA’s Sampling & Analysis Methods, 2nd Edition, 1996, 1696 Pages
LB-X5953
Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook
Don Green and Robert Perry
First published in 1934, Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook has equipped generations of engineers and chemists with an expert source of chemical engineering information and data. Filled with over 700 detailed illustrations, featuring:
•Comprehensive tables and charts for unit conversion
•A greatly expanded section on physical and chemical data
•New to this edition: the latest advances in distillation, liquid-liquid extraction, reactor modeling, biological processes, biochemical and membrane separation processes, and chemical plant safety practices with accident case histories
•Conversion Factors and Mathematical Symbols
•Physical and Chemical Data
•Mathematics
•Thermodynamics
•Heat and Mass Transfer
•Fluid and Particle Dynamics Reaction Kinetics
•Process Control
•Process Economics
•Transport and Storage of Fluids
•Heat Transfer Equipment
•Psychrometry, Evaporative Cooling, and Solids Drying
•Distillation
•Gas Absorption and Gas-Liquid System Design
•Liquid-Liquid Extraction Operations and Equipment
•Adsorption and Ion Exchange
•Gas-Solid Operations and Equipment
•Liquid-Solid Operations and Equipment
•Solid-Solid Operations and Equipment
•Size Reduction and Size Enlargement
•Handling of Bulk Solids and Packaging of Solids and Liquids
•Alternative Separation Processes
•And Many Other Topics!
Measure for Measure
Richard A. Young and Thomas Glover
Do you need metric conversion help? Look no more, you just found the Conversion Factor Handbook. Over 39,000 conversions for over 5,100 different units. Values in both standard and scientific notation. Thousands of foreign and ancient conversion factors. Accurate to 8 significant figures.
Reference Books
Mechanical Engineer’s Handbook
Dan B. Marghitu, Auburn University,
Alabama USA
LB-PP091
Perry’s Chemical Engineers’ Handbook, McGraw Hill, 8th Edition, 2400 Pages
SE-1-889796-00-X
Measure For Measure, 864 Pages
Handbook of Civil Engineering Calculations
Tyler Hicks, PE, McGraw Hill
Tyler G. Hicks, PE is a consulting engineer and a successful engineering book author. He has worked in plant design and operation in a variety of industries, taught at several engineering schools, and lectured both in the USA and abroad. He holds a bachelor's degree in Mechanical Engineering from Cooper Union School of Engineering in New York. The author of over 20 books in engineering and related fields.
LB-HN230
Handbook Of Civil Engineering Calculations, 2nd Edition, Mcgraw Hill, 840 Pages
Standard Methods for the Examination of Water & Wastewater
Andrew Eaton, Lenore Clesceri
Includes methods detailing analysis of water and wastewater approved by EPA.
EA-353
Standard Methods For The Examination Of Water And Wastewater, 21st Edition, 2005
With over 1000 pages, 550 illustrations, and 26 tables the Mechanical Engineer's Handbook is very comprehensive, yet affordable, compact, and durable. The Handbook covers all major areas of mechanical engineering with succinct coverage of the definitions, formulas, examples, theory, proofs, and explanations of all principle subject areas. The Handbook is an essential, practical companion for all mechanical engineering students with core coverage of nearly all relevant courses included. Also, anyone preparing for the engineering licensing examinations will find this handbook to be an invaluable aid. Useful analytical techniques provide the student and practicing engineer with powerful tools for mechanical design.
This book is designed to be a portable reference with a depth of coverage not found in "pocketbooks" of formulas and definitions and without the verbosity, high price, and excessive size of the huge encyclopedic handbooks. If an engineer needs a quick reference for a wide array of information, yet does not have a full library of textbooks or does not want to spend the extra time and effort necessary to search and carry a six pound handbook, this book is for them.
•Is comprehensive, yet affordable, compact, and durable with strong 'flexible' binding
•Possesses a true handbook 'feel' in size and design with a full colour cover, thumb index, cross-references and useful printed endpapers
LB-5443
Mechanical Engineer’s Handbook, Academic Press, 1st edition, 2001, 880 Pages
The Engineering Handbook
Edited by Richard C. Dorf / University of California Davis
With a unique cross-section of engineering fields, The Engineering Handbook provides access to information in areas within, and outside, particular areas of specialization. The modern engineer will have information readily accessible – ranging from aerospace engineering and circuits to environmental systems and coastal engineering. This authoritative resource unifies diverse, separate information into one volume featuring 30 sections organized by topic, 211 chapters more than 1,500 definitions of engineering terms, and more than 1,000 illustrations.
•Calculations of Water Quality Assessment and Control
•Solid Waste Calculations
•Air Pollution Control Calculations
•Air Toxic Risk Assessment
•Fuel Cell Technologies.
•Each summarized report is a "stand-alone" document.
Handbook of Environmental Engineering Calculations
C.C Lee, Shun Dar Lin
The only hands-on reference of its kind, the Handbook of Environmental Engineering Calculations equips you with step-by-step calculation procedures covering virtually every aspect of environmental engineering. Designed to give you quick access to essential information, the updated Second Edition of this unique guide now presents the latest methods for solving a wide range of specific problems, together with worked-out examples that include numerical results for the calculations. Filled with 200 helpful illustrations, featuring:
•Hundreds of detailed examples and calculations with fully illustrated steps
•Calculations covering every aspect of environmental engineering
•Both SI and U.S. customary units presented throughout
•New to this edition: new sections on fuel cells and air toxic risk assessment inside This State-of-the-Art Environmental Engineering Toolkit
•Calculations of Water Quality Assessment and Control
•Solid Waste Calculations
•Air Pollution Control Calculations
•Air Toxic Risk Assessment
•Fuel Cell Technologies. Each summarized report is a "standalone" document
LB-LX809
Handbook of Environmental Engineering Calculations, McGraw Hill, 2nd edition, 1000 Pages
The Civil Engineering Handbook
W.F. Chen, J.Y. Richard Liew, University of Hawaii, Honolulu
You'll use it as a survey of the field, you'll use it to explore a particular subject, but most of all you'll use The Civil Engineering Handbook to answer the problems, questions, and conundrums you encounter in practice.
LB-C5670
The Civil Engineering Handbook, CRC Press 2nd Edition, 2003, 2904 Pages
Pocket Reference, 3rd Edition
Thomas Glover
Everything you need to know, right in your pocket! Automotive, carpentry, construction, electronics, electrical, first aid, glues, solvents, mine, mill, weights, properties of materials, chemistry, physics, state and world wide area codes, rope & chain, weather, geology, science, math over 3500 conversion factors and much more. Over 200 new pages and virtually thousands of updates.
SE-1-885071-00-0
Pocket Reference, 3rd Edition, 768 Pages
Handbook of Chemistry and Physics 91st Edition
William Haynes, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Boulder, Col
The contents of the Handbook of Chemistry and Physics are basic constants, units, and conversion factors, symbols, terminology, and nomenclature, physical constants of organic compounds properties of the elements and inorganic compounds, thermochemistry, electrochemistry, and kinetics, fluid properties, biochemistry, analytical chemistry, molecular structure and spectroscopy, atomic, molecular, and optical physics, nuclear and particle physics, properties of solids, polymer properties, geophysics, astronomy, and acoustics, practical laboratory data, health and safety information, mathematical tables and index.
LB-LS452
Handbook of Chemistry And Physics, 2010, 2800 Pages
LB-D9391
The Engineering Handbook, CRC Press, 2nd Edition, 3080 Pages
Fundamentals of Environmental Engineering
Danny D. Reible / Lousiana State University, Baton Rouge
Fundamentals of Environmental Engineering provides a focus on the chemistry of environmental engineering. Written from a fundamentals approach, this text offers an introduction to environmental pollutants, basic engineering principles, and their applications to the understanding of key problems in air, water, and soil pollution.
LB-R3519
Fundamentals Of Environmental Engineering, October 1998, 544 Pages
Site Assessment & Remediation Handbook, 2nd edition
Martin N. Sara, CRC Press
Building on the benchmark established by the first edition, the second edition provides coverage of new procedures and technologies for an expanded range of site assessments. This definitive book integrates ASTM standards and links them to the practice of site investigations. It introduces sections on statistical techniques for ground water monitoring and remediation programs, including information that can provide a defensible basis for determining whether to continue or end a remedial treatment program. A new chapter on natural attenuation reflects the incorporation of this approach into several state-level remediation programs.
Remediation Petroleum Contaminated Soils
Biological, Physical, and Chemical Processes, Edited by Eve Riser-Roberts Microbiologist
This book combines the results of current research with essential background material to provide complete, in-depth coverage of every aspect of in situ and ex situ bioremediation, as well as an extensive overview of the physical and chemical processes currently available for treating petroleum-contaminated soils. Critical information has been collected and assembled under one cover to provide a convenient reference for anyone who must contend with this worldwide problem. Remediation of Petroleum Contaminated Soils: Biological, Physical, and Chemical Processes describes how to optimize the biodegradation of petroleum hydrocarbons in soil-water systems. It reports on the susceptibility of various petroleum components to biodegradation by microorganisms, and considers all groups microorganisms for their potential contributions. The book also covers problems areas such as the transport of organisms, oxygen, or nutrients throughout the subsurface, and biodegradation of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) and nonaqueous phase liquids (NAPLs). In addition, the book presents methods for monitoring bioremediation. This reference covers current soil remediation processes and includes many innovative approaches. It also investigates means of controlling volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and leachate, and addresses methods for collecting and treating these secondary waste streams. The expansive coverage of this book will furnish readers with a wide range of options for developing treatment strategies and for customizing procedures for specific requirements.
LB-R2382 Remediation Of Petroleum Contaminated Soils, 1998, 576 Pages
Environmental Site Assessment Phase I: A Basic Guide; 3rd Edition
Kathleen Hess-Kosa / OMEGA Southwest Environmental Consulting, Canyon Lake, Texas
Environmental Site Assessment Phase 1, Third Edition provides a valuable guide to the techniques of performing Phase 1 site assessment. Promoting a better understanding of the rationale and processes necessary to protect those stakeholders associated with a property, this book describes the latest methods used by leaders in the industry and emphasizes the development of an easy-to-follow investigative strategy for performing in-house assessments. Equally informative as an introduction for those new to the field and as a quick reference guide for experienced practitioners, this Third Edition reviews investigative tools mandated by the Rule, as well as many that are not. It presents the recommended searches pertaining to petroleum and petroleum product concerns as covered by the Standard, and expands on the hazards associated with construction. The author reviews the legal issues involved in the purchase of property and an historic overview provides context and a sense of the evolution of the field. The book describes investigations of the physical setting, historic usage, property and area reconnaissance, building materials, and industrial activities associated with a property. It also gives tips on interviewing, lists regulatory agencies, and considers special resources such as wetlands and buildings with historical value.
LB-HH291
Environmental Site Assessment Phase I: A Basic Guide; 3rd Edition, 2008, 312 Pages
Air Quality 3rd Edition
Thad Godish / Ball State University, Muncie, Indiana
While earlier editions of this best-selling work have become standard texts for students and professionals alike, both the science and the practice of air quality management continue to evolve. Air Quality Third Edition includes all the new issues and challenges, as well as updated coverage of all the familiar concerns of environmental professionals. This is a complete overview of the topic, written in an accessible, highly readable style by a respected expert in the field.
LB-X6693
Site Assessment And Remediation Handbook, 2nd Edition, 1160 Pages
LB-G2082 Air Quality, 3rd Edition,1997, 464 Pages
Activated Carbon Surfaces in Environmental Remediation
Teresa Bandosz,
City College of New York
Activated Carbon Surfaces in Environmental Remediation provides a comprehensive summary of the environmental applications of activated carbons. In order to understand the removal of contaminants and pollutants on activated carbons, the theoretical bases of adsorption phenomena are discussed. The effects of pore structure and surface chemistry are also addressed from both science and engineering perspectives. Each chapter provides examples of real applications with an emphasis on the role of the carbon surface in adsorption or reactive adsorption. The practical aspects addressed in this book cover the broad spectrum of applications from air and water cleaning and energy storage to warfare gas removal and biomedical applications.
This book can serve as a handbook or reference book for graduate students, researchers and practitioners with an interest in filtration, water treatment, adsorbents and air cleaning, in addition to environmental policies and regulations.
• Addresses fundamental carbon science and how it relates to applications of carbon surfaces
• Describes the broad spectrum of activated carbon applications in environmental remediation
• Serves as a handbook or reference book for graduate students, researchers and practitioners
Activated Carbon Surfaces In Environmental Remediation, 1st Edition, 2006, 588 Pages
Practical Design Calculations For Groundwater & Soil Remediation
Jih-Fen Kuo; California state University, Fullerton
Practical Design Calculations For Groundwater and Soil Remediation covers important aspects of design calculations for soil and groundwater remediation. Written in a “cookbook style” this easy to read handbook will prove a useful guide for environmental engineers and scientists employed by industries, consulting companies, and regulatory agencies.
Environmental Sampling For Unknowns
Kathleen Hess / Omega Southwest Environmental Consulting, Georgetown, Texas
Environmental Sampling for Unknowns covers modern approaches to indoor and outdoor environmental sampling, with an emphasis on identifying unknown substances. In those cases where no established government protocols exist for sampling and analysis, the author details approaches that have been used successfully by researchers and commercial laboratories. Readers can then choose the method most suitable for their particular task.
The Handbook of Groundwater Engineering
Jacques W. Delleur / Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana
Provides a complete treatment of the theory and practice of groundwater engineering. This second edition includes new chapters on such topics as historical developments, infiltration and run-on under spatially variable hydrologic properties, sea water intrusion into coastal aquifers, groundwater and heat flow, groundwater model validation, scale issues, groundwater sustainability, the impact of climate change, and ecohydrology. It also contains updated chapters on elementary groundwater flow, transport processes, two- and three-dimensional flow, modeling the movement of water and solute through preferential flow paths, geostatistics, and more.
The Handbook Of Groundwater Engineering, 2007, 1320 Pages
Nitrates in Groundwater
Larry W.Canter / University of California, Norman
Nitrates In Groundwater, 1996, 288 Pages
•Features a summary of a national survey on NO3 in groundwater, providing easy access to important data
•Detailed discussion of transport and fate processes, highlighting crucial factors.
•An explanation of aquifer vulnerability mapping techniques, bringing you up to date quickly
•A nitrates pollution index, beneficial in prevention planning and remediation
•Illustrative case studies, clearly demonstrating the influence of many variables
LB-L2746 Environmental Sampling For Unknowns, CRC Press, 1996, 320 Pages
LB-K2712
Practical Design Calculations For Groundwater And Soil Remediation, 1999, 288 Pages (Print On Demand Title)
LB-BS002
LB-DP763
LB-C5059
Handbook of Environmental Analysis (Chemical, Pollutants in Air, Water, Soil, and Solid Wastes)
Pradyot
Patnaik; Laboratory of Environmental Chemistry / Interstate Sanitation Commission, States Island, New York
Serving as both a reference and a textbook, Handbook of Environmental Analysis is the first exhaustive treatment of the analysis of toxic pollutants in the environment. Areas addressed are ambient air, groundwater, surface water, industrial waste water, sediments and soils.
LB-P1831
Handbook Of Environmental Analysis, 1997, 608 Pages
Quantitative Solutions in Hydrogeology & Groundwater Modeling
Neven Kresic, CRC Press
Quantitative Solutions in Hydrogeology and Groundwater Modeling addresses and solves a variety of questions and problems from hydrogeological practice. It includes major aspects of quantitative groundwater evaluation, from basic laboratory determination of hydrogeological parameters to complex analytical calculations and modeling for engineering purposes. No other book offers the carefully selected examples and clear, elegantly explained solutions, and no other book presents topics in logical order from simple to complex.
LB-KU405
Quantitative Solutions In Hydrogeology And Groundwater Modeling, CRC Press, 2007, 828 Pages
Environmental Geochemistry of Potentially Toxic
Metals
Frederic R. Siegel, Georg Washington University, Washington, DC
The book focuses on heavy metals that have damaged the ecosystem Earth and its life forms. It characterizes natural and anthropogenic sources of pollutants, identifies physical, chemical and biological conditions that affect their ecosystem mobility. The book describes the pathways by which potentially toxic metals can access and concentrate to toxic levels in organisms. The text reviews the different environmental assessment, monitoring samples and analytical techniques used to determine how sample types bond the metals and hence affect their bioavailibility and bioaccumulation. Consideration is given to existing remediation methodologies and those being researched. Finally, the book emphasizes how pre-planning during project studies can result in the incorporation of technologies that will prevent or at least greatly alleviate the release of toxic metals to our living environment.
LB-X2791
Environmental Geochemisty Of Potentially Toxic Metals, 1st Edition, 2002, 218 Pages
Principles of Contaminant Hydrogeology / Second Edition
Christopher M. Palmer / Consulting Hydrogeologist, San Jose California
This second edition features new and expanded coverage of contaminant hydrogeologic investigations. It presents a practical approach to completing investigations for environmental compliance, emphasizing the use of geologic principles in assessment to move sites toward cleanup. Stressing the basics of collecting data that can withstand regulatory scrutiny and achieve remediation, Principles of Contaminant Hydrogeology, Second Edition demonstrates how to solve a client’s site contamination problem while maximizing cost effectiveness. It focuses on small-and medium-sized firms, for which speed, accuracy, and cost, are all crucial factors in the site assessment and closure process.
Biodegradation & Bioremediation
Martin Alexander, Academic Press
Biodegradation has been the subject of active concern for the past 40 years. Recently, the field has expanded to encom-pass a wide variety of chemicals, a broad array of issues, and the development of the new bioremediation industry. This book presents the basic principles of biodegradation and shows how these principles relate to bioremediation. Authored by a world-renowned environmental microbiologist, Biodegradation and Bioreme-diation presents microbiological, chemical, toxicological, environmental, engineering, and technological aspects of the subject.
LB-A3450
Biodegradation And Bioremediation, Academic Pressl, 2nd Edition, 453 Pages
LB-P1606
Principles Of Contamination Hydrogeology, 1996, 256 Pages
Wastewater Engineering: Treatment & Reuse
George Tchobanoglous, Franklin L. Burton, McGraw Hill
Wastewater Engineering: Treatment and Reuse, 4th edition is a thorough update of McGraw-Hill's authoritative book on wastewater treatment. No environmental engineering professional or civil or and environmental engineering major should be without a copy of this book. It describes the technological and regulatory changes that have occurred over the last ten years in this discipline including: improved techniques for the characterization of wastewaters; improved fundamental understanding of many of the existing unit operations and processes used for wastewater treatment, especially those processes used for the biological removal of nutrients; greater implementation of several newer treatment technologies (e.g., UV disinfection, membrane filtration, and heat drying); greater concern for the long term health and environmental impacts of wastewater constituents; greater emphasis on advanced wastewater treatment and risk assessment for water reuse applications; changes in regulations and the development of new technologies for wastewater disinfection; and new regulations governing the treatment, reuse, and disposal of sludge (biosolids). Greater concern for infrastructure renewal including upgrading the design and performance of wastewater treatment plants. This revision contains a strong focus on advanced wastewater treatment technologies and stresses the reuse aspects of wastewater and biosolids.
LB-T4527
Wastewater Engineering: Treatment And Reuse, McGraw Hill, 4th Edition, 1848 Pages
Water and Wastewater Engineering: Design Principles and Practices
Mackenzie L. Davis, McGraw Hill
This authoritative volume offers comprehensive coverage of the design and construction of municipal water and wastewater facilities. The book addresses water treatment in detail, following the flow of water through the unit processes of coagulation, flocculation, softening, sedimentation, filtration, disinfection, and residuals management. Each stage of wastewater treatment—preliminary, primary, secondary, and tertiary—is examined along with residuals management. Water and Wastewater Engineering contains more than 100 example problems, 500 end-ofchapter problems, and 300 illustrations. Safety issues and operation and maintenance procedures are also discussed in this definitive resource.
Coverage includes:
Intake structures and wells; Chemical handling and storage; Coagulation and flocculation; Lime soda and ion exchange softening; Reverse osmosis and nanofiltration; Sedimentation; Granular and membrane filtration; Disinfection and fluoridation; Removal of specific constituents; Drinking water plant residuals management, process selection, and integration;Storage and distribution systems; Wastewater collection and treatment design considerations; Sanitary sewer design; Headworks and pre-liminary treatment; Primary treatment; Waste-water microbiology; Secondary treatment by suspended and attached growth biological processes; Secondary settling, disinfection, and post aeration; Tertiary treatment; Wastewater plant residuals management; Clean water plant process selection and integration.
LB-DGE75
Water And Wastewater Engineering: Design Principles and Practices, McGraw Hill, 1st Edition, 2010, 1296 Pages
Polyester Felt Filter Bags
1PE-1-P1SHPE-1-P2SHPE-1-P3SHPE-1-P4SH
5PE-5-P1SHPE-5-P2SHPE-5-P3SHPE-5-P4SH
10PE-10-P1SHPE-10-P2SHPE-10-P3SHPE-10-P4SH
25PE-25-P1SHPE-25-P2SHPE-25-P3SHPE-25-P4SH
50PE-50-P1SHPE-50-P2SHPE-50-P3SHPE-50-P4SH
100PE-100-P1SHPE-100-P2SHPE-100-P3SHPE-100-P4SH
200PE-200-P1SHPE-200-P2SHPE-200-P3SHPE-200-P4SH
Polypropylene Felt Filter Bags
1PO-1-P1SHPO-1-P2SHPO-1-P3SHPO-1-P4SH
3PO-3-P1SHPO-3-P2SHPO-3-P3SHPO-3-P3SH
5PO-5-P1SHPO-5-P2SHPO-5-P3SHPO-5-P4SH
10PO-10-P1SHPO-10-P2SHPO-10-P3SHPO-10-P4SH
25PO-25-P1SHPO-25-P2SHPO-25-P3SHPO-25-P4SH
50PO-50-P1SHPO-50-P2SHPO-50-P3SHPO-50-P4SH
100 PO-100-P1SHPO-100-P2SHPO-100-P3SHPO-100-P4SH
200PO-200-P1SHPO-200-P2SHPO-200-P3SHPO-200-P4SH
Nylon Monofilament Mesh Filter Bags
50NMO-50-P1SHNMO-50-P2SHNMO-50-P3SHNMO-50-P4SH
75NMO-75-P1SHNMO-75-P2SHNMO-75-P3SHNMO-75-P4SH 100NMO-100-P1SHNMO-100-P2SHNMO-100-P3SHNMO-100-P4SH 150NMO-150-P1SHNMO-150-P2SHNMO-150-P3SHNMO-150-P4SH 200NMO-200-P1SHNMO-200-P2SHNMO-200-P3SHNMO-200-P4SH
250 NMO-250-P1SHNMO-250-P2SHNMO-250-P3SHNMO-250-P4SH 300NMO-300-P1SHNMO-300-P2SHNMO-300-P3SHNMO-300-P4SH
400 NMO-400-P1SHNMO-400-P2SHNMO-400-P3SHNMO-400-P4SH 500NMO-500-P1SHNMO-500-P2SHNMO-500-P3SHNMO-500-P4SH 600NMO-600-P1SHNMO-600-P2SHNMO-600-P3SHNMO-600-P4SH 800NMO-800-P1SHNMO-800-P2SHNMO-800-P3SHNMO-800-P4SH
Polyester Multifilament Mesh Filter Bags
100PEM-100-P1SHPEM-100-P2SHPEM-100-P3SHPEM-100-P4SH
150PEM-150-P1SHPEM-150-P2SHPEM-150-P3SHPEM-150-P4SH
200PEM-200-P1SHPEM-200-P2SHPEM-200-P3SHPEM-200-P4SH 250PEM-250-P1SHPEM-250-P2SHPEM-250-P3SHPEM-250-P4SH
300PEM-300-P1SHPEM-300-P2SHPEM-300-P3SHPEM-300-P4SH
400 PEM-400-P1SHPEM-400-P2SHPEM-400-P3SHPEM-400-P4SH 600PEM-600-P1SHPEM-600-P2SHPEM-600-P3SHPEM-600-P4SH
800 PEM-800-P1SHPEM-800-P2SHPEM-800-P3SHPEM-800-P4SH
Nylon Monofilament
Polyester Multifilament
Polyester and Polypropylene Felt
Customize your Filter Bags
Determine the types of contaminants to be removed
Select the micron size of the bag according to the size of the particles to be filtered out
Flow rate, Pressure & Temperature
Choose filter according to flow rate, pressure and temperature of the system
Chemical Compatability and Viscosity
Base final selection of the filter on chemical compatability and viscosity of the influent
Determine if single stage or multi stage filtration needed
Base final selection on type of liquid to be filtered
Typical Particle Size Ranges
Liquid Filter Selection
Selection
Polypropylene
Filter Bag Viscosity - Flow Rate Conversion Chart
To Use Chart
1. Select micron rated bag at the top of the chart.
2. Follow the corresponding vertical row down until it intersects the selected viscosity in centipose.
3. The top number in the square indicates the flow rate for a size #1 filter bag at 1 PSI pressure drop and the bottom number represents the flow rate for a size #2 (both figures are in US GPM).
Notes
A For greater than 1 PSI ∆P simply multiply the resultant GPM times PSI desired to obtain flow - or - divide desired flow by the resultant flow to obtain ∆P
B For #3 size filter bag multiply size 1 flow rate by 0.28
C For #4 size filter bag multiply size 1 flow rate by 0.44
D For bags with covers reduce results by 25%
To calculate the required amount of size #2 filter bags you must know the micron size, the viscosity and the desired flow rate of the bag. Use the following formula:
Example: If you want to use a 10 micron, size 2, Polyester felt filter bag @ 150 gpm, 200 CPS with 3 lbs ∆P:
Desired flow (150) ÷ Target clean delta P (3.0) = 1.47 bags (Round up to eliminate decimal points = 2 bags)
Flow rate from chart (33.84)
Compact & Easy to Install!
Sampson Bag Filter Vessels
Description
•Filtration bag units available in a wide variety of materials for various flow rates.
•Easy bag change-out.
Features
•Built in accordance with ASME Code
•Available in Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel 304 or 316
•Perforated restrainer basket
•Integral support legs for ERS-90 and ERS-180 units
•Side or top inlet
Options
•CRN number
•Integral support legs for ERS-20 and ERS-40 units
•Made for superior pressure and temperature
•Side or bottom outlet
•Large range of fittings such as Male or Female NPT, Flange and Sanitary
•Fitting dimensions from 1 inch and more
•Close by clamps or band
•Withstands 150 psi @ 225°F
Available Styles:
Customize your Sampson Filter Vessel
Part Number Example:
(4 Bag #2)
-
Displacement Balloon
gpm (5 Bag #2) CRN Number 1080 - 1080 gpm (6 Bag #2) Epoxy Coated Vessel 1260 - 1260 gpm (7 Bag #2)
Polished Stainless Steel 1440 - 1440 gpm (8 Bag #2) Back Flush Restrainer Stand
Other Temp Or Pressure
Carbon Steel Single and Multi Filter Bag Vessels
ERS-20-CS
20 gpm, Gooseneck, 1" FNPT, #3 Bag
ERS-20SE-CS
20 gpm, Side Entry, 1" FNPT, #3 Bag
ERS-40-CS 40 gpm, Gooseneck, 1.5" FNPT, #4 Bag
ERS-40SE-CS 40 gpm, Side Entry, 1" FNPT, #4 Bag
ERS-90-CS 90 gpm, Gooseneck, 2" FNPT, #1 Bag
ERS-90SE-CS 90 gpm, Side Entry, 2" FNPT, #1 Bag
ERS-180-CS 180 gpm, Gooseneck, 2" FNPT, #2 Bag
ERS-180SE-CS 180 gpm, Side Entry, 2" FNPT, #2 Bag
ERS-360D 360 gpm, Gooseneck / flanged, 2" FLG, 2 x #2 Bags
ERS-360SED 360 gpm, Side Entry, 2" FLG, 2 x #2 Bags
ERS-540 540 gpm, Flanged, 4" FLG, 3 x #2 Bags
ERS-720 720 gpm, Flanged, 6" FLG, 4 x #2 Bags
ERS-900 900 gpm, Flanged, 6" FLG, 5 x #2 Bags
ERS-1080
1080 gpm, Flanged, 6" FLG, 6 x #2 Bags
ERS-1260
1260 gpm, Flanged, 6" FLG, 7 x #2 Bags
ERS-1440
1440 gpm, Flanged, 6" FLG, 8 x #2 Bags
Gooseneck
Economical Big Blue Bag Filter Systems!
Big Blue Polypropylene & Giant Polyester Bags
Features
•Unique Plastisol® ring ensures efficient results
•Use polyester bags for hot water/high pressure applications
•Maximum operating temperature for polypropylene bags is 140°F
•Maximum operating temperature for polyester bags is 200°F (depending on operating conditions)
Big Blue Talc & Clear Styrene Bag Housings
Features
•Available with 10" and 20" clear styrene acrylonitrile (SAN) bowl or 10" and 20" blue talc reinforced polypropylene bowl
•Both 1.5" and 1" NPT connections are included in every Big Blue filter head
•Talc unit includes: pressure gauge, basket support, polypropylene drain, plugs, wrench and ball valve to drain sump
•Clear unit is ideal for cold water applications to 125 psi Includes: pressure gauge, basket support, polypro plugs and wrench
•Drain is not provided
•FDA approved
KS-BGBD10
White, Polypro Head, Blue Bowl, 10"
KS-BGBD20
White, Polypro Head, Blue Bowl, 20"
KS-CGB10
White, Polypro Head, Clear Bowl, 10"
KS-CGB20
White, Polypro Head, Clear Bowl, 20"
Big Blue Pure Polypropylene Bag Housings
Features
•Ideal where filtered liquids must remain totally free of contaminants
•Perfect for filtration of solvents, acid alcohols and chemicals
KS-BAG1-10
10" Bag, Micron Size: 1
KS-BAG1-20 20" Bag, Micron Size: 1
KS-BAG5-10 10" Bag, Micron Size: 5
KS-BAG5-20 20" Bag, Micron Size: 5
KS-BAG10-10 10’’ Bag, Micron Size: 10
KS-BAG10-20 20" Bag, Micron Size: 10
KS-BAG25-10 10" Bag, Micron Size: 25
KS-BAG25-20 20" Bag, Micron Size: 25
KS-BAG50-10 10" Bag, Micron Size: 50
KS-BAG50-20 20" Bag, Micron Size: 50
KS-BAG100-10 10" Bag, Micron Size: 100
KS-BAG100-20 20" Bag, Micron Size: 100
KS-BAG200-10 10" Bag, Micron Size: 200
KS-BAG200-20 20", Micron Size: 200
•Smooth surfaces to prevent bacteria and dirt build-up
•Clear unit is ideal for cold water applications to 125 psi
•Includes: pressure gauge, drain plugs, basket support ball valve, wrench and uses a nonlubricated silicone o-ring as standard
•FDA approved
Applications Include
• Deionized water
• Laboratory instrumentation and equipment
• Pharmaceutical and cosmetics
• Electronic solutions and chemicals
•Post filter for reverse osmosis or ultrafiltration
KS-NPGBD10
100% Polypropylene Housing, 10"
KS-NPGBD20 100% Polypropylene Housing, 20"
Stainless Steel Cartridge Housings
SH-FOSBN786
Single Cartridge Stainless Steel Housings
Features
•Ideal for industrial liquid filtration
•Accepts industry standard cartridges sizes
2 3/4" O.D. x 1" I.D. x 9 3/4" or 20"
•BUNA O-Ring
•No tools required when changing cartridges
•3/4" NPT connections are standard
•275 psi to 250°F
•304 SS bowl
•Drain on some models
•Accessories such as mounting bracket, pressure gage, pressure relief button available
•Other dimensions available
9.75" Cartridge, 304 SS Bowl, Nickel Plated Brass Head
SH-FOSBN806
20" Cartridge, 304 SS Bowl, Nickel Plated Brass Head
SH-FOS786
9.75" Cartridge, 304 SS
SH-FOS806
20" Cartridge, 304 SS
EX-WYDSS-SS1
9.75" Cartridge, 304 SS, 250°F @ 250 psi
EX-WYD20SS-SS1
20" Cartridge, 304 SS, 250°F @ 250 psi
Hurricane Filtration Systems
Features
•Electro-polish stainless steel housing, with bronze wing nuts
•Tangential entry improves heavy particle separation for longer cartridge life
•NSF certified
•Drain
HA-HUR40HP
Up To 50 gpm, 2" NPT, 140°F @ 150 psi, Wing Nut Opening
HA-HUR90HP
Up To 100 gpm, 2" NPT, 140°F @ 150 psi, Wing Nut Opening
HA-HUR170HP
Up To 150 gpm, 2" NPT, 140°F @ 150 psi, Wing Nut Opening
HA-HUR1X70FL
Up To 150 gpm, 2" FLG, 140°F @ 200 psi, Swing Bolt Closure
HA-HUR3X170FL
3 Cartridges, Up To 450 gpm, 3" FLG, 140°F @ 200 psi, Swing Bolt Closure
HA-HUR5X170FL
5 Cartridges, Up To 750 gpm, 4" FLG, 140°F @ 200 psi, Swing Bolt Closure
HA-HUR8X170FL
8 Cartridges, Up To 1200 gpm, 6" FLG, 140°F @ 200 psi, Swing Bolt Closure
Features
•High quality 304 SS construction
•Accepts industry standard cartridges sizes 2 3/4" O.D. x 1" I.D. x 9 3/4" or 20"
•Band clamp or swing bolt opening is included for easy cartridge change
•1/2" drain is provided on clean and dirty sides
•150 psi to 300°F
Hurricane Cartridges
Features
•Pleated polyester media
•5 micron & larger can be cleaned and reused
•NSF certified
Multi Cartridge Stainless Steel Housings
KS-414
4 x 9.75" Cartridges, 2.0" NPT
KS-434
4 x 20" Cartridges, 2.0" NPT
KS-444
4 x 30" Cartridges, 2.0" NPT
KS-4312
12 x 30" Cartridges, 3.0" NPT
KS-4412
12 x 30" Cartridges, 3.0" NPT
EX-CF702FBC
7 x 20" Cartridge, 2" FLG
EX-CF1052FBC
7 x 30" Cartridge, 2" FLG
EX-CF702FSB
7 x 20" Cartridge, 2" FLG
EX-CF1052FSB
7 x 30" Cartridge, 2" FLG
PE-STBC-4
4 x 9.75" Cartridge, 2" NPT, Epoxy Finish, BUNA
PE-STBC-8
4 x 20" Cartridge, 2" NPT, Epoxy Finish, BUNA
PE-STBC-12
4 x 30" Cartridge, 2" NPT, Epoxy Finish, BUNA
PE-STBC-16
4 x 40" Cartridge, 2" NPT, Epoxy Finish, BUNA
PE-STBC-20
5 x 40" Cartridge, 2" FLG, Epoxy Finish, BUNA
Hurricane Cartridge Part Numbers
0.35HA-HC40-0.35HA-HC90-0.35HA-HC170-0.35 1HA-HC40-1HA-HC90-1HA-HC170-1 5HA-HC40-5HA-HC90-5HA-HC170-5 20HA-HC40-20HA-HC90-20HA-HC170-20 50HA-HC40-50HA-HC90-50HA-HC170-50 100 HA-HC40-100HA-HC90-100HA-HC170-100 150HA-HC40-150HA-HC90-150HA-HC170-150
Standard Housings
Features
•Could be used for sediment filtration, or with specialty cartridges: activated carbon cartridges, DI resin, polyphosphate etc.
•Constructed of talc polypropylene head with either blue talc reinforced or clear styrene acrylonitrile (SAN) bowl
•Buna "N" O-ring ensures effective sealing
•Accepts industry standard cartridge size: 2 3/4"
O.D. x 1" x 9 3/4" (full length) or 4 7/8" (halfsize) or 20" (double length)
•Full testing to industry standards for burst, water tightness and fatigue resistance
•Maximum temperature 125°F @ 150 psi
•Standard 3/4" NPT connections on all models except EX-HL101LBUR and EX-HL201LBUR
•Accessories available: mounting bracket, pressure gage, pressure relief button etc.
•NSF approved
KS-11N
Standard Housing, White Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Full Size, Industrial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge
KS-13N
Standard Housing, White Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Double Size, Industrial, Fits 20" Cartridge
KS-21N
Standard Housing, White Polypro Head, Clear Styrene Bowl, Full Size, Industrial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge
KS-23N
Standard Housing, White Polypro Head, Clear Styrene Bowl, Double Size, Industrial, Fits 20" Cartridge
PE-150067
Standard Housing, Black Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Full Size, Industrial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge
PE-150435
Standard Housing, Black Polypro Head,Clear Styrene Bowl, Full Size, Industrial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge
PE-150069
Standard Housing, Black Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Full Size, Industrial, Fits 20" Cartridge
EX-HP1034LLNR
Standard Housing, Blue Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Commercial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge
EX-HP1034CLURKIT
Standard Housing, Black Polypro Head, Clear Polypro Bowl, Commercial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge
EX-HL101BUR
Standard Housing, 1" In / Out, Black Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Commercial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge
EX-HL201BUR
Standard Housing, 1" In / Out, Black Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Full Size, Commercial, Fits 20" Cartridge
Reinforced Nylon Housings
Features
•Suitable for high temperature and high pressure service
•Distinctive red or black colour, glass reinforced nylon
•High strength glass reinforced nylon head and bowl
•Not available with pressure relief vent button
• Full testing to industry standards of the Water Quality Association for burst pressure, water tightness and fatigue resistance
Ideal for a Large Range of Industrial, Commercial & Residential Applications
Valve-In Head Housings
Features
Same as standard housing plus:
•Built in valve has "on", "off" and "bypass" positions
•Valve internals made of acetal copolymer and valve handle made of ABS
•Pressure vented automatically as handle is turned form "on" to "off"
•Unique head design prevents potential bypassing by not disturbing cartridge seals when valve is open
•Easiest possible installation and maintenance
•Maximum temperature 125°F @ 125 psi
KS-11V
White Polypro Head Housing, Blue Polypro Bowl, Full Size, Fits 9.75" Cartridge
KS-21V
White Polypro Head Housing, Clear Styrene Bowl, Full Size, Fits 9.75" Cartridge
KS-31V
White Polypro Head Housing, Clear Styrene Bowl, Full Size, Fits 20" Cartridge
KS-31
Red Glass Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl Housing, 180°F @ 150 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Buna O-Ring, Fits 9.75" Cartridge
PE-150015
Red Glass Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl Housing , 160°F @ 125 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Viton O-Ring, Fits 9.75" Cartridge
PE-150111
Red Glass Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl Housing, 160°F @ 125 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Viton O-Ring, Fits 20" Cartridge
PE-158319
Black Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl Housing, 160°F @ 125 psi, 0.5" In / Out, Viton O-Ring, Fits 9.75" Cartridge
Pure Polypropylene Housings
Features
•These housings are especially essential in the semi-conductor, pharmaceutical and chemical processing industries
•100% virgin polypropylene construction, without colour, adders, fillers, reinforcements or lubricants
•Smooth contact surfaces to prevent bacteria and dirt build up
•Utilizes a non lubricated O-ring standard
•Chemically resistant to many products
•An expensive alternative to teflon or fluoropolymer housings
•Could be used with standard DOE cartridges
•FDA compliant material
KS-51NX
Pure Polypropylene Housing, 125°F @ 150 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Silicone O-Ring, Fits 9.75" Cartridge
KS-53NX
Pure Polypropylene Housing, 125°F @ 150 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Silicone O-Ring, Fits 20" Cartridge
PE-150150
Pure Polypropylene Housing, 100°F @ 100 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Viton O-Ring, Fits 9.75" Cartridge
PE-150156
Pure Polypropylene Housing, 100°F @ 100 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Viton O-Ring, Fits 20" Cartridge
Filter Cartridges
Filter Media Selection Guide
Bleached Cotton
For water, distilled water, beverages, oils animal/vegetable petroleum acids, citric/fatty, alcohols.
Natural Cotton
For water, organic solvents, oils, paints, petroleum, alcohols. Non-FDA.
Fibreglass (Unbaked)
Slight oil residue will result in certain concentrated acids.
Fibreglass (Baked)
Oil residue removed by heat treatment. Acids; mineral/organic/oxidizing agents, organic solvents. Oils; animal, vegetable, petroleum.
Polypropylene (Spun)
Used for water, oils, concentrated acids and alkalies, oxidizing agents, corrosive fluids, and gases.
True Depth Filtration & High Dirt Holding Capacity!
String wound design, polypropylene cord wound around a rigid core of polypropylene.
Economical way to reduce fine sediments in a variety of fluids, from water to chemical solutions.
Cord material: FDA polypropylene, polyester, cotton, etc.
Core material: Polypropylene, tinned steel, stainless steel etc.
Spun Cartridges
Features
•Thermally bonded pure polypropylene microfiber
•Designed for high purity and chemical compatability
•Economical way to reduce fine sediments in a variety of fluids, from water to chemical solutions
Viscose/Rayon
Properties similar to cotton. Coarser fibers, swells in aqueous solutions.
Nylon
Specialized applications, concentrated alkalies, hydrocarbons.
Polyester
Properties and applications similar to polypropylene.
Polypropylene (Fibrillated)
Chemical resistance same as standard polypropylene. Non - migrating polypropylene free of extractable used in electronics, plating and ultra pure liquids where non - leaching is critical.
Core Selection Guide
Polypropylene
Low temp. applications can be incinerated for easy disposal. FDA material.
316 SS
High temperature, diluted acids, highly corrosive fluids.
304 SS
High temperature, strong acids, moderately corrosive fluids.
Tinned Steel
General-purpose core, for solvents, paints, oils. Extended Core Crimped Extended core filters are produced on tin or S.S. cores. Available in all microns and in different lengths to a max. of 41". Polypropylene Extender is used for polypropylene core.
String Wound Cartridges
Pleated Design Maximizes Dirt Holding Capacity!
REF #1. Pleated Cellulose Media
Features
• Designed for general water filtration
• Recommended for chlorinated water supplies
• Pleated cellulose media, 20 microns
• Polypropylene core and vinyl plastisol
• External netted helps retain uniform pleat spacing in high flow
• 4 ft2 of surface filtration for 10" cartridge; 8 ft2 for the 20" cartridge
• Recommended flow: 12 gpm (10") and 15 gpm (20")
• Economical
REF #2. Polyester Media
Features
• Durable polyester media, 30 and 50 micron available
• Bacteria and chemical resistant
• Polypropylene core and vinyl plastisol
• 4 ft2 of surface filtration for 10" cartridge, 8 ft2 of surface filtration for 20" cartridge
REF #3. Polyester Media
Features
• Premium quality cartridges
• Pleated polyester media, 0.35, 1, 5, 10, 20, 50 microns available
• Polypropylene core
• Cleanable and reusable
• Flow rate of 3 - 6 gpm for 9.75" cartridges
REF #4. Resin Impregnated Cellulose and Polyester Fibers
Features
• Vinyl plastisol end caps
• 1, 5, 20, 50 microns available
• Higher wet strength than regular cellulose cartridges
• 6 ft2 of surface filtration for 10" cartridge; 12 ft2 for the 20" cartridge
• Colour coded for microns rating
REF #5. Economical Cartridges, Cellulose Pleated
Features
• Economical grade pleated cellulose cartridges
•Operating temperature: 40°F to 145°F
•Low pressure drop
•Good for drinking water, process water and chemical applications
Activated Carbon & Specialty Cartridges
Activated Carbon Cartridges are Great for the Removal of Chlorine, Foul Taste & Odour!
Granular Activated Carbon Cartridges
Features
• Effective for the reduction of bad taste, odour and chlorine
• Includes a 20 micron post filter to remove carbon and other suspended particles
• Operating temperature: 40°F to 125°F
• 10" cartridge = 5,000 gallons @ 2gpm (PE-15510943)
• 10" Coconut cartridge = 7,500 gallons @ 1gpm (PE-15515543)
• Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 3.0 psid @ 1.0 gpm
• Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 16 psid @ 2.0 gpm
PE-15510943
Granular Activated Carbon, (2 7/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge
PE-15511143
Granular Activated Carbon, (2 7/8" Dia.), 20" Cartridge
PE-15515543
Economical Coconut Shell Cartridge, (2 7/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge
Non-Cellulose Carbon-Impregnated Pleated Cartridges
Features
• Pleated media for maximum dirt loading capacity
• Polyester media: nominal 10 microns
• Provides chlorine, taste, odour reduction & sediment filtration
• Bacteria resistant
• Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F
• Initial Pressure Drop:
2 1/2" x 10" cartridge 1 psid @ 3 gpm = 4,000 gallons @ 1 gpm
• Initial Pressure Drop:
2 1/2" x 20" cartridge 1 psid @ 5 gpm = 10,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
• Initial Pressure Drop:
4 1/2" x 10" cartridge 1 psid @ 8 gpm = 12,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
• Initial Pressure Drop:
Radial Flow Granular Activated Carbon Cartridges
Features
• Effective for the reduction of bad taste, odour and chlorine
• Radial flow for minimal pressure drop
• Granular activated carbon is sandwiched between an outer 70 micron polyethylene shell and an inside spun polypropylene core
• Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F
• 10" cartridge = 3,000 gallons @ 1gpm
• 20" cartridge = 6,000 gallons @ 2gpm
• Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 0.6 psid @ 1.0 gpm
• Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 0.6 psid @ 2.0 gpm
PE-15506343
Radial Flow GAC Cartridge, (2 3/4" Dia.), 10" Cartridge
PE-15506543
Radial Flow GAC Cartridge, (2 3/4" Dia.), 20" Cartridge
Carbon Block Filter
4 1/2" x 20" cartridge 1 psid @ 10 gpm = 20,000 gallons @ 4 gpm Features
PE-15536143
Carbon Impregnated Polyester, (2 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge
PE-15539743
Carbon Impregnated Polyester, (2 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge
PE-15539843
Carbon Impregnated Cellulose, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge
PE-15538243
Carbon Impregnated Cellulose, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge
• Polyolefin pre-filter, 5 microns
• High dirt holding capacity maximizes utilization of the carbon block
• High effective bad taste, odour and chlorine reduction
• Manufactured entirely with FDA compliant material
• Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F
• 10" cartridge = 6,000 gallons @ 1gpm, 20" = 12,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
• Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 3.4 psid @ 1 gpm
• Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 3.4 psid @ 2 gpm
• Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F
PE-15553143
Carbon Block Filter, (2 7/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge
PE-15552943
Carbon Block Filter, (2 7/8" Dia.), 20" Cartridge
EX-CBC5CT03
Carbon Block Filter, (2 7/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, Economical
Highly Effective Filter Cartridges!
Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 microns
Features
•Nominal 0.5 micron rating
•99.95% reduction in Cryptosporidium, Giarda, Entamoeba, and Toxoplasma cysts
•Premium high capacity bad taste, odour and chlorine reduction
•High dirt holding capacity maximizes utilization of the carbon block
•Operating Temperature: 40°F to 180°F
•Manufactured entirely with FDA compliant material
•Ideal choice for residential, food service, commercial and industrial applications
•10" cartridge = 20,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
•20" cartridge = 45,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
•Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 3.7 psid @ 1 gpm
•Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 3.0 psid @ 2 gpm
PE-15516243
Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 Microns, (2 7/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge
PE-15530943
Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 Microns, (2 7/8" Dia.), 20" Cartridge
EX-CBC05
Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 Microns, (2 7/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, Economical
DI Resin Cartridges
Features
•Deionizing water capacity up to 16 megaohms
•Specially treated resin for TOC level reduction
•Operating Temperature: 40°F to 100°F
•Manufactured entirely with FDA compliant material
•Ideal choice for circuit board, printing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, steam processor, and humidification systems
•10" cartridge = 270 mg CaCO3
•20" cartridge = 600 mg CaCO3
•Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 1.5 psid @ 0.25 gpm
•Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 3.4 psid @ 0.5 gpm
PE-15527303
DI Resin Cartridge, (2 2/3" Dia.), 10" Cartridge
PE-15527403
DI Resin Cartridge, (2 2/3" Dia.), 20" Cartridge
Hexametaphosphate Cartridges
Features
• Hexametaphosphate crystals help prevent lime and scale deposits
• The product dissolves slowly in water to inhibit scale and rust build up
• Dissolves up to 1 ppm of iron
• Effective to prevent deposits when heated to a hardness of 15 gpg
• Manufactured with FDA compliant material
PE-15510043
Hexametaphosphate Cartridge, (2 7/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, Up To 5 gpm
PE-15524803
Hexametaphosphate Cartridge, (2 5/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, Up To 1 - 1.5 gpm
PE-15525103
Hexametaphosphate Cartridge, (2 5/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, Up To 1.5 - 2.5 gpm
Lead Removal Cartridge
Features
•Specially formulated ceramic lead removal matrix plus pulverized activated carbon
•Chlorine and organic removal
•Reduces lead concentration up to 99% in low pH and more than 92% in high pH
•Could treat efficiently up to 4000 gallons in low pH water and 3000 gallons in high pH water
•5 micron rating
HA-HAC-10-LR-W Lead Removal Cartridge, (2 3/4" Dia.), 10" Cartridge
For BIG Jobs, Use BIG BLUE Housings!
Standard BIG BLUE Cartridge Housings
Features
•Available in 10" and 20" clear styrene acrylonitrile (SAN) bowl or blue talc reinforce polypropylene bowl
•Ideal for a large range of industrial, commercial and residential applications
•Buna "N" O-ring ensures effective sealing
•Accepts industry standard cartridge size: 4 1/2" O.D. x 10" (full length) or 20" (double length)
•Full testing to industry standards for burst, water tightness and fatigue resistance
KS-BG10
Filter Housing, NSF Approved, Industrial White Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl,
KS-BG20
Filter Housing, NSF Approved, Industrial White Polypro Head, Blue Polypro
KS-CG10
Filter Housing, NSF Approved, Industrial
White Polypro Head, Clear Styrene
KS-CG20
Filter Housing, NSF Approved, Industrial
White Polypro Head, Clear Styrene Bowl,
KS-HTGX10
Filter Housing, NSF Approved, Industrial,
Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl,
KS-HTGX20
Filter Housing, NSF Approved, Industrial,
Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl, 1" In / Out, Max. 180°F @ 125 psi, Fits 20" Cartridge
Excellent Chemical Resistance!
BIG BLUE
KS-HTGX10
Reinforced Nylon Housings
Features
•Economical, lightweight, high capacity, high temperature housing
•High strength glass black reinforced head and bowl
•Tested to industry standards for burst pressure, water tightness and fatigue resistance
•1.5" and 1" NPT connections included in every filter head
•Utilizes a non-lubricated silicone O-ring standard
•Accepts industry standard cartridge size: 4 1/2" O.D. x 10" (full length) or 20" (double length)
•Maximum temperature 180°F @ 125 psi
•NSF approved
Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl Filter Housing, Fits 10" Cartridge
KS-HTGX20
Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl Filter Housing, Fits 20" Cartridge
Ideal When Contaminant-Free Environments Are Needed!
BIG BLUE Pure Polypropylene Housings
Features
•Ideal for use in industries where filtered liquids must remain free of contamination
•2 - 3x the flow rate of standard housings
•Smooth contact surfaces to prevent bacteria and dirt build-up
•Utilizes a non-lubricated silicone O-ring standard
•Accepts industry standard cartridge size: 4 1/2" O.D. x 10" (full length) or 20" (double length)
•Maximum temperature 125°F @ 125 psi
•With out pressure relief button
•1" - 1.5" NPT connection included in every filter head
•NSF approved
KS-NPGX10
Pure Polypropylene Filter Housing, Fits 10" Cartridge
KS-NPGX20
Pure Polypropylene Filter Housing, Fits 20" Cartridge
Outfit your BIG BLUE Housing with our Extensive Line of BIG BLUE Cartridges !
BIG BLUE Activated Carbon and Specialty Cartridges
BIG BLUE String Wound Filter Cartridges
Features
• Virgin polypropylene, polypropylene core
•4 1/2" diameter
Options
•FDA polypropylene, polyester, cotton, etc.
•Micron Size: 0.5, 1, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 100, 150
HY-HSW10B010A
BIG BLUE, String Wound, (4 1/2" Dia.),1 Micron, 10" Cartridge
HY-HSW10B050A
BIG BLUE, String Wound, (4 1/2" Dia.), 5 Micron, 10" Cartridge
HY-HSW10B250A
BIG BLUE, String Wound, (4 1/2" Dia.), 25 Micron, 10" Cartridge
HY-HSW20B010A
BIG BLUE, String Wound, (4 1/2" Dia.), 1 Micron, 20" Cartridge
HY-HSW20B050A
BIG BLUE, String Wound, (4 1/2" Dia.), 5 Micron, 20" Cartridge
HY-HSW20B250A
BIG BLUE Spun Cartridges
Features
•True grade density for high dirt holding capacity
•Manufactured with polpropylene FDA
•Maximum operating temperatures of up to 150°F
Options
•Other micron ratings available: 10, 30, 50 microns
EX-PP10B01
BIG BLUE, Spun PP, 1 Micron, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, 5 gpm
EX-PP10B05
BIG BLUE, Spun PP, 5 Micron, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, 10 gpm
EX-PP10B20
BIG BLUE, Spun PP, 20 Micron, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, 10 gpm
EX-PP20B01
BIG BLUE, Spun PP, 1 Micron, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge, 10 gpm
EX-PP20B05
BIG BLUE, Spun PP, 5 Micron, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge, 20 gpm
EX-PP20B20
BIG BLUE, Spun PP, 20 Micron, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge, 20 gpm
Granular Activated Carbon Cartridges
•Effective for the reduction of bad taste, odour and chlorine
•Includes a 20 micron post filter to remove carbon and other solid fines
•Operating temperature: 40°F to 125°F
•10" cartridge = 12,500 gallons @ 2 gpm
•20" cartridge = 25, 000 gallons @ 4 gpm
•Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 6.0 psid @ 2.0 gpm
•Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 5.0 psid @ 4.0 gpm
BIG BLUE Granular Activated Carbon, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge
BIG BLUE Granular Activated Carbon, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge
BIG BLUE Economical Coconut Shell Cartridge, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge
BIG BLUE Economical Coconut Shell Cartridge, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge
Radial Flow Granular Activated Carbon Cartridges
•Effective for the reduction of bad taste, odour and chlorine
•Radial flow for minimal pressure drop
•Granular activated carbon is sandwiched between an outer 70 micron polyethylene shell and an inside spun polypropylene core
•Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F
•10" cartridge = 35,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
•20" cartridge = 70,000 gallons @ 4 gpm
•Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 0.9 psid @ 2.0 gpm
•Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 0.9 psid @ 4.0 gpm
PE-15514143
BIG BLUE Radial Flow GAC Cartridge, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge
PE-15524743
BIG BLUE Radial Flow GAC Cartridge, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge
BIG BLUE Activated Carbon and Specialty Cartdriges
BIG BLUE Carbon Impregnated Polyester or Cellulose
Features
• Carbon impregnated polyester and non-cellulose media
• Pleated media for maximum dirt loading capacity
• Polyester media: nominal 10 microns
• Provides sediment filtration and chlorine, taste and odour reduction
• Bacteria resistant
• Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F
• 10" cartridge = 500 gallons @ 2 gpm
• 20" cartridge = 1000 gallons @ 4 gpm
• Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 2 psid @ 8 gpm
• Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 1 psid @ 10 gpm
PE-15539843
BIG BLUE Carbon Impregnated Polyester, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge
PE-15538243
BIG BLUE Carbon Impregnated Polyester, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge
BIG BLUE Carbon Block Filter
Features
• Polyolefin pre-filter, 5 microns
• High dirt holding capacity maximizes utilization of the carbon block
• High effective bad taste and odour and chlorine reduction
• Manufactured entirely with FDA compliant material
• Operating Temperature: 40°F to 180°F
• 10" cartridge = 22,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
• 20" cartridge = 40,000 gallons @ 4 gpm
• Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 4.3 psid @ 2 gpm
• Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 5.5 psid @ 5 gpm
PE-15554843
BIG BLUE Carbon Block Filter, (4 5/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge
PE-15558343
BIG BLUE Carbon Block Filter, (4 5/8" Dia.), 20" Cartridge
BIG BLUE Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 microns
Features
•Nominal 0.5 micron rating
•99.95% reduction in Cryptosporidium, Giarda, Entamoeba, and Toxoplasma cysts
•Premium high capacity bad taste, odour and chlorine reduction
•High dirt holding capacity maximizes utilization of the carbon block
•Operating Temperature: 40°F to 180°F
•Manufactured entirely with FDA compliant material
•Ideal choice for residential, food service, commercial and industrial applications
•10" cartridge = 50,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
•20" cartridge = 150,000 gallons @ 4 gpm
•Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 4.6 psid @ 2 gpm
•Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 8.5 psid @ 4 gpm
PE-15517043
BIG BLUE Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 Microns, (4 5/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge
PE-15531243
BIG BLUE Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 Microns, (4 5/8" Dia.), 20" Cartridge
Ideal for Post Reverse Osmosis
BIG BLUE DI Resin Cartridge
Features
•Deionizing water capacity up to 16 megaohms
•Specially treated resin for TOC level reduction
•Operating Temperature: 40°F to 100°F
•Manufactured entirely with FDA compliant material
•Ideal choice for circuit board, printing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, steam processor, and humidification systems
•20" cartridge = 1850 mg CaCO3
•Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 1.1 psid @ 1.25 gpm
PE-15528103
BIG BLUE DI Resin Cartridge,(4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge
BIG BLUE IRON REDUCTION CARTRIDGE
Features
•Easily and effectively reduces up to 3 ppm of dissolved iron from water
•Improves flavour and reduces the metallic taste caused by iron
•Reduces the possibility of pipe and water heater damage
•Does not add any chemicals in water
•Please note that some impurities may reduce the life expectancy of the cartridge
•20" cartridge = 40,000 gallons with an iron level of 2 ppm
PE-15526303
BIG BLUE Iron Reduction Cartridge, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge
BIG BLUE Oil Absorbing Cartridge
Features
•Up to 90% of total hydrocarbons are removed in a single pass
•High flow rates
•Removes dissolved and dispersed oils
•Some applications include: gas and oil facilities, surface water run-off, auto service stations, machine shops, industrial process, car and truck wash stations
•Media can hold 250 - 300% of its own weight
• Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F
•Low pressure drop
•5 - 10 gpm flow rate
PE-15559603
Oil Absorbing Cartridge, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge
Pleated Design Maximizes Dirt Holding Capacity!
REF #1. BIG BLUE Pleated Filter Cartridges
Features
•Operating temperature: 40°F to 145°F
•Low pressure drop
REF #2. BIG BLUE Pleated Cellulose Media
Features
•Designed for general water filtration
•Recommended for chlorinated water supplies
•Pleated cellulose media, 20 microns
•Polypropylene core and vinyl plastisol
•External netted helps retain uniform pleat spacing in high flow
•14 ft2 of surface filtration for 10" cartridge; 29 ft2 for the 20" cartridge
•Economical
REF #3. BIG BLUE Polyester Media
Features
•Durable polyester media, 30 and 50 micron available
•Bacteria and chemical resistant
•Polypropylene core and vinyl plastisol
•16 ft2 of surface filtration for 10" cartridge, 32 ft2 of surface filtration for 20" cartridge
REF #4. BIG BLUE Resin Impregnated Cellulose and Polyester Fibers
Features
• Special formulation of resin impregnated cellulose and polyester fibers
•1, 5, 20, 50 microns available
•Higher wet strength than regular cellulose cartridges
•18 ft2 of surface filtration for 10" cartridge; 36 ft2 for the 20" cartridge
•Colour coded for micron rating
REF #5. BIG BLUE Economical Cartridges, Cellulose Pleated
Features
•Economical grade pleated cellulose BIG BLUE cartridges
Pleated Cartridges
0.35 4 HA-HB10-035WHA-HB20-035W 14 PE-25549043ECP1-20BB
14 HA-HB10-1WHA-HB20-1W
15 EX-CP110B
54 PE-25549043PE-25549443
54 HA-HB10-5WHA-HB20-5W
55 EX-CP510BEX-CP520B
20 1 PE-15540543PE-15530543
20 4 ECP20-10BBPE-2554954
20 4 HA-HB10-20WHA-HB20-20W
30 2 PE-15510143PE-15543043
50 2 PE-15505343
50 4 ECP50-10BBPE-2549643
50 4 HA-HB10-50WHA-HB20-50W
Info Zone
Steam Activation
Activated carbon can be made from a wide range of source materials such as coal, coconut shells, wood, peat or bone. The material is often charred and then activated chemically or in a high temperature steam environment to produce and extensive network of pores and influence level of activity.
Carbon tetrachloride activity
Is a means of determining the degree of completion of the activation process by measuring the ability of carbon to adsorb organic molecules.
Iodine Number
Refers to a carbon's small pores and its ability to adsorb low molecular weight organics. The higher the iodine number, the higher the degree of activation.
Features
•Specifically manufactured from select grades of bituminous coal
•For removal of low to high molecular weight contaminants and colour
•High iodine and broad pore structure
•Less frequent changeouts = cost effective
•Use BC-410 or BC-710P in liquid phase applications where low pressure drop is required or where sediments are very high
•Packaged in 55 lbs bags, totes, and drums
For Removal of Dissolved Oil from Water
Moisture Content
Affects the ability of adsorbents to perform against certain gases and vapours. It is indicated as a percentage by weight.
Apparent Density
Refers to the dry density of a material (in g/ml or lbs/cuft). Required for mass to volume conversions required for designing and filling equipment.
Hardness
Useful for measuring the resistance of an adsorbent to particle size degradation under service conditions. Coconut shell carbons are among the hardest.
Impregnation
Impregnation is the process where activated carbon is treated with a chemical reagent hereby reacting with and thereby removing certain compounds from either air or liquid.
Mesh Size
Mesh size is important for achieving the proper contact of liquid or gas and affects the rate of adsorption and pressure drop across a bed of adsorbent. The smaller the particle, the more efficient the adsorption, however, pressure drop increases. Please see the following mesh size chart comparing sieve # and mm.
Liquid Phase Bitumous Coal (BC) Activated Carbon
Liquid Phase Coconut Shell (CNS) Activated Carbon
Features
•Specifically manufactured from coconut shells
•For removal of chlorine, chloramines, THMs, ozone and organics
•Excellent hardness
•High surface area and micropore structure
BC-410
4 x 10 US Mesh Size Bituminous Coal Activated Carbon, 60% CCl4, 0.40 - 0.46 g/cc Density, 90 - 94% Hardness, 6 - 10% Ash, 1000 mg/g Iodine#, 1000 - 1100 m2/g Surface Area
BC-710P
7 x 10 US Mesh Size Bituminous Coal Activated Carbon, 67% CCl4, 0.44 - 0.52 g/cc Density, 95 - 97% Hardness, 6 - 10% Ash, 1000 mg/g Iodine#, 1100 - 1250 m2/g Surface Area, Static Pressure Drop: 1.4" w.g./ft Carbon @ 50 fpm
BC-830
8 x 30 US Mesh Size Bituminous Coal Activated Carbon, 60-65% CCl4, 0.44 - 0.52 g/cc Density, 94% Hardness, 4% Ash, 1000 mg/g Iodine#, 1100 - 1200 m2/g Surface Area
BC-1240
12 x 40 US Mesh Size Bituminous Coal Activated Carbon 60-65% CCl4, 0.46 - 0.54 g/cc Density, 94% Hardness, 4% Ash, 1000 mg/g Iodine#, 1100 - 1200 m2/g Surface Area
BC-325
325 x Fines US Mesh, Thru 100: 99%, Thru 200: 95%, Thru 325: 90%, 0.56 - 0.74 g/cc Density, 8 -10 % Ash,
•Less carbon changeouts, less dust and fines
•High surface area and micropore structure
•High adsorption capacity, lower pre-soak times, readily wettable
•Packaged in bags, totes or drums
CNS-612
6 x 12 US Mesh Coconut Based Activated Carbon, 60 - 65% CCl4, 0.48 - 0.55 g/cc Density, 96 - 98% Hardness, 5% Ash,
Pre-treatment with MCM will extend the life of activated carbon by 7 times, reducing
Ultrasorber Plus™ Modified Clay Media
Ultrasorber PlusTM Modified Clay Media is composed of 20% to 30% organically modified bentonite clay with a 70% to 80% specially formulated anthracite / activated carbon blend.
•Designed specifically to remove high molecular weight hydrocarbons, chlorinated hydrocarbons and heavy metals
•Adsorbs oil and grease outside clay particle, therefore it is not subject to pore plugging
•Has a capacity of up to 60% of its own weight in oil, grease or other low solubility organic compounds
•Spent Media could have a BTU value of 14,000 BTU/lb
•Particle size is 8 x 30 US Mesh
High Cation Exchange Capacity
MerCarb
ZeoSorb Cation Exchange Media
ZeoSorb is a crystalline hydrated aluminosilicate with infinite three dimensional frameworks of silicon oxygen tetrahedral. The honeycomb crystalline structure readily absorbs molecules having diameters small enough to fit the entry channel. The exchangeable cations are calcium, sodium, potassium and magnesium.
Features
•Has a high Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) that leads to high absorption and neutralization of harmful elements as ammonia, lead, cadmium, cesium, copper, zinc, chrome as well as other molecules
•Particle size: 8 x 20 US Mesh
For reduction or removal of mercury content in water and waste water streams. The unique impregnation process used to produce the MerCarb adsorbent allows the removal of mercury contaminated streams at higher temperatures.
Features
•Reliable cost effective means to reduce the mercury content in water and waste water streams to below acceptable levels
•Adsorption capacities can be up to 4 - 10% w/w basis in liquid phase
•Requires a 1 to 5 micron bag filter for pre-treatment
•Adding a guard bed ahead of the MerCarb will protect it and extend its service life for mercury removal. When hydrocarbons are present in the contaminated stream, a guard bed of BC series carbon is necessary to keep the impregnant on the carbon
•Packaged in 55 lb bags, boxes, drums or bulk super bags
Major Exchangeable Cations
For Removal of Soluble Iron, Manganese & Hydrogen Sulfide
Manganese Greensand
Features
•Purple-black filter media used for removing soluble iron, manganese and hydrogen sulfide from well water supplies
•Also removes radium and arsenic
•Media is backwashed and regenerated with potassium permanganate (KMnO4)
•Manufactured from a glauconite base
•Packed in 85 lb bags
Manganese Greensand Plus
Features
•Higher performance greensand product
•Tolerance to higher differential pressure for longer run times, less waste and greater life expectancy
•Tolerance to low silica, low solids, high temperature waters for use in a wider variety of applications
•Manufactured from a silica sand base
•Packed in 44 lb bags
Most Successful for Fluoride Removal
Actiguard
Features
•Specifically designed to remove arsenic from potable water
•Can be effective at a wide range of pH levels depending on the competing ions present
•Performance is dependent on water quality
•Simple design: flow through unit with 5 - 8 minute dwell time
•Granular material will not degrade over timecausing no pressure drop
Activated Alumina
Features
•AA-400G Fluorograde is a granular activated alumina developed specifically for the removal of fluoride from water even if they exist at low levels
•Conditioning of the material for 1 hour with dilute aluminum sulfate prior to use greatly enhances performance
•Once saturated, the alumina bed can be regenerated by neutralizing with 1% NaOH, rinsing with water and reactivating with 0.05 N H2SO4
•Able to adsorb as much as 1.4 grams fluoride per 100 grams of products
Specifications
•0.67 g/cm3 bulk density
•Specific surface area: 350 - 380 m2/g
•Specific water adsorption: 19 - 22%
ALUM-28x48-350-AAFS50
Actiguard Activated Alumina, Mesh Size 28 x 48, 350 lb Drum
ALUM-28x48-2000-AA-FS50
Actiguard Activated Alumina, Mesh Size 28 x 48, 2000 lb Super Size Tote
ALUM-28x48-1000-AAFS50
Actiguard Activated Alumina, Mesh Size 28 x 48, 1000 lb Drum
BIRM
• Birm is an excellent filter media that removes dissolved iron and manganese from water
•Acts as an insoluble catalyst to enhance the reaction between dissolved oxygen and iron compounds
•Birm is not consumed during operation. It can be backwashed
•Black in color with a density of 47 - 50 lbs/ft3
•Two grades available: regular and fine. Regular is used in industrial, municipal, and most domestic applications. Fine is recommended on domestic installations where backwash rates are limited.
Pyrolox
Features
• Pyrolox is a mineral form of manganese dioxide
•Acts as catalyst, and is able to reduce concentrations of hydrogen sulfide, iron and manganese from water
•Contaminants are oxidized and trapped on the bed - simple backwashing cleans the bed
•No chemical regeneration is required
ALUM-8x14-350-AA-400G
Activated Alumina, Mesh Size 8 x 14, 350 lb Drum
ALUM-8x14-2000-AA-400G
Activated Alumina, Mesh Size 8 x 14, 2000 lb Super Size Tote
ALUM-8x14-1000-AA-400G
Activated Alumina, Mesh Size 8 x 14, 1000 lb Drum
Operation Conditions
•Alkalinity should be greater than two times the combined sulfate and chloride concentration
•Water pH range: 6.8 +
•Dissolved oxygen content must be equal to at least 15% of the iron and manganese content
•Backwash frequently to prevent cementing
•30 - 36 inch bed depth
•Service flow rate: 3.5 - 5 gpm/sq.ft or higher
•10 - 12 gpm/sq.ft backwash rate for regular birm and 8 - 10 gpm/sq.ft for fine birm
•Backwash expansion rate is 35 - 50% of bed depth
•Pyrolox has high capacity for low contaminant concentrations
2.14 Uniform Coefficient
Specifications
•Black
•125 lbs/ft3 bulk density
•3.8 specific gravity
•Uniformity Coefficients: 1.7
•Effective Size: 0.51 mm
•6.5 - 9.0 pH range
•Bed depth depends on application
•Service flow rate: 5 gpm/sq.ft or higher
•15 - 30% of bed depth backwash bed expansion
•25 - 30 gpm/sq.ft backwash rate
•Freeboard: 40% of bed depth (min.)
BIRM-REG
Birm, Regular, 47 - 50 lbs/ft3 Bulk Density, 0.61 mm Size, 1.72 Uniform Coefficient
BIRM-FINE Birm, Fine, 47 - 50 lbs/ft3 Bulk Density, 0.49 mm Size,
For Sediment Filtration & Support Beds!
Garnet
Features
• Almandite garnet is chemically inert and non-metallic
• Well known for its hardness and durability
• Ideal filtration media because it has a high specific gravity, and has a good chemical and abrasive resistance
• High specific gravity allows unique filter design
• When combined with other filter medias, higher flow rates, higher loading and better filtration can be achieved
• Excellent support bed for other high density media - used as the lower filtration of a multi-media bed down flow filtration system
Anthracite
Features
•Excellent medium density coal filtration media
•Provides longer filter runs and less head loss because of angular shape
•Unique density allows its to be combined with other filtration media in multi-media filters
•Backwash rates reduced
•Great pre-filtration layer!
•24 - 36 inch bed depth, and 10 - 18 inch in multibed filters
•Service flow rate: 5gpm/sq.ft. or higher
•20 - 40% of bed depth backwash bed expansion
•Freeboard: 50% of bed depth (min.)
Specifications
• Light tan to reddish purple
• 50 lbs/ft3 bulk density
• 7.0 - 7.5 hardness,
• Specific gravity: 3.8 - 4.2 gm/cc
• Acid solubility: minimal
• Free Silica: minimal
Specifications
•Black
•50 lbs/ft3 bulk density
•3.0 - 3.8 hardness,
•Apparent specific gravity: 1.6 gm/cc
•Acid solubility: < 1%
•Caustic Solubility: < 1%
•Uniformity Coefficients: < 1.6 - 1.7
AN-1
14 x 30 US Mesh Size Coal Anthracite, 0.6 - 0.8 mm, 12 - 18 gpm/ft2 Backwash Flow Rate, 50 lbs/Bag
AN-1.5 10 x 20 US Mesh Size Coal Anthracite, 0.85 - 0.95 mm, 18 - 25 gpm/ft2 Backwash Flow Rate, 50 lbs/Bag
AN-2
4 x 12 US Mesh Size Coal Anthracite, 1.7 - 2.0 mm, Use Air Scour Backwash Flow Rate, 50 lbs/Bag
Neutralize Acidic Water with Calcite!
Calcite
Features
• Calcite is a crushed and screened white marble media which be used to neutralize acidic or low pH waters to a neutral, less corrosive effluent
•Naturally occuring calcium carbonate media
•Upon contact with calcite, water that is acidic slowly dissolve the calcium carbonate to raise the pH, thus reducing the potential leaching of copper, lead and other metals found in typical plumbing systems
•Periodic backwashing will prevent packing and maintain high service flow rates
•Slow reacting for controlled pH correction
•Inexpensive
Specifications
•Near white
•90 lbs/ft3 bulk density
•2.7 specific gravity
•Hardness: 3.0
•Acid solubility: < 1%
•Composed of 95% calcium carbonate and 3.0% magnesium carbonate
•Uniformity Coefficients: 1.5
•Gravel support bed is recommended
•5.0 - 7.0 pH range
•24 - 30 inch bed depth
•Service flow rate: 3 - 6 gpm/sq.ft or higher
•35% of bed depth backwash bed expansion
CAL-50
For Acid Neutralization, 52 lbs/Bag
Reduce Chemical Usage for pH Reduction with Corosex!
Corosex and Corosex II
• Corosex can correct acidic water conditions and render it less corrosive
•It is a highly reactive magnesium oxide, is used most effectively with high flow conditions or when substantial pH correction is needed
•Corosex may increase water hardness and the treatment system may require a water softener
•Can be combined with Calcite to reduce high basic properties due to overcorrection
•Corosex II is slower reacting than Corosex and more stable form of magnesium oxide
Operation Conditions
•A gravel support bed is recommended
•Water pH range: 4.5 - 6.0
•Downflow service is good on water with a hardness of less than 5 grains/gal or where it is combined with calcite (50-50). Upflow service is recommended with hardness exceeding five grains/gal to prevent cementing of the Corosex bed
•Backwash frequently to prevent cementing
•24 - 30 inch bed depth
•Service flow rate: 5 - 6 gpm/ft2 or higher
•10 - 12 gpm/sq.ft backwash rate
COROSEX
Use Ion Exchange Resins For Water Treatment & Specialized Applications
Chemical to be removed & recommended resin: dependent on water quality
Aluminum
RT-CG8-H, RT-CG10-H, RT-CG8, RT-SACMPH
Ammonia & Amines
RT-CG8-H, RT-CG10-H, RT-CG8-H, RT-WACMP
Antimony
RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2
Arsenic
RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2
Barium
RT-CG8, RT-CG10
Boron
RT-SBG1, RT-SIR150
Cadmium
RT-CG8, RT-WACMP, RT-SIR300, RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2
Calcium
RT-SIR-500
Cesium
RT-SIR600
Chromium (+3)
RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-WACMP, RT-SIR300
Chromium (+6)
RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-WBMP, RT-SIR700
Cobalt
RT-CG8, RT-SIR300
Copper
RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-WACMP, RT-SIR300, RT-CG8
Cyanide
RT-SBACR, RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2
Ferrocyanide
RT-SBACR
Fluorine (fluoride)
RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-SIR900
Gold
RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-SIR400
Iron
RT-CG8, RT-SBG1
Magnesium
RT-SIR500
Managanese
RT-CG8
Cation Exchange Resins
RT-CG8
Mercury (anionic)
RT-SIR200
Mercury (complexed)
RT-SIR200, RT-SIR300
Mercury (cationic)
RT-WACMP, RT-SIR400
Molybdenum
RT-WBMP, RT-SIR700
Nickel
RT-CG8,RT-WACMP, RT-SIR300, RT-SIR500, Nitrate
RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-SIR100
Organics (natural)
RT-SIR-22P, RT-SBACR
Potassium
RT-CG8
Palladium
RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, Phenol
RT-WBMP
Strong Acid Gel, 8% DVB, Na Ionic Form, 1.9 meq/ml Capacity, 42 - 29% Water Retention, 280°F (Max. Temp.), 50 lbs/ft3, Suitable For Softening & Demineralization, Including Mixed Beds & Dealkalization
RT-CG8-H
Strong Acid Gel, 8% DVB, H Ionic Form, 1.8 meq/ml Capacity, 47 - 52% Water Retention, 265°F (Max. Temp.), 52 lbs/ft3, Suitable For Softening & Demineralization, Including Mixed Beds & Dealkalization, Hydrogen Form
RT-CG10
Strong Acid Gel, 10% DVB, Na Ionic Form, 2.2 meq/ml Capacity, 39 - 53% Water Retention, 280°F (Max. Temp.), 54 lbs/ft3, More Resistant To Oxidation Than CG8, Excellent For High Temperature Applications, Softening Deionization & Chemical Processes, Well Suited For Mixed Beds
RT-CG-10-H
Strong Acid Gel, 10% DVB, H Ionic Form, 2.1 meq/ml Capacity, 46 - 52% Water Retention, 265°F (Max. Temp.), 52 lbs/ft3, More resistant To Oxidation Than CG8. Excellent For High Temperature Applications, Softening Deionization & Chemical Processes, Well Suited For Mixed Beds
RT-SACMP
Strong Acid, Macropoorous, Na Ionic Form, 1.7 meq/ml Capacity, 45 - 55% Water Retention 250°F (Max. Temp.), 50 lbs/ft3, Macroporous Structure & High DVB Level Gives This Strong Acid Cation Resin The Best Resistance To Oxidative, Thermal & Osmotic Stresses, Hydrogen Form Available
RT-WACG
Weak Acid Gel, (Carboxylic), H Ionic Form, 4.0 meq/ml Capacity, 43 - 60% Water Retention 250°F (Max. Temp.), 47 lbs/ft3, Has Nearly 100% Regeneration Efficiency & An Extraordinary Total Capacity, Useful In Dealkalization & Chemical Processing Applications, Also Available In The Sodium Form For Use In High TDS Softening Applications
RT-WACMP
Weak Acid Macro, (Carboxylic), H Ionic Form, 3.8 meq/ml Capacity, 46 - 56% Water Retention 250°F (Max. Temp.), 47 lbs/ft3, Has Nearly 100% Regeneration Efficiency For Dealkalization, Deionization, Etc., W/ Improved Physical Stability, This Resin Is Also Available In The Sodium Form For Use In High TDS Softening Applications
Phosphate
RT-SBG1P, RT-SBACR
Platinum
RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2
Radium
RT-CG8
Selenium
RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2
Silver
RT-SBG1
Strontium
RT-CG8
Uranium (anion)
RT-SBG1, RT-CG8
Uranium (cation)
RT-CG8
Zinc
RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-WACMP, RT-SIR300, RT-CG8
Mixed Bed Resins & Regenerated Products
RT-MDB10
Strong Acid Gel/Strong Base Gel, Type 1, H/OH Ionic Form, 0.68 meq/ml Capacity, 60% Water Retention, 140°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3, Mixed Bed Of Highly Regenerated Hydrogen Form Cation & Hydroxide Form Standard Type 1 Anion Resin, High Capacity Is Particularly Useful For Disposable Cartridges & Single Use Applications
RT-MDB30
Strong Acid Gel/Strong Base Gel, Type 1 Porous, H/OH Ionic Form, 0.45 meq/ml Capacity, 65% Water Retention, 175°F (Maximum Operating Temp. (Non-Regenerable)), 120°F (Maximum Operating Temp. (Regenerable)) 43 lbs/ft3, Mixed Bed Resin That Changes Color As It Exhausts, Cation Resin Component Is Dyed, Great For Cartridge Applications Where Visual Determination Of Exhaustion Is Needed
RT-MDB15
Strong Acid Gel/Strong Base Gel, Type 1 Porous, H/OH Ionic Form, 0.60 meq/ml Capacity, 60% Water Retention, 140°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3,Mixed Bed Of Highly Regenerated Hydrogen Form & Hydroxide Form Porous Type 1 Anion Resin, Specially Processed To Minimize TOC Throw, Best Choice For Regenrable Applications & Ultrapure Water
RT-MDB16
Strong Acid Gel/Strong Base Gel, Type 1 Porous, H/OH Ionic Form, 0.60 meq/ml Capacity, 60% Water Retention, 140°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3,Mixed Bed Of Highly Regenerated Hydrogen Form 10% DVB Cation & Hydroxide Form Porous Type 1 Anion Resin, Specially Processed To Minimize TOC Throw, Gives Great Backwash Separation
RT-MDB20
Strong Acid Gel/Strong Base Gel, Type 2, H/OH Ionic Form, 0.80 meq/ml Capacity, 60% Water Retention, 95°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3, Mixed Bed Of Highly Regenerated Hydrogen Form Cation & Hydroxide Form Type 2 Anion Resin, Very High Operating Capacity/Low Odor
Anion Resin
Anion Resin
Cation Resin
Anion Exchange Resins
RT-SBG1
Strong Base Gel, Type 1, Cl Ionic Form, 1.45 meq/ml Capacity, 43 - 50% Water Retention, 170°F (Max. Temp.), 44 lbs/ft3, Suitable For Condensate Deionization & Single Use Mixed Beds, Has The Highest Total Capacity Of Type 1 Gel Anion Resins, Superior Physical Strength & Resistance To Oxidation
RT-SBG1P
Strong Base Gel, Type 1 Porous, Cl Ionic Form, 1.25 meq/ml Capacity, 51 - 60% Water Retention, 170°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3, Superior Kinetics To SBG1, For Use In Deionization & Mixed Beds, Has The Highest Regenerable Operating Capacity Of The Type 1 Anion Resins, Especially Recommended For Regenerable Systems, Good Resistance To Organic Fouling
RT-SBG2
Strong Base Gel, Type 2, Cl Ionic Form, 1.45 meq/ml Capacity, 37 - 45% Water Retention, 170°F (Max. Temp.), 44 lbs/ft3, Features Very High Capacity & Regeneration Efficiency, Greater Resistance To Organics Than Type 1 Resins, Excellent For Two Bed Service, Its Good Regeneration Efficiency & High Capacity Can Help Minimize Caustic Comsumption & Save On Operating Costs
RT-SBMP
Strong Base Type 1, Macroporous, Cl Ionic Form, 1.15 meq/ml Capacity, 51 - 60% Water Retention, 170°F (Max. Temp.), 42 lbs/ft3, Features High Exchange Capacity, Porous Gel Matrix & Superior Elution Of Large Organic Molecules, Also Offered In Hydroxide Form For Immediate Use
RT-SBACR
Strong Base Gel, Acrylic, Cl Ionic Form, 1.2 meq/ml Capacity, 55 - 53% Water Retention, 95°F (Max. Temp.), 45 lbs/ft3, Acrylic Structure Allows Operating Capacity & Fouling Resistance In Applications W/ A High Level Of Organics, Do Not Use When Service Temperature Exceeds 85°F, Ideal For Humic Organics (Black Water)
RT-WBG-30
Weak Base, Epoxy Polyamine, Cl, Free Base Ionic Form, 2.6 meq/ml Capacity, 43 - 60% Water Retention, 110°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3, High Capacity Granular Intermediate Base Resin For Use In Applications Requiring Extremely High Throughput Capacity Or Nearly 100% Regeneration Effficiency
RT-WBMP
Weak Base, Macroporous, Free Base Ionic Form,1.3 meq/ml capacity, 53 - 60% Water Retention 212°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3, Macroporous Weakly Basic Anion Resin W/ Excellent Physical Strength & High Throughput Capacity & Regeneration, Organic Substances Sorbed During Service Are Easily Removed During Regeneration
High Purity Sands and Gravels
Features
•Meets specifications for water filtration, well drilling, environmental drilling, soil remediation, and industrial applications
•Consistent physical properties
•High specific gravity for hardness and chemical resistance
•Available in 100 lb heat seal plastic or 50 lb heat seal plastic
Specifications
•Clean, natural and rounded, not crushed
•50 lbs/ft3 bulk density
•6 - 8 hardness
•Specific gravity: > 2.50
•Acid solubility: <5%
•Sphericity and Soundness: 0.6
Selective Resins and Specialty Products
RT-CG8-ID
Strong Acid, 8% DVB, H Ionic Form, 1.6 meq/ml Capacity, 47 - 54% Water Retention, 265°F (Max. Temp.), 50 lbs/ft3, Hydrogen Form Cation Resin W/ Indicator Dye That Changes Colour Upon Exhaustion, Suitable For Uyse In Cartridges
RT-SIR22P-HP
Strong Base Gel, Type 1,Cl Ionic Form, 70 - 85% Water Retention, 140°F (Max. Temp.), 41 lbs/ft3, Extremely High Porosity Gel Type 1 Anion Resin For Chloride Cycle Organic Scavenging & Colour Removal, Reduced Bead Size Provides Faster Kinetics, Ideal For Tannic Organics (Yellow/Brown Water)
RT-SIR100
Strong Base Gel, Triethylamine, Cl Ionic Form, 1.0 meq/ml Capacity, 50 - 65% Water Retention, 170°F (Max. Temp.), 45 lbs/ft3, Highly Selective For Nitrates, Meets All Major European Specifications For Pure Water Applications
RT-SIR200
Thiol Functionality, H Ionic Form, 1.1 meq/ml Capacity, 45 - 50% Water Retention, 160°F (Max. Temp.), 45 lbs/ft3, Chelating Resin Specific For Mercury Removal
RT-SIR300
Iminodiacetate Functionality, Na Ionic Form, 1.1 meq/ml Capacity, 55 - 60% Water Retention, 160°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3, Chelating Resin Specific For Heavy Metals Removal
RT-SIR400
Thiouroniuml Functionality, H Ionic Form, 2.0 meq/ml Capacity, 45-50% Water Retention, 175°F (Max. Temp.), 47 lbs/ft3, Chelating Resin Sepcific For Precious Metals Removal
RT-SIR500
Aminophosphonic Functionality, Na Ionic Form, 1.1 meq/ml Capacity, 65 - 70% Water Retention, 185°F (Max. Temp.), 45 lbs/ft3, Chelating Resin Specific For Removal Of Hardness From brine
RT-SIR1200
Cl Ionic Form, 1.4 meq/ml Capacity, 43 - 47% Water Retention, 170°F (Max. Temp.), 44 lbs/ft3, High Total Capacity & Low Swelling On Regeneration Provides Maximum Operating Capacity In Cartridge Deionization Applications From Ultra-Pure Water To Water & Waste Treatment
Fine and Coarse Gravel ASTM Sizes
RI-6X16
Filtration Sand Nominal Effective (D10 mm) Sizes
RI-D10- 035/040/045
0.35 mm / 0.40 mm / 0.45 mm Filtration Sand
RI-D10-050/055/060 0.50 mm / 0.55 mm / 0.60 mm Filtration Sand
RI-D10-065/070/075 0.65 mm / 0.70 mm / 0.75 mm Filtration Sand
RI-D10-1.0/1.2/1.4/1.6 1.0 mm / 1.2 mm / 1.4 mm / 1.6 mm Filtration Sand
Fine and Coarse Gravel ASTM Sizes
RI-1/4X1/8 3.4 - 6.3 mm Medium Gravel
RI-3/8X3/16 4.8 - 9.5 mm Medium Gravel
RI-1/2X1/4 6.3 - 12 mm Medium Gravel
RI-5/8X3/8 9.5 - 16 mm Medium Gravel
RI-3/4X1/2 12 - 19 mm Coarse Gravel
RI-1X1/2 12 - 25 mm Coarse Gravel
RI-1X5/8 16 - 25 mm Coarse Gravel
RI-1.5X3/4 19 - 37 mm Coarse Gravel
Excellent for Groundwater Remediation & Other Applications
UltraSorberTM Water Treatment Disposable Drums
Disposable Drums!
Technical Specifications
Water Treatment Units - Arsenic Removal
UltraSorber-H2STM
Easy to Order Disposable Treatment Medias
UltraSorber-DIMTM Water Treatment Units - Reduction of Dissolved Iron &/or Manganese Removal
Media: Birm with Catalytic Carbon
UltraSorber-HEVYTM Water Treatment Units - Heavy Metal Removal
Media: Hydroxyapatite
UltraSorber-BCTM Water Treatment Units - General Contaminants of Low & High Mol Weight Removal
UltraSorber-CSTM Water Treatment Units Trace Contaminants Lower than 80 Mol Weight
Media: Carbon Coconut Shell
UltraSorber-CHLOROTM Water Treatment Units - Chlorinated Solvent Removal
Media: Blended Coconut with Bituminous Coal Based Carbon
UltraSorber-MAFTM Water Treatment Units MTBE, Acetone & Formaldehyde Removal
Media: Coconut Mixed with Organo Clay
8
Use Fiber Glass Tanks for Housing Water Treatment Media!
Fiber Glass Tanks
Fiber Glass Pressure Vessels are made from high performance composite materials with a standard high-strength polypropylene liner. Diameters range from 8" to 63" and heights from 35" to 86".
Tank Features
•Operating pressure of 150 psi (10 kg/cm²)
•Maximum operating temp 65ºC (150ºF) for flange, 49ºC (120ºF) for NPT
•One-piece PE liner with internally molded neck threads eliminates leaks and pinholes common in other tank designs
•Threaded openings available in 2 1/2" and 4" NPT. 6" flanged openings available in 21" and larger sizes ERE offers a wide variety of Filtration Media to choose from!
Sludge Bag Dewatering Systems
TEKNOBAG DRAIMAD®
The TEKNOBAG DRAIMAD® system dewaters and bags sludge from water and effluent purification plants. The heart of the system is the special filtration sack made from water repellent material. The sacks are mounted on a special stainless steel frame, designed to give even sludge distribution. The system is electronically controlled from a programmable control panel, ensuring correct process operation.
After a few hours operation the system will produce dry solids content of 15 - 30% depending on the type of sludge. The volume of dewatered sludge produced is dependent on the solid content of raw and dewatered sludge and, with raw sludge contents of 1% dry solids, one machine can treat up to 20 m³ per day.
Once the initial dewatering stage on the machine is finished, the sacks are removed and stored in the open. The special material allows dehydration of the contents of the sacks but prevents rainwater ingress. After two months storage, a cake of 50 - 95% dry solids content is produced. The package plants are fully automatic and include sludge conditioning, bag filling and draining cycles controlled by an integral control panel. Various models are available with 2, 3, 6 and 12 sacks. Operation may be manual or automatic.
• Control Panel with automatic processor
• Polyelectrolyte Tank
• Polyelectrolyte Stirrer
• Polyelectrolyte Pump
• Sludge Pump
• Static Mixer
• Reaction Tank
• Construction: 304 Stainless Steel
• Pressurization package (P)
Automatic Operation
TE02-PACK
Dewatering Package W/ 2 Bags, 0.5 - 1.5 (m³/d) @ 1% DS
TE03-PACK
Dewatering Package W/ 3 Bags, 1.5 - 2.5 (m³/d) @ 1% DS
TE06-PACK
Dewatering Package W/ 6 Bags 5.5 - 9 (m³/d) @ 1% DS
Automatic with Pressurized Filtration
TE03-PACK-P
Dewatering Package W/ 3 Bags, 2.4 - 6.25 (m³/d) @ 1% DS
TE06-PACK-P
Dewatering Package W/ 6 Bags, 8.3 - 14 (m³/d) @ 1% DS
Special System
TE-12BCAVPK Complete Dewatering Package W/ 12 Bags, 11.2 - 20 (m³/d) @ 1% DS
There are many different options available, please feel free to contact us for more information.
Sludge SystemsDewatering
MONOBELT ®
The MONOBELT® belt filter press is an entirely new patented design. It comprises two units, the pre-thickener and the sludge press. The prethickener performs the initial solid/liquid separation stage, taking sludge solids concentration from 0.5 - 3% up to 5 - 15%. The sludge press takes pre-thickened sludge and spreads it uniformly onto the main filter cloth via a series of baffles. Final dewatering occurs as the sludge cake passes between the perforated cylinder, which is covered with secondary cloth, and the main cloth. Discharged sludge cake can reach dry solids contents of 18 - 30%.
SCRUDRAIN®
This is the most modern & economical solution to sludge thickening. Sludge thickeners are widely used in many waste-water and water treatment plants. The SCRUDRAIN® sludge thickeners can handle from 10 m3/h to a maximum of 60 m3/h, depending on the type of sludge and the dry solid content. Changing the speed of the Archimedean screw allows adjustment of the concentration of the thickened sludge & minimises the use of polyelectrolyte according to requirements. As a general guide, sludge with 0,5 - 3% can be thickened to 5 - 15% DS.
SCRUDRAIN® rotating thickener with Archimedean screw comes complete with:
• Control panel
• Washing pump
• Set of covers to keep the thickener in accordance with "EC"safety directives
TEPD-MH010-B3
Eccentric Screw Dosing Pump, Max. Delivery 1.1 m³/h
TEPD-MH020-B2
Eccentric Screw Dosing Pump, Max. Delivery 2 m³/h
TEPD-MH040-B2
Eccentric Screw Dosing Pump, Max. Delivery 4 m³/h
TEPD-MH060-B2
Eccentric Screw Dosing Pump, Max. Delivery 6 m³/h
POLYDILUTION® TE-CAP Series
Automatic and continuous polymer preparation system, TE-CAP Series, comes complete with:
•Microdoser with hopper, equipped with lump breaker and variable speed screw conveyor to accurately dose the pure polyelectrolyte
•Water flow regulation and water feed assembly line complete with manual check valve, pressure reducer with gauge, needle valve, pressure switch, solenoid valve and flowmeter
•Predilution chute
•Dilution tank with slow speed stirrer
•Dispersion tank with slow speed stirrer
•Aging and storage tank equipped with two level sensors to control cycle and protect dosing pump
•Electric control board produced to IP65
POLYDILUTION® TE-CMP series
Polyelectrolyte preparation and dosing equipment has been designed for use with our range of sludge dewatering equipment. There are manual (semi-automatic) and automatic versions available.
The manual range is suitable for small plants where the requirement for flocculant is not continuous and personnel are available for chemical make-up. The manual models (TE-CMP series) are suitable for small waste water treatment plant installation, and can be installed mainly with the TEKNOBAG®-DRAIMAD®. The automatic units are suitable for applications where the polyelectrolyte must be fed on a continuous basis with accurate control of dilution and ageing. The automatic units are suitable for large waste water treatment plants where the MONOBELT® and SCRUDRAIN® are installed.
Polyelectrolyte is mixed with a controlled volume of water and enters the dilution tank where it is mixed using a 45° three bladed mechanical stirrer. It then passes to the dispersion tank where it is further mixed before
Polyelectrolyte in Powder
TE- CAP07CE02
Automatic & Continuous Polymer Preparation Unit, Max. 750 L/h Of Solution
TE-CAP15CE02
Automatic & Continuous Polymer Preparation Unit, Max. 1500 L/h Of Solution
TE-CAP30CE02
Automatic & Continuous Polymer Preparation Unit, Max. 3000 L/h Of Solution
TE-CAP60CE02
Automatic & Continuous Polymer Preparation Unit, Max. 6000 L/h Of Solution
The outlet manifold is available in all the units.
Polyelectrolyte in Emulsion
TE-CAP20EM02
Automatic & Continuous Polymer Preparation Unit, Max. 2000 L/h Of Solution
TE-CAP60EM02
Automatic & Continuous Polymer Preparation Unit, Max. 6000 L/h Of Solution
Outlet manifold included.
Options
TEPD-MH Eccentric Screw Dosing Pumps For Polyelectrolyte, Complete W/ Variable Speed Worm Geared Motor, Available As Follows
TEPD-MH010-B3
Eccentric Screw Dosing Pump, Max Delivery 1.1 m³/h
TEPD-MH020-B2
Eccentric Screw Dosing Pump, Max Delivery 2 m³/h
TEPD-MH040-B2
Eccentric Screw Dosing Pump, Max Delivery 4 m³/h
TEPD-MH060-B2
Eccentric Screw Dosing Pump, Max Delivery 6 m³/h
passing into the ageing and storage tank. Polyelectrolyte solution is withdrawn from this tank by dosing pump (optional). The concentration of the solution can be controlled by adjusting either the water flow rate or the polyelectrolyte input rate.
This series of equipment are made of anticorrosive materials and all metal parts are manufactured from stainless steel AISI 304.
TE-CMP Manual Series comes complete with:
•Polyethylene tank with visual level gauge, inspection cap and manual drain valve
•Safety protection made in AISI 304 grade stainless steel and fixed under the inspection cap
•Reinforced top plate in AISI 304 grade stainless steel
•Mixer with 45° three-bladed propeller constructed in AISI 304 gr ade stainless steel
•Metering pump suction pipe
•Plunger metering pump with manual flow adjustment from 10% to 100%. Adjustable with pump operating or stopped
•Metering pump protected by safety valve (optional)
TE-CMP03-M POLYDILUTION® Polyelectrolyte Preparing & Dosing Groups, 300 L Tanks & 125 L/hr Metering Pump
TE-CMP05-L POLYDILUTION® Polyelectrolyte Preparing & Dosing Groups, 500 L Tanks & 200 L/hr Metering Pump
TE-CMP10-XL POLYDILUTION® Polyelectrolyte Preparing & Dosing Groups,
1000 L Tanks & 300 L/hr Metering Pump
Micro Filtration
SCRUFILTER®
The compact SCRUFILTER® units can be used in many applications of micro-filtration in order to reduce fine suspended solids from water down to 20 microns. The reduction of suspended solids is accompanied by a reduction in COD, BOD5, phosphorus, nitrates and other substances. In the case of further treatment with UV for disinfection it is important to reduce the turbidity caused by suspended solids. Standard filters are manufactured with supports in ABS and filter cloths in polyester. These can also be manufactured completely in stainless steel. The filter cloth is selected according to the requirements which can be 20, 30, 40, 60, 80 or 100 microns, without difference of price. On special request different filter sizes can be produced.
Options
* Extra control panel available.
* On special request different filter sizes can be produced.
* Automatic doth cleaning.
* All made in AISI 304, except filter doth.
SCRUFILTER® Dynamic Filters for Micro-Filtration
TE-FL03S
Dynamic Filter W/ One Ø 340 mm Rotating Drum
TE-FL06S
Dynamic Filter W/ One Ø 600 mm Rotating Drum
TE-FL06 D Dynamic Filter W/ Two Ø 600 mm Rotating Drums
Filtration Separation System
New Compact Design and user friendly Oil/Water Filtration Separation & Treatment System used for many industrial & commercial applications. Meet stringent environmental regulations or simply reuse your dirty water. No need to call in a Vacuum Truck to haul away your money, do it yourself with ERE's Recover-All™
Specifically designed to separate oil from water and to treat the water from dissolved hydrocarbons & surfactants. The unit will filter particulates down to 25 µ in size followed by an integrated Coalescing Pack to aid small micelles into bigger droplets of oil for further enhancement of separation.
For: & Many More!
• Garage Stations
• Car Washes
• Equipment Wash Downs
• Industrial Effluents
• Remediation Sites
The oil/water separator is ahead to separate the lighter oils from water, two fluids with a specific gravity of less than 1 and specific gravity of above one. Oil is continuously monitored and removed by a combination of sensors, which activate an oil out actuator and stores the oil in a storage container. Contaminated water will then proceed into a series of ERE's special high capacity mineral oil & grease removal media followed by a polishing filter. Recover-All™ systems are designed for effluents down to 5 mg/L & less. Recover-All™ is a complete cabinet-mounted unit with level controls, pump and control panel for continuous and automatic treatment process.
Membrane Filtration
PUR-O Reverse Osmosis Units
Standard
•Frame Color: white enamel
•Frame Material: Mild steel angle frame, rubber leveling feet
•2 standards 20 inches pre-filters, 5 and 1 microns
•Water connection 3/8"for water inlet, permeate and drain
•Low pressure switch
•Stainless Steel Membrane housing(s)
•Procon-styles drive pump
•On/off switch box with 10 ft grounded line
•System Pressure gauge
•Low Pressure TFC membrane(s)
• Inlet Tap Water solenoïd
Options
• Membrane auto-flush
• Permeate and waste flow meters
• TDS meter
* Feed water conditions: 25ºC, 300 TDS
* System conditions: membrane pressure at 150 psi, 60% recovery
PUR-O Reverse Osmosis Units
Standard
•White powder coat steel frame
•Inlet solenoid, 3/4"FNPT,
•Low pressure switch set to 15 psi
•5 microns pre-filter
•Permeate and feed water flow meters
•Line and system pressure gauges
•Low pressure TFC membrane(s)
•Recirculation and concentrate discharge valves
•Stainless steel membrane housing(s)
•Stainless steel pump
Options
• Membrane auto-flush
• TDS meter
• 230 volts 3 phases
• Sample ports
• Jet pump for repressurization
• 304 stainless steel frame
PUR-OSystems remove up to 99% of the total dissolved solids (TDS) in raw commercial feedwater, producing high quality process water for applications such as:
Boiler Feed, Drinking Water, Food & Beverage Processing, Humidification Systems, Industrial Processes & Spot free Rinse
Info-Zone
Ultrafiltration
Ultrafiltration systems use porous membranes for the removal of dissolved and colloidal material. They operate by low driving pressures usually under 150 lb/ft2 (1034 kN/m2). It is a good pretreatment to Reverse Osmosis operations. A typical application of Ultrafiltration is the removal of oil from aqueous streams and the removal of turbidity from color colloids
Reverse Osmosis
Reverse Osmosis is a filtration method that removes many types of ions and large molecules from solution. This is done through a semi-permeble membrane at a pressure greater than the osmotic pressure caused by the dissolved salts in the water. Operating driving pressures are much higher compared to Ultrafiltration, and may vary from atmospheric to 1000 lb/ft2 (6900 kN/m2). Major applications include deionized (DI) water, desalination and drinking water.
* Feed water conditions: 25ºC, 500 mg/L NaCl
* System conditions: membrane pressure at 130 psi, 60% recovery
OlioSep-Mini™ - Oil/Water Separation Filtration System
OlioSep-Mini™ System will filter particulates down to 25 µin size followed by a separator to separate the lighter oils from water. The dissolved phase will then proceed into ERE's special high capacity UltraSorber™ Media Filtration Unit.
Features
•Max Flow Rate: 0.5 gpm
•115V/1/60
•Stainless Steel 304 Construction
•Mounted on a stand with wheels for easy transportation
Comes with the following:
•Quite Positive Displacement Pump
•Particulate Filter Housing with Gauge
•UltraSorber™, Media Filtration for removal of dissolved hydrocarbons
•OlioSkim™, Floating Skimmer with 25' Attachment Hose
•Latching Level Switches for Effluent Transfer Pump
•Centrifugal Effluent Pump
•High/High Level Alarm Switch built into the OlioSep Separator
•High Alarm Switch for the Oil Recovery Tank
•Control Panel
ER-89-000-05-OS,
0.5 gpm (2 L/min) W/ Max.
1/2 hp Motor, 120/240V/1/60
Mini Systems for Oil, Water & Coolant Separation
Excellent for Coolants
OlioSep-Mini™ - Coolant Separation Filtration System
Features
•Specifically designed for operations where coolants get contaminated with heavy loads of floating chips such as metal and plastic machining plus tramp oil
•Features a high capacity filter on the inlet side for the removal of particulates down to 25 micron in size, followed by the OlioSepTM special design separator for separating coolant from floating tramp oil
•Maximum 0.5 gpm, 115V/1/60
•Stainless steel construction, 304 separator
•Mounted on stand with wheels for easy transportation
•Quiet positive displacement pump with variable speed motor
•Filter housing with gauge
•OlioSkimTM, tramp oil/coolant floating skimmer and attachment hose
ER-89-000-05-CS, Mini Coolant Filtration/ Separation System
Good for Car Wash, Industrial Waste Water, Garage Stations & Metal Machining
Flow Rate: 0.5 gpm (2 L/min)
Width: 10" (25.4 cm)
Lenght: 15" (38.1 cm) Height: 15" (38.1 cm) Inlet Diameter: 1" (2.54 cm)
Diameter: 1" (2.54 cm)
Outlet Diameter: 1.5" (3.81cm)
Flow Rate: 2 gpm (7.5 L/min)
Width: 12" (30.84 cm)
Lenght: 46" (116.84 cm)
Height: 22" (55.88 cm)
Inlet Diameter: 1.5" (3.81 cm)
Outlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)
Oil Outlet Diameter: 1.5" (3.81cm)
ER-80016-SS Stainless Steel
ER-80016-STD Carbon Steel Blue Stand
Oil/Water Separators
Features
•Best quality gravity coalescer separation with patented coalescers
•Quality stainless steel construction built to last
•Produces an effluent with less than 10mg/l of oil droplets measuring larger than 20 microns in size
Other Options Available
•Level switches, latching low-high for pump control and high-high for high level alarm
•Influent positive displacement pumps
•Effluent centrifugal pump
•Water treatment packages
•Skid mounted
•Control Panels
Flow Rate: 16 gpm (61 L/min)
Width: 24" (60.96 cm)
Lenght: 58" (147.32 cm)
Height: 34" (86.36 cm)
Inlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)
Outlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm) Oil Outlet Diameter: 2" (5.08 cm)
ER-80024-SS Stainless Steel
ER-80024-STD Carbon Steel Blue Stand
Flow Rate: 4 gpm (15 L/min)
Width: 24" (60.96 cm)
Lenght: 46" (116.84 cm)
Height: 22" (55.88 cm)
Inlet Diameter: 1.5" (3.81 cm)
Outlet Diameter: 1.5" (3.81 cm) Oil Outlet Diameter: 2" (5.08 cm)
ER-80030-SS Stainless Steel
ER-80030-STD Carbon Steel Blue Stand
Flow Rate: 8 gpm (30 L/min)
Width: 12" (30.84 cm)
Lenght: 58" (147.32 cm)
Height: 34" (86.36 cm)
Inlet Diameter: 2" (5.08 cm)
Outlet Diameter: 2" (5.08 cm) Oil Outlet Diameter: 2" (5.08 cm)
ER-80050-SS Stainless Steel
ER-80050-STD
Flow Rate: 24 gpm (91 L/min)
Width: 46" (91.44 cm)
Lenght: 58" (147.32 cm)
Height: 34" (86.36 cm)
Inlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)
Outlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm) Oil Outlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)
Flow Rate: 30 gpm (114 L/min)
Width: 36" (91.44 cm)
Lenght: 67" (170.18 cm)
Height: 34" (86.36 cm)
Inlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)
Outlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)
Oil Outlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)
Flow Rate: 50 gpm (189 L/min)
Width: 60" (152 cm)
Lenght: 68" (173 cm)
Height: 34" (86.36 cm)
Inlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)
Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)
Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)
ERE CoolSepTM Industrial Wastewater Problems?
Separation Technology
ERE CoolSepTM is a technology based on the application of membranes for treatment of industrial wastewaters, such as coolants. ERE CoolSepTM is using crossflow membrane filtration technology to perform emulsified oil and suspended solids separation. This technology could apply to most metal working fluid coolant, wastewater and others solutions.
Major Applications
•Metal working fluid
•Machine and grinding solutions
•Coolant
•Wash water
•Vibratory deburring liquid
•Waste treatment
•The CoolSepTM is designed to treat oily wastewater
•It reduces wastewater volume, reducing disposal and transportation costs
Options
• Transfer pump
• Free oil separator (OLIOSEPTM)
• Inline filtration
• Recirculation tank
• Level controls
• Chemical cleaning tank
• Polishing Media (UltraSorberTM media)
• Control panel
• Pilot study
• Rental
Specification
•Model: ER-89-6-MS*
•Dimensions: 2' W x 2.1/2' L x 6.1/2' H
•Operating temperature: 10 - 50°C
•Power required: 115, 230V/1/60Hz
•Shipping weight: 300 lbs
Advantages
• Cost savings on operation
• Improve technology
• User friendly
• Automated operations
• Wastewater reduction
ER-89-6-MS
CoolSepTM
Other Models Also Available
Belt Skimmers - A Traditional Favourite
Zebra Belt Skimmer
Features
•Steel heavy duty construction
•Removable, easy-to-clean oil collection tray
•Continuous duty, fan-cooled motor
•Self tensioning belt on fixed lower pulley (to 24")
•Hanging lower pulley design (36" and up)
• To determine the amount of reach, measure from mounting point to low fluid operating level
Triple Action Coolant Cleaner
Zebra Muscle Coalescer
Features
•Continuously cleans, filters, and aerates to prevent static sump rancidity
•Intake attachment options to suit almost any application
• Coalescing media increases surface area for faster separation
•Improved Internal Oil Discharge Skimmer dispenses virtually coolant-free oil
• Oxygenator aerates the barrel to prevent bacterial contamination
• Particle filtration option for sumps with coolant degrading chips
• Small, centrifugal pump fits in almost any sump (diaphragm pump options available)
• Leak-proof fittings keep your shop cleaner
• Durable hoses, with customized length options, resist crimping and crushing
• Built-in siphon system empties the whole barrel in minutes
Smart Disk Skimmer Saves Time & Money
Zebra Smart Disk Skimmer
Features
•Integrated Diverter knows the difference between floating tramp oils and coolant
•Continuous-duty, fan cooled motor
•Rugged steel construction
•2 quarts per hour oil removal capacity
•1/2 x 12" (13 x 300 mm) sump access needed
•Maximum temperatures of 80°F (27°C)
How it Works
1. Oils (tramp and coolant) enter here.
2. Coolant sinks and passes under this weir.
3. Clean coolant returns to your sump here.
4. Tramp oils discharge to waste container here.
ZE-GS4H300
Smart Disk Skimmer, 12" High Impact Disk, Reach Of 4.5"
ZE-XETIMER
Timer, 24 hr, 3 Settings Per Day, 110 V Plugs To Any Standard Outlet
Other models also available.
ZE-BPF1-08
Poly Skimmer, 40 - 80°F (4 - 27°C), 1 gph (3.8 lph), 8" (20 cm) Belt Reach, 1" (25 mm) Belt Width
ZE-BGST4 Diverter, Oil Water Separator For Pure Oil Discharge
ZE-XETIMER
Timer, 24 hr, 3 Settings Per Day, 110 V Plugs To Any Standard Outlet
ZE-XETIMER-GSBZ Integrated Timer, 7 Day, 2 Hour Interval Settings, Integrated W/ Motor Housing Other models also available.
ZE-F15P Muscle Coalescer PLUS Other models also available.
Zebra Simple Disk Skimmer
Features
•Handles heavy oil loads from coolant and washwater applications
•Intermittent-duty motor
•Up to 5 gallons per hour oil removal capacity
•1/2 x 12" (13 x 300 mm) sump access needed
•Maximum temperatures of 80°F (27°C) for high impact disks for coolant
ZE-LH300
Simple Disk Skimmer, 12" High-Impact Disk, Reach Of 4.5"
ZE-XETIMER
Timer, 24 hr, 3 Settings Per Day, 110 V Plugs To Any Standard Outlet
Other models also available.
For Long Distance Mix Delivery
Mixed Fluid at Every Use
Zebra Economy Mixer
Features
•14 metering tips for specific ratios
•Maximum viscosity of 500 SSU
•4.8 gpm (18 lpm) flow rate
•48"intake tube with check valve included
•48"discharge tube included
•Required pressure of 25 psi (75 psi max.)
•Fits easily on 55 gallon barrels
ZE-MIX05120
Zebra Economy Mixer
ZE-MIXXWL.1
Water Limiter, 15 - 150 Adjustable psi Range
Zebra Proportioning Pumps
Features
• Delivers mix through hose or conduit right to your machine
• No need to verify concentration once initially determined
• Compact with few moving parts
• Can be permanently mounted to wall
• Maximum viscosity of 700 SSU
• 800' lateral max delivery
• 20' vertical max delivery
• Works for concentrates in pails, barrels, or totes (6' intake hose included)
ZE-MIXPP518
Proportioning Pump For Coolants, 7 gpm, 1.4 To 12.3% Mix Range
ZE-MIXPPX75
Pre-Pump Filter For Proportioning Pumps, 20 µ
ZE-MIXXWL.1
Water Limiter, 15 - 150 Adjustable psi Range
ZE-MIXPRV.1
Pressure Regulating Valve For Vertical Or Multiple Outlet Line Delivery
Other models also available.
Extend Coolant Life. Eliminate Odours ...
Info Zone
In the absence of oxygen, anaerobes multiply, causing coolant to spoil. Oxygen in the coolant system inhibits ananerobic bacterial growth, extending coolant life. Like a pond, coolant will stay healthier longer if it is circulated or aerated. Whenever your machine is turned off, use an Oxygenator or circulation pump to extend the life of your coolant.
OxygenatorTM
Features
• Extend coolant life
• Eliminate foul odours
• Maintain high oxygen levels
• Industrial grade bronze air diffusers
• Fuel grade tubing
ZE-XBUB5000
Medium OxygenatorTM, 26 - 50 Gallon Sump, 110 V, 3000 cc/min, 5" x 3" x 2.5"
Other models also available.
Odour Control Tablets
Features
• Eliminates sump odours caused by hydrogen sulfide bacterial emissions
• Easiest and most effective way to control sump odour and correct low pH
• Contains no formaldehyde or harmful chemicals
• Safer and more economical than biocides
• Works best when used with the OxygenatorTM
Basic Refractometers With FocusAdjustable
ZE-XOCT25
Odor Control Tablets, 1 Tablet/25 Gallon/Week Capacity, 2"Diameter, 3/8"Thick, 15 Tablets/Tube
Refractometers
•Range of 0 - 10 or 0 - 32 Brix
•Prism aperture lets in a lot of light
•Diamond-knurled sleeve for good gripping
•Comfortable eyepiece with adjustable focus for easy reading
•Auto temperature compensation for shop areas with varying temperatures
•Average use accuracy range (.10%)
•Carrying case with sampler included
•Check with your coolant supplier to see if your coolant measures 1:1 with the Brix scale. If not, ask them for the refractometer factor, which you will need to multiply the scale reading by, for the actual concentration
ZE-OPT10
Basic Refractometer, 0 - 10 Brix Scale
ZE-OPT32
Basic Refractometer, 0 - 32 Brix Scale
Use BIIOTM for Cleanup of Hydrocarbon!
BIIO™
Concentrated Biological Hydrocarbon Digestant Specifically Designed for Soil & Water Treatment
BIIO™ Remediation Bacteria is a live synergistic blend of all-natural bacteria classified as BioSafety Level 1 organisms, specifically chosen for their accelerated ability to metabolize hydrocarbon products such as:
•Unrefined and Refined Hydrocarbons
•Gasoline
•Jet Fuel
•Diesel
•Furnace Fuel
•Mineral, Oil & Greases
•Aromatic Compounds
Features & Benefits
•For use in soil, water (salt, brine & fresh)
•Degrades hydrocarbons into CO2 and H2O
•Degrades Petroleum in soil and water
•Digests hydrocarbons
•Digests short and long chain hydrocarbons
•Reduces TPH and BTEX
•Safe, natural & biodegradable
•Naturally Occurring (natural bacteria, endemic to the earth, not genetically engineered)
•Non-Pathogenic (does not cause disease)
•Non-Opportunistic (will not cause disease in a compromised host)
Deliver More Oxygen at your Sites with Oxy-CleanTM Formulas!
Oxy-Clean Advanced™ 14FR, Fast Release
Sodium Percarbonate for Environmental Cleanup
Oxy-Clean Advanced™ - 14FR, a source of hydrogen peroxide, is capable of oxidizing and enhancing aerobic bioremediation of environmental contaminants with an activated form of oxygen. OxyClean Advanced™ - 14FR is made of uniform spherical granules that contain 13% available oxygen, equivalent to 28% hydrogen peroxide. This decomposes to oxygen, water and sodium carbonate - making it a very safe treatment chemical, especially when the remediation site is close to residential or commercial activities. It is dry and dust-free, making it easy to handle on site.
Oxy-Clean Advanced™ - 14FR can be used for soil remediation, ponds and lagoons, treatment of sludges in pond closings, oil and gas treatment, dechlorination and municipal sewage treatment - control of odour, grease and corrosion especially for the treatment of petroleum hydrocarbons,sulfides,disulfides,mercaptans,phenols,organic amines and aldehydes.
ER-OXY-14FRS
The all-new OXY-D-FUSETM is a special formulation of calcium peroxide in a porous cell. It can be installed in either 2" (OXY-D-FUSETM2) or 4" wells (OXY-D-FUSETM4) or larger. The tubes are easily replaceable and are used to enhance aerobic bioremediation of groundwater or soil, and may act as infiltration barriers to prevent contaminant migration. This is achieved through extended release of oxygen required by aerobic microorganisms to break down hydrocarbons, including BTEX, MTBE, TPH, PAH and others. The calcium peroxide provides a slow and extended oxygen release profile, and a high active oxygen concentration of 17.3% or higher. Field studies have found that on site conditions, oxygen can be released for up to a year.
Oxy-Clean Advanced™ 18SR, Slow Release
Calcium Peroxide for Groundwater and Soil Remediation
Oxy-Clean Advanced™ - 18SR is best used to carry out enhanced aerobic bioremediation of either groundwater or soil. This is achieved through extended release of oxygen required by aerobic microorganisms, especially for the treatment of BTEX, MTBE, TPH, PAH, Phenol and Cresol, Heavy Metal Oxidation, High Explosives, Non Halogenated Compounds, Halogenated Compounds.
Oxy-Clean Advanced™ - 18SR is a fine, very pale yellow, odourless powder that contains primarily calcium peroxide. The rate of gaseous oxygen generation is influenced by the physical and chemical properties of the surrounding medium such as pH, and temperature. Oxy-Clean Advanced™ - 18SR has more active oxygen with typically 17.3%, it also has a very slow solubility in water which allows the product to release its oxygen for many months.
New Generation of Oxygen Diffusion Cells
ER-OXY-18SR
Oxy-Clean AdvancedTM, 18% Slow Release, 110 lbs
Oxy-Clean AdvancedTM, 14% Fast Release Soluble, 50 lbs
Stop Paying Money for Blocked Pipes!
Scalehammer
Scalehammer is a unique and efficient solution to the damaging effects of scale buildup within the inner workings of commercial appliances. It acts as a veritable "lock" against scale buildup by dissolving existing buildup and by preventing water minerals from transforming into scale crystals. As an investment, Scalehammer maximizes equipment performance and drastically reduces maintenance costs incurred when removing scale buildup.
Unlike traditional water softeners, Scalehammer is a worry-free solution. There are no parts to change (like cartridges or fiters), and it never requires maintenance. It takes only a few minutes to install, and your fingers are the only tools needed.
Scalehammer does not add chemical products or salts to water, nor does it extract scale-forming minerals such as calcium from water. Instead, it uses magnetohydrodynamics to dissolve mineral crystals into powder. As a result, it prevents minerals from crystallizing into scale without removing the minerals themselves. And that's a good thing, because these minerals are essential to good health!
Advantages
•It reduces the need for high descaling maintenance using aggressive acidic products
•It noticeably extends (up to 5 times) the intervals at which you must clean pipes obstructed by scale buildup (in showers, bathtubs, sinks, etc.)
•It increases equipment efficiency and reduces scale-incrusted pipes, heating elements and filters
•It preserves and prolongs the life of your equipment.
•It generates remarkable savings on parts normally damaged by scale buildup
Examples of commercial application include
• Commercial coffeemakers
• Humidifiers
• Icemakers
• Drinking fountains, etc.
!
We Love Oil!
The CarboBailer is a single, economical way of collecting and/or sampling hydrocarbons from wells, drums, or tanks. It works by just slowly inserting the bailer into the well and just slowly, removing it. As it will be raised from the well, the water will drain out of the bailer while the hydrocarbons will be trapped. The hydrocarbons can be removed by either pouring out from the top or using a bottom-emptying device.
Specifications
Manufactured in PVC, individually wrapped. Comes with a bottomemptying device. The 1.5" model comes in a PVC carrying case.
ER-CAR-P163 PVC 1.6" Dia. x 3' Long
ER-CAR-P353 PVC 3" Dia. x 3' Long
HydroPhobe Passive SkimmerTM
The Hydrophobe Passive SkimmerTM is manufactured with our latest technology membrane removing hydrocarbons from water. The skimmers are designed to float on the interface, allowing fluids to enter without water. Just insert the skimmer into the well and allow it to skim water-free products - withdraw when ready.
Specifications
Fabricated in PVC. Consists of a stainless steel bottom-emptying device. Three sizes are available.
Minerals are attracted and form Deposits of Limestone
Minerals are depolarized and remain separated
Oil BucketTM
The Oil BucketTM is an independently floating passive skimmer that is equipped with a visual alarm to indicate when the bucket is full. The heart of the system is a floating cartridge that recovers product for storage in an integral 2 liter reservoir. Actual separation of product from water is carried out by a mesh screen located in the cartridge.
Remove Floating Oil from a Pit!
Specifications
16" H x 10", 7 lbs weight, 2 liter capacity
Polyethylene material with nylon check valves
100 Mesh Oleophilic / Hydrophobic Cartridge (Blue) - For Light Oils
Mesh Oleophilic / Hydrophobic Cartridge (Green) - For Heavy Oils
Olio-SkimTM
The Olio-SkimTM is a compact lightweight oil skimmer that floats at the oil/water interface, efficiently collecting free oil and water for delivery to the VGS (Vertical Gravity Separator). The Olio-SkimTM is best suited for food industry and industrial waste water where the effluent levels vary significantly and floating solids have been screened. The skimmer head is adjustable so that you can increase or decrease the amount of oil or water needed to be skimmed.
Oil Scavenger™ System
Large Diameter or Open Area Applications
Model No.: ER-3051101-L
Oil Scavenger System is a unique separating and pumping system designed for the recovery of hydrocarbon product from the surface water. The system is portable and is electrically safe for use in hazardous locations. The heart of the Oil Scavenger System is a floating oil/water separator 100 mesh cartridge membrane that consists of an 18.5" diameter product collection chamber assembly and lid which passes recovered oil to a remote pump and control assembly. Actual separation of oil or other hydrocarbons from water is effected by a mesh screen located in the floating buoy assembly. This screen is specially treated to pass oil and repel water.
Oil Scavenger™ System
Shallow and Narrow Well Applications
Model No.: ER-3051101-S
Application Oil & Water
Specifications
Float Ball Diameter: 4"
Skimming Head Diameter: 2"
Total Floating Height: 6"
Total Skimmer Diameter:13"
Weight: 10 lbs
Minimal Operational Water Depth: 6"
Hose Connection: 1/2" Male Barb
Oil Scavenger System is a portable surface mounted system designed for high rate recovery, up to 4 gpm (14.8 lpm) of free phase hydrocarbon layers for Shallow and Narrow Applications. Oil can be reduced to a measurable layer of approximately 2 inches. It is ideal for wells as small as 2 inches in diameter where the depth to water is less than 20 feet. The system incorporates a highly effective suction lift pump, discriminating level sensor and an explosion-proof control panel for use within hazardous environments.
System Package Comes with:
•Fiber Glass Rugged Weather Proof
Field Enclosure, 24"x 24"x 24"H
•20 ft cable and 12.5 ft input hose
•Tankfull probe with 25 ft of cable
•20 ft of 3/4"output hose with grounding clip
•Explosion proof panel with 1/4 HP pump/motor, 115/230 V AC
•25 ft power cord with plug
•Spare parts kit
ER-3051101-L
Large Diameter Or Open Area Applications
Oil ScavengerTM System
ER-3051101-S
Shallow & Narrow Well Applications
Oil ScavengerTM System
OR-FB100
The Magnum Spill Buster™ is an automated free phase petroleum contamination pumping system. It is specifically designed to remove LNAPL petroleum product from the water table via a 2" or larger diameter well. Its unique auto-seeking device allows the pump intake to automatically follow the elevation of the oil/water interface as it fluctuates throughout the entire length of the well. The Magnum Spill Buster will not pump any amount of water. The system can be wired to 115 V AC or 230 V AC power or is capable of true 24 V DC deep cycle battery/solar panel operation for remote site locations.
Specifications
The Complete Magnum Spill Buster™ System includes:
Magnum Spill Buster™ Control Box, Magnum Spill Buster™ Probe with 50' cable, Auto Seeker with 30' cable set, Recovery Tank Overflow Sensor with 30' cable and Recovery Tank bung, 50' nylon NAPL discharge tubing.
Input Power: 115 V AC or 230 V AC, 100 Watts max. or 24 V DC, 75 watts max. with optional battery cable and deep discharge batteries.
Viscosity Ranges: Standard Pump - 0 to 10 cp at 70°F - Optional Medium Viscosity Pump - Up to 25 cp
Pumping Rate: Up to 45 GPH (171 LPH) @ 0 psi (Zero depth and no discharge back pressure.) or Up to 15 GPH (57 LPH) @ 50 psi (50' deep and 25 psi discharge back pressure.)
Standard Well Depth: 50' max.
Maximum Well Depth: 150' on special order with 150' down-well cable.
Minimum Well Head Clearance for AUTO SEEKER: 24" x 24" x 22" deep
Probe Dimensions: 1.9" dia. x 16" long (cable dia. including the discharge tube is 0.5") Standard Probe cable length is 50'.
Control Box Dimensions: 14" wide x 19" high x 6" deep. An additional 10" is required below for cable exit and an additional 14" is required in front and to the left for door swing.
Standard Cable Length: 30' from Control Box to well head
LNAPL Recovery Tank Overflow Sensor: Threads into a standard 2" barrel bung. Standard cable length is 30'.
Active Portable Oil Skimmer!
Spill Buddy
Features
•Portable pump with water interface detector for product only recovery
•For use in 2-inch and larger wells - standard unit goes 50 feet deep
•Operated by self contained rechargeable battery for easy portability
•Pumpable fluids includes water and most hydrocarbons, LNAPLs and DNAPLs, viscosities from 0 - 10 cp
•12 V (dc), 5 amps-hrs sealed lead acid battery provides 1 hour continuous pumping per battery charge
•Wall transformer included
•Pumps 1 foot of product in a 2" well in 14 seconds at a 50 foot depth
•Pumps 1 foot of product in a 4" well in 54 seconds at a 50 foot depth
•0.7 gpm pumping rate
•1 hour continuous pumping per battery charge
•Operating temperature range 0°F to 130°F (-18°C to 55°C)
Skim
Oil into a Drum in Seconds!
BOSS-2TM Pneumatic Pump
The BOSS-2 Automatic Environmental Pump is ideal for groundwater, leachate and hydrocarbon applications. Quality Stainless Steel construction.
Specifications
•Good for 2" wells or larger
•Positive displacement pump, 200 ft maximum rated depth
•3 gpm maximum flow TOP and BOTTOM loading
•Maximum operating pressure 125 psi
•Comes with filter regulator
BOSS-4TM Pneumatic Pump
The BOSS-4TM Automatic Environmental Pump is ideal for groundwater, leachate and hydrocarbon applications. Quality Stainless Steel construction.
Specifications
•Good for 4" wells or larger
•Positive displacement pump, 200 ft maximum rated depth
•10 gpm maximum flow TOP Loading, 14 gpm maximum flow BOTTOM loading
•10 - 125 psi operating pressure
• Fluid Discharge Line: 3/4" I.D., Air Exhaust Line 3/8" I.D., Air Supply Line: 1/4" O.D.
Features
3 Electrical Submersible Pumps
The Redi-Flo 3 Electrical Submersible Pumps feature an all new high efficiency permanent magnet motor that not only delivers an ultra-high starting torque, but also provides internal protection against pump dry-run, over and under voltage, plus overload and over-temperature safety.
The Redi-Flo 3 pump-end uses a floating impeller technology and environmentally tough materials of construction to give excellent wear resistance and solids handling capability. This meets the stringent requirements of environmental applications.
•Operates in minimum well diameters of 3"
•Reliable built in spring loaded check valves let you operate the pump in any position from vertical to horizontal
•The optional status Box and R100 at the surface allows you to communicate with the pump’s integrated electronics through the standard power leadswith no additional power
•Permanent magnet motors produce a high efficiency over a wide load range as compared to conventional single phase motors
•Portable and "dedicated" installation options for maximum versatility and widespread application use
•Flow rates range from 9 gpm to as little as 100 min.
GR-96160769
10SQE05-100NE, 10 gpm, 1/2 hp, 1 Phase,
GR-96160742
10SQE05-100NE, 10 gpm, 1/2 hp, 1 Phase,
GR-96160770
10SQE05-140NE, 10 gpm, 1/2 hp, 1 Phase,
GR-96160743
Discharge
Discharge
Discharge
10SQE05-140NE, 10 gpm, 1/2 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.25" Discharge
GR-96160744
10SQE07-180NE, 10 gpm, 3/4 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.25" Discharge
GR-96160745
10SQE07-220NE, 10 gpm, 3/4 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.25" Discharge
GR-96160746
10SQE10-260NE, 10 gpm, 1 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.25" Discharge
GR-96160747
10SQE10-300NE, 10 gpm, 1 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.25" Discharge
GR-96160748
10SQE10-340NE, 10 gpm, 1 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.25" Discharge
GR-96160773
22SQE05-40NE, 22 gpm, 1/2 hp, 1 Phase, 100 - 115 V, 1.5" Discharge
GR-96160756
22SQE05-40NE, 22 gpm, 1/2 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.5" Discharge
GR-96160774
22SQE05-80NE, 22 gpm, 1/2 hp, 1 Phase, 100 - 115 V, 1.5" Discharge
GR-96160757
22SQE05-80NE, 22 gpm, 1/2 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.5" Discharge
GR-96160758
22SQE07-110NE, 22 gpm, 3/4 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.5" Discharge
GR-96160759
22SQE07-140NE, 22 gpm, 3/4 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.5" Discharge
GR-96160760
22SQE10-180NE, 22 gpm, 1 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.5" Discharge
GR-96160761
22SQE10-210NE, 22 gpm, 1 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.5" Discharge
ER-TL-60000-4
BOSS-4TM Controllerless Pneumatic Environmental Pump, Top Loading, Max. 10 gpm
ER-BL-60000-4
BOSS-4TM Controllerless Pneumatic Environmental Pump, Bottom Loading, Max. 14 gpm
Accessories
ER-60500
Filter Regulator Assembly W/ Auto Drain, Pressure Gauge, Inlet Valve, Quick Connect Fitting, Bracket For The Filter Regulator
ER-60501
Well Clincher, 4"
ER-60502
1/4" Air Supply Line, 3/8" Exhaust Line, 3/4" Product Discharge Line
ER-60503
Inline Carbon Exhauster, 12" x 1" Dia., Comes W/ Fittings 3/8" Barb
ER-60504
BOSS-4TM Set Of 2 Wrenches
Pump Accessories
GR-96422776
CU300, SQE Status Box
GR-96615297
Infrared Remote
GR-96026030
Transducer 0 - 90 psi (0 - 6 BAR) NPT
GR-96160895
Cable Kit, 25'
GR-96160896
Cable Kit, 50'
GR-96160897
Cable Kit, 75'
GR-96160898
Cable Kit, 100'
GR-96160899
Cable Kit, 125'
GR-96160900
Cable Kit, 150'
GR-96160901
Cable Kit, 175'
GR-96160902
Cable Kit, 200'
GR-96160903
Cable Kit, 225'
GR-96160904
Cable Kit, 250'
GR-96160943
Cable Kit, 275'
GR-96160905
Cable Kit, 300'
GR-96160944
Cable Kit, 325'
GR-96160945
Cable Kit, 350'
GR-96160946
Cable Kit, 375'
GR-96160947
Cable Kit, 400'
GR-96160949
Cable Kit, 450'
GR-96160951
Cable Kit, 500'
Ideal for Groundwater Monitoring & Continuous Operation in Remediation Applications
Redi-Flo 4 Electrical Submersible Environmental Pumps
The Redi-Flo 4 Variable Performance Submersible Pumps are constructed of virgin Teflon and stainless steel to handle the rigors of contaminated groundwater monitoring and continuous operation in remediation.
Features
• User-friendly cable guard for easy installation
• Constructed of stainless steel and virgin Teflon for the cleanest possible purging and sampling conditions
• Integral check valve for reliable, jam-free back flow prevention
• Excellent for purging applications, monitoring wells and recovery wells
Redi-Flo 4 Stainless Steel Pump Ends
GR-08030003
5E3 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 1/2 hp, 1" Discharge
GR-08030005
5E5 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 1/2 hp, 1" Discharge
GR-08030008
5E8 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 1/2 hp, 1" Discharge,
Can Be Used W/ MP1 Drive
GR-08030012
5E12 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 1/2 hp, 1" Discharge
GR-08030017
5E17 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 3/4 hp, 1" Discharge
GR-08030021
5E21 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 1 hp, 1" Discharge
GR-08030025
5E25 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 1.5 hp, 1" Discharge
GR-09030005
10E5 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 1/2 hp, 1.25" Discharge,
Can Be Used W/ MP1 Drive
GR-09030008
10E8 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 1/2 hp, 1.25" Discharge
GR-09030011
10E11 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 3/4 hp, 1.25" Discharge
GR-09030014
10E14 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 1 hp, 1.25" Discharge
GR-09030019
10E19 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 1.5 hp, 1.25" Discharge
GR-10030004
16E4 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 1/2 hp, 1.25" Discharge, Can Be Used W/ MP1 Drive
GR-10030007
16E7 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 3/4 hp, 1.25" Discharge
GR-10030009
16E9 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 1 hp, 1.25" Discharge
GR-10030013
16E13 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 1.5 hp, 1.25" Discharge
GR-05030003
25E3 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 1/2 hp, 1.5" Discharge
GR-05030004
25E4 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 1 hp, 1.5" Discharge
GR-05030006
25E6 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 1 hp, 1.5" Discharge
GR-05030008
25E8 Redi-Flo 4 Pump End, 1.5 hp, 1.5" Discharge
Control Boxes
GR-91126150 1/3 hp, 230 V
GR-91126152 1/2 hp, 230 V
GR-91126154 3/4 hp, 230 V GR-91126155 1 hp, 230 V
1.5 hp, 230 V
Grundfos Redi-Flo 4 Submersible Motors, Two Wire
GR-79952301 1/3 hp, 1 Phase, 230 V
GR-79952302 1/2 hp, 1 Phase, 230 V GR-79952303 3/4 hp, 1 Phase, 230 V GR-79952304 1 hp, 1 Phase, 230 V
GR-79952305 1.5 hp, 1 Phase, 230 V
Grundfos Redi-Flo 4 Submersible Motors, Three Wire
Grundfos MS402E Performance Motor for Variable Speed
Tefzel Motor Leads, 4" Two Wire Motors
GR-00795C70
GR-00795C77
Tefzel Motor Leads, 4" Three Wire Motors
GR-96022805
hp, 1 Phase, 230 V
hp, 1 Phase, 230 V
lengths available upon request.
Control Algae the Environmentally Friendly Way in Different Applications
LG Sonic®
The LG Sonic® technology consists of a new generation of ultrasonic devices, which inhibit algal growth on an environmentally friendly basis without chemical additives.
Controls Algae
The LG Sonic® technology combines strength, safety and efficiency in one product to control algae without chemicals.
Controls Biofilm
LG Sonic® uses the newest technologies to control biofilm in many applications where chemical additives are unwanted.
Environmentally Friendly
LG Sonic® offers you a method to control algae without using chemicals. Besides that, the LG Sonic® technology has a very low power consumption.
Friendly for Fish & Water Plants
The LG Sonic® technology is tough on algae yet completely harmless for other life forms present in the water. Various universities have researched the effect of the LG Sonic® products on fish and water plants, but no negative effect was found.
Effective on Large Water Surfaces
The LG Sonic® products can efficiently control algae on a distance up to 650 ft with a power consumption of just 10 Watt. For reservoirs larger then 650 ft, we can assist you with a detailed plan to install multiple devices for optimal water treatment.
Easy
to Install & Maintain
The LG Sonic® devices are being placed in the water body itself, emitting sound waves through your water reservoir.
Application
Water Treatment Plants
"Controls algae without killing beneficial bacteria"
• Provides control of the growth of filamentous and suspended algae in water
• LG Sonic® technology, combined with a bacterial treatment of both aerobic and anaerobic bacteria leads to a faster sludge reduction
• Better interaction between both solids and bacteria
Cooling Towers
"Reduces chemical treatment by controlling algae"
• Prevents the growth of new algal cells without using chemicals
• Controls biofilm formation
• Reduces chemicals
• Improved efficiency
• Prevent damage to pumps and pipes
LG-XLPLUS
LG SONIC XL® Plus, 105 m Range, 36 V DC, 100 V-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
LG-XXLPLUS
LG SONIC XXL® Plus, 185 m Range, 24 V DC, 100 V-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Groundwater, Hydrocarbon, Vapour Issues? No Problem!
DULEXTM
DULEXTM Multiphase Extraction System
ERE’s Dulex™ Multiphase Extraction Technology is a system that can extract Hydrocarbon Contaminants (LNAPL), Groundwater to create a cone of depression which will influence and contain migrating hydrocarbons to the extracted well and Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC’s), all from one well! With one system you can extract from one or multiple wells at the same time and reduce your site remediation clean up time by half or less time than traditional pump & treat systems.
ERE Dulex™ System Comes Complete With:
•High Vac Pump with TEFC Motor
•Control Panel (Nema 4)
•Variable Speed Control for High Vac Pump Flow
•Multiport Manifold
•Tornado™ Knockout Tank
•Tornado™ Knockout Tank Transfer PD Pump with TEFC Motor
•Sampson™ Bag Filter Housing with Pressure Switch
•OlioSep™ Oil/Water Separator
•OlioSep™ Internal Level Switches for Transfer Pump
•OlioSep™ Transfer Pump TEFC
•UltraSorber™ Water Treatment Media
•UltraSorber™ Air Effluent Treatment Unit
•Pressure Switch
•Water Totalizer Meter
•Sampling Ports for the Water and Air
•Skid Mounted
Stripping Dissolved Gases Away ...
Typical Applications
•Contaminated Groundwater
•Contaminated
Operation
The ERE V.O.Cease™ System consists of a stainless steel baffled tank with patented diffusers and air blower. It provides superior contaminant removal rates reaching 99.9% efficiency. The air stripper comes with a sight glass cover which allows supervision of the stripping process. Air is pumped in by a blower through the air inlet, which is in turn blown into the stainless steel diffusers. The diffusers provide the necessary bubbling and shearing required to promote the stripping of various contaminants. Simultaneously, contaminated water is pumped into the tank. The water travels through the tank in a snake-like motion, having a certain residence in each baffle, necessary to promote stripping of target contaminant. The water is discharged by gravity or mechanically by a pump. The stripped contaminants are discharged from a gas vent at the rear of the air stripper. The contaminated vapor stream is either discharged into the air, or is allowed to be treated with an air filtration system such as UltraSorber™ Air Treatment Media’s.
Performance
•Provides quick and efficient removal of dissolved gases and other contaminants including BTEX, MTBE, TCE, PCE, H2S, TCA, Radon, Ammonia, Vinyl Chloride, Methylene Chloride and other contaminants
•It provides superior contaminant removal rates reaching 99.9% efficiency
•Patented stainless steel diffusers resist fouling by biological activity
•High strength stainless steel tank containing aerated chambers
•Portable system, easy transport inspection and maintenance
ER-VOC-6
4 Air Stripper,
Picture shown with reverse manifolds
Features
•Regenerative blower
•Inlet / Outlet plumbing
•Air filter
•Ambient air valve
•Vacuum gauges
•Power disconnect
•Thermal overload protection switch
•UL and CSA approved and conforms to NEMA frame sizes
•EXPLOSION PROOF, DIVISION 1 & 2, CLASS 1 for GROUP D hazardous atmospheres
ERE’s EvacuSolTM, Vapor Extraction Systems are designed for soil degassing and ventilation applications that require low flow/high vacuum capabilities. The system is applicable to the removal of volatile and semivolatile organic compounds from the vadose zone. Vapors drawn are carried through a vent ductwork to the outside atmosphere or a vapor treatment system.
ER-2000-5
55 SCFM Open Flow / 35 IWG Maximum Vacuum, .5 hp, 115V-60-1, 3450 rpm, Explosion-Proof Motor & Start Switch W/ Thermal Protection, Inline Filter, 2 Vacuum Gauges, 0 - 100 IWG, Aluminum Base W/ Rubber Isolators, 20 ft Of Sow Cable & Regular Plug, Dilution Valve
ER-20010
107 SCFM Open Flow / 52 IWG Maximum Vacuum, 1 hp, 115/230V-60-1, 3450 rpm, Explosion-Proof Motor & Start Switch W/ Thermal Protection, Inline Filter, 2 Vacuum Gauges, 0 - 100 IWG, Aluminum Base W/ Rubber Isolators, 20 ft Of Sow Cable & Regular Plug, Dilution Valve
ER-20020
160 SCFM Open Flow / 60 IWG Maximum Vacuum, 2 hp, 230V-60-1, 3450 rpm, Explosion-Proof Motor & Start Switch W/ Thermal Protection, Inline Filter, 2 Vacuum Gauges, 0 - 200 IWG, Aluminum Base W/ Rubber Isolators, 20 ft Of Sow Cable & Regular Plug, Dilution Valve
ER-20030
212 SCFM Open Flow / 70 IWG Maximum Vacuum, 3 hp, 230V-60-1, 3450 rpm, Explosion-Proof Motor (Switch Sold Apart), Inline Filter, 2 Vacuum Gauges, 0 - 30 IHG, Aluminum Base W/ Rubber Isolators, Dilution Valve
ER-20050
295 SCFM Open Flow / 87 IWG Maximum Vacuum, 5 hp, 230/460V-3-60, 3450 rpm, Explosion-Proof Motor (Switch Sold Apart), Inline Filter, 2 Vacuum Gauges, 0 - 30 IHG, Skid Base, Dilution Valve
ER-20100
400 SCFM Open Flow / 98 IWG Maximum Vacuum, 10 hp, 460/575-3-60, 3450 rpm, Explosion-Proof Motor (Switch Sold Apart), Inline Filter, 2 Vacuum Gauges, 0 - 30 IHG, Skid Base, Dilution Valve
EvacuSol™ Storage Aluminum Box
Great for up to 2 HP systems, rugged and aluminum made construction, comes with lifting handles, lockable, rubber isolator feet.
ER-20002
EvacuSol™ Storage Aluminum Box
Used for Many Applications!
Soil vapor extraction; Gasoline vapor recovery; Groundwater Sparging; Wastewater treatment Aeration; Lagoon Gas Recovery; Landfill Off-Gas Evacuation & collection; Radon gas collection; Odor Control
Options
EvacuSol™ Reverse Manifold
Convert an Extraction Well into a Sparging Point!
Reverse Manifold’s are great for push pull applications with the same well. Comes with a three way valve assembly that conveniently converts an extraction well into a sparging point without any need of pipe change.
Reverse Manifold For Up To 2 hp ER-20009
Manifold
Keep It Clean With Filter Changes!
Filter Replacements
ER-2000-5-005 .5 hp Replacement Filter
ER-20010-005 1 hp Replacement Filter
ER-20020-005
2 hp Replacement Filter
ER-20030-005
3 hp Replacement Filter
ER-20050-005 5 hp Replacement Filter
ER-20100-005 10 hp Replacement Filter
Tornado™ Moisture Separators protect regenerative blowers from corrosion and mineralization damage.
Separation Method is High Efficiency Cyclonic Action with a Check Ball System that will prevent water entering the vacuum blower
Tornado™ Moisture Knock Out Unit
Ideal for Air Treatment, Gas Purification & Solvent Recovery
Vapour Phase Carbon
Coconut Shell Activated Carbon (CNS)
Features
•Specifically manufactured from coconut shells
•Long life expectancy and removal efficiency
•Excellent hardness
• High surface area and micropore structure
•Less carbon changeouts, less dust and fines
• High surface area and micropore structure
•High adsorption capacity, lower pre-soak times, readily wettable
•Packaged in bags, totes or drums
CNS-612
6 x 12 US Mesh Coconut Based Activated Carbon, 60 - 65% CCl4, 0.48 - 0.55 g/cc Density, 96 - 98% Hardness, 5% Ash, 1100 - 1200 mg/g Iodine#, 1150 - 1250 m2/g Surface Area
CNS-185
4 x 8 US Mesh Size Coconut Shell Activated Carbon 55% CCl4, 0.48 - 0.54 g/cc Density, 90 - 95% Hardness, 2.5% Ash, 1050 mg/g Iodine#, 1100 - 1250 m2/g Surface Area
Bitumous Coal Activated Carbon
Features
• Specifically manufactured from select grades of bituminous coal
•Excellent for applications from general odour abatement to solvent adsorption and recovery
• High surface area and broad pore structure
• Less frequent changeouts = cost effective
•Lower pressure drops
• Packaged in 55 lbs bags, totes, and drums
BC-410
4 x 10 US Mesh Size Bituminous Coal Activated Carbon, 60% CCl4, 0.40 - 0.46 g/cc Density, 90 - 94% Hardness, 6 - 10% Ash, 1000 mg/g Iodine#, 1000 - 1100 m2/g Surface Area
BC-406P
4 x 6 US Mesh Size Bituminous Coal Activated Carbon (4 mm), 60 - 65% CCl4, 0.44 - 0.49 g/cc Density, 95% Hardness, 8 - 10% Ash, 1000 mg/g Iodine#, 1150 m2/g Surface Area, Static Pressure Drop: 0.8" - 1.0"w.g./ft Carbon @ 50 fpm
BC-608P
6 x 8 US Mesh Size Bituminous Coal Activated Carbon (3 mm), 62 - 67% CCl4, 0.48-0.52 g/cc Density, 95 - 97% Hardness, 8 - 10% Ash, 1000 mg/g Iodine#, 1100 - 1200 m2/g Surface Area, Static Pressure Drop: 1.2" - 1.0"w.g./ft Carbon @ 50 fpm
BC-710P
7 x 10 US Mesh Size Bituminous Coal Activated Carbon (2 mm), 62 - 72% CCl4, 0.44 - 0.52 g/cc Density, 95 - 97% Hardness, 8 - 10% Ash, 1000 - 1050 mg/g Iodine#, 1100 - 1250 m2/g Surface Area, Static Pressure Drop: 1.4" w.g./ft Carbon @ 50 fpm
Ammona Carb
For reduction or removal of ammonia and amine vapours
3 mm diameter pelletized coal based carbon treated to remove low to high concentrations of ammonia and amine vapours - specifically designed for gas applications
KOH-PI-608P
For control of Hydrogen Sulfide, Mercaptans, NOx, Cl2, SO2, ClO2, HCL, HF, HBr, H2SO4, aldehydes, formaldehyde, mercury vapours, organic emmisions and reactive gases
Double Impregnated activated carbon is based on a high activity coal pelleted carbon
Mercarb
For reduction or removal of mercury vapour in contaminated air streams
The unique impregnation process used to produce the MerCarb adsorbent allows the removal of mercury contaminated streams at higher temperatures
AMMONACARB-608P
6 x 8 US Mesh Size Chemically Impregnated Coal Based Activated Carbon (2.5 - 3.5 mm Pellet Size) 60% CCl4, 0.56 - 0.58 g/cc Density, 97% Hardness, 8% Ash, Area, 15% Moisture Content
KOH-PI-608P
6 x 8 US Mesh Size Chemically Impregnated Coal Based Activated Carbon (2.5 - 3.0 mm Pellet Size) 65% CCl4, 0.57 - 0.67 g/cc Density, 95 - 97% Hardness, 8% Ash, Area, 15% Moisture Content, Static Pressure Drop: 1.25" w.g./ft Carbon@ 50 fpm, Breakthrough Capacity: 0.15 g H2S Removed/cc Carbon
MerCarb-410
4 x 10 US Mesh Size Chemically Impregnated Coal Based Activated Carbon, 60% CCl4, 0.60 g/cc Density, 94% Hardness, 8% Ash, 1050 - 1100 m2/g Surface Area, 15 - 20% Moisture Content
MerCarb-1240
12 x 40 US Mesh Size Chemically Impregnated Coal Based Activated Carbon, 60% CCl4, 0.60 g/cc Density, 94% Hardness, 8% Ash, 1050 - 1100 m2/g Surface Area, 15 - 20% Moisture
UltraVentTM
VOC & Odour Control Ventilator System
UltraVent™ is an effective and easily transportable air purification system for quick response specifically designed to treat toxic vapors, irritant and corrosive gases and other noxious odors in emergency, temporary or fixed situations which uses granular activated carbon to remove organic contaminants from an air stream. UltraVent™ system is easily portable and can be delivered and installed in hours at your facility or site.
UltraVent™ Systems comes with:
•Metal drum with carbon
•Top mounted blower
•Start Switch with Internal thermal overload protection
•15 Feet of SOW cable and standard plug
•Dolly with casters for ease of transportation
*Tubing Not Included.
UltraSorber Air™
Air Treatment Vessels with Activated Carbon for Treating VOC & Odor
*Larger Vessels are available upon demand.
*Accessories for the UltraSorber Air™ units is also available upon demand.
UltraSorber Air™ Comes with:
•Carbon steel constructed vessels
•Top carbon fill and empty port
•Plenum chamber
•Temperature gauge
•Pressure gauge
•Forklift frame
UltraSorber Air™ is an effective and easily transportable air purification system for quick response specifically designed to adsorb toxic vapors, irritant and corrosive gases and other noxious odors in emergency, temporary or fixed situations which uses granular activated carbon to remove organic contaminants from an air stream. UltraSorber Air™ has a specially constructed plenum chamber which permits even flow distribution and thus efficient utilization of the activated carbon.
UltraSorber Air™ vessels are standard in size and are easily installed in hours at your facility or site.
Typical applications include the following:
•Odor Control for many industries
•VOC Control from various processes
•Fugitive Emissions
•Tank Filling Operations
•Fuel Spills for Remediation Sites
•Printing Industries
•Industrial Manufacturing
•Food Industries
(Cl2)
UltraSorber-AMMOTM, Ammonia Removal
Media:
UltraSorber-CHLOROTM, Chlorine & Acidic Gas Removal Media:
UltraSorber-MISTTM, Oil Mist Removal Media: Bituminous Coal Mixed with Organo Clay
UltraSorber-BCTM, General Contaminants of Low and High Mol Weight Removal Media: Bituminous Coal Based Carbon
UltraSorber-CSTM, Trace Contaminants Lower than 80 Mol Weight Removal Media: Carbon Coconut Shell
UltraSorber-ODORTM, Sewage Odour Control - H2S or Sulphur Compounds Removal Media: Catalytic Activated Bituminous Coal Based Carbon
UltraSorber-FUMETM, Used with Fume Hoods Media: Anthracite Coal Impreg. Potassium Hydroxide and Potassium Iodine
UltraSorber-MERCTM, Mercury Removal Media: Bituminous Coal Based Carbon Impreg. Sulphur
UltraSorber-FORMATM, Formaldehyde Removal Media: Zeolite Impreg. with Potassium Permanganate
UltraSorber-ALCOTM, Reduction of Alcohols
Media:
with Potassium Permanganate Mixed with Coconut Shell
Sampson Air Filters
MERV 13 Green Pleat
Features
• MERV 13 efficiency to meet LEED Green Building Rating System Criteria
• Green Pleat provides points toward LEED certification
• Eliminates need to retrofit to achieve high MERV efficiency
• Low resistance to air flow reduces energy costs
• Sustainable component for a LEED/Green Building initiative
• Exceeds LEED/Green requirement of MERV 13
Application Parameters
• Recommended Temperature: 150° F
• Recommended Final Resistance: 1.0" w.g.
• Flammability: UL Class 2
• Frame: 100% Recycled Paperboard
Quick & Easy Installation
Perfect Filter for Residential, Commercial & Industrial Use
Pleated Air Filter - Series 400
Achieves up to a MERV 10 (per ASHRAE Standard 52.2-2007)
Features
• Moisture resistant 100% synthetic media
• Longer service life means lower operating costs
• Available in either standard capacity or high capacity
• A wide range of sizes in 1", 2" and 4" thicknesses
Maximum recommended continuous operating temperature of 150°F UL900 Class 2
Standard capacity filters also available upon request.
DF-10460
DF-10461
20"x
DF-10463
24"x
Other sizes and standard capacity filters available upon request.
FP Mini-Pleat Filter
Features
Longer filter life with lower replacement and maintenance costs
•Eliminates downstream dust and fiber shedding
•Reduced resistance to air flow promotes significant energy savings
•Dual direction media for front or reverse mount installations
•No aluminum spacers to damage the filter media
Application Parameters
• Maximum Constant Temperature: Standard: 150°F, High Temp: 250°F
• Flammability: UL 900 Class 2, UL 900 Class 1 (consult factory)
• Media: Wet Laid Microglass
• Relative Humidity: 100%
• Recommended Final Pressure Drop: 2.0" w.g.
DF-FP24
24"x 24"x 12", Media Area: 193 sq. ft
DF-FP20
20"x 24"x 12", Media Area: 162 sq. ft
DF-FP2020
20"x 20"x 12", Media Area: 120 sq. ft
Titan FP Filter
Features
• State-of-the-art rigid filtration
• Lightweight design
• High efficiency per ASHRAE 52.2
• Designed for use in Variable Air Volume (VAV) and constant velocity systems
• Aerodynamic design
• Integral handle for ease of transportation
• Suitable for high humidity
• UL 900 Class 2, (UL 900 Class 1 optional)
Application Parameters
• Maximum Constant Temperature: 150°F
• Flammability: UL 900 Class 2, UL 900 Class 1 (consult factory)
• Media: Wet Laid Microglass
• Relative Humidity: 100%
• Recommended Final
• Pressure Drop: 1.5" w.g.
Performance Data
DF-41252
MERV 11, 12"x 24"x 12"
DF-41254
MERV 11 , 24"x 24"x 12"
DF-41256
MERV 13, 12"x 24"x 12"
GeoPleat-P (Plastic Frame)
Features
• Advanced pleat geometry for even dust loading and maximum service life
• Patented filter technology
• High impact plastic frame for harsh environments
• Very low resistance to air-flow results in lower energy costs
• UL 900 Class 2
• Robust filter media resists tearing or damage
• Compact design saves shipping and storage space
• Completely incinerable
• Sustainable component for a LEED/Green Building initiative
• Exceeds LEED/Green requirement of MERV 13
Application Parameters
• Temperature Resistance: Continuous - 150°F; Peaks - 175°F
• Flammability: UL 900 Class 2
• Media: Synthetic
• Frame: High Impact Plastic
• Relative humidity: 100%
• Recommended Final Resistance: 1.5" w.g. Performance Data
(Glacial) 41412431312
Acetic Acid (Dilute) 12411231312
Acetone (Dimethyl Ketone) 41412441111 Aluminium Chloride 21112112214
Ammonia (Liquid) 3111?431221
Amyl Acetate 32414441111 Benzene 34314142222
Calcium Hypochorite 11212132324
Carbon Tetrachloride 44414142214
Chloroform (Trichloromethane) 33414141112
Citric Acid 41211111213
Cod Liver Oil ?1112111111
Cupric Acid 21111122414
Cyclohexane 24414121121
Cyclohexanone
Dithylamine
Sulfate)
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Nitric Acid (10%)
Nitric Acid (Conc.)
Nitrobenzene
Phenol (Carbolic Acid)
Phosphoric Acid (Conc)
Potassium Chloride
Potassium Dichromate
Pyridine
Sodium Carbonate
Sodium Fluoride
Sodium Hydroxide (Caustic Soda)
Sodium Hypochlorite 20%
Starch 21111111111
Sulfuric Acid (10%) 11114123424
Sulfuric Acid (Hot Conc.) 44414143444
Tetrachloroethane ?3314141213
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)
